Skip to main content

Full text of "Sailing Directions for the Coasts, Harbours, and Islands of North America, from Cape Canso to ..."

See other formats 


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary counliy to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parlies, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-conwieicial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commerx;ial purposes. 

+ Refrain from aiitoiiialed querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google ''watermark'" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use. remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at http : / /books . google . com/ 



^adinj SOirrtlfond 

COASTS, HAEBOUItS, & ISLANDS 

NORTH AMERICA, 

FRQH 

GATE CANSO TO PHUADEn'mA. 



aBIOnVALLV COHPILBD 

By J. "W, NOUIE, HvDBoaRAPHEH, 

Jutlmr of a fArapfom- I^lome 0/ Praetuiul A'amgattint, ^«. 



Bt 3. S. HO BBS, F.B.0.8,, 





SAILING DIRECTION^ 

FOB 

THE COASTS, HARBOURS, AND ISLANDS 

ORTH AMERICA, 

CAPE CANSO TO PHILABELPHIA; 
)A8TS or NOVA SCOTLA. AND NEW BRTOfSWICK, 

WITHIIV THE BAT OF TTIirsT; 

AXSU 

THE COAST OP THE UNITED STATES, 
i'EOM PASSAMAQtrODY BAY TO PHILADELPHIA. 

IKOLCDINO rHB 

jRiW', ^ay>i Harhaiw*, Roadtieadt^ Backs, and Skoals in that Niwigation. 

COLLBLTBD AND COMPILED FB-OM THE BUaTETB OF 

r CAFTAinS DES BAAOK, HAf lEB, LOCKWOOO, OWEIT, iSD OTSEB OETIOZBB ; 
Ind Remi*rhi from the Journah efaeteral e3:peTienced Masters and Pilota boUi in the 
British anil Atiifrienti Service. 



OEIOIHALLY COMPILaD - ' 

Bt J. "W. :^ORIE, Htdbooeather, 

•^jaStw iHvt Qampltte Epiliiiite of Fratlical Navigation, rtnd other Ifantical Work: 



TBI WHOL* BB-*JtaiMGEn, BBVWBD, ASD COHBIDEBjatY ABOMBNTEBl, 

By J. 6. H0BB8, p.R.e.s., 



a TDSO esAFsrs . 



ilontian : 

FEINTED FOR, AND PUBLISHED BY, C. WILSON. 
(&*tB J. W. HOKtE & wii.soir), 

y CfuirtaeHer to tie AdmiTnltij. Ihii fJoii. E. I. Ginipanij, and GorpuraCiim 0/ TrMly Seuts, 

At tb» MKTigatlon Waxebouse uiA VktaI AcKdemr, 

157, LEADENUALL STREET, near the ROYAL ESCUANGE. 



1S56. 



54 



^-^ 



N.B, — AUerattims and additional infirmaUoti will be given in supplementary paifci 
at oceatioH may require, for which tee Addenda. 



ART BBMAREB OR OOHMUMICATIOFS FHOM OUB MAUTICAI. fBIENDS, FOB THE TUTURI 

IHrROVEHENT OI THIH, OK OTHKB OF OUB WORKS, 

ABB BKSFBCTFOU.T BOLICIXKD. 



Entered at Stationer^ Hall. 



t4MM» aooMMM^ vBivTi:!, 1), mcvvkCB anxR. on. 



CONTENTS. 



I.~THE SOUTHERN" COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA. 



■ 



ay 
Dflacription of the Land 

Cope Caaso, Harbour of Canso, I>over Bay, Itaspberry Harbour 
Wmtc Ilnyctt, 'I'orbay, and Coddle's and Country HarlioUTa . . 
Hnrbour Island, FishGrmen'a aud Bicltt'rKin Harboura, St. Mary's Eiver, Wedgo 

Isle, and Jcgogan and Liec-ombe Harbours 
Bay of iHlaiids, and Bearer and Sheet EjiL'boars 
Miisliaboon, Spry, Deamci's or Popt's, and Tangier Harbours, Shoal Bay, and 

Ship and Owl a Head or Keppel Harbours 
Jedore Hurbour, Brig Rock, ToUuck Shool, and Jedore Ledges 
From Halifax lo Cape Sable 

Geaerai Hemarks— Halifax Town and Harbour . . 

Thu Lodges , . 

Beid's Kflck uad Mac Nah's Island 

Directions for Halifax Harbour 

Sambro and Pennant Harlwurs, Tennanl's ot BriBtoI Bay. . 

Prospect and Leitli Ilarb-OTira, Dover Port, Majgaret's Bay, Owl'a Head 

French Cove, Head Haihoar or Delaware River, Ingram River, Hubbert'a Cove 

and North-Weat Harbour 
Mahong Bay 
Lunejiberg Bay 
Le Have Eiver 
Port Metway or Med way 
Liverpool Bay and Port Mntoon or Mouton 

Porta Jolic and Egbert, Sable itiver, and Rug'ged Island Harbour 
Green HiirbiiiM', an^Stu'lbumeorPort EoBuway,, 
Cape Negro Harbour, Port Latour or Haldimand 
Bfirrington Bay, Cape Sable, Bonctta and Favourite Coves 
Bi'a^l Kock, Kloguetic Beaiioga and Distances between IDdifox ond Capa 

Sable .- 



n.— THE ISLE OF SABLE AND BANKS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 



Description . . 
llcmaTlLB 



m.— THE WEST AND NORTirEBN COASTS OF NOVA SCOTIA, AND THE 

COAST OF NEW BRUNSWICK, INCLUDING THE BAY OF 
FUNDY, WITH THE MANAN ISLANDS, ETC. 

Remarks .. .. .. .. .. .. * .. 29 

Cape Sable to Brier's laloiid 
Senl Island ., 

Tuskef liivei; Pubnieo Harbour, Green IslajiA, Qiii.Co.'^ii"?waiiia -. 
yjinnocti, tie LurdierlLock, iiiidTrimtyl«iga 



30 

, -in. 



IT 



CONTENTS. 



Brier's I§laiid to Chignecto Bay . . 

Brier's lelaDd, Long iBlaud, St. Mary's Bay 
Grand FQssag(>, Petit Vossage, Annspolis Uut . . 
AnnepoHs to the Basin of Mines, TicfcB, Haut« laland 
Chignecto Baj' 

Chiffnecto Buy to the Manuii TalandE iLnd I-'iiGsiima<iuody Bay 
Nartli CoftHt of the Bay of Fundy; Quaco Ltdge. . 
St. John's Harboar and City of St. Jolm 
Sisals made at Partridge Island 

Tides } Miuquofilh Harboar . . . - . . . 

Maces or Mason's BaVt and BcaTor Harbour 
EtanB Harbour, Woli" atid Manaa Island 
Wood Island, Manan Ledgi.fi . . 

Oaanet RiMk, Three Ma«hias Seal Ishmda, nnd PosiianiaquDdy Bay 
St. Andrew's 

Geaernl Directians and Bemarks for Siuliag to and within the Bay of Fimdy 
Tides 



33 

as 

34 
35 
36 

3S 

3a 

37 
3S 
39 
411 
41 
42 
43 
44 

4S 



IV— COAST OF THE UNITED STATES. 

FVom PoBaamaqundy Bay to Capo Eliaaheth 
GenoTal Bemarks and Sailing DIreclionB 

Little and Great Maehias Bays; Mooae-a-Pcck Head to NaoluoB 
rieabant Hny, Machiiut tu GoldD^orotigli . . , , . , , . 

Bowbfar Harbour, Ujer's Bay, Goldsborougb Harbonj, and Mount Desert 

Island 
Frenohmnti's Bbt, Blue Hill Sound 

Isle au Ilaatc, MartiiiicuK Island and Penobscot Bay and River 
OwI'h Head Haibour, Camden Harbour and George's Itiver 
Jolin'B Hay. . 

Townseiid Harbours, Sheopscut River and Kcnncbtpk River 
Seguin iKlond, New Meadow's River, Hiisaey Soondand Halfway Rock 
Cope Elizabeth aad Portland Harbours . . 

Cape Elizabeth lo Cape Atinc 
Wood and RicliniODd Islands, Kennehuuk Harboar, White Hills and Boon 

Island 
York and Partsinautli Harbours 

Isles of L^hoalH, White, Londonor'a, and Star Islands . . 

CedaT, Smuttj* Nose, Hog aiid l>uck IbUiida, and Hcwbuiy Port 
Hampton Harbour and Plum Island 
Ipswich and Annis Squam or Squam Harbour 

Cape Anne lo Cape Cod . , 

Cape Anna Harbour . . . . , > 

Salem Harbour 

MifioiT, Cat, and Eagle Islands 
Beverley, MancheBter, and ^arblckead Haibours 
Boston 

Broad Sound, Boston . . , . , , 

Soitnate , . , . , , , , . , 

Plymouth Harbour .. 
Cape Cod 

BiOingsgate Island and WcUflcet Harbour 
Barnstaple Bay aad Harbour . . 

tJww €otl to ape Ma2ahar 
fjtvcnpiion of the Baoka between Capo Sable and Ca^ Cod 
taaJiea L^dee 
Aofcrr'* and St. George's fin 



4S 
48 
47 
48 

49 
50 
SI 
SS 
54 
S5 
S6 
57 

S9 

59 
60 
61 
62 
63 
65 

es 

67 
6S 
60 

70 
7a 
74 
76 
78 
77 
78 
79 

84 




50NTENTSr 



v.— THE COAST OF THE UNITED STATES. 

rrom Nantuciet Islaod to Piiladelphia, including Loug lelond Sound 

DeacriptioD of Nantncket Island and Martha's Vineyard, with tlie Shoala and 

Islands adjacent ., 
Nantucket Island, Martha's T/incyard .. 
Southern Shoals of NaDtuckct, DaviaU South Shoal 
NftatucVet Sound 

Directiona for Sailing from the BOnth end of Cape Cod to Holmes Hole 
Nantueliet Bnr, Hjaunia Harbour, Holmes Hole, Edgar Town 
Bux!!ardH Bay 
MattapoiBett Harlxiur 
Blo^k Eslaud 

New[»rt or Rhode Island Harbour, Rsragftnset Baj, Tflwn pf ProTidenoe 
Point Judith . . , , . , .. 

Directions for vt^sB^le from sen, &c. 
Long Ifiland Sound . . 
General Directiona for Sailing from Newport in lUiodo Island, throug'h Lon^ 

Island Sound to Hunt's Harlmur 
Block Island to Gai'dncr'a Bay^ with Directiona for entering liie aeveral 

Harboure on the uorthern shore O'f Long Island Sound . . 
Gardner'a Islaod 

Gardner's Bay, New Londoa Ha-fbour . . 
Newhaven . . 
Black Kock Hnrbour. . 
Long' Ulond, t^outb Side 
City and Harbour of New York — ■Lights, DeoconB, and Buoys near the entrance 

and within the Harbour of Now lork 
Direetiona for entering the different channels of New York Harbour 
Harbour- Master's Kegnlations for the Port of New York . . 

From New York to the Delaware and Philadelphia . . 
Delaware Bay and River to Philadulphia 
Dangers outside and inaide the Capes, Lights, Buojb, &o. . . 
DireclioQS to enter the Bay from the !Eaatward, Sic. 

From Bombav Hook to Philadelphia 
P City of Philadelphia.. 

^^ Set of the Tidoa within the Capeg 

Beajnnge and Distances of the principal Places on the Coast of America, belweea 
Cape Canso and Philadel|ihia .. . .. .. HSl 

Remarks on the Deviation or LocflJ Attraction .. .. .. 133 

A useful Table for finding the Diettmce of an object by Two Bearinga, and the 
Distance run between UMJoi .. .. ., ,, .. ..13* 



86 

es 

90 
92 

95 
98 
99 
101 
102 
103 
103 
106 

109 

111 

111 
112 
113 

114 

lis 

116 
119 
122 

123 
125 

126 
127 

130 
130 
131 




LIST OF LIGHTHOUSES AND LIGHT-VESSELS 

aiih tSie page* wiherc thr;/ will be fouttd mora fitlty tUtoribed. 



N4UE OP Light. 



CronbciTj' Island . . . 
Beaver Ii-liLBd. 

Saiu.1>ro Light 

KALIFAX llABBOUH . 

if 

Lnacnbcrg Light . . . 

Metwny Light ,.,.,, 

liiverpoal Buy 

Shclburne llnrbour . 

Port Latour 

Meal lalaii-d 

Cupo Faurchn 

Brjer'a Islaiid ..,,,. 

pL-tur'tt Island. . , 

Annapolis Gut 

Black Rock Point . . . , 

Hoiton Blufl' 

PaTbborough Light . , 

Apple Hivw . , 

Cape Enrage . > > 

Quaco Islet 

8r. John's Ea.kboue 

Point Loprean 

Gnnnet IwcH ,,..,,,, 
Macliiii»>>cal hlatidt)., 
CELinpobello luliLiid. . .. 
St. Andrew's Harbooi 



Mtmnt DeaeR Rotk . . 
WestQuodyllc-nd ... 
LtttLc Itivtr HarlKinr. . 

Iiibl)}' Ifliand 

MiKi^p-a-Pcck Huad .. 
Nouh iHland ........ 

Petit Mniinn* 

Prospect HurboHr . . . . 

Dear lulaad 

BAkcr*)! Ixlafld* , 

BiuikUliuid ., 
I 

A 




Place. 



East of Cape CuiiBO 

S.E. part of Isluud 

WtfltHide of Halifax Harbour. 
Slierbrooktowcr.E. side entrance 
llevil'B latnnd, oast side cDtraJieo 
Un CrosH Island, S.E. point 

On Admirnllj Hd., W. side ent. 

On CuSiii'H Iblund • . . 

On Mc. Nutts Island, S.E. point 

On Uaeoaro Point 

On flm centre of the Island 

East Cape, south puint 

West point, J a mile inshore . . 
South en trant LI of Grand pQHsage 
SouLli point of cutmuec .... 
&. shoi'o of Mines. Ciianni-'l . . 

On the Bluff 

Partridge Island . ..... 

On Ilctty Point 

On tho Capo. ... , , 

On a small islet 

Partridge Island 

Beacon To wvr 

On the point 

SouUjci'n put . - . . 

Eostam one 

N.E. Toint 

Novth point of cntrnnco .... 

UNITED STATES. 



Off Mount Desert laland 

South i<idt:i nf vntrunco 

On nn island nciii' the entrtuic^ 
I^titntuoL- lu Mu«liiiu Buy ,.,.,, 
On Minliikii Ixliiiid. ....... .... 

li. xtiUi iif I'lnuduut Itivor 

B. cud iifiiliind 

On CJriul Island 

Oil ihii tvuKleni end ... 

Ni'ar thuL'tulrc' of tlie islAo'd ,. 
On ihi- U.K. Old of the rotk . . . 
Pi'nolMcol UnViUuido loN.E. [>nt. 
tliiejichi'iidiii' KLvpt-'i'sDwolling; 
'Inli-limd , 



Fixed oa 
Revolving. 



2 Fixed .... 
1 Revolving . . 
1 Fixed .... 

1 ►. 
1 
1 
I 



Fixed .. ) 
lievolving- ) 



I Fixed 



lit'volving 
Fixed - . 



I He'volving' 

1 Fixed . . 

1 Revolving 

1 Fi.\od . . 

2 Fixed .. 
1 „ ,. 
1 „ .. 
1 „ 

1 Fixed .. 

2 » 

1 „ .. 
1 Revolving 
1 Fixed ,. 

1 „ 

2 „ ... 

1 Revolving' 

2 FLxed ... 
1 „ .. 
1 ,, 



1 Fixed .... 


47 


* ,, .... 


II 


1 „ .... 


ll" 


1 „ .... 
t Revolving. . 

t Fixed .... 


48 


i jj - - . . 
1 „ > . . , 


49 


i II - • . - 


r^ 


I It - ' .T 
1 ,, . ■ . . 


It 


1 If i * , i 

2 „ 
1 „ 


i> 
11 

63 



1)K- 

SCRIBED 

ITJ Page 



■ H<mAJAmiU. 



1 
6 
9 

■I 
10 

16 

IS 
19 

31 
22 
30 
SQ 

34 
35 



36 



It 

37 



40 
43 

it 
44 

4Q 



i^ 



Xamz z-r ijaEiL 



Ow2"tH,«uL. ■-■- lu- iitJ- iMr •-— ^■:_a^ 

Br/wz:'t H-sut 'r: "- uta. « ' .■ tr. ■:-•;■■ - 



Fr*' "r -■■■ lliiuur* 

MarhLoJi ? uur 

PtTT— .|'.--1'if '.rpr 

Pona ItJEiii 

Segnin IbUiiit. . , 
Portljuid Huriwir 

On y--7i...mr-T 

C^ J'lrjnijft 

BcioL IliUUlC . . 
'WllUi iiu^ .... 
PorUnuiiuU. -4££Tjjuuf 

Azidi bniutc 

Stniu JutnU. iutmn 

Tec /'intua ituui' v^^vi 

Marj^ iae. aas u-.-i 
Bovus.i(ti- 



I .-m, <■ 


*=!.- 


1=. . - 


'^ 


*-U' :r 


iKl: 




'k 


•ji r 


■l'JV 




V 


MU 


.-ircuF^a ■ .1 


1 


Ukl' f 


h-Uf^.,^. 


V 






ijf- 


Iji' :- 


'W^ 


•u-J._ 


0-. 


LU . 


'J- 




^»«-' -^u- 


:^£ 


^ 1-.- 


-JW ' -T^.. 


z. 




.^" 


;^ 


_!?■: 





V. ^.-'■' 



rinru 



iKTiiniut: W'-w. 

lfiuinre."j- -■-,.■ 
J'oiir. 'j 



liniiiiiii: 



Till 



Liar OF UQHTS. 



k 




Sow and Figs 

Sudj Point 

Branf B Point 

Sdokaty Head 

Cape Poge 

KdgAT Town 

We*t Chop 

Gay-fl Head 

Vinej-ard Sfnind It-vcseel 

N«w Bautb SIumI 

Clark'B Point Ugbt . . 

DunipliiiK Rock 

Palmer'a Liffht 

Bird'a Islftitd Ligbt . . 
Mnttapobett Light 

Wing- a Neok 

BlocE Inland 

BeaTer Tml 

Brenton Kecf 

Goat Island 

IVuteh Inland 

Wickford Light 

Prudence Island .... 

Warwick Neck 

Naval Point 

Point Judith 

Montauk Point 

Little Gidl Ultiad .... 

Watchii! Liglit 

SioningtoQ Liglit .... 

Eel GraBB 

New London 

MorBiin Point 

North DiimpliBg .... 

Bartlet's IWef 

Suy brook Light 

Falkscr'H Island .... 

New HjLven 

Stratford Light 

Stratford Shoal 

Bridgoport 



Place. 



Black Rock Harbour. . 

NorwjUk .....,.,.,,, 
Greenwich Light . . . 

Throg Point 

SEioda Point. Long Island 

Execution Rocks 

Saton'it Neck, Lous laid. 
OldFifid Ppint, do. 

Plumb Iijland 

Cedar Island, Lang laid 

Fire Island 

Sandy Hook Ltght-veBBcl 



Navceink Ijgbts 



Vineyard Strand 

NantDi^ket Island X.E. point 

Nantucket Harbour 

fi'antucket Inland S.E. point 

MBrthii'B Vineyard 

Ditto ........ 

Holm's Hole 

Woftt end of Martha's Vine^yard 
N.E. part of Tnckcrnuck Shoal 
Lt-Tesiiei mnored near it, 2 masts 
On the poiat, off K<!w Bedford 

Boraard s Bay 

Near New Bedford 

On the Island, Buzzard's Bay . . 

On Ned's Point 

Near the head of the bay .... 
K.W. point of the islanct .... 
S. point of ConnBnical Island . . 
A It- vessel, moored E.sideof reef 

OffNfwport 

South end of island 

On Poplar Point, on the majn . , 
On Sandy Point ........ 

On the main 

Providence River 

On the S.E. point 

East end of Long Island . . 
Entrance to Long Island Sound 
Entrance of Fisher's laid. Sound 
East aide of entrance .... 
Light-vessel off the shosl, . 
West aide of entrance .... 
North BJde Fisher's laland Sound 
On the ifiUnd do. 
Lt.vessQi. moored near the reef 

On Lynde point 

On the largest iaUnd 

On Five-miles Point 

On Strntford Point 

Light veaael moored near it. . 
Five miles S.W.hyW. from the 

town 

Two miles west of B ridgeport bar 

On Sheffield Island 

On Captain's Islund 

On the point 

On the point 

Off Sands Point ._ 

Huntington Bay, east aide .... 

On the point 

Off N.E. part of Lone; Island . . 
Entrance to Sag Haroour .... 

South side Long Uland . 

Moored in 13 iuthoros, Sandy j 

Hook W. by N., 6j miloB . . 
On tllt< Highlands, south of j 

Sandy Hwik — j 



Fixed ob 
Ketolvisg- 



2 Fixed .. 

1 ,. 

1 .. , - 

1 F lwahing 

1 Fixed .. 



1 Revolving. 
1 Fixed ... 

— if - - - 

1 ,. 

1 „ 

1 

1 ., 

1 „ 

1 .. . . . 



*■ If » ■ - 

1 „ . . . 

1 „ 

1 

1 .. 

I „ 

1 

1 „ ... 

1 „ .... 

1 Revolving. 

I Fixed . . . 

1 „ 

1 Revolving. 

1 Fixed 

1 „ 

1 „ - . . 

1 „ 

1 „ - . . 

1 „ ... 

1 „ 

1 ., 

1 

1 „ 

1 



1 Kevolving. 
1 Fixed . . . 

I 

I „ 
1 ,. 
1 .. 
1 „ 
1 
1 



I>b:- 

SCRIB£D 

i-\ Pagi 



Revolving , 
Fixed , , . 

1 Revolving. 

2 Fixed . . . 

( 1 Fisedi.. 
I 1 ReroLving 



88 



u 
89 



88 

99 



101 

102 



103 



1D6 



107 



loa 



116 



LIST OF LIGHTS. 



IX 



Nabis of Light. 



Sandy Hook 

Hook Beacons 

FortTomkinB.. : 

Bobin Beef Light 

Princes Ba;^ 

Bamwit I^ght 

Little £^ Harbour . . 
FiTe-&t£om B BiikLt«hip 

C^e Henlc^n 

Cape May 

Beacon Light 

Beacon Light 

Brandprine Shoal .... 

Ditto 

Egg Island Point 

Cohansey Creek 

Mispillen Creek Light . . 
Mahon Dib^ Li^ht .... 
Bombav Hook Light .... 
Beedy Point IjWit .... 
Christian Biver Tight . . 



Place. 



On the north point 

Near the point, lighted at night 

On Staten Island 

North of Fort Tomkiiis, 3^ miles 
S.W. port of Staten Island . . 

Sonthside of inlet. . 

On Tocker'a Beach 

Moored in 7J fiitboms, near 

8.W. part , 

S. side of entrance to Delaware 
N. side of entrance to Delaware 
On Cape Henlopen .... 

On Breakwater 

Light-boat No. 1 near 8. ptnnt 
Light-boat No. 2 near N. point 
Bast^ni shore of Delaware 

, Ditto do. 

Weetom shore of Delaware 

Ditto do. 

Ditto do. 

Ditto do. 
'Wilmington 



Fixed ob 
Bevolyinq. 



1 Fixed . 

1 » ■ 

1 „ . 

1 .. . 
1 » 

1 „ . 

1 Flashing 

2 Fixed . 



Revolving 
Fixed 



De- 

BCSIBED 

IN Page 
118 



123 

II 

125 

126 



128 



129 
130 




Xardabt, 1856. 

77te fvUvwing alterations having takon place since this mark maa in the press, it it 
odtisahh io make n note at the respective pages in Ihe work. 



LONDONER ROCK Beacon, (Paffe&T). A Tvroiight-iron shaft, 40 fast high, aiw- 
iDouDtcd hy an octagocal lattice-work iron day^mark, 7 feet hig^h, and fi icet in 
diamctcri and painted black, has been erected upon tlie Londoner Rock, off Thatcher'a 
iGlaud, Caj*^ Anne, MaseachuBeCts. 

BOSTON BAT Bell Boats. (Page 12). An iron bell-boat hna been prnced near 
Qraves Led^ ; it is hnti^ 12 feet aboTc tlie water, mid soundtd hj the actioD of the 
Ben, B.nd can be heard a.t the distance of a mile, She is anchored in 10 ifithoniH water ■ 
and when riding with the wind at N.E. Boston Light beaTaS.S.W- J W. ; LoDg leland 
Light W.S.W. \ S. i and Deer Island Beacon W. by S., nearly. (Smrinss Magnetic). 

Hakbing's Ledge. fPa^e IS), An iron bell-hoat, painted black, has been placed 
near Hording-'s Ledge ; it in elevated 12 feet above the water, and can be heard at the 
distance of about a mile. The boat is anchored in 7J faOioniB water, with Roston 
Liglltbouw N.W„ ond Mitiot's Ledge Light-TesBel S.E. | E. (Bearings Magnetic). 

MASSACHUSETTS BAV. (Page 11). The following bnoya have been placed on 
Stellwagcn'B Bank, to mark the approaclies to Bo§ton Harbour, tiz; — 

A red can-bnoy in U fathomg water, N.W. by N. J N. (true), fl miles from B&ce 
Point Lighthouse, and E.S.E. (true), 28J miles from Boatou Lighthouse, 

A nnn-buoy, painted with blue k-and' white perpendicular stripes, in about 15 fitlionis 
water, E. ^ S. (true), 2G^ miles from Boston Lighthouse. 

A black eon-buoy, in about 15 fathomH water, E. by N. (true), 21| miles from Boutoa' 
Lightliuaee. 

ALTEIUTLON OP LIGHTS. (State of Maine). On and flfter 1st January, 1856, 
each of thu following will he ultored from a fa,^^\l^K Xo a Jixed light varied bxtjlashes., 
Til :— PETIT JL-VNAS.BAKEK-S ISLAND, aad EllAKiaiN ISLAND, 



SAILING DIRECTIOHS 



THE COASTS, HARBOUKS, AND ISLANDS 

OP 

NORTH AMERICA, 

FKOU 

CAPE CANSO TO PHILADELPHIA. 



Note. — The bearinff$ througfutut the work are ntagnetic, and the loundint/e those taken 

at low water. 
An order, recently iaiited hy the Lord* Cotnmimonen of the Admiralty, states, that in 

order to prevent mistakes which fi-equently occur from the eimHarity of the words 

starboardanc^ larboard — in future, the word POST it to be substituted for lahsoard 

in all H.M. skips or vessels. 



I.— THE SOUTHERN COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA, 

FBOM CHEDABUCl'O BAY TO HALIFAX HARBOUK. 

Variation 19° to 16° west. 

DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND.— The eastern part of Nova Scotia ia broken 
into the several islands and musagea, as lepn^entcd on the charts. Of the islands 
which are low, and covered wi^ stonted fir-trees, the first on the N.E. is called 
DnreU'a Island, the second, George's Island, and the third, Canso, or St. Andrew's 
Island ; outidde Okie latter idand is the imaller one, called Cranberry Island, which 
is distinffniflhed In a l^htlunue. TW- " —1 lower, built of wood, 60 feet 

in lu^gnt, P**^*^ »1^ 1^ two fixed Ivgsj!**., -sMt 

abonthAfltti 

[0AM8" ^ 




2 ^^^ SAILING DIRECTIONS PROM 

CAPE C&HSO is the outer, or eaeternmoat point of St. Andrew's Islimd. From 
this cape, westward, to Torta-y, the coiist makes m several white heads or points j h^tre 
the countrj is much broken ; and pcoi' tlie S.E. extremity many ■\vliite stones appear 
&om tlic oftiiBf like sheep in the woods. During a fiautWrly gale the sea is dreadiiil 
hei«. From Torhav to Liscoiiiho Haxhonr tliere ai'o banks of red earth and beaches ; 
and from I.iscomlMi Harbour to the Rugged IsLaiida (pseepting tlie White Islea, Tphich 
are wblte rocks), the rapes and outer ialanda are bouud with black slatcy rocks, gene- 
rally etretching out in spits from east to west ; and from the B-ug-ged Iglnnds to Devil's 
Ifilaud, at the cntrtince of the hoibour of Halifax, thore ore severol remarkably steep 
red elifik, linked with beach. 

The liglitliuuso on Cranberry Island is of great importance to the navigation of 
this part) and Mr. Lockwood, a gentleman -n-cll acnuainted with the subject, observeB, 
that " TJie Out of Uanao will, by ifs menriH, become the common thoroughfare to the 
Gulf and Kiver of St Lawrence, and tend to mitigate the ijUMmvenienee and rigours 
of a Iftto or early passngo to Quebec, Sc." 

The fishermen of Aracbnt are well acquainted with the channels and inlets on. this 
cooat, and frequent them, more parlicularly in the si»riiig and foil, to catch maekarel 
iiud liLTrings, of which large ahoals eommonly resort hero; but the rocks aro so nnme- 
i-ouB, and tie passages so devioua, that no etrongi^r should attempt them. 

Of the many rocks hereabout, the enter hrealter, called the Bass, a rich of 3 feet 
watei'i lies more than 2 miles E. | S. from the bg'lilbonsc on Cranberry Island. At tSiOf 
a mile S.B. from Cape Cansio, in a simitar rock, called the Souring Bull : and at a mile 
to tlio E.S.E. of the latter, there is Baid to be another, dimjovercd by a fishennan of 
Canwj, in I8ia ; hut ifs CJustcnee secmg to he q^ueatiouable. 

The HAHBOUIt OF CANSO, witJun St. George's Island, ie well sheltered, wiUi 
good ground, and sufficient depth for Teasels of any burthen. In a rough sea the 
dangers Bhow themwlves t but with smooth watar it is hazardous to ■outer the passages 
without a pilot, or a leading wind. 

Sailing from the westward into Canso Harbour, so soon aa yon have passed the 
Roaring Bull, orerwhieh the soa generally breuks, run tor Pitipaa, or IteadlHead, 
taking cai'o, when above (he black roelis, to Keep them open of the rocky islets off Cape 
Canso, mitil yoa briii" Glasgow Head and the north end of Inner Island in one, which 
wiU carry you ubo^'e Man-ot-wnr Roek ; then steer westerly, being; careful to UToid 
Mackarel Rock, and make for Burying Island, the north end of which you must not 
approach nearer than to hare the depth of 5 fathoms ; then anchor to the north-wc6t- 
ward of it, on a bottom of mud. 

Coming from Uic coHtward, paas between Cape Canao and Cranberry Island, ^'vinE 
iJie latter a sufficient berth to avoid a ihoal which stretches to the Boutliward of il^ ana 
steer for Pipitos Head, ns before dipocted. 

The northern passage between Durell's and St. George's Island, notwitlistanding 
its nurrowucsa, yet, having a depth of water and a cleor channel, will be found to be 
the best passage. In sailing in, keep mid-cluiitnel, between Uald and Nftt Rocks, tli-e 
former being abovG water, and the latter drying at { ebb ; when jou mBy steer -wii 
Bofetj-, by alteudiiig to the chart, and the situation of Burj-ing Island. High water at 
Nh. SOm, ; tides rise d to 8 &et, 

DOVER- BAY is a wild, deep indent, with r number of islands and gunJien roeka at 
its head; yet shelter may ho found on the westera shore, or during a S.E. gale, by 
giving a berth to the roeks that lie off the south eod of Big Dover Island, which are 
clearly visible in bad weather; haul upunder the islandj and anchor between the snudj 
jfllands on tie eastern side ; wiLbio tlicso Lilands Little Dpver passage continues out 
Bouth-castwaid, having 5, C, and 7 fathoms water, aud quite saio. 

St. Andrew's Passage, leading to Glasgow Horbom-, being so tieokly eneumbcred 
with rotki, can only be nariga ted by those who are well awjiuiinledwith its duugCTB. 

These places (savs Mr. l.ockwood) deaervo notice, as they may aflFoi'd shelter in cases 
of cmcrgeucy, and in *nr time arc nests for privateers ; wliile from the heights 
mljacent may be had an estenMivo view of what ever passes in the offing. 

IIASI-HEKHY HAHDOUR is to the westward of that of Canso, or Port Glasgow ; 
it ifi small, and the uhores within quite bold. At the entrance, on the eastern side, is 



CHEDJiEUCTO EAY TO HALIFAX HARBOUE. « 

on island, hoviiig a. leilg-n dose to it on the 6.E. By roiuiding this ledgo, you may 
iteei" directly into tho harbour, nnd come to an anchor, under the island, which lies in 
tha middle of it, in the depUi of 7 fathoiBs, whei-e yon will ridf safoly. The country 
ht'i't) is rocky and barrvn, and tlieie is a q^iiiirry of granite, much in reijueat for mill- 
Btones. The outlet betwoen Knspborry lyliuid oad Iho main ia a complete dock, where 
vcaaclti con laiih thcmscLvea to both shores, and lide in 30 t'oet water ; but haU-way 
ttrongh, it lias only 10 I'eet. 

WHITE HAVEN, whicli ia 2 leagues to the ■westward of liaspbeny Harlwur, ie a 
place of hideoua aflpcet. Of its roc-ki/ Ulith the larger and outer one, called WhiUt 
Head, from tbc colour of its sides, is 70 feet above the kvel of the gca. This islet ap- 
ptELrs rouud and smooth, and is a useful mark, m the passage in, on either t^ide, is in 
mid-ehanael. Off tho head aw two br-cakerB, one S.S.E. and tho other E- by S-, 
^ a mile j there ia also' a. /idlcJi, of 4 feet, lying j a mile S.S.W. i W. frmn White 
Head. The jilncie is much h'equcnted by crowa, eagles, &c. The neighbotiring 
Ssh^imeHi dvuing epting nud smaciur, obtain hci'o large quantities of miickarel, 
heninga, &c, 

TOIIBAY. — The entrance of Una bay 3b formed on tLe west by a bold headland, 
called Berry Head. The channel in ia between this head and the inlets to tho east- 
ward. E.b.E. from the head and south of George's Island, aro three very daiigeroaa 
roda. whith do not break when the Bca is smooth. Within tlie bay, under the western 
peniuaula, thcTo is cKctllont anchorage, in from 6 to 4 fathoms, muddy iwltom, up to 
the eastern part of the bay. Thei'o la also anchorage on the ivcatcm side of the hay, in 
froQi 7 to 3 fathoms, Biniilar ground, where a vesad may lie in safely during any gale. 
The adjaceut lands are rooky, bat a few aalt^marBhes enable the iubabitanta to main- 
tain Bome caltlCj nndTesselflarebnilt here, of &aai40 to 1 20 tons, which oro employed 
in tlio fisheries. 

Tho piincipal dangere to be avoided in entering aro the Krnail sunftan rucks in the 
ofling, wliit-h in amouth water do not break; they should be lefti to tho eastward. 
Within the buy the anchoraffe is excellent, on a randdy bottom, with the eiception of 
EL fow spots o( rocks, and shcltored from every wind. 

Torhay tit Qmiilry Harfjotir .-^Fvom Torhay, westward, to Conntry Harbour, tho 
land in guncrul continues rotty and sterile, with decii water close in, hut regiiiar 
soundings without, and from 30 to 20 fathoms of water. 

CmliUe'a Ilarioiii; which b 31 leagues lo the westward of Berry Head, aifords sliel- 
ter to small vesecla only; and these enter on the eastern side, to cl-ear the bi-eakcrs. 
There is a deep inlet, celled New liarhour, which lies about 7 miles from the islands, 
nnd oormectcd with a chain of extensive lakes ; but it.s navifjation is obaU"ucted by a 
iar acruss its entrance, and it is open to southerly winds. 



COUNTRY HAEDOUR.— The fine harbour, edlcd Country Harbour, is navigable 
for the largeat ships, 12 miles fi'oia its entrance. It is nt pi'caent but thinly aettled, 
yet there «re !'ga«<jua for believing tliut, ill eoPiaci|ueTicu i>f itnprovemeuta in the neigh- 
bourhood, the population will s[>ccdily increase. Tho shores ate bold ; the anchorage 
eoft mud, with a depth of 13 to o fathoms. 

Mr. Lockwood lias said that '■ no position in the province is more advantageous for 
settlerij than this harboui': at ita mouth the i:jlan<Lj atlurd ehelter to tisbcLinen and 
small vessels, as well as the mcaoB of erectiiifr tlieir stascs ; and the fishuig grounds, 
at a short distanee in thc' otBng, abound in halibut, haddock, cod, and what they term 
the bait-lisherj — that is, matkiirel . ganueccous, siulII, &"e. Salmon ai'e plentiful in 
their season ; and, but for tlio imiirovideiit ugc of thia valuable addition to tile muana 
of subsistence, would coiitiime for agcp." 

The (ci^ciolf the harbour generally bi'c-ak, and between tiicm are deep pasBa^es. 
On advancing doni the enatward there are ttco rochs to be avciided, whicli lie an shown 
on the elinrta ; proeecdiiiy invf;ud, ytm should give Gnen Island a s>raaU berth, and the 
dangers on that aide will he avoided. The rwJiif ou the west of the entranec, named 
Cimlvf and PoUiLr, are ahuvo water, and hold-to. When above tliern, give Cape Moco- 
daaie a g-ood bortb, bo as to nvoid tho Bull, a tiaiii/oroiis simhen ri<eJ,', that hreaks in 
r&iigh wcfithcr, and lies about * a niilc from the extremity of the cap*. Tho hhi^htwla 
are jiurHy dry, uiid fioin iheiu, upwiuda, thure m no damjer, and the anchauajes ■esuJt 




SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

VcBacis entering this barbour must ubc the utmost cciutian in steering betwem tia 
leA/ex and rorks which are Ecuttered about; fortunately thoy oommoiily show tJieio- 
seives whenever there happens to bo any soa ; this will render the entrance leas diS- 
onlt : but having pocsed lio hlack rock, wliich is the mnermost danger, the navipatina 
is iwrfectly aafe for the Inrg'est fleet, 'fhe tides are scarcely perceptible, exct'pt wlten. 
in tho apnng', the ico and bbow dissolve, and heavy rains are prevalent. It is high 
'n'ater, nill and change, nt gh. -lOm. Tides rise 6 to 5 feet. 

HARBOUR ISLAND.— The islands on the emibI side of th-c entrance (Green laland' 
Gooso laland, and Uorbeur Inland, or tho 'WUlism and Aogustus Islands of Des 
Barrcs), are Low and covered with Bomhliy trees. Within Hnrbour Island is excoUeiU 
anchorage. 

FISHERMAliTS HARBOUR, on the west aide of Countrr Harbour, is a feTonrite 
roaort of finhing'-yesaels. In entering (his place, between Cape MocoJam© and the 
hlack kdr/e, great care must always be taken to avoid the Bull Rock, which dries at 
low water, but ia covered at high "water, and only bieaka when the weather is bad. 

BICKERTOX HARBOUR, to the west of Fislierman'B Hnrhonr, is fit for smaD 
vesscla only ; but it is a safe, convenif^ut, and ^uug litClo harbour. At S miles to Qw 
weat of it is Hollin's Harbour, n place of ahelter for coaatera, and resorted to by Uw 
iiBhermen. Indian Hai'bour is a shallow and unsafe creek, bat has good landl^ 
well dothed with pine, maple, birch, and spruee. The nest inlet, c^led Wine 
Harbour, has a bar o/iand, which ia nearly dry. There are but few sottlei-s on these 
harbours. 

ST. MASTS KIVER.— The navigation of this river Is impeded by a bar of 15 het 
wat^r, which extends difraas at the distance of 1^ mile above Gutiniilg Pointy the 'west 
point of the entrance. Below the bar, towards tho western side, iaa miiliUe ground, tvluch 
appears uncovered in very low tides ; and, above the bar, nearly in mid-chnjinel, is a 
imuill riickif islft. The passage over the bar ia on. the eaetcm side of this islet. The 
tide, wliicli is very rapid, innrts. out the channel ; tlie latter is devions, botweeii mud- 
banks, extending from each shore, and dry at low water. The depths upward ore 
from 24 to 18 feet. Sailing in, vou should piwceed for 4 miles N.N.W., theu 2 miles 
N. by W. ; and afttr wards N.N. W. tO' the Fork, whore it divides, Iho western branch 
terravuating in a brook i the eMtem branch continning navigable ^ of a mile farther 
np to the rapids. The town of Shcrbrook is, at the bead of the river, abont 3 leases 
from the sea. 

WEDGE ISLE liea at the distance of J B league sooth of the S.W. point of 
St. Mary's River, is rematkuhlc, and eervea as an excellent guide to the harbours in 
tho neighbourhood. A boacon, 140 feet above tho sea, is. erected upon it, and may be 
seen 6 to 8 niilea off. The side of thia islet, towards the main land, is abrupt, and its 
Bununit is 115 feet above the sea. From its S.W, end Icdycs stretch outward to the 
distance of J a railej and some nuhkcn rocks, extending towards it from the main, 
obstruct the passage nearly half-wsy ovor. About 2f miles Bouth firom the Wedge 
is a, fishing -bank) of 30 to 20 feet, the area of which is abont 200 ocrea. 

The HAKBOUR op JEQOGAN maybe readily found, on tlie eastward, by Wedge 
Islci above dc.'icribcd ; and on the westward by the bold and high land called Redman's 
Head, The posaago in is at the distance of'j of a mile &ora tlio Head; because, nt 
the distance of J oi a mile, is a dry ledpe, called the Shag. Withiji the small ialiuid 
□n the cost side uf the entrance, called Tobacco Isle, there ia anchorage in 4 or 5 
fathoms, muddy bottom. 

LISCOMBE HAUBOUK.— The cnlraoee of this harbour, which is one ofthobcston 
the coast, Ls LctweeiL Liscombe Island and tbe headland on the west, called Sinith, or 
White Point ; n mile to tho JiorChward of thia is Giten Point, which is Ijold-to. Pwitn 
the S.E. end of Liscombe Island, a le'lr/e, with breakers, cxtt^nds Co the distance of ? of 
a mile. Wifliin, and under the Ice of the island, ia safe anchorage ia from 13 to 8 
fathoraB, On the N.E. of tlie islund, a vessel caught in a S.E. gale may be sheltered 
by Redmiin's Head, already described, with tlie head S.S.E,, in and 7 fathoms, on a 
bottom of clay. 

On tSiL- west aide ibu tjround, from Smith Point, is slioni to tln! distance of nearly a 
mile S.S.E,; unil i^t '1 miles south from tbc point is a rot'k, with only 13 feet aver it. 



i CHEDABTJCTO BAt^ TO HALIFAX HABBOCK. O 

uDd lioa -with Smith gmd Green Points in cme, Anothe-r eAoa/, of 12 feet, on w)iichtli« 
l>ea lirenks, lioa Ij milo S.S.W. &oni the eaetend of Liacombe Island^ amilewithijii or 
Inuaror tliB island, io the same direction, lies a rock. 

The Black Prinee Hoek, drying at low water, and ou which the sea always Iwcaks, 
liea S.E. by E. from the eaat end of Lihcombe Island. To euter the harboui- from tho 
southward, betweea tbo 12 and 13-teet shoals, whicli are 1 j milo apart, keep Green 
Point well open of Smith's Point, bearing N. by W. i "W.; when within a mile of 
Smifh'B Point, Itecp more to the northward, and ran up in mid-ciaiinGl. The ialand 
Hide is bold. The first direction of the harboui' is nearly north, then "W.N.W. Op- 
w^ite to Che first Ssh-atogc, at f of s. mile tioja the iihore, is na good a bertJi as cau 
DC dcoired, in 7 fathoms. From this placa the barboar ia navigablo to the diatance 
of 4 miles; it is, however, ta be observed, that thero are tuio min^i rocks on the north 
side. 

It AY OP ISLANDS. — The coast between Liecombe and Beaver Hnrboura, an extent 
of 6 leagues, ia denominated tlie Bay of Islands. Within this space the xslelSr roeki, 
and Iidff6» arc innnmerable : they form pasfiagcs in all directions, which linvo, in 
general, a good depth of water. At the eaetorn part of this labyrinth, near Llflcombe, is 
Si ario-ct- Joseph, an excellent harbour,capableof containing a fleet of the largest sliipa, 
but requires caution to enter \ the gcttlers 0!i which, koep litrgo herd^ of cattle, &t3. 
Nicomquirque is a »mall settlement in the same ran^ ( the innabitanta of which arc 
an industrious set of people. Newton -quad dy, next east of Beaver, has a few families 
situated on the side of a shoal river ; the land here is good. 

The TFTtile lelatidi, nearly half-way between the harbours of Beaver and Liscombe, 
appear of a Ug-lit atone colour, with g-i*eu summits. The latter are about 60 feet above 
a\e level of the sea. Tlic islcb ore hold on the south side ; the paseoge between them 
eufe ; and there is good anchorage within chem, in &om 10 to T fathoms. From these 
the roi-Jie and kilgea cKtend a or 6 miica from caat to E.N.E. ; they are bold-to and 
mostly dry ; the water within them being nlways smooth. 

HEAVER HARBOUR.— The Pumplctn ttud Bcnver IslEinds are very remarkable to 
vcBsebi sailing alonr the coast, pftrtieularly Pumpkin. Island, which is n lofty and dark 
liorren rock t but they aftbrd a smooth and exeeilent ahciter inside of them during a 
soatlierly gale. Southcrland Ifilond has, on its N.W. eidc, a deep and bold inlet, wboro 
a vessel may lie concealed, and ns secure as in a dock. When in the ofEnjj, the 
harbour ia remarkuble, on atcotjnt of the small islnitil which liea north of the black 
rock, having at Ha southern end a red cliff, being the only one on this coast j having 
entered the liarbour you may choose year anchorage, aceordiiig to the direction of the 
wind, the bottom being generally mud. The basm on the west side is so atoen-to, 
that a vessel may bo afloat with her aide touching the beach. To enter the haroour 
a stranger should take a pilot. 

On Beaver Outer Island, or WUliam's laiiuid, a revolving light has been esta- 
blished ; the light is risible 1| minute, and obscured J a miaote. ITio lighthouse 
is square, 33 faet high, painted white, with two black balls pajnted ou its scawoi'd 
side. Tho light is elevated 70 feet above the sea level, and visible 12 milea. A reef 
extends eastward from Beaver Island, a conBidertLhle distance, so that, on entering 
tlie bay, you shoald give the light a bertli of J of a milo ; and steer in N.N.W. Tho 
lighthouse stands in latitude 44' 49' N., and longitude 62" 21' W. Sarabto ligLthouso 
boors from it W. \ S., distant S4 miles ; and Cape Canao Ughthonse E. 2 N., distant 
68 miles, beoi-ing maguetic. 

SHEET HARBOUR. — This harbour is nearly half-wny between CountiT Harbour 
and HalifaK. It is very extensive, hut dnagcroua for vessels to itpproach in tliiuk 
weather. The narrow channel between Soljer Island and tho main, aSorde aceure 
anchorage, on a bottom of mud. The nouie ia dciived from a, blank eliif, on a roqky 
isle at the entrance, which apjieara like a sufiiiended Ghcet. 

Withoat the harbour tire tho several hdt/es shown on (ho charts. Tlicsc ledgca show 
themaelves, cscepting tlio ciuter one, called by the flabt-rmen I'ankfe J/ick, aiid whiuh, 
when the sea is soiooth, is very dangerous. It has been asserted, that a rwlnj nhoul 
Ues J a mile to the south of the Yankee, but ita position has not been nscertaiiied. 

Witliiri the cnCraitcu is a tuck, 3 feet under water, which will 1h' avoidiid h^ ku(i%^' 




SAILING DIRECTIONS FBOM 

the Sheet Book open of the island next mtlun iti on the coBtern eidc. In Baiting or 
turning up tho harbour, give the sides a very moderate berth, aud you will have from 
11 to 15 fatlioma, gooil holdinjf ground. 

The flood, at tJio cntrSDM oE Sheet Harbour, aeta S.S.W., alMjnt n iMle an boiir. 
High wafer, Ml and change, at Sh. SOm. ; tidoa rise 7 feot. 

MUSHABOON. — To the westward of Sheet Harbour is a small bay, open to tile 
S.E.| which afforda shelter at its head only, in from 7 to 5 Eathoma, aiuddy bottom. It 
is connected to Sheet Harbour by a. elear, deep, aud bold paniMge, IjetvreeG an island 
and tiie main Innd. Horo yon may losh your vessel to the trees ; enii, lying in 5 
ftithoms, soft bottom, with tfie side tuuehiug tho eliff, be perfectly Bheltered from all 
winda. This place is uninhabited, the laud being ii:capablc of caltivation. In going 
throngh the paasago to Sheet Mai'bour, you must guard against a minken roch at its 
moath, which, from the smootbueBs of the wateTf seldom tLowa it^ position -, this rock 
lies 4.00 yards off Banbury lalande, and may easily be eleared by Seeping the Sheet 
Rock open of the ialaud. 

SPRY nARBOUR.— Cape Spry, or Taylor's Head, diyides Muahaboou from Spry, 
or Tayloi''a Harbour. It has, on each aide of the eDtruiice, a high, rocky, bairen cape, 
distinguished at a long distance. When sailing in, j-ou will [icrccivD tho laird in the 
centre of the harbour, appearing; in three distinct hille ; keep the vaUey between the 
two oaHteramogt, oin with the Bald Hocks, which will lead you between Mad Moll 
Beef and Molone^y Hock. Vou may now B.teer in for tho anchorage, at the wostom 
head of the harbour, whoro a, fleet may lie land-locked on a muildy bottom, This 
harbourisupened toS.E, and S.S.E, wiuda: at tho entrance tho liood-tidc seta in at 
abaut a mile an hour. 

DEANE, or POPE'S HARBOUR, on the western side of Gerard's Isles, haa a 
kdije at its entrance, forming an obtuse angle at two points, | of a mile from each, and 
fimn which a shoal extends tu the southwitrd J u mite. It may be paused on eitlier 
side 1 iint, on tho west, care must bo taken to avoid a shual estending ft'oui tho autar 
Tangiet Island. Tho best shelter ia under the BiciiUoi- island on. the onstei'iv side, where 
there are from 8 to 6 inthoms, with good clay ground. 

TANGIER HARBOUR, next to Ueane, or Pope's, is formed by craggy, barren 
islands, which secure ^osaeb itom all winda. At about 2 miles ftwrn ita niO'Utk Ih a 
ledi/e that dries at low water. The anehoroge is under the eastern shore above Fisher's 
NoBo, in o to -1 fathoms, stiif nmd. Hero are some good traeta of pnatuTD lojid, and the 
few inhabitants are occupied in tho fishiug aud coasting trades. 

SHOAL I5 AY is the Saunders Harbonr of Dca Barres. Thia bay has a q^od depth 
of water, and tscellent anchorogG on Jiac wkite sand and strong mnd. Ine latter ia 
to tho northward of the islnud now called Charles Island, and vesaels lie iti it, land- 
locked, in 7 fathoms. Off the mouth of tie harbonr is a rock, that always breakaj 
but it ia hold-to, and may he paused on oithei' side. Some parts of tho harbouv will 
admit larg^ ships to he afloat, alon^ aide the Ehorc, aver a bottom of black mud. Sup- 
plies ofBtoch, &c., may bo obtained from the mhabitonts of thia place. 

SHIP HARBOUIl ia easy, and safe to enter, having good anchorage in every port, 
the bottom being tough bluo clay; it leada to Charles's River, abovo the narrows of 
which, a fleet of the largest ships may lie aloug&ide of each other, without the smallest 
motion. In this harbour, aud on the ialcs about it, oic several families, who keep 
small fitocks of cattle, &e. The entrance, called by Dos Barres, Kiiowles' Harbour, is 
deot> and hold ; it hes between two islaiida, of which the eastern ia Biier'a, of Charles's 
Island, on the WL-sf*^m side of which ts a lighthouse. A white clifi', which may bo 
seen from a considerable distaace iu tho offing, is a good mark for the harbour ; at tiral 
it resembles a ship under sail, but on approaching seems mure hke a schooner's top> 
Hail. There is goad anchorage iti every part of liio harbour. IJrior'a Island, abovo 
mentioned, ia a low, rugged islnud, aud u'li'jvs, partly dry, extend from it ^ of a mile 
ta the eastward : avoiding those, whoa entering thia way, you may range along the 
weurem island, and come to anchor under ita north point, in S or 7 iathotua, the 
iKitium of mud. 

OU*3;S IIF-VI) llARHnUR, which ia npstt to tho west of tb& har!>onr last de- 
saibttl, ahLou^h smaller tliou imuiy other harbuura on the looiit, has sufhcieut. opacv 



CHEDADUCTO BAY TO HALIFAX HAHBOUK. 7 

ksi a fleet. It maj' be known, at a diBtanoe, b^ Onvl's Hmd, on the weetem aide, 
whicb aiipeora round, abrupt, and voiy remorlHiblo. Tho neigLbouring ooaet and 
bles arc nigged and bnrrtn, but fhs harbour bos a few scttlcra. The tntmnc'C ia of 
sutficiEnt breadth fo nLlow n, large ahip to turn into it: iLnd ■within tho harbour 
shipping lie Ian d-lookod, wheu iu S oiid 7 fatlioniB, \iith a bottcm of mud. In 
taking tt berth, you wtU be gaided by the direction of the "wind J as, withttS.W.gale, 
the wpatem anchorage is to be profcrrcd, and the caat<!m -with a S.E. The flood-tido 
acta into tins harbour from the S.W., at the rate of a mile an hour, At Owl'EHead it 
IB high n'ater at 8h, SOm. ; tides rise h'om fi to 7 fcet> 

JEDORE ILUIBOUR is the Port Egmont of Dos Barres. In the nfflnff, at tho 
distance of 2 Ica^iea £vin the land, the body of the flood acts in &om S.W. bv S,, at 
the rate of J a milo an hour. It is high water at Jcdore Head at 6b. 2Clm. ; tides rise 
from 6 to 9 feet. 

From the api>carance of this harbour ou the charts, it might ho prosuined that it Ig 
Bpacious and conimodions ; hut, on examination, it will be found realty different. The 
entrance ia itnaafe and intricate i a shoai, of only 1 1 feot, hps at its mouth j the channel 
within is naifow and winding, and thei-o are ei-tetmc£ mud fiats, covered at high water, 
and uncovered with the ebb ; bcncen stranger can enter "witli safety ouljat low water, 
the channel being clearly in sight, and the water sufflcicnt for large ships. The best 
anchorago is abreast of the eand-hcacA, 3 miles ^vithin the entrance, in from 9 to 6 
fiithnma, on a bottom of stiff mud. At 2| miles nboTc the beach the hai'bom- divides ; 
one branch on iho port bond 19 uangablc nearly to its uxtreraitj', and has sei-eral 
sunken rochi in it ; while to the starboard is a. lai'ge space, with a clear bottom, and 
from .3 to 5 fafhoma. On the ea.stern shore arc Oyster Pond and Navy Pool, two 
deep ialcts, but choakcd at their entrance by a bedofrockt ; the river termiuateB with 
a rapid. 

The lands at tto head of tho havbonr arc stony, but tolorably good j the rest harron 
and deplomblo. The inhubitanta, an induBtrious people, subsiHt chieflj by cocstbig, 
and supply Halifax with wood, which they cat from th« unoccupied lands around 
them. 

Without the entrancei, on the eoiatem side, arc two isles, called Rw/er and Bm-ren 
/efn/i(i», hetween and within wliich the paasage.t are good, and afford shelter in case of 
necessity) from these the land runs nearly E,!K.£., and forcis a deep inltt) Ctdlcd 
Clara, or Clumb Bay. 

The brig ROCK. — This is a very rlaii^erous roct, of 3 feet, nhont tho si/e of a 
fi-igate'a long boat i it lies S.E. J E. from Jedore Ilcad, and S.W., 2 miles from the 
ifiio called Long Island. The weed on, the top of it may frequently bo seen at the 
B^urfaco. Tho marks for this rock arc, a house and barn in Clam Boy, iuat open of the 
cast end of Long Island, bearing N. 6" E. ; and the hona« on Jcdoro Head open to the 
N.E. of Jedore Rock. 

POLLUCK SHOAL.— At abont 9 miles south of Jedore Head ia a reef, c&lled the 
Pallmk HFioiil : ita area ia about an acre, having a depth of 24 feet over it ; and, during 
a swell, tho sea breaks over it with great violence. - 

JEDOIIE Lr]IIGES..— These advancing- hotwcen the Brig Rock nnd Polluck 
Shoal, should bo eautionB in apprnaching any of tlic Jedore Lidgai they are laid 
down on the choi'ts, and said to extend from 6 fo 9 miles from tlie mouth of th-e 
harlwnr, 

Bot ween Jedore and Halifax there nrenohnibotirs.ofanyooii8ideratioiifoTahippiiigi 
bat there arc numerous settlements. The land in this extent is, in general, of moderate 
htight, rising gradually from tho shorn. Red and precipitouH clilfa, the choraoterifitio 
of the eastern eoast may tic seen from 7 to 9 miles off. The best harbour ia that called 
Thi'oc-futhoniB Harbour. When you are within this harbour, the poBsage will he found 
to be clear, between banks of soft nnid ; but it is only lit for echooncrB and shfops, 
although it has occasionally been vivited by largo vessfls. Tlic anclioi-agc in tour" 
blue o&y. The cliffs are eomposed of bright red earth, remarkable to ressele com 
trom the eastward. 

This harboTir lies iramedifltely to tho cast of an islet, called Shut-in Island : ' 
with the wiud on ahorc, is difficult and dangerous; so thai it is to be atlcm- 




SAILING DIRECTIONS PHOM 

in caacs of rBol distress. The chaniiol lioB f over to Qia norttward from Shut-in lulamj, 
and turns short round the etnrboard point to tljc westward. 

In beating ti> windward, aliiiw may stand t« within IJ mild of the ah<»«, tiw 
Gcraiidinga being tolernblj regular, from 20 to 12 and 8 fathoms. 



I 



I 



FROM HALIFAX TO CAPE SABLE. 



.> .i.>1 



GENERAL JIEMABKE. — Vcsac-la coming from tie eoatward, and bound for th* 
Litrbour of Halifax, eliuuld pav ptuliciiljii' attention to their soundings, cajteciftil; 
Mhtii they cojisidcr tiemselveg m the neighbourhood of Sabic Inhnid -, wliich. island 
and its surrouiidiDg hoiika, wo slmll hereofter describe. It will tlieref'ore only be 
necoHHiry at prewnt to remark, that the Uiimi ia low, and appears hke small sond^ 
hillockg I that tn anmiDer it frcqlientty is eavg]at>ed iti a fog, but you may always 
discover your proximity to it by your soundings ; and that on its N.E. and N.W. dd^ 
are dangerous barn i you will have, ex:cept on tlicse sides, 2 fathoms 2 cables' leuotll 
off, and your depth will increase in proportioiJ to the distance you ore from it, at a 
general rate' of about 2 fathoms for every mile, until you are 20 tnilea from it. SignoU 
are placed on the island, and also a gnn, to answer sn<^h as may he heard from *-c«m1s 
in diatxeas. 

In making land moru to the south-wcetward, and about Capo Sable, you must be 
particnlarly careful to avoid Senl Ts/aiicl liocl's, and the Brazil Rrick. Tq tho west- 
ward of Groat Seal Island tho eoundinga are very irregular for upwards of 20 milea, 
at which distance arc 45 fathoms, gravel and stones. Indeed, the sonBdings along 
Hova ScotiiL. from Cape Cunso to Cope Sahic, jiartnhe of the Hamo irrcg'ularitj', Irom 
25 to 60 fathoms ; tbci-efoi'e, you should not come nearer the land tJian 3j fathoma, 
unless you are well aasurcd of the exact part you ore in, for otherwise, cndcavouriDg 
to enter Halifax, you mav bo driven into Mahone or Mecklenburgh Bays, and be 
caught by S.K. wmdg. 'fhe wenthcr is generally foggy 4 or 6 leagues off ehotp, both 
in sprint and suinraer, but it becomes clearer as you got nearer the const i and, with 
the wind off tho htnd, it will bo perfectly clear. 

From 1 to 3 leagues out to seaward, mackarel, halibut, rays, haddock, and cod a« 
found in plenty •, and at tlie entrance of the liarboups nnd rivers, salmon is token faiia 
April to August: tho bays abouiid with hoi-ringB in June and July, and with tom-ood 
all tlie vcor round. 

H&XiXrAX, the capital of Mova Beotia, ia situated in 44° 39' north, and longitude 
63° 37' west ; its harhour being large enough to aeoommodute any quantity of n hipping 
in perfect safety. _ Its direction lies nearly north and «mth, being about 16 miles in 
length, and tcmiinatcs in Bedford Basin, which is an extensive sheet of water, con- 
taining 10 square miles of safe andiorage. The town ia aituated on the doclivity of a 
peninaulu, at the western side of the harbour, about 10 miles from its entrance, and is 
said to have 15,000 inhabitants, a naval yard and hospital, together with a citadel. It 
is a free warehousing port, and oontaina two Episcopal ehurehes, two PreBbyterida, 
two BaptiHt, and three other chapels. 

Tho village of Darlmdulh Is opposite to Halifax. ; it ia thinly settled ; bat tlie londa 
fwhind it are in an improving state ; and there are some fine farms balongiiig to th« 
dcBcendants of tho original Genuati Bettters, 

HALIFAX HAltBOUU. — In approothing the harbour of Halifajt, you will p^- 
ceive the coast about its environs, particularly to the eouthword, to be ragged ^od 
irocky, with patohcft of withered wood, scftttoi'ed about i but the land is rather low in 
general, and not TiHible 20 miles off, except from the guartor-deck of a 74, the high 
mountains of Lo Havo and Aspotogon oxcepled, whieh may bo seen S leagues offi 
When Aspotogon Hills, which hav* a long level appearance, hear nortSi, and you dlts 
9 league!* difilnnt. an K.N.K. course will carry yoa to Sambro liglithouBO ; this staoda 
O^Sambro Inland, and is rondei'ed remorkaolc by being a liigh tower, e^lovated 




HAtlPAX TO CAPE SABLE. 



9 



1 15 feet alxTve the sea The light ib visiblB in clear weattcr from 20 to S5 tnilea ; the 
tower ia octagon, painted white, and iiilots rerort tlici-e. Thoro iiro two 24-poBadera 
placed on the island, under the direction of a amali party of artill-erj-Dien ; the§e are 
lirod on tho approncli of vdhsoIs, and contribute much to the mariner'B safety, hy 
Wiimiiig him on the adjCicEUt hreiikerB. 

S&mbra Island and lighthouse lie on the S.W, side of the entrance to the hnrbpur ; 
it 18 in latitude 44" Zff north, and longitude 63" 35' west. 8. by E., distarit 2 fall 
miles. Irom the lightho'use, hes the Henerci/ Roth, with only 8 feet water over it ; and 
E.N.E., distant q mile from tlio Hoiiercy, liea the Loektcood, of 12 foot; thcflc appear 
to be but little kuown, although they are both very dangeiouB. 

Tii£ LS^DGES. — About 2 luilca to the weatword arc the Weitirn Ledges ; tlicss are 
the Dull, the Hones, and the S. JV'., or Outer Sock : the Rull is the westeramoat, and 
nearcbt to the land : this is a rock above watei', lying above -^ of a mile S.E. by E. 
firom Pendant Point, the lighthoiiso hearing from it E, 7° S. The Horsee are about 
a mile to the aouth-eostward of the Sail, the Lighthouse beariU:g E. by N., distant 
I| mile ; and tho S.W. llock, or Ledge, Uoa with Urn lighthouse bearing N.E., distant 
IJ mile. To avoid these, >constant caution will be requisite, though they are 
surrounded by deep water, the channel between the BuU and tho main having 

10 fathomfi wnter, and tho possoee clear. Between the Horses and the Bull are 

1 1 fathoms, and no intermediate danger ; and between the HoTsea and the S.W. fiock 
there are 20 fathoms. 

The Owen HdcTi.—Thla rock was discovered by Captain Owen, R.N., in H.M. 
steam-vessel Colombia, on tho 21at May, 1844 ; it Ixaa only 12 ieet water on it. 
When the vessel touched there wer^ 6 fathoms tiom thg Htarboat-d, and 18 fathoUlB 
&om the port paddle-box. It lies with Sambro lighthouse bearing 8.W., distant 

1 ^ of a ratlc. 

The Eoitern. Ledfftt are the Shtert, or Black Rixka : these lie nearly E. by S. from 
the lighthouao, distant J of andle. 'fhere is also the Bell Rork, lying farther in, and 
about i of a mile from the land, tho extremity of Chcbuc to Head bearing N. by E. JE., 
distaitt J of a mile. lu advancing up the tarbour, you will meet with several otlier 
rwT^, KB the Zoek Head, which lica with Chebueto Head S.W. by W., distant 

2 J milcB ( and the Denirs island N.E. | E., about the same diatance \ the Thrum Cap, 
which extends from the south end of Mac N^ab's, or ComieaUis's Island; the Lkhjield on 
the weBtem side of the harbour, having onlv 16 feet water over it, and the Mat6 Roek, 
lying also on tlio westum side ; Point Sandwich bearing north, distiuit J a mile, and 
ncarlj in a hne with it and the west aide of George^ Island ; all these are distin- 
guifihed by baoye and flags being placed upon thom. There ia bLbo a reef, colled tho 
Hon* Shoe, which runs out from Manger's Beach on the west side of Mac Nab'a 
Island [ Ibis is damjerous, and mnat carefully he avoided. 

On Mauger's Beaeh is a lower, called Sbevbrook Tower, on which is a lighthouse, 
elevated 68 feet above the IcveJ of the bco, and maybe seen 10 miles. This useful 
light is of a red colour, and Intended to lead veesels up the harbour. 

When abreast of Chebueto Head, or when Sambro light bears W.S.IV., tho light on 
Maup?r'a Bcacli should never bo brought to the westward of north. By keeping tho 
Ugbt from north to N. by E. will lead clear of the Thrum Cap Shoal. Thin hghthouac 
bcojB from the 'ITirum Cap buoy N. J W., 2 mile*. 

FViicio cotuinff from the eastward must keep Sntobro light open to the southward 
of Chebueto Head, until the light oihids on Mauj^-er's Boadi, which will then bear 
N- § W., when they will bo to the we»(tward of iho Thrum Cap Bhonl, and may shape 
a courso up tho hai'bour, always keeping the light on the beach open, and on tnc 
starboard bow. 

Vessels from tJie inestitartl will see the light -when they arc aa far eastward as Che- 
bueto Head, whiuh, being kept on the stuJ'board bow, leads them np to the beach. 

Half-way betwoen Mauger'e Beaeh and George's Island la a slioal, on tlie opposite 
dde, extending to the S.E. from Point Pleasant, nearly } of the channel ove^ 
having a buoy at ita extremity ; the thwart-mark for thi« buoy is a little bl 
entrance of tlio N.W. aim, on with a remarkable alone upon the hilJ, 
W.S.W. Between Point Pleasant Shoal and Maugei''H Bench is b 
ground, of 4} and 5 fathoms, aometiniea pointed out by a buoy: thismiddl 
extends nortn and aoutli a cable's length, and ifl ahont 30 fes3ci<s»Si&Nit'*' 

[Canso to PniL,] 





10 SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

Ikll off to the eastward of it there will bo found fi^im 7 t€ 13 fathoms wnter, 
muddy bfittoui ; while on the neat aido there arc fram 10 to 14 fathoms, course, rocky 
G»uii dings. 

REID'S ROCK has 12 feet OTcr it, andlifM in shore, about midway between Point 
Plc-usnnt and Halifax ; the thwart- murk for this danger is a farm-hoasc in llie wood, 
over a black rook on the fihore, bciuiiig W. hy S. ; and opposite to Revd's Hock is a 
buoj on. a sjtil, extending from tho N.W. end of Mac Nah'a Island. 

MAC NAB'S ISLAND liea on the eastern side of the channel, and is nearly 
3 miles in length, and 1 in bi'eadtti ; there is a email island to tho eastward of it, 
called Caroil'B laliind ; boats can paas this way, or between it aod Devil's IsJiind 
shore, in what is commonly called tte S.E. Piisaage, hut the channel is too aliallow tor 
ahippioKj and it is farther obafracted by abarofstmilto the Bouthwnrd, over which arc 
only 8 feet water. Mac Nab'a Island is well cultivated ; and ill Miic Mali's Cove, there 
ia good anchorage, in from 9 to 4 fatlioius, muddy twttom; tlio best situation is in 
7 fathoms, with Maug^r's fieach and Sondwim Point looked; George'a Towor 
touching Ives Point. 

Upon Itock Head is a Boating beacon, with « boll at thu top ; it lies with George's 
Island tower iu one with Ivea Toiut, and Sumbro lighthouse just §een over Chebucto 
Head. 

On DdviI'b Island, on the cost side the entrance, a lighthouse lias been erected, 
painted bro(vn, with a white belt ; it eihihits a fised light, showing red to seaward, 
elevated 45 feet, and viaible 8 milos. Pilota are stationed there. 

On the Thrum Cap Keef is a beacon-buoy ; it lies with Georg&'s Island open of Ives 
Point. ThJM beacon and Mauger's Ughthoniio are to be kept on the starboard side 
going into tho harbour. 

Theie are nlso flag-boaeona on the Lichfield and Mars Itocks, to be left oa jour port 
hand going in. The leading -mark in between these bcaeone ia the flagstaff on Citadel 
nill open of Point Sandwich. 

In sCattdiii-ff in for the la/id off HaH/ii^ liaiboi/r, you may know on which side of 
tho harbour you are, by a remarkable diiference that f aies place imuiediBtely from ita 
mouths, iu the colour of the shores; for if it should be red, you are to the eastward of 
it, and if white, you will bo to the westward of it. 

To suit for Halifiij: Harbour, — Having made the hghthonse, and coming from tho 
westward at night with a westerly wind, the light being- 7 or 8 miles off, steer E.N.E. 
or E. by N., UUtil you hove passed the S. IJ'". Ludi/es, and the LghthouHO bears north ; 
then run on N.E. or N.E. by N., until you brinp it to bear N.W., which being done, 
take a N.N.E. or N.E. by N. coarse, antd you bnng it W.N.W. ; vou will then, agree- 
ably to the wiud, haul up north, or N. by E. for Chebucto Head, nvoiding tic SfCl 
Snc/c. Chebucto Head is bold-to within I a mOc from the shore ; ran on north, along 
the woat shore for Sandwich Point, which ia also bold i thus you will safely pass the 
Lichfield Itiich, leaving it on your port aide ; this roch has a buoy and flag placed Oa 
its eastern end. A mile northward »f whith is the Mara Roek, the situ.ation of 
which is pointed out by another buoy and flag, which must also bo left on the port 
hand. Vtheu abreast of Sandwich Point, get ns near middle channel as you cqu, for 
on the opposite side is tlie fforse Skin; a dnngt^roiu ihdf, whicli HtrBtchca out from 
Mauger'fi Beach j steer on mid-channel, between Manger's Beach and the Horse Shoe, 
and having; paased the latter, edge over to Mae Nab'a Island. Midway between the 
island and Point Pleasant Shoals, on tho extremity of wliich xa a buoy, and rather 
more than ^ a mile farther, oi) tile narnc side, 14 HeiiTii Rack, the position of which is 
also denoted by another buoy i these are all to be left on the post side. On the stEtr- 
board, or oiipowite side, ia a red beaoon-buoy placed upon the spit which runs off Mac 
Nab's Island ; yon will sail no between tlieee two latter buoytt, and having piwaed the 
reef, steer diroctly north tor Geoi-ge's Island, which you may pa.is on either side, and 
run up for and abreast of the town of Halifiix, where you will find anehovage in it and 
10 l'uthon)B,iuu4dy ground, Scabies' length east of tlic unwriug buwa, or near enough 
to the wharves lo throw your hawser on shore. There is n miditit grmcnd betwoeu 
Mauger'a Beach and Point Pleasant Shoal, which sometimes has u bnoy upon it, but 
not ]cnb thiiti tathoUis has yet Ik«» found Upon it. 

" The RToat difficulty (says Mr. Chalmera, a Mn&ter in the Kojal Nuvy) of making 
ITaliGix trom the eastward, particularly in the winter jfeason, is, that the winds are 




HALWAS TO CAPE SABLE. 



u 



lenorallj from the "W.B.W. to N.'W., and Uq-w ao hard as to reduce a ship to ven 
low canviui, If not to bni-e poles ; bat sliould tbe wind come to tlic eastward, it 19 
iwvuj'iably attctidtnl with surh (liitk wtatlier as tu pi-tvwit an observationi, or seeing 
Lanj great dislaiioo ; and consequently rendere it iraprndent to run on a loe ahore 
Ituidcr such eirtumstanetfi, and mor-? paitieularly in the wintoi" lime, when ihe eHstcrly 
rwinds are attendcJ witli aleet and snow, wliich loilge about the masts, sails, rigging, 
l&nd every port of the ship, becoming a solid body of ice so aoon us the wind sbifts 
jrouad to the N.W.. which it does Buddeoly from llio ea'jtward. What adda consider- 
lably to the above difEcnlty is, having been Bcveral days without an ob((er\ation, and 
leubject to ft current, whion sometimea runa atrone to the soutliward. you may have 
ifhe^ Bay of Puady open, and be swept into it by the strong indraught whicli prevails 
iTthen the wiad lias been any lime from the southward or eastward. 
I "From the above circumstances, 1 would recoiumciid that sliipB boutid lo Flgjifax 
lin the ■wiatcr, should shape a southerly uaurse, and mn down their longitude in l.atifnda 
r&om38' toSO";* til wMth tjamllol tfleywill make the principal TOtt of the ^aa^in 
la temperate climafe, un til tlioy approach the coast of America, when they will be met 
fliy the westerly, or even the N.W. winds, which will enable them (having got 
[soundings on St. Gcorgre'w liank) to make their course good along shore, and with a 
Iftec wind and clear wenther, to eras* flie Bay of Fundy, with confidence of their situ- 
ratiot) 1 then, ao Boon as they havL> shut in tho bay, keep the shore on board the whole 
I Way to Halifax liglltliouse. 

I ObBcrvc, in comint from the eastward with an easterly wind, the Tbnim Cap 
fsiioab, which m 11st be particularly avoided. A red huoy, with a flag, as before 
inoticcd, now marks their esti'emity. To gQ clear of them, vou shonld hriug the 
[ enstemmoHt innd in sight a ship's length to the southwai'd of Devil'B Idand, bearing 
I E. i>y N., nearly, and steer in west, or W. by S., as best snits the diatancB yon are 
I frum (ho inland, and aecordinfr to the wind and situation. With respect to the shouls, 
tyoo may puraue a. went, N.W,, or W,N-W, course, until George's Islftod comes a sajl's 
[fcrcadth open lo tlic weatward of Mac Nab's Island ; then endeavour to get the 
[leading marlMi on, and haul up north lor the harbom-. Or, when coming in from tho 
EeonHi-ieastwnrd, yflumay Btcor for Chebuelo Head, until the leadinp marks come on 
[for enterbig the harbour; tflking cai'e, if in the vicinity of Rook Head, to keep 
' Bajnbro lighthouse well open of Chcbucto Head, until you get the niarks on for 
' eiileritig the harbuur. 

I Another long murk for Halifax Harbour, from ahreoBt of Chebucto Head, &nd 
tateering in north, or N. ^ W., is tlie middle of three hills, over Dartiiioutli ■village, 
ttaving tome trees upon them, in a line with the N.W. end of George's Island ; this will 
[lend clear of the daii;.^er9 01 boUi sides, aod over tho middle grovind, in Smm. 5- to 
Is fathoms, and up to C!eorgc'e lalaud. 

I 'ITio following direetioiis for Bailing into Halifas Harbour, are given by Mr. Lock- 
(■woud — " 3n opproathing from the westward, round the IJghthoUEe, at tlie distance of 
E a league, to avuid the si'itken roc/m which lie to tho ^outliward ; when tho light beara 
PM.W. by "VV., haul in north, or N. by W., according to your distance off. The flag- 
HtavpH on Ciindcl Ilil! above' tie town are dit tin giush able at n eonsideralilo diisfance ; 
liy beeping them open of Sandwich Point, you are ltd clcur of the £c'/l, Liekjieli/, nnd 
I Jt/fi/*3 JlocAs on the west aide ; and tho Rock Head and 'I'hrum Cap to the tilst. When 
I arrived at Sandwich Point, keep Oicliiicto Head in night, hy not nllowing it to be 
lebutiti; this I'lain mark will lead in the fairway home to George's Island. Leaving 
IPoiut ricaaant ShoulHon tJic left, and Mac NHb's Shoals on the right, round Georges 
llelaud on either idde, and anchor any where in fi, 10, or K( fathoms, muddy ground. 
iFrom George's laland to the entrance of Saekvillo Hiver there ia not a. single 



It Loa been recomuiended by some naTigaton ^o keep ia higb northern latiludoa when 
■ ig tho AtJonlLc from Euioiic hi the northern jinrla of America, the weather lieing found 
Bevero lo the northward. By crossing the Onmd Hunk in lalitaile 45° or 48' in tho 
. tvi season, you arc wt'll \a windward in case of meeting a heavy north-wester; yuu iiUio 
1 tacnfM: lieini; retnrded in vour progress liy the ttnsterly set of the (i iilf stream. The New Tort 
piickct-shipa gcoorally late Ihia louto in llicit it-inlL'r tuissftpes ; and by rtljpiiing in to the nerth- 
I %(ini "if IhG Guli SlTotim, aad to the Buuthwaid iif Siiblo Inland, they find a wi'ateily oiiniiiit 
fin their fnvour, TIub Ullcr rouW is nlso reoanuacuded tti tboeo hoLUid to HuLifaji and. Kk.-" 
I Bruoswick. 





12 SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

ob§tniction.'' Men-of-war commoaly michor off the naval rard, which a atrangei 
will diatingnish Ijy the mastitig-slicere ; merchant-vesselB discWgc thciT cargoes, aud 
load alongside the wharves. 

At Halifax dockyard it ia high water, full aod change, at 8 o-'clock ; spriug-tidea 
rise from 6 to 9 feet. 

Catch Harhoar, fit only for sniall vpsacla, lies to the ■westward of Chebnclc Head ; 
it has a i«r ticross, ivith breukera, and onlj* 9 feet water ; within it are S and 
3^ fathoniE. Several familiea of tiahcrmeii ore its inhabitimts, who chiefly subaiBt l>y 
aapplying Halifax markets with fish. 

lilEMARKS. — Lcnving Hnlifas, mid sailing westward, yoa will find the eliorea to be 
steep, and appear from, seaward Woken and rocky, with whitish cliSVi the high lands 
of ABpotognn and Le Hftvc, hffore inoiitic>ned, are conspicuoua and remarkable ; to tha 
westward thf roc.ka about the land appear hlnokp with reddish bankB of earth. Le Have 
appeara bald or barren at the top, with red earthy hillocki uiidur it, and between Capo 
Le Hare and Fort Medway, or JcickBoii, Qr« some hammocks inland, the coaat to sea- 
ward being level and low, and the nhorca marked with wliite rocks, with low barren 
points ; Cram thence to Shelburne and Roseway it is woody. Near Po^rt Lntour are 
several barren piacea, and thence to Capo Sablo the land is low, with white sandy 
clilfH, particuiarly visible at sen. 

The following remarks on sailing between Halifax and tko Oat of Conso are hy 
Mr. H. Davy, Maatcr of H.M. sliip Conwctllis. 

" H.M. ship Comwitllis left Halifnx June 4th, 1838, — wind north, with fine weather. 
Sailed for the Gat of Canso. Passed out between the Thrum Cap buoy, haTing_ 10 
la.thama. This channel is quito safe. Being thua cleared, steered K.S.B., 27 miles, 
which led ua to the northward of the Jodore Shoala, then caat, for White Head; wind 
and weather looking favourable. 

■■ Just to the eastward of Cold Harbour \& a remarkable red cliff, making in s. well- 
fo-nued saddle ; the red is brig-ht, and tike oaatcm coast rendered cftsily to be re«oe- 
nized, fjroni the clrcumstnu-co of the coast, west of Halifa.\, having white cUfik. It w 
advisable for Btmngcvs, running fi^im Jcdoro to Canso, not to approach the coast 
nearer than lU iiijlcH, antU abreast of Torbay. Thia is a spacioua bay, having Berry 
Head at its westerD jioint, and Cape Martin^ at ite ea.iteni, 5 miles flpart. White 
Head Island, immediately to the eastward of Tor Bay, is the moat remarkable laud on 
the coast, and is as a beacon to the pilots ; it stands well out, nnd from the westward 
terminates the eastern view. Being 10 miles south of it, steer N.E. by E. for Causo 
lighthouse, which is a tall white hmlding, and makes well out to seaward, on a small, 
low ialond, called Cranberry Island, It exhibits a good Used light, which muat be 
brought to bear wejit, before kGepiEg away ; then steer N.N.W., nntil George' Island 
bears w-cat, thence N.W, and N.N.W. for Cape Argos, avoiding the Cerberus Shoal, 
wliich is very dangerous, and directly in the track, leaving it on your port hand. Cape 
Argoa makes hke a roditd island, and ia bold to approaclk; passing Uiia, the distonca 
acros.'s the g^t becomes narrowed to 1^ mile." — iVduf. Mag,, vol. viii., p. 299. 

SAMBltO HARBOUH is If mile N.N.W. from the lightkouBe ; offlb entrojioe is 
the Siill Mock, and there aro also two other rcic^ between; the best channel into t^is 
harbour is between Pennant Point and the Bull, but vesHelB from the ij^tward may 
ran up between Sombro Island and the Inner Rock : you ore tti leave tho Isle of Man 
to the port in entering ; the anchorage is within the island, an a muddy bottom, with. 
G fathoma Water. The strait which connects th^ horhonr with Xondy basin is exceed- 
ingly narrow, ttud has only 2 fathoms water. This plaoc ia generally tho resort tit 
coasters in had weather. 

The passage between the rocka and ledges that lie to the southward of Sambro Har- 
bour, mny oftentiraea eondupc to tho safety of vessels that make the land by inistafco , 
HO far to tho westward of tho light as to be unable to cloor the dangers fionthward of 
it, but should be attempted only in cases of emergency j the dopth of water is sui&clent 
iw the Inrgtst ships, but great prudence is required. 

PENNANT HARBOUR, named by Des Barrcs, Port Affleck, is situntpd round" 
the point to the westward of Part Sambro ; it has a fair channel leading in betwoea 
Pentiunt and Gi'cat Ilead IiiUnd, with good and secure anchorage in Q or ti tiithomit j 
it is extensive, nnd safe in bad weather, and the dangers nro ail vibible. 
TEXNANTS, OH BJilSl'OL BAY, is to the Westward of Peiinaat Harbour; it id 



HAilFAI TO CAPE SABLE. 



13 



I well elielterod abovo Macworth Point, and Owre is anoUonigo in 9 futhoriB, on a 
I bottom of tough clu^. The pnaange in ]les between tJie rocks of Paint Macworth. and 
Itlie White Rocks. There is also a safe passago between Uape Peniiatit and Harvey 
rifiknd, with anchor&ge in ^ to S fatkonia. >VLeD entering, tJio land pr^sente, to the 
jeye of a stronger, the rudest features of nature; hut it is estenBivo and tafo, and in 
Ibod -wealiier the dangers all show theusclvea. It is high^ateT, full and change, at 
[7b. i5m., aad the tides rise about S feet. 

PROSPECT HAEHOUIl lits nbont 3 miles to the N.W. of Cape Prospect, which 

Iformfi the west side of Bristol Bo.^, and ita eutmucB ia encumbered "with a cluster ot 

[ielatida, vihic\\ form the wcstom aide of Bristol Hay ; at the heck of these ialands is a 

[■considerable inlet, called by Des Barres, Parker's Kiver, but little frequented. Prospect 

1 Harbuur wears at its entrance o. rucged broltcn appearance, but it ia sai'e, commodious, 

land extensive, and in rough woatTier the daiigei-a mostly chow tlieiiiGelves. VeKseU 

fsoQung from the oastword, and rounding Cape Frospectj must beware of a roth, witli 

Il7 feet oyer it ; it lies Bouth about | of a mile from Uie cape ; go not between it and 

■the cape, but proceed on its Eouthcrn side in 20 and 21 futhoms water, and by keeping 

more tlifiii J a milo from tho land, you will steer quite cIpop of danjci", and may sail 

boldly np its eastern channel, between Prospect and Betsey's Islands ; having passed 

these, the channel narrows ; the western passage is between Hobson'a Nose and 

Donnan's Rock -, there i^ good anchorage for large tttipa above Pyramid Island, and 

aUn for small vessela, wittiin Betsey's IslflJid, in 4| fatlioms, blue stiff clay. At the 

Bntranco to tMs harbour Qia depths are very irregular, and there is n rock, over which 

the sea breaks, having 3 fathoms over it, and lying 2 cables' length to the eastward of 

Dotmon's Hock. Tliere are some residents on the woatera side of the bay. 

LEITH HARBOUR.— This lies about 2J miles to the north-weatword of Prospect 
Harbour ; and here are Gttuated tho inlet.s called Shag and Blind Bays, both pos- 
seaiiiag cjicellent anchorages. At its entrance lies the Soh, a niaheit ruck, having 
6 feet water over it, and bearing E.S-E., about 1^ mile from Taylor's Island. In 
fpif weather the Hog Sock may be readily porceiyed by a constant ripple over it, aad 
in bod weather, with an on-snoro wiod, it will be distinguished by the hreakera. 
There are good channela on both aides, but the eaateni one is always to be preferred, 
on account of tihe ledi/u which extends E.S.E., abont J a milo towaias it trom Taylor's 
Island. 

DOVER POHT Uea at the western side of the entrance to Blind Bay, and is chiefly 
formed by Taylor's and the ndjaecnt islands; this is the Port Durham of former 
charts, and afiords safe and good anehomgc ; tho caBtcm poKsago is the best ; and in 
sailing in, you must give the retf that stretchi?s off tlie east eiid of Taylor's Island a 
sufficient berth, anchoring within the body of the largest island in 7,8, 9, or 10 
fathoms, ninddy bottom. The western enCratice bus some aitiikeii rocks in it, and ia in 
eomc places shallow. 

Between the harbours of Halifax and Dover the shores are orn^gy, broken, and 
barren, stcep-to, iron-bound, and destitute of trees ; but the creeks and inlota abound 
with fish, and great quantities of cod, herrings, and mackarel, aro caught oad cured 
here for the murketa, 

MARGARET'S BAY.— The entraneo to this bay ia to the westward of Taylor's 
Island, about a league; the hay itself is full 25 miles in circumference, in leng^th 9 
miles, and in breadth, from PcKgj's Point to Owl's Head, about 2 miles; here are 
harbouES capable of receiving ships of the line, even against the sides of tho shores. 
The high lands of Aapotogoo, which opiiear ta the westward, on the isthmus which 
separates Morgai'et's and Mahone Bays, are 4^8 feet above the level of the sea, and 
may be seen 7 or & Icagnes off. 

OWL'S HEAU is very remarkable, being ronnd and abrupt. The lands and islands 
in the neiehbowThwd are rugged and barren, The body of the flood-tide seta in &oni 
S.W,, at the rate of a mile an hour. 

Followiftg the coast, which runa nearly 3 miles W.N.W. iipoin Taylor's Island to 
East Point, there ia a rock uncovered at low water, which lies near the land, having a 
posso^ tietwcen, with 4 and 5 fathoms water { the shore all the way is rugged and 
steep, against which the sea beata violently. N.N.W. &om East Point; a mile, b 
Contact I'oint, and in the same direction, IJ mile fartiier, is Peggy's Point, beyond 
which, 0. short mile, is Shut-in Islaud, 200 feet high, and covered with trcoa ; oH' the 
Eouthem point of thia island tberoie athaaloid feet, with. ^ uxA"^ W'^:>&>va«.>A^j«<:f 



14 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 




and the fslond, ntid near to Teggy'a Point there is another of 15 feet, with 6 fathonu 
to tlic north-ward of it. Duriag snutlierly gales the wnter on the lee aide of the ialandj 
bccomeB smooth, aiict the hottom holds well. Tiidian Harbour runs in here, and forms 
a place fit for snlftll Teasels, having a channel into it on either ai<ie of Shut-in IsloDd. 
To the E.N.-eQatward of Indian Harbour is Hagpot'H Cove, distant a mile', a cove or 
harhour of aiinilar dcitription. Lake's Island, Thruni Cap, Jolliman, and Wedge 
Ifilanda, all lie off the eastert* side of Mo.i'KHi'et'H Boy, and Mntnbnte to brook ofi' the 
fi:ircc of the ecu ; so tliat nader the lee of Luke's and Jollinian'a Islands there ia good 
anchoraeo at all times for ships of everj description. 

FRENCH COVE is easy of access, and may be considered as a natural dock, cxten- 
me, with plenty of water, and well sheltered ; this place ia chieflv inhabited by 
Gennans, whoai^ indnstry is eijually conspicuous end commendable. Thero is a aJiiml 
of ICh feet water lying oppoaite to the entrance of this cote at the diKtatlce of 2 miles i 
but as theifilandfl of the eastern shore are bold-to, no vcsae] peed go out so far into ihn 
bay as to approach too near this danger. 

HEAD HARBOUR, or DELAWARE RIVER, Hea at the farther end, on fts 
north-eastem extremity of the bay, and is an anchorage of most excellent description, 
forming' so complete a place of salety that a Ueet of ahipa mig-ht be securelv moored 
(tide by side, and remain undisturbed by the most violent humeane ; the surroundiiia 
lands arc high and broken. Mason's Point is in itself a g-ood form, weU stocked 
with cattle, and excellently cultivated ; and Moser Islands at its entranc* are used 
as sheepfolds. The land on the port side of the entrance to the Head Harbour ie 440 
feet high, 

Ingram river.— To the westward of Head Harbour is Ingram River, miming 
ia to tha northward of IMoaer Islands ; at its entrance it is ^ of a mile wide, with 7. 6, 
and 6 fathoms water : it then gradually decrcosea to its head, which in shallow and 
sandy. To the westward is Caspar's Indent, open, shallow, and seldom frequented. 
Tlwseiiidenta or coves have rugggd points projecting southward ; and it is from these 
places small craft are employed to take limestoiie, liuilding sand, &c, the former o( 
theue being of a verj' snperior qnality. Coopei' and Indian Rivers are both Bhallow, 
POcky nooks, but are tlie resorts of salmon ; and in the lakes above, trout ahound in 
great quantitiea, of dehcate flavour, and eommonly of a deeper red than the salmon. 

HUBBERT'S COVE, the Fitzroy River of Des Barrca, ia situated at the N.W. 
corner of Margaret's Bay. Here, at ttic entrimee, is a ridj/e of rocke. about 100 fathome 
long', and covered at high water, bo that when the sea ia smooth it heiMraes invisible ; 
in iirder to avoid this dancer you Eiavc only to keep towards tlie wcatem or eoBlcm 
&ide of the harbour, for both siaca are bo!d-ta ; the western channel i» iiiucli the wider 
and better of the two ; and by keeping the port shore on hoard, a Btratig'er, or a s.hip 
dismasted, or in dintrcsa, or without anehors, may turn in and find eheltw, runnitig 
aground with perfect safety. In the neighbourhood ia a saw-mill, and the inhabitants 
can furnish you with a carpenter and cooper, if wanted, 

Lo7ig Cove is 2| miles to tho southward of Hubbert's Cove, and liffoi-^ good an- 
chora^i with a westerly wind. To tho sonthward of Long Co\'c (lie eotist is bold and 
ragged, without any danger, except a small rock, of 6 feet water, which lies cloee in 
to the land. 

NOHTH-WEST HARBOUR ia abont a league to the southward of Long Cove j at 
fts entrance is Horse Island, which divides it into two channels. Thei-e is a ^oud 
paEHoge, with 10 fathoms water, on each wide of the i^lsiud ; and small veeaels may find 
ffood anehorQ[;c hehijid it, in from 8 to @ fathoms, or tavthcr up, in 0,4, and 3 fatnoma. 
Several families are sottled at this place. Owl'a Head is an abrupt prccipicOj and 
forms the sonth point of entrance to North-West Bay. 

Sorith-Tfest, or Soldcracss Island, is a ix-markablo roeky island, full 50 fif^t hijlh, 
and fitcen cm all sides. IJiroctly in the northward of the northern part of the Sootli- 
West Isle is a smtill spot, of 3 fathoms water; and to the north-westward of thoialnnd 
is what is commonly eoJlcd tho South- Weet Hai'bour, formed between Owl's Head, 
which literally is a rocky island, Keparated from the main by a very narrow pnasage, 
not even navigable foe boats. Here are u, 6, and 7 futhoina water ; but the place 15 
Bfldtm* fre<i«eTitcd. I'o the E.N.E. of South- West Island, distant newly | n mile, b a 
viiclii a/wiit, of 4 folho-nis ; this the sea frequently breaks over in had weather; but it 
cannot he eunt^idered dangeroiu), unless to vcstuls that draw very deep water. 




HALIFAX TO CAPE SABLE. 



15 



The HovM SfiM, or Da^ Itoek, lies nbout south, distant IJ mile from South-Weat 
Island, difectly Wicst troin East Point, distant 2B miles, and from Tayloi^'s laland, 
W. by ff ., 4 J miles ; there nie Eecei-al sritoll sunken rocAs about it : part of it is con- 
ataatly above tho surfaca qI tlLc waiter, alicI^ioB- on all Bidosi and Uie eeo, in stormy 
wLTither, bi'iaka (iolentlj over it. At a little distnnce from % on the weatcrn side, 
are 6 falhomB ; and on its cui^tern aide, at a similar dii^Iance from it, axo 8 fathomB ; it 
then sinis into d&cp water : betvrtsen the Horse Shoe and the South- West lalajid there 
arc 12, 14, 26, 34, and 30 fatlioma water. 

VeflMcIa from the eastward, bound for Margaret's Bayi oommoiiLv go in between the 
Horat' Shoe and East Point. A northerly conrw will carry yon midway betwMQ thDia, 
right op to the head ai the bay, without encountering any danger, esc«pt those already 
descrihcd. 

To tJie westwvd of Soath-West Island is Aspotogron Harbou;, too shallow for ship- 
ping-. At its entranco arc Black, Saddle, and Grumilif Islands and Slwali ; to the 
Boulhward of these is Seal Ledije, shallino and dangeroMs, which lica W. | N., distaat 
2J tnilcB &oni the Uorse Shoe, and W.S.W., nearly 3 miles from the southern part 
of South-Wost Island. 

IftONaoVNU IsLAHD. — "W.S.W. | S, from the wath point of Soath-Weat Island, 
distant 5 miles, is L'onhonnd Island, about a mile long, nairow, and steep-to ; it Lies 
S.S.E. i S„ 1| mib from the estcemity o.t' the jieninaula which dividM MarBarot'a njid 
Mahone Bays, and is called New Harbour Point, between which is a good channel, 
with (i'om 6 to 17 fathoms water, the ground being chitfly a black aand. 

Green Island. — S. i E., distant a league from Iionbonnd Island, S.W. by S.i 
V miles from South-Weat Island, W.S.W., 3 leaguoa from Tiu'lor's Island, and 
IV.N.W. J W. from nbreaut of Sanibro lif-ithouse, lies Green Tslaud; itiaamnll. 
Midway between Ironbound and Greeu Islaads there is said to he a ahoai of oaly 2 
fathoms, but its oxa«t position is not accurately luiown, and thcrcturo it la omittj^a in 
the charts. Th-e mnriii-er, in patu^ing through the channel between these islands, will 
do well to look out for, and gaard a^iuHt, the probable exist«nco of such a danger ; 
there is othHrwise water sntfioicntly dcop for any vessel. 

MAHONE BAY is separated from Margaret's Bay by the peninsula, upon which, 
the high and conspituoua mountain of Aapotogon is situated ; the appearance, >n thtrec 
rej^lur risincB, ia a very remarkable object to seaward, being visible more than 20 
miles ofl'. The entrance of the bay is encumbered with several islandfi, between all of 
which are good passages, with plenty of water and few dangers ; these lead to most 
exoelleut horboars, and placea t^onvcnient and well adapted for the fisheries. We 3iavo 
alieadv noticed Green and Ironbound lalonda j these lie on the eastern side of the 
entrance to the Dav of Mahone- Adjacent to these, and va the same side, ore the 
Tsncook lahknds, Flat Island, and the Knohme liock : there are also the Snll Itoek 
and the Ontcr Ledge. On th^ wcslera side are the Duck and other islands. 

Great Duck Inlajid lies W. by S. from Green lalandj distant i\ miles. Little- Duck 
Island lies N.W. ^ N.. about l| of a mile irma Great Dnek laland, and W. \ N., 54 
miks from Green Island. Nearly midway between Greea laknd and Little Duet 
Island lies the Otitor Ledge, over which the bgo always breaks j this danger bears from 
the east cud of the Great Duck Island N.E. f N., distant I| mile ; and from Green 
Island W. ^ ff., a leagne; over it is 4 feet water, and round it are 4^, 5, and 7 fathoms. 

Flat lilaiid lies due west from Ironlmund Island, distant L} mile ; and, in a similar 
directioa from Flat laknd, suniewhefe about a mile of)', lies th& Bull Jinek .- bnt the 
exact situation of this danger is not correctly ascertained, for Mr. Des Berrca plaoea it 
more to the southward, and Mr. Lockwood to the northward of this position : it is a 
blind roch, uncovered at \ ebb, with deep water all round it. The southern part of 
Flat Island, in a line with the sonlhem points of Ironbound Island, will lead on the 
rock, an Mr. Dea Barres has placed it i while the noi'them part of Flat laland, in a 
line with the northern shore of Ironbound Island, wiU lead to tlie northward of it ; 
and Cltester Church open of Great Tantook Island, will carry you clear to the wcet- 
ward of it iu 7 and 10 fathocaa water, 

Great Tanconk is 1| mile long, and about a naiie broad ; to the eoatward, between it 
and the main land, is the Little Tancook Islaod, separated by a channel ^ of a tnilo 
broad, in which ore 7, S and 9 fathoms. A similar passage is between Little Taneoiik 
and Indian Point on the main, but there is a middle gratind in it of 1 EB.thawa> 



p 



16 SAILING DIHECTIONS FROM 

Kjiohma Each is above water, and shoals all Pound it ; it lies ta the eaatword of the 
Bouth-east port of Oreat Tanoookj and at this port of the islojid is onchora^ in 8 or 
10 IbMionm. 

Westward of Great Tnneook, 5 al a mile, is a rncky ihoal, of 8 feet, while betTvoon 
them the channel has 10 i'athoicH -water. To the W. by N. of this ahoal, ft mile, is 
another, with fi'Dio 6 to 12 feot <(\'cv it. Between tdeae ahoals the possag-c is sood, and 
bag JTom 12 to 25 fathoms water in it. Off the north-'west part of Great Tancoofe is 
Star Jaland ; auid a little to the eastward of it ia a rooky pafth of shallow ground, so 
that vessels should ntvcr attempt the passage between Star and Tancwri leltinds. 
Thopois Tot another rfnwj^r, called the Coiwhman's Ledge: it licB 2 miles to tho Dcirth- 
ward O'f Great Tancook, and la only visible at low water. To lead eleai- to the east-word 
of this ledge, you Bliould bring tho cjiBtcra point of Great Toiicook and the cast side 
of Flat J^lftnd in one j to clear it to the sonithward, bring the west end of Ironbonnd 
laiaad open of (he west part of Little Tancook, and FrederiGk'H Island north pmnt 
bearing W.S.W. ^ S. will eerry you aofe to tho northwai'd of it. 

Hnving passed the Cooehman, the heaid of the hay lies open.. On yow starboard 
eido is the high land and maall river of Aspotogon, where small veseelB oeeaaionallj 
run in and anehor ; there is a roc^y shaal at its entrance, which must he avoided. To 
the northward is Cnnibprland Arm, ensvof accesa, and affording good nnchoraiffo, with 
7 and 8 f'athoniB, observing to pve a berth to the Htarl)oard shore, wTiieh snallowi 
some distajaoe oat. There is also good i-iding on tho port shore, bohind an island 
which lies on tho eastern side of the Chester Peninsula j here vessels can ride, -b-cU- 
Bheltered, in 8 fathoms water. 

Cheater Jbitm is eituated &t the northern part of Mahone Bay, and is enrrounded br 
&finetind fertile countfy; its inhabitunta are itidustricibs, and the adjacent bl£tn£ 
aro well stocked with sheep: wood and water are in abundance, and several 
ressela arc built here, Tiie anchorages between the various islands and before the 
town are g:ood, well sheltered and secure, and the depth of water moderate. The only 
danger ia a nhaal, ■which partly dries at low water; this liee W. j S. from the t«wn of 
Chester, from which it ia distant ]§ niilo. 

On the port side of Mahone Bav, and directly west of Tanco«k Islands, is a larg« 
inlet or branch of a river, named by Des Barres, Prince's Sound ; the poGaages into it 
are very wife, only giving a wide berth to the southern end of Edward i Island : steer 
mid-channel, and, when well in, onchorin 6 fathoms, or, within th« initormoat islands, 
in £ or 6 fatboms! farther in it becomes fiat and shallow. 

To sail into Mahonc Bay fi'om the eastward, the first land visihle will commonly be 
Greon Island, wbich ia round, bold, and moderately high : theiiee ta Ironbound and 
Flat Islands (both steep-to) is 3 miles i you may proceed and paaa between them to- 
wards the Tancook IslaodB, which are inhabited : the cbaniicls between them are bold, 
and the anchorages under their lee good, in from 1 to 12 fathoms water. But if yon 
are proceeding' Rii Chester, between Green and Duck Islands, you munt beware of the 
Oiikr Ledge, whith always shows itself by breakers. The mark to lead clear through 
this pBBsa^ is Chester Church well open of Great Tancook Island ; tl"i' mark will also 
carry you eafcly to the westward of the Bull Rock, already described ; and when yon 
get near, or within J a mile of Tancook Island, steer out westward, and bring the some 
church to boar aboat north, and this will lead yon up to the town. It is high wateT) 
fall and change, in Mnhone Bay at Sb. ; tides rise 7 feet. 

LUNENRERO BAY, called also the Malaguash, is now a place of great populntion 
and considerable trajie; vobbcIs carrying wood, cattle, vegetables, &'c., are constantly 
employed from hfro to Halifax. The harbour is very easv of access, and there is gooS 
anclior^e to the very town. At its entrance lies cross Island, about. SO feet hig-h, and 
coiituiiiiug 253 acres of land. On the N.E. side of this island is a nook, where coasters 
ride in BOfety, Ofi' this part lio the Hounds Hocks, which, in pagsing', must have a 
berth ; tho west and Baath sides of the island are bold ; and i miles iironi ite southern 
end is an excellent fis-hing bank, with from I'l to 17 fathoms water. There ore good 
chanaela on cither side of Cross Island. 

Cross IstAKb LlcnTHftDsE, upon tie S.E. point of Cross Island, in latitude 
44" 19* N., and longitude 64° &' W,, at the entrance of Lnncnbnrg Bay, is on octagon 
tovver, painted i-ed, with two lights placed vcitically, and 34 feet apart. The lower 

' : is fixed, nnd the upper one ftashing ; it shows a flash at intervals af a minute, 



HALIFAX TO CAPE BABLE. 



17 



I 

I 



adU visible 14 nU-es. The lajitcm in painted block. Cross liliLod ia low, sad thickly 
, .wooded. 

Vcssfls sailing in or out, through the northern paaaag'E, should cndeavonr to keep 
about the. middlo of the flhannel, in order to avoid ths shoals and rncks above men- 
tionud, and aJso those adjaceiit to the oppoeito, or Coleawoith Pointi having paused 
these, you should keop the northern shore on board, bringing Battery Point to bear 
nearly N.W.^ by whidi you "will also go clear of tho Sculpi/t, or Cat Rock. 

The iSmi[j»'n, or Cat Jtock, hea iiicarly in the middlu of thu bay, henring N.B., distant 
* of a mile Iroin Oven's Point. Aceording to Dee Barree, there are about 3 feet over 
this danger! hit it will easily be diseovered by the broakerB over it at low water. 

Sailiiiff tlroug'li the western cbunnel, wbicli ie to be preferred, jo« should endeavonr 
to steer N.N.W., between Cross Island and Rose Point, where you will have 10 and 
12 fathomB water. Keep the town of Lunenburg in sight, over tlio low land to tJie 
eastward of Ratfory Point, and tliia will lead you clear of the roe/;/ rffifi ahont tho 
Oven's Point j but bewoi-e Jiow you lessen your water btlow 7 fathoms, for tho aound- 
inga about the point are very irregular; bring the waggon-roail at Lunenburg open to 
the westward of Battery Point, and this will ran yon to the westward cf tlie 
Seulpia, and between it and a rochj knull of 4 fathoms water ; having passed the 
Scidpin, haul up towards the northern shore, until you bring Moroau and Buttery 
Points in one, this boinp the direct murk for the Sculpiu Hoek : steer on in the direc- 
tion of Battery Point, approaching it no nearer than a cable's leneth ; then round 
BaCtery Poblt, and brings tho rond well open of Moreau Point; this M*ill run you 
clear into tho harbour, and between tlie Loug Bock and the idioala off Battery Poiiitt 
wheii yon inny direat your course for the town, where you will find 12 and 13 feet 
vateL- alongside the wharveB; and neai to thorn 20 oad 24 feet, soft lEuddy ground, 
and perfectly secure. 

VeBBclshavingoccaaiontogo tothfl southward of the Long Rode, which is the wider 
and safer pasaaffc, will observe that there is a rvcj runs out fi'oni Woody Point, called 
tlio Shinglen, which must be curofuUy avoided : to do this, when yoa have so far entered 
the bay as to be cq^ul-diatant betweeu the Ovcue (which art hollow cliffs), Battery, and 
Woody Points, tken odgo off a Uttle to tlio westward, until you bring a farm-Louse, 
that stands ftver tho midilo of Snndy Bay, on with tho ona of a wood close to nn 
opouLug liko au avenue, bearing N.W, ^ N. : steer with this mark on, untU the west 
end of Lunenburg Town comes over Morcan Point, then steer north-eastward a little, 
approach Battery Point, and proceed aa hpfore directed. 

The best anchorage in the Bay of Malugiiash, or Lunenburg, is on its western side, 
about ^ amOe fi-om the ehore, and nearly midway between Oven's and Woody Poijits; 
where, with goood ground tackle, you muy safely ride out a south-easterly eale j but 
the bottom, is generSly rocky and uneven. Wood, water, meat, and vegetables may 
cnsily be procured in tihuudauce. 

It is high water, fall and change, at 8 o'clock; and tlie tides rise irom 6 to 8 teet, 

DnrliiiGiitFi Uriy.— This is sitnated between Oven and Rose Points ; there are somo 
settlements about the shoros, and on an island ut llie bottom of the bay; it ia easy of 
entrance, and you rauy anchor abreast of this islund ia 3, 4, S, or 7 fnthome : in sailing 
into this bay, it will he always odviBable to borrow somewhat towards the Rose Point 
ghorc, becauBo of tbe shoals wiiich lio to tto Bouthward of the Oven's Point ( there ia 
other wiso no danger whatevcT. 

From Lunenburg to L-onbonnd Island, at the eutrnnco to Lo Have River, the 
shores are bold, and much indyutt'd with urcgulBT Jnlcta or bays. Iroobound Island 
lies about W.S.W. J S., distant nearly '2 leagues from Cross Island ; it is inhabited, 
and some B.mall rockp inlets Hurrouud its northern shore: S.E. -J E., li mile from this 
island, is a bii»k of 20 and 25 falhomss; W.S.W. , | of a mde from t^t, i^ a small epol 
of 15 fnthoniB ; these have from 30 to 40 fathoms about them. 

LE HAVE RIVER. — Yosscls coming from tho south-oaatTvard for Xo Hnve River, 
will not fail to discover Ca^c Le Have, a steep abrupt elill', 107 feet high, bearing 
W. J 8., about 12 iengucB disttint from Sambro Hghthouae. S.E. by S., a, mile from 
the cnpe, is theS/«rft Jtiu'k, 10 feet high, and 100- feet long, witli deep water all round 
it, and 9 to 1 1 fiithoma biitween it and the ehore, except on a small hioll, lying off and 
opposito to the cape over which are ouly 4 fathoms. W. by S.. distant 3f 
Indian laknd; and to tho norlhwaid of the cape lie sevGiul \'a\a,wia,-^K\* 

[Canso to Phll.] 



I 

I 



1 



f 




IS SAILINO BIRECTIONS FROM 

bet vecn them ; but the b^t entrance to the river Le Have is to the northward of than 
all. Itcre is also a rhaDnel to the northwaril oF Ironbound Island, but it is norrmr. 
and to navigute this y-ou mast give tho Ironbound Isluud m good hcrth ; ymx will then 
have from 12 to 4 fatbojiJs walur uli through it ; but the best puesage is to thfl west- 
ward of the island, wliich in above 1 J milt broad, and has from 10 lo 14 talhoms water 
within it{ aboQt 3 miles to the north- west word of Ironlioimd Island, is a bar \rhich 
runs across from shore to shore ; over thiit file 12 and 16 feet, thcdocpoat woter being 
il across Jrom the eastern shore : the Bonndinga from Ironbound Island towoi'ds the 
Itar oro 11, 14, 12, 9, 7, G, 5, 4, and 3 fathoms, the latter depth being close to the 
edge of the bat ; but n'hcn you oi'e Arell over that, joa drop into i, S, aad 6 fathoms, 
the river continuing navignble 12 mile*Tip, or so farna the fnlln ; the general width of 
the river is | a mile, and when yon are 8 miles up it, you. will meet with the ruad from 
Lnnonburg to Liverpool, where a ferry Is establishod. There Ore several settlomenta 
on the "baaka of this river ; and the wholo wear a face of jniprovement and cnltivation. 

Within and to the westward of Capo Lo Have ia PaLmcrston fiaj ; At the head of 
this is Petit Riviere, a. settlement formed by tin? French, til e furmH belonpng; to which 
are in excellent coodilion. Off the eastern entrance of this bay lies Indian Island, 
bearing: W, by S., distant 3^ miles from Cape Le Have. At Cape he Have it ia high 
water, full and chooge, at S o'clocic: the tides rise trom A to T feet. 

Port Metwat Light. — A beacon or harbour light has been erected on Ad- 
miralty Head, on the west eide the entrance to Port Metway. The building ia 
square, painted white, with a black square in the ecu tre of the seaward sides. It la a 
fixed whiite li^ht, elevated 44 feet above the level of the aea, and visible 10 Tniles. 

FORT METWAY, ok MEDWAY, liea between Cape Le Have and Liverpool Bay, 

and is rising- int« eousiderablc consequence, on aecouiit of Its unvigable capacity and 
convcnieHce to the fisheries ; it is, thei'efore, pretty nunijerousiy populated, and has 
■cvernl Baw-mills, the inhabitantsi curryin}^ on a, good trade in timber, &c. The ea- 
tranoe to this port beara from Indian laloiid M'.S.W,, distant 7 miles, tho land to tit* 
eastward ofit beioB; remarkably broken aod hilly. On the starbourd poiat of theea- 
tranciG lies Frying Paa Ishind, whieli is connected by a sandy yotf to norocrana islets 
which Btretch along iu a NJi.E. ^ northerly direction, until they jean the main land: 
thot which is next to Frying Pan Island ia commonly cailed Glover's Island, and Ee» 
|a DiUe to the northward, and bears S.E. J S., a good Ik mile .&om Metway Head. 
The entrance to this port may be known by tho lugh land at Cape Mctway, and tho 
low ragged ifilonds before mentioned j the width of the channel is about J of a mile, 
and tlie depth of water from .5 to 14 fathoms. Directly in tho way of yom- making 
for the entraneo of the channel, lies the Sovth- West Ledge and the Stone Horse Hack i 
the former hears from the Frying Pun Island S. ^ E., g of a mile. There aj'e 19 feet 
water upon it, and the sen, in rough weather, breaks over it. The latter, or Stone 
Horse Itock, lies E. by S., ciiatant J of a mile from the S.W. Breaker, and di-ies at 
low water: tliere are 13, 7. and 8 fathoma between it and the Frying Pan Ledge ; and 
should you pass this wa;r, yon must ^vo the island a eood berth, on account of a init 
which runs out from it, in the direction of the Stone Ho-rae Roei, a. fiill i of a mil* ] 
but the best conrec will be ^ a mile outside of both these dangers : yon will then pass 
in 12 and 14 fn thorns water, and runtdng on west, a little soufliei-ly, townrds Kempen- 
felt H^fttl, you will open the cliaanel, and may steer iu directly north. Or, you bmj 
flvoidihe S.AV". Ledge and Slone Horse Rocks, in comina from the eastward, by 
bringing the Liverpool liglitliouse, which stands on Cof&n Island, wen of the land to 
the cnstwnrd of it ; and when Frying Pan Island conaes on N.N.K,, diEtant Ij luilc, 
steer in N. J E., which will carry yon past Metway Point ; and when oppoait-e to 
Neil's Point you nmy anclior iu 4 or 4^ fethoms water ; from hence mud banks eon- 
sidcnibly narrow Lbc passage, and a pilot will bo found necessary [ hot should you 

froeeed farther witliout one, you wdl continue mid-channel ft-om abreast of Neil'a 
'oint, N.N.W, J N., until Collin's Island bears wewt, and .■Vlicli liiver is juat opening 
of Poin t Lucy, then ateet N-TV. by N. and W.N.W. J "W., and anchorin 3 ord fathonu, 
muddy ground. 

To run up Alicia River, you must sail between GrasH Island and Point Lncv, keeping 

clone to the Hoiithern and western shorcK, tn order to avoid the jfo( which extends 

from the northward, leaving a deep but narrow cb an ncL BaiTy'a Davi or Branch, 

ijjAfcA nir/f up to the wrscwurtl, is shallow, and full of rocky tthaiih : and so ia Btier 



HALIFAX TO CAPE SABLE. 



19 



Jay, which la aitiuited on the N.E. eide of the port. Tho tido nma comnianly with 

jreat sti'cnglh, and it i* high w&torat 45 oiin. oiter 7- 

LlVEItPOOL BAY.— TheentmncB to this bay bears about W. by S., distant 17 or 

lia lottguee from Sanibro lighthouse, Halifax i and W.S.W. \ W.. 15 milea from Cftpc 

fie Have. Before it liL-s Coffin's Island, wluoh is diBtingnished Ly an uctagonal 

lighthouse, painted in hoi-izoatal fltri])ea[ tho light is on q revolving principle, and 

kiippcars full at iatervalB of 2 minnteB, is elevated 60 Teet ebove (he level of the sea, 

[iind I'isiblo 16 miles ; between this island aJid the western land is the hay, afibrding 

Iffood anehorage for largo ships, espMially with tho wind offshore. In the bay there 

Os bufiicieat roam for toraing to windward, and the deepest W£it£t' Will bo fouild Qfftr 

ftho wcHtem coiiats. . Tho land in the vicinity of the hai'bour ia broken, rocky, ojid of 

|B barrpQ oppoaraiioe, yet the ooranierce of the town is very coaaiderallo. Tho channel 

[to the nortbwoid of Coffin's Island k shallow, having a sn/trfy epil nmnins frora it 

[and joining the laaia land; therefore, none but small vessels ever attempt it; but the 

Iposaago to tho southward ia fiill 1^ mile wide, and has 15, 18, 17, and IS fathoms 

[■water. Give the lighthouse point of tho island a smoU berth, as ajlid of 3 and 4 

I fathoms e-ncomposses it, and there is no other danger. Bald Point, o^r "Western Head, 

[■is bold-to, and rendered romiirkable by ita having no trees upon it. Having enterod 

this hay, and passed betweea Coffin's and Moose Head, bringing tho lighthooBB to 

["bear E. by N., distant l\ niile, atecr west i this will bring yon abreast of Herring 

^ Or Schooner's Cove, ftitnatcd on the N.E, side of the bay, and ail'ording good shelter 

from sea-winds in 3 fathoms water, on a bottom of mad : or, proceeding farthor, vessels 

r of 200 or 300 tons, with hiph water, may pass over the bay, which stretches from 

Fort Point to the opposite shore; but at lowwater this caoaotte done, for then there 

is not more than t) or 10 feet over it ; when within the bar you will perceive the 

channot winds ^outh-weaterly, and you can anchor in not less than 2 fathoms, opposite 

the town of Li\'ei"poo!. Herring Bay is much exposed t<j the heavy south-easterly 

■welht of tho soa, and tias not room for more than two sloops of war. 

It is high water in Liverpool Bay, fiill and change, at CO itiia. after T, and tha tides 
riB8 from 5 to 8 ftet, 

PORT MATOON", or MOUTON, called by Des Barres, Gamhier Harbour. _ This 
port is Formed by tho Island Mataon, which Ces across its entrances, dividing it into 
two channels. In the ooatorn paeange lies the rac/ci/ ledge, called tho Portsmouth, or 
Brazil Rockt, partly dry ; this ia about a mile to the eiistward of tlie island, and lies 
8.W. by W., doBtant 5 niUea from Bald Point •, tho pnssage on either side of this ledge 
has deep water, with sufGcient room to turn into the harbour. From the N.W. jiart 
of Moaton a «Aoa7 runs off a full mile, having 2\ fathoms near the outer estrenutyj 



over some pajts of thi? ahoal yon will have 3, 3J, and 4 fathoms ; here also is a small 
KKt afjbuiffr/mid, with 30 feet over it ; this lies N.N.W. J W. from the N.W. end of 
Monlfln Island, and K.E. J E. from the Northern 8pectaelea Island, distant i a riiile. 
The Spoctaoles lie to W.N. -wost ward of Mouton Island, and arc visible na you enter 
theporti to the northward and westward of thera are 10, 1 1, and 12 fathoms water, 
mnddy and sandy ground, with good anchorage, secure ft^^m all winds. 

To sail into Port ^Monlon by the eastern channel, and with a IcadinR wind, to tho 
northward of tho Hrazil Rouks, you may steer in W. by N., pOJising at tlie diKlance of 
J^of amilflfroia White Point, until youbrihg the Spcetaele Inlands to bear S.S.W, i W. j 
this will carry you clear to the northward and weativai'd of Mouton Inland N.W. 
Shoal i then haul np S.W. by W. for the aiiehorHge before mentioned. 

To sail in to the westward of the Bmiil Rocks, yon should steer in_ N.W., mid- 
channel, OP nearly, |^ a mile from Mouton IsLltnd ; in this posenge you will find from 
6 to 15 fathoms water; alwavs giving the sontiicm part of the Island a berth, OM 
account of a aatitli/ Ail whieh runs on it. In adopting this channel, manners must 
look out for a snw^ knofi, of 6 feet, said to lie E.N.E. f E-, distant 1 J railo from the 
southern estremity of Mouton Island. This appears to be a modem aiflcovery, and ia 
not noticed in Des Barrea* charts. 

The western passage to Port Mouton is between the island and the main, and onlw 
frequented by eoostcra and vessels of a small draught of water ; it is encumbered with 
ifivoli, and too intricate for Btrangers j the olumnel is narrow, and cloae to thq main 
land, passing between it and the Bnll Root i having passed which, you can nmi-fTd 
to the anchoragea either off the N.W. shore of Mouton Island, or round the 8| 

Iho land now turns S.W. J W. from Point iftiiM.'i.ciu'uy«^wia'^'3t\.'^5^'-' 



r 
I 







I 



20 SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

a Tilnok cmggy point, with aeveml roeks about it. S. | E., distant. 2| miles frmn Bt&ek 
Point, ajid S.W., 14 miles from Liverpool lighthonsc, Uos Little Hope, oil isla.iid 21 
feet liigli, and 300 fatlioais long ; this is a vm-ij ffreat lianffer, and ahould have a beacon 
to difitioguiali it ; round the islaiid is shoal ground, pai'tlj drying', and witll 3 and 1 
fathoms upon some parts j it lies direct E.S.E. from the eastern point of entranc* to 
Port Jolie, trom which it ts distant 2 mile's. Between the island and poiut, some- 
^liftt nearer to Che liittcr, there is said to tie a dangitroKt shi}iil,sat hlthct-to noticed in 
tLe iiharts. 

Poit Jolie is an inlet, more than G Toiles deep, hut very shallow, and having Bcarcely 
water enough for large boats.. The lands adjaeent appear harren and etany, yet have 
some families of flshermen settled there. Noailj soufli from tie oaatem point of Port 
Jolie, distant a mile, is a spat of 3 fathoms, over wluth the sea commOQlj broaka ; and 
<ia the weatera entrance el tlie port ai'u siiine riiehy ledges, "which b1j.ow tiemaelves by 
the breaking of the water over tnom. There is also a amall irfand, lying to the south- 
westward, eaUed the Little or Lesser Hope, 

POHT EGBERT. — Thia is the third inlet west of LiTcrooolr and may readily 
tnown by the a-tecp and abrupt appcaiuaue of ita vseetein head ; and also by Gn 
Island, "which liee to the south-westward of its entrance. This island is somewhat 
markable, bcine destitute of trees. Port E^rhert ia divided Irom Port Jolie by a 
peniosuin, whicn, ut the head of the respettlve ports, is scarcely \ nraile ncross. The 
channel in iims nearly north, 6 or T mileH ; but, although sniell yOHsehi miir run a con- 
Biderablo way up, sltips of larger si^e csb only find anehomg-e at its entrance ; the 
depth, ^ a mde from the head, is &om. 9 to 13 feet ; but at the nmath of the port are 
6, 4, itnd S fathoms. 

BABLE mVER lioe to tho son th-wea (ward of Port Egbert, distant 5 miles j at ite 

entrance, nearly mid-way of the chaEnel, is a rocky islet, -which lica S.W. by W,- from 
Green Island, distant 3^ miles i there is a passage on either side of the rock ; that to 
thecastward has 12, 13, and 15 fathctm water, £ut that to the westward i& ftoraewhat 
shallower ; tho two. points of entrance of the river are distant from eacEj other 1 j mile, 
with Ironk G to 11 fathoms ; but there is a, bar, whieh renders this place totally uii£t 
for affording ahelter to any but tho amalleet class of Teskaels ; it is, however, not desti- 
tute of inhabitants, some of wham are settled in a small nook close to the -westward 
of the river, whieh ia called the Little Harbour. 

RUGGED ISLAND HARBOUR lies W. by S., distant IS miloa from Hope 
Island, and E.N.E.> 3 milea from Shclbumc hght. It Beems to have been so named 
from its ora^y and rugged appcaraneo, and the numerous dangeram hdtjes and 
smiken foeke at its entrance. This harbour is difficult of access, and seldom reaorted to, 
nnloss by the fiahemien, -who are familiar with its navigation ; yet the anchorages are 
Kood, with 4| and 4 fatlionis. During- gales of wind, tho unevennesa of tho ground 
frequently causes tho sea to put on a mt^t formidable appearance, hreaiiing Tiolcntly 
fcora Bide to side. Off the western bend, distant about a mile, is the Gtiff, a bed of 
roekt, over which the water always breaJiB ; but between the head and tho Gall are 
from 6 to 8 fathatUH. 

VesBols coming from the eastward irill perceive St. Thomas's, or Rugged Island, 
lying S.W, by W. from Green Inland, distant 6J miles; this island, naring hi^h 
rocl^ olifft on its eastern side, affords a good mark for the harbour. To the S.W. of 
Hugged Island are M^m« roeki/ kdijes ; tho outermost of these is called the Hear Roekt, 
being distant from the island^ of a mila ; hctwccn Rugged Island and tho Bear Boobs 
are other dangers ; aod a little westTvard of tho Itcar ia a sunlien rock: theao threa- 
latter lying iu a sort of triangular form. "W. by W, from tho Bear Rwks, distant & 
mile, ia the Slaw Breaker, a roch, witli only 4 leet oyer it : thia appoara to bo tho 
Twer of Des Baircs, by whose description it should bear south from Ku^ Porint, 
which is tho eAstciii bouudjii'y of the harbour. 

To sail from the enfitward for Rugged Harbour, you will sec the »?aflteni elifTs of 
But^ged Island, Iwaring north, distant I^ mile : keep a good look-out for the Blonr, or 
TygerUock, and pass well to the outside of the foregoin g dangers : and having cleared 
theiie, haul up N.N.W. for the islands on the left or poi-t aide of the harlsour : ia so 
doioig yoo must be caiefUl to avoid a s/iuiii which stretches half-way over from the 
atorboard «l]()i-o, uurrowiiig tho cjiuancl very eoDsiderably, so that between the .thoal 
ixad Mutiatt Island the pasaage is not above J of a mile wide; puiauing "' ' '* 



HALrPAX TO CAPE SABLS. 



sr 



joa will readily reaah tbeuichO'ra^is'tbeNorthBni Arm. In l^e beet of the channel, 
Ceatre Island will be iuat openof Mnffatt IslancL Small veaselamay be ■well flieltcred 
tvithin Cub1) Basin, wnich ih to th-o nurthward of Mufatt Island ; and i'l'bjgIs coming 
from tho Hoathward or ■weatward will have deep water on oitter aide of the Gufl 
Rocks, or between the Bear and Blow Ho-cka. At Cape Negro and Riiggijd Island 
Harbour it ia high water, IHill and change, at 8 o'clock ; and the riae of the tide is 
about 7 feet. 

GREEN HAEBOim.— This port is to the westward of Ragged Island HnrbouTi 
hcving an island on its western side of the entrance, and running in full 3 miles : this 
and the River Jordan, situated still farther to tho westward, appear to l»e places where 
good BJichoragca may be obtained, but tliey aro at present little n'ei^uented by shippings, 
althoHgh tliej lave many inhabitaata ; they are open to southerly winda, wMch canse 
a heavy rolling sea.. 

SttRLBURNE HARBOUR, or PORT ROSEWAY, ia, according to Mr. Lock- 
wood, justly esteemed the best in uB Nova Scotia, from tho ease of its access, and the 
Erfect security of ita anchorages. At the entrouce of the harbour ia the ialaad of 
isonenth, or M-Nutta, which is Ticarly 3 miles in kn^th, and 1 J in ita broadest port. 
On the S.E. point of this island stands an ipxcolknt lighthouse ; this point is a nigh 
clitf of white rocks, the summit of which ia without treea ; the west side of the island 
ia law. The lighthouse is painted black and wliite, hi vertical stripes, and has a 
remarkable appearance in the day-time, on aceonnt of a dark wood that is behind it j 
while, at night, two lights ore eaoibited from it ( tho upper light ie 100 feet above the 
leyci of the sea, and the lower about 38 feet betow the laut«m at the top of the 
building J these lights are visible at the distance of 16 and 10 milos. This lighthouao 
bears from the hchthonae of Sambro ~W.S.W., distant 30 lei^ues, being in latitude 
43' 38' north, and longitude 65' 17' west. 

When coming in from sea, moke for tho liphthonae, bringing it to hear N.W., or 
N.W. by K". i tien steer directly towards it. The dungera to bo left to the eastward 
of you, are those adjacent to the Rugged Rocks, already mentioned. The JSeli Rock, 
wmch ia always visible, appearing- black and bold-to, lying E.N.E. ^ £., dietaat 2j 
miles from the lighthoiu&e j and the Jigr/ Sock, which hafl only 6 feet water oyer it, 
and lies nearly S. J W., If mile from the Ughtliouse. 

In coming from the westward, you may steer for the entrance oa either side of the 
Jigg Roct ; and if from (he eastwardf on either aide of the Bell Hock. When you arc 
abreaat of the lighthouse, you may sail into the northward of M-Nutt'a Island, about 
N.W. by N., keeping nearly in mid-channel ; the island's aide is bold-lo, and the an- 
chorage is good, m 7, R, or 10 fathoms, tho bottom mud. Keep tho western shore on 
board, fo¥ there ia a shallow spot, somewhere about the eastern side, between George's 
and Sandy Points, on which H.M. ship Akbar struck. Sandy Point is about 2 milca 
beyond the N.W. part of M'Nutt's Island; give it a berth, for a sandy epit extends 
from it 300 yards. With M'Nutt's Island locked lo this point, the anchorage ia ex- 
ceedingly good, oud shipping may, -witJi good ground tacUe, ride in safety dujixg the 
moat violent storm. 

In the channel, aboat S. by £., distant nearly o. mile from Carlton Point, lies the 
Atlamaniiitti Rurk, abreaat ot Durfey's House ; this will caaily be avoided by going 
into no less water than 4^ or 5 fethoma ; or by Itucping Petit's Island open ot^Suri 
Point. The inlet which nma up to the N,W. has scyeral ihuali in it i but the eaetera 
lihore has regular soundings ironi Sandy Point upwards, and ia froo from danger, 
while in thu npper jiart of tbe hai'bour, above Carlton Point, vessels may ride in 5, 6, 
or 7 fatioms, tho ground holding weU. We have ohready etatcd, that your course, 
from the entrance towards Sandy Point, will be about N.W. by N-, and having 
rounded Sandy Point you eon proceed N. by W. nnd north, according to yotw winid. 

In coming from the cftstward of thia harbour, be careful to avoid, and give a good 
berth to Che ahoah off Rugged Islnnd ; and do not haul up for the harbour, until you 
get the tighthonse to boar W. by N. | N., by which jirccaution you will go clear of 
every dangei-; or you may at*p a tide at the entrance, in. from 16 to 10 fathoms, sand 
and clay. 

Shelbnmv affords excellent shelter for ships in distress, and ia secure against any 
wind, except a riolent storm at S.S-W. ; abreaat of the tflwn, the wind from S. to t. 
doca no harm, although from S. by W. to S.W. b^ S., \i 'aVi-sxn'jj'W.t!!. t»x ■skks^ 





SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

conaiilerabls time, it will set the omaUer vessels adrift ftt the -whoj-ves ; but ia 
the etre^nit n^ 'w been obs^rrcd before, with good cables luid anohora, no vrindi can 
injure yoD. Here yon mar be euppUed mth cordogei dock, span, proTisiona, aad 
water. Carpenters, pump, block, and sail-niakcro can be obtained, if roquired ; and the 

esrt tbargeB for reaaela, wliith put in for aupplies only, ia no more tlian 4rf, per Ue, 
ght money, ou fore'ig'Q botfomH ; but ahoold you enter the oasiom-bouee, tlie du^ 
become much hig-lier. It is lugh water, fall and clumgo, at 6 o'clock ; tipriag-tiiat 
rise 6 i'eet, imd nenifS 6, bat a &eah breeze from the S.E., commo&Iy biingv go logb 
water sooner, and causes an additional rise of 2 oi 3 feet. 

CAPE NEGRO HARBOUR is named from Cape Nesro, the eastern limit of u 
island TChi<;b lies before its entrance. TliiB cape is remarkably bigb, rocky, and bamn, 
beajiDg S.W. | S., distant 7 miles from Simlburne liehtliome. lliia island ie very lav 
midwny, and has the appearance of being two blanaa. There ai'c two paasagi^ inM 
the hairbouF, one to ths eastward of the island, and the other to the westwau^ of iti 
tbo iormer ia much the better of the two | bat this is roadcred duog^roua, on occouil 
of tico sHiiitfn rocke whioli lie off ita entrance ; theeo are called the Oray Rocks, sod 
the B'tdgei ; the Cray Rock lies N.N.G. from the cape, diBtant nearly & mile, and ii 
situated nearly on the starboard aide of the channel. Some porta of those rocks are 
always visible, and iserve as a mark for the harbour. 

The Jtiidffet is a Mind roc?:, of 6 feet, lying nearly mid-channel, and only J of a mile 
fro-ia tlio island, having deep water round it. In fiie channel to the eastward of tte 
Budget you will have 10, 13, and 14 fethoms ; and the best direction to enter tlie liur- 
bonr win be to steer J torn the rocks off the eoatern point, until Sbelbarne lighthon* 
is shut in, when yon will ho within the danger. There is exceUent anchoragp oiF the 
N.E, port of Negro Island, in from 6 to 4 rathomB, on a bottom of stiff mud. Tie 
northern part of the island preacnta a Low shingly beach, fi-om which a bar e^tcttds 
quite BcroBB to the eastern shore, over which ore 16 feet at low water ; above this bar 
it is navigable full 6 miles, having a smooth clayey bottom^ with 3, 4, and 5 fatlumu 
water. 

The passage to the westward of Negro Island ia somewhat intricate, eacamberej 
with rucka and dangers, and ehonld not he ott«a>pted, except in cases of extrcaw 
GDiLTgcncy ) in such circiim stances, indecision or timidly roight produce certain 
destruction ; then the' oomraandcr's post should be aloft, and, if not posBcaaing confi- 
dence himself, he should atfcct it. Ciiptain Dcs Borres says, " If coming from the 
westward, in hauling ronnd Point Jed'ery, to avoid the ledgea, blind rockg, and ihuaU 
extending eaatcrly from the western shore, you should shape your conrae- N.N.E. j N. 
towards the cope, giving the Savage Bocki a berth of 3 cables' length, until you opos 
Davis's Inland, a soil's breadth off Point "William. Davis's Island is the largest and 
westernmost at the head of tbo harbour ; run up in that direction, observing to luqi 
clear of a auiJceii rock, which lies E.S.E. from Point William, about 300 fathoms finnn 
the shore. Pishery Beach is bold-to." 

To soil tlirough the N.E. passage, which is not so diSiciilt, keep Gray's liocks (m 
board, and steer N.W. for I'omt John, until yon see aorosa the isthmas in the middle 
of Cape Negro, or until Sholburae lighthouse is shut in, and having passed the Htndget, 
from tJience haul over to the westward, keeping along the shore about 2 cabtea' lengtb 
from the island, to avoid the vhaat, which extends half tlie dista.nco over from I'oint 
John towards the island ; and when you have opened the small islands at the head o( 
the bay, sluipo your course N.N.W. to the anehociag ground ; the bottom ie wud and 
elny ; along the N.E. aide of Cape Negro Island, the anchorage ia good atifT ehty. 

The Sicer Ciydu, which descends from a chain of lakes that <?xtend E.N.E, and 
AV.B.W.i, a considerable distance in the intsrior, falls into the head of Negro Harboor. 
after a run of 28 miles ; and the adjoining lands are well cultivated, and hare Bit 
increasing population, who combine fishing and farming with oonaiderabie miccesa. 

POUT LATOUll LIGHTHOUSE isa square building, painted white, with a blad 
ballon its ncaward side, on Capo Latour, or Eaccajo Point, which forms the east side of 
Harrington Harbour. It oshihita u revoiving light, bright 15 seeondfl, and dork 2S 
seconds, elevated 49 feci, and visible 12 miles. 

POUT LAl-OUH, or HALUIMAND, is situated a little to tJio westward of Negro 
Harbour, being separated from it by a narrow peninsula \ tltc extreme pointa which 
bound tlio entrance to the south ward, are Point Jeffory.or Blanche Point, to the eastwurd. 



HALIFAX TO CAPE SABLE. 23 

and Point Baccaro to the west : bptween and w ithin these are Bereral dusters of rocks 
rendering tho harbour nnftt for any but small croft ; und the tide ledvca the head of 
the inlet dry in miiny plaeee; tlif adjacent lands arc ban-en, and the HottlerB aro but 
few : ceyertheleaB as Bomo vesBels may to driyen to aeek. Bhplt«r hBro, tlic following 
directiopi* of Mr. Des Barrpa may prove acceptable: — "To sail jnto this pwf, coming 
&oni the woatwiird, continue jour course eoiteiiy, until you have Ercham Isle a eMp's 
Icn^tli open lo tho eastward of North Koeks : thenoe you uuty eteur noilliDrly lor 
Isle Gcoigi, ftttd when you come u^ within the diat&ace of 2 cables' length from its 
south end, incline lothe Tcestifard in a direction with tho westom estromity of Pond 
Bc4ich, until you open Prospect House on tW north side of the tiorthemmoBt Mohawk 
Ledges, and then haul into nnchoiuge in 3 i'athoois, muddy hotlom. 

" Nearly midway hctww.n Bacciiro Point ami the South Ledge lies the Fully, a 
gunken r"e^, within which and (he western shore is a channe-l of 6 fathoms. The yuliure, 
a. dutij/ti-nHs hri-aksr, lies S-AV, by W., nearly 2 miles from Baccaro Point." 

BARKINGTON BAY.— This is a Bpacioue inlet, situated to the -westward of Port 
Latoui", and formed by Cape Sable Island, which lies in front of its entrance ; thcru 
di* two passages into iti that to the eastwartl is bft-ft'cen Baccaro Point and Sable 
Island, being nt its entraTice 3 miles w4de ; that to the westward is not more than n 
mile brund ; both arc encumbered with numcrons and extensive Jiats, naiTOvring- the 
passngc, and rendering tho novigation dangerous; for although the channela may 
generally be discovered, by the waters appearing dark, yet it will roquiro a leading 
wind throngli to the anchorage, which is towards the head of the Day, and about 
IJ mile below the town i hero there are from 18 to 28 feet water. The poasoee to 
tho northward and westward is used by small vessels only, and is unt safe TOithout 
a commanding- breeze, as the tide of ebb is forced unnaturally through to the eaatward, 
by the Bay of Fundy tide, at tlie rapidity q( 3, 1, and sometimes 5 knotft on hour ; 
Hitting inumodiately ujioa tho rocks wnich lie within it. 

The town of Bairington is situated at the north-eBsteni extremity of the hay ; tho 
land is somewhat etfin^, but aSbrd? excellent patituragv, and the stock of cattle is very 
considerable, tlie inhabitanta being generally in good circamstanccB. Vessel* venturing 
into this bay by the eaateni pnssnge, must be very earpful to avoid BacKtro Point, on 
which the lighthouse elands, giiing it a wide berth of full 2 miles, on account of the 
Baiitan, iSliirt Poufh, the Fufti/re, and other rocks which lie off it. The Vithura Jfoeft 
IB very dangerous, and hes S.W. by W. frora Baccaro Point, distant nqarly 2 milea ; 
the DttntanbeorH S.B.'W. from the point about a eimiiar dbtauce, and from the Vulture 
8.E., almost a mili? ; they are both exceedingly dangerous. 

GAPE SABXiE is the soulli eoj^tem extremity of a smatl narrow island, which ia 
HIiarBted and distinct from Cape Sable Island ; it liea in latitude 44° 23' 'M' N., and 
limfitudc 65" 3(j' >V, ; it is low and woody, but the cape itself is a broken white cliff, 
B-ppoTCJitly in & stntf of dceompovition, and viaibla 4 or a Icog^ncs qS\ from this island 

X>iU nfenni^ extend outivurO, both to the south-east and south-westward i the EiiKtern 
filife is called the Horse Shoe, and runs out 2^ milea S.E. by S. ; the Wesfom, or 
Ciyie Ledge, stretches to the S.W., about H miles. The tides, both flood and ebb, 
Hct dintlly across these ledgCR at the rale of 3 and sometimes 4 knots an hour, causing 
& strong break to a considerable distance, particularlj' when the wind is fresh ; it will 
tlicn often extend full 3 len^ues out, eliiftiing its djrection with the tide, the flood 
cnrrying^ it to the westward, and the ebb to the oostward, llio foi-mer running a con- 
Biderablo time longer than the latter. Thij rippling, or breaking of the water, may 
be considered hazardous to pass tlirougb in a gfllc ol wii»d, ln>t there »re BOt le« than 
8, 10, 12, and 2(f fiithoms, rocky ground. 

It is high water at Capo Snblp, full and change, at \ after T o'clock, and the Bipring~ 
tides rise 12 feet, neaps (5 feet. 

BONETTA COVE.— To tho north- westward of Cape Sabk is a small laiand. called 
Green Island, to the north-cast of which on inlet runs in to Cape Sable Island, forming 
Bonettn Covo, whore g^ood anchorage may be fonnd in 3 fathoms water; the entrauco 
to it is narrow, and runs in between a spit and the island : tljia will be too diiSoilt 
for a Btncnger to discoTcr, but it is frequented by the coasters and fi&hermen. 

FAVOURITE COVE is situated in the 'WcHlem Channel, nnd about the middle of 
Cape Sable Island; hcie also small vessels may mn in and anchor in 2 tallioras, 
behind a small bkt which lies imd-chaaac^ at its entrance, affording a pEissa{c,a nv 



r 



24 



,SAII,INO DIRECTIONS FOH 



dthcT Hide, but that to the eaatvrud ia the beat, and lias the deepest -water. With 
S.W, galea there is always good anclioriLge off the N E. side of Cape Sable Island ; 
but Shn^ Harbour, whioli lies ou the oppoaite aide of tli& Western Chunnol, and beais 
N.N, W. ft'om Bonnetta Cove, is full of shmtls, and must not be tittjjiniitcd unless y-on 
are well ac^i^uaintt^d with it. 

It is high water hero, full aod chaDge, at 9 o'clock; ipring'tides rise 11 feet, neaps 
afoot. 

The brazil BOCK. — This ia ^Jlatrock, covering a space of 10 yacds, over 
which are only 8 nnd 9 feet at low water ; a tnil extends 90 or 100 yards from ita base, 
having 6 to 8 fathoma water ; the tide cuimiDg stroag over this, causes a ripple, and 
makeB the rock appear larger than it really is. Soutliwardof tlie rock, at the aiBtaace 
of aboat a mile, you will n«vu 35 nnd 34 fathoniB, then 30 and 22 as you approach 
nearer to it ; but towards the Cape Sable ahore the aooadings ore reg'ular, irotn 19 to 
lo fathoms; joa will tlicn lessen yonr water to 10 and 7 farhonis, when you will bo 
at the edge of the Mace Horse Shoal. To the nortliward of the Brazil Jiock, ia the 
direction of the Bantan SiKk, you. will have I6g 19| 15^ 17, Ifi, 15, and 10 &tthomB ; 
with this latter depth ym wUl bo near the Bantan, and must tack to tho westward. 
The OKiet position of this rock has been much disputed, but the place assig'ned to it, by 
the recent EUrveys, in ia latitude 43' 21' aO" N., and longitude S3' 26' W. ; but Mr. 
t)es BfljTea givoa it in latitude 43^ 24' 16" N., and longitude G5' 23' W. The variation 
ia about H'V. 



VVith^ 

and; 1 
»eaiB 



Ma.ijnetk' Bmringi and Diitafuaa heiicein Halifax and Cape Salle. 



8|lctigues 
12 1, 



t E^m Sombro lighlliaaBe to Cross Island, Xunen- 

^K hurg , , , Newly wost . . . ,^ ,;- 

^^^ CapeLe Have W. =B ......... 

^^^^^^ Lirerpoo! hghthonse W. by S ]7| „ 

^^^H Hopo Island, near Port JolieW.S.W. JW 21 

^^^H Entrance of Port SLelbumo W.S.W S» 

^^^^K Capo Negro 'W.S.W.-,BlittIe westerly 3lJ „ 

^^^K Capo Sable "W.S.W. 4 W.- Sfi 

^^^K Bra7.il Kock Kearly W.S.W 34J „ 

^^^^K Shclbame lighthouse to Cape Xegro .... S.'W. £ S T miles 

^^^H Capo Negro to the Brazil Rock S-W. | S 10 

^^^^ Cape Sable to the Brozil Hock 8.E. by E 8J „ 

^^P Vessels from Sarope, wbon bound to tbo Say of !Fundy, should ondeaTonr to keep 

^^ in the prarallel of about 43° or 43° 6' N. ; and after obtaining soundings on tlio wealem 

[ port ot Sable Island Bank, should not fail to keep the deep-sea lead g;oing as ehe pro- 

ceeds to the westward, aoundingprogresBivelyon tlie Lc Have and Capo- bable Banks! 
the former may be known by the hard rocky bottom, and the latter by being gwierally 
block grovel. Those precautions booomo more n<^ccsBaryi aa a lair wind is IVequcntly 
accompanied by a thick fogf, often for Bevoral days together. The neglect of the lead 
has been th? greatest cause of th« fatal disasters which havo oceurced on. Um coa^t- 

In thick iccafher, by a careful attention to the soundings on yonr approach towards 
Cape Sable, and keeping youc* Vessel under commanding convrts for getting Jioundings, 
you mity round the cope with safety in 33 or 40 fathoms : the soundinga will inform 
you when off the cape, being small block stones, sand, and gravel. Wben acroas tJiis 
bank you fall int<> deep wat«r in the tmy, and niay shape u coarse for the Amei-ican 
shore, and endeavour to make the land about Moohd Peck Head, or Machias. Mount 
UcBort and the Shuttoek Hills may bo seen at a great distance ; aornGtimes they may 
Lc seen clefltly from the wost-hciul ovci- the fog. 
« .^ .^ . 

* This course cannot ha .aililed upon, nn acoount of tho ioterrentioa of the land. 



4 




THE 



0? SOVA SCOTIA. 



25 



X.— THE ISLE OF SABLE AND BANKS OP NOVA SCOTIA. 



. 



TJur- jfuilowtnt/ retnarJis on Sublii Inlatiil are J)rom tint rt'piii-t of CatTain II. W. 
DayfieLD, K.N., whu has recently mixcyeti Iht island and Ua dani/ervua bars. 

Tbe poaitian of the w^t flag^tuS* near the priDcipal ealabiiahmGiit, lat. ^3° 06' S2' N^ 
Mullong. frO-a' 19- W. 
The west eitreme of lie Grosay SandhillB, lat 43' 66' 52" N., long. 80° 9' W. 
TheN.E, esti'cme of tlie Grassy Saii<llii!l» lat. 43'50'Oj''N., I»iig. SO' 46' q''15 W- 

The lon^tudehercgivcnundcr the ikss^umptioD that Ualifux tablel in iho dockyard ia 
in (J3" 36' 19''5 W., and will bo aubjeot to any correction to AVhich. the latter may here- 
after be found liable. 

The position above given ia Bubetoatially the eame as that of Sir Chark-s Ogles' 
officeTB, the only material difTerecce beiag in the west extrGioc of tho Griu^ay tSa.ndLiills, 
which wtK found to be 2' 18" long. fuJlher ca^t fi^m HnliRix Dockyard olisurvatoiT ; 
ebowing an avenigc annual diminution in the length of tho iolond of O'l of longitude, 
or 73 fitthoms of diatanco, during the 33 years froiii 1S28 to 18SI. 

There appears to have been no change whatever in the N.E. end of the ishuid since 
1826, nor any mate-nnl change, aeeorditig to tho ataterounts of Captain l>arby, and the 
people on the island, since the commencement of the present century. Pai'tlier back 
all la conjecture, the island being without iuhnbitantft, and its poeitiou undetermined. 

Our trigimometrica! sarvey will, however, supply all that is waatin" for estimating 
in future the annuel waste of the island, in lenglh, breadth, or hcigfit ; any eliangu 
that may take place in the position of the most rcmni-kable sand-hilU, lU tbc □[leniug, 
eloaing, or filling np of the long pond, and in the length oaid direction of the Ibmu- 
dable long bora. 

The present length of the inland, froin the extremitieB of the Grnasy SondhCls at 
either end, ia 16^ nautical niilt-is, iu a direct line of true bearing, N. 82' 22' li., and 
17^ nautical miles, if we follow the course of itt< ehorea. Itti extreme breadth is 
exactly one mile. It ia formi'd of two nearly parallel ridges of tMiiid, shaped like a 
bow, and meeting in a point at cither end. It ia wholly or partially covei'ed with 
gvnss for eonsiderahlc spaces; in olheca acooped out by the winds into bare cvaler- 
*ihaped hollowB! ur hose up into aond-hillH, attaining the extreme elevation ofTo feet 
above tho sea at high water, Detween these ridges a long pond, in some ports 1 2 Tcct 
deep, extends from the west end for a distance of II luiles. A low valley, in which 
m-e ponds of fresh ^ater, continues bom it for the ramBiuing di^tuoci; of ^i miles to 
the N.E. end of the islajid. 

The A'. IF. bat is dry only J of ft mile out from tlie end of the Grassy Sandhills, bat 
it has acveral pntchoa of sand nearly dry, about a mile fiirthct oul, wliich are 
Biippoaed to have collected around tbo remains of old wrecks. 

77ifl 3^^. ?iariBdry4 mileB oat from the Groftsy Sandbilht, the sea wmdungover tho 
culer half of that diBtanee only in rough weather. 

If we add the dry parts of the bara to tbe length of the island as before stated, tlie 
whole extent gf eand dry at present will be i2 nautical milefl ; and if again we add lo 
tliis distance the still greater lenglh of the bars nnder water at cither end, the whole 
will fomi n bow or eresceat concave to the north, and extending over .02 milea of seu. 
tftught within the horns of t\m creioetit in a strong northerly gale, the rituiatiorj of a 
Tes»el woald be extremely perilous., for tbo ebb tide sets to the southward, dii'ectly on 
and oicr the bars, usually at the rate of IJ or 2 knou, aud when accelerated by 
''ninds, much foster } whilst the flood utrcam runs at a much less rate in the opposite 
direction. 

The whole client of the N.W. bar, irom the end of the Grassy Sandhills to the 
depth of 10 fathoniH, in nearly 17 milea, tlie dry part Iwiiig aucteeded by D iniles of 
foaming breokenj in bad weather, and the remaining 7 miles, from 5 to 10 fntlioiii^ of 
di^pth, being asually shown bj' a great ripple, or n heavy crotis sea. The direction of 
lliis bar is N.W. \ N., for the lu-st 12 miles, llmo. W,\yj ^. 'isn 'Cv>ii Ttssmiflsiwfe 
diataiicD. 

[CAJ<ao TO Phii..] *^ 





■ 



20 BAILING DIRECTIONS FOE 

Tlw NE. bar extends 14 niiles out from tio Gi'OBsy Sandhills to tli9 dopth of 10 
fathoms. Its dii'cction is N.E. bvE, 1 li. lor the firet 1 milcg, beyond wliiuii it tnn'es 
giTidunlly till it terniinateB B.S.B. 'ilie dry pait; of noorly i miles is siiccceiied by 8 
or S iiiiii's of brualera, when thtre h any ata running. I Kavc considered this bar" a» 
euding at 10 I'athvms, but the ridge of soiid coutinueB, wiUi a ie\Kh tii from It) tu 13 
fathoms, and oflcii a hcttTv bicuking sea. 10 miles faithtr, to E.S.E., and th&u ends 
ahniptly ; the soniidiiigs increasing to 170 fathoms, ia adiatanco of 3 miltps farther. 

i)r/(A /rnrir are t'jrlrewflt/ »teep, and conBequeotly dangerons of approach on the uortll 
pide ( the N-E. bar, eKpceially »o, having SO fathoms water close to it. To the schUi- 
ivard, on the toElruvy, the water dof^peiio graduBlly out for many miles, that it would 
seem almost impoHsible tor any Tessol, uaiug common precuution, to run on ^ore on 
that eidc, cither of the island, or its bars. Yet by far the greater Tiuiaber of ship- 
wt'ecke have token place there, aifording a sad pi'oof of the cul[>al>1ci neglect of the 
sounding lead, mo coiuthoh in tbc' nicreantik- marine. Some of tboMe vesselfl came oa 
shore ia fiue, ttlth-oagh fog^y n'catlier, afte-r Taaniug for many miles in shalluiv water, 
when ona cust of the lead woald have ahawo them their douger, and io many coses 
BDved both lit« and propt^rtj. 

In most coses the vessels were thouglit to be far to the eoat'wart! of the islanfl, 
■when they ran on shore upon it ; haying been set to the westward by ihc currents. 
That [hia'ailL'gcd cauuB is Iho Hue one, thcrtj et'cms littlu reason (.o duubt, for IliB 
genfcul tendency of the coirentB hetweea Newfoundland and Sable Island is to thn 
westward. 

Tim estahlUhiiititt on Sadie lilaiul is a.t present under tlie comiaand of Mr. 
Mc Kcnna, the superintendent, who bos under aim a foreman, or eccond iu command, 
Kir. JiickHoii, nnd nine men ; two of vhom, with thGir families, occupy outpoats at the 
middle and cast Sagstafia. 

The princi]inl ealabliahment, conaiating of a comfortable Iouhp for tlie KUpi;n.ntendeiit 
nnd bia faniily, buildiwgs foi' the mui), and tlic otcsvjoiial aecgmniodaCion of sbip- 
wrecbcd persons, for stoiing provJBtons, and property sayed from wrecks i & foi'^, 
work&linp, bum, itnd Etabliiig for damosti« cattle, &c., are situated on the north side 
of the island, botwccn the pond and the Hand-luHs, on one of which stands tbc 
K.W. flBgEtaff. The distance of the piiDCipo! flagstaff from the west extreme of the 
Graijsy I^andliills, at the time of our siu-yey,, was -l21o fathaniB. This flagstatf is 
Btivng-ly and subblaulioJly constracted on a Band-hill, 10 fuct bi^^h, and the crow's 
nt-'st, or look-out at ittt summit, ia 100 feet above the sea, cammauding b flue view for 
tnniiy miles along the iisland, and over the surrounding oeean. 

The emX flagalaff, couspicuoUEly placed on a aaud-Mll close to tho north Hhore of the 
ialoiid, is distant 22tf0 futboms fi'oai the east extr&nie of the OrnBsy Sotidiills. 

The middle flagstaff is situattd farther inkad, and uearcr tlie (iost end of the pt>nil. 
It ia intended to lemove tills outpost to a more advantageous Bituation on tbc south 
side of the isUnd, where there is a house, about hnlf-way along the pond, and where 
it will be bettor situated to observe and report wrecks. 

Dcsidt.'j tho honsL'B at tho llircd flagstafik, tlierc is an unoccupied hanee of refuge on 
the nortli side, which was distant in AugUat laiit (ISil) 32,0 fathoms from tho west 
extreme of the Grasty Sandhills. 

Ko irrecke can take place on the island at a grcatei distance than six milea Irom 
HOme one of the postii i and in the event of cue occurring, the □utpo&ts report by signal 
to the suiwrinteiident at the principaJ establish u^eiit. — yaat. Mag. March, 1852, 

The feUmeinff exlruei of a letter from Captaih Joseph DAltitT, Sui/ermtettdimt af 
Sublf luianil, it from thai taltiable ler/rh, tht " Amoricoji Coiut Pilot" f\fiee7iih edition.* 

" I have known the ielaad for the liutt 28 years, in which time the west end bos do- 
crtascd in length about 7 miles, although the outer breakers of the north- west bur 
have the aaase bearing from the west end of the island that they had then {uboat 
N.W., dititaiit about 8 niilcHj, which ckarly sJiowa that the whole bank and the bar 
travels to tlio cuHtward. The ground is hi),'h. and the water shoal outtiide of lliesc 
lireakerB, 7 or 8 niileii, in a N.W . dii-eetion. The flood-tido aets acrosii the bar to tiia 

• By E. 4 G. W. Blunt, Sci,' York- d 



THE ISLE OF B^BLE AND BANKS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 




northward iuiil en«twtird very Btrongly, und tlie ebh-ddc to Ihe opposite point, chanf[ing 
altfiiTiately at half-flood imd. haU^bb, The ground to fhii eouthwai-d and westward of 
the bni' is veiy rcgniur, deepening wry Hli>w!y to a considyraHe distance ; hut to the 
Qoi'thword and eastwori the ground ia very steep, and froni brfators, or fi'oin very 
sbool erouad oubide the breakers, jou fall iiilo deep water aU at once. The bank to 
the NrVV. is vcij uneven, and curves round to tlie iiortliwnrd iji a steep ridgo ; and at 
the distttute of about -33 niilos from the island, in a N.W. directit iij , aie 10 fiithomB 
wa,ter. Biid W.N.W, and E.S.E, frcini that, the gxiiuad fulls very suddenly into deep 
water. Th5n ridgo joina thp mldAlp fjround, and extends in an easterly and N.K. 
dh-ecti-on, to a eouHicIerable disto,iice, witli siioal wattr, the licittom in sraall ridgfs, wifJi 
11, 12, 11, and 13 i'alhonie of wutcr, and so on over it; and between tliia bank and the 
bar. or tlii> island, Ihe water is very deep, Stl or 90 fathomji. Tlie bank extends to the 
eastward abTcaat of the island; the aouthemmoflE edge of the bank, from 20 to 26 
cailes. to the northward of llw itiluod- 

"The cast end haa altered very little Binee mj' knowlr.'dj,f-i of it fexcept in height^, 
which is mueh greater than it was ; and the whole island seems to increaHe in height 
every year, but gro-we nuiTower. There is a low bar l/'iir^/ sniid running from the 
high land off the etist end, in a N.E. direction, about 3 milea, from whenco shoal 
water, that always breaks, extends ahout 2 miles fariher. in an E.N,E, direction; 
outside of whi'Ch. tor a distance of aiiout Gtnilea, is a pasisnge acTOaa the bar, with from 
2^ to 3 fathoms water n[Mn it. Outside of that a^oin is a piece of high gruuud that 
oJwara hr^ata, and is wiinetime-s dry, and extends m an E.N.E. direction between 2 
and a miles, from which the shoul ground contiuiies, in the Humo directinn, Bomc mile^ 
farther. iTie fiood-lidc acrose this bar aeta very strongly to the uortliwai-d, and the 
ebb-tide in the opposite direction, but not ao strong-. The soundinea to the southward 
and eastward of Iho bar are ftitt and regiikr for a coiiBidei-able diatance. but to the 
noilhward and westward the pi'ound in very stoop ; close to the brpiik*PH are 10 
fathoms, and gowt down Huddenly to 70 or 80 fnthoma to 100, or apworda. I beLieve, 
in eoneral, there is a strong current setting to the W.S.'VV., between the Sable Bank 
and the fiuSf of Mexico stream ; nnd there ia a. strong cnixent sets down the western 
sideof the Gulf of St. Lawrence elreoni. in a B.S.\v! direction. The euiTent along 
the south side of the island is in very shoal water, runs both eant and west, and ia 
infiueneed by the winds. The moflt of the wrecks that hijipeh here are ia ernar of 
their long-itudo: for inatunce, vesselH hound to the eastward, they think themsolvea 
past the island when thoy get on shore ufion it ; and vessels bouna to tho westward 
(say fr-om Europe), do not think themselves bo fiir to the weetward when, they get on 
shore upon it. 1 have known several cases of vesBCIa from Europe that have riot made 
an error in their longitude exceeding | a degree, until tliey came ta tho Banka of 
Newfoundland, nnd from thence, iti moderate weather and liglit wiuds, have tiiade 
errors of from 60 to 100 milea, whichj 1 think, goes far (o prove tho existence of a 
westerly and southerly current between the Grand Dank OJliI here ; and nho of the 
estteuce of n westerly current between the Sable Bank and Gulf of Mexico sLrcani, 
which will he strouger or weaker, aceordiag to the distiince between the stream and 
the banks. 

"IMion a cnsnalty has occurred, and you find you are as tho body of the iatond, T 
would recommend that uothitig of masts or rigging be cat away, without the vessel 
should he very tender, and then you may do it to ease hor a little ; bat a vessel of 
ordinary strength will bear her apars untd she heaves up on the beach, or settles in 
the sand, and lays quiet ; as Uvea and property have often been saved by a vessel 
having her spars standing, us from the heads of which yon may ofton send a line 
a,fihore, when it is not possible to work a boat ; and by sending a good hawser after 
that, and secuiiiig it well to the shore, a chair, or other more efficient article, may bo 
ringed for conveying passengers, or others, ot valuablo property, over the broakei's in 
Bufcly ; as from the natnrc of the soft sandy baltom, a vessel will not go to pieces so 
soon as il' she woa on the rocks ; and, by tho rigging tieing left Blo.iiding, it may 
afterwerds be saved ; whereas, if tJie musts are cut uwiij, Ihe whole of the rigging 
goes with them, atid all get entangled and buried in the siuid, nnd aro goneraUy 
toUlly lost. 

"If you are on either of tbebai-B, the first conaidecatwu ^cfiA^^* ■«> ^Rssscst -Js^ 
boQt.i, and li^jhten the ship, and leave hev as soon oa CNtx -s wa \iwi'i 'va ***^^^^j^^- 
bopes ofgetuag her off j endeavour to g*l W t\ic Vea'WB.'cft. oV xVa'^^'wift.'w^i''^*- ^_ 



28 



BAILING DIRECTIOIfg FOIt 



the island, according to ciitumstanceB. Endeavour lu land on th3 north sidej if 
possible, as veasflu tlint got on to tho bws very aooti disu[iiJ*8r allogctbc-r, either by 
jfoing to piccts in the irregular Bcuund stmng curreTitfl, or by roiling aver the steep 
bunk to the □orthwitrd, oiid Einking; in deep water. 

" TVhcn pnipcrly tan be siifed ou the island, it is proper for tlio master and hia 
crew to do the almost in their power to save it ; they caa get the ttsrintauce of the 
people on the island, and o boat and team of liorseB, not for hire, for they are ■employed- 
by givvernmciit, and the island draws a sulvng-e of whatever may be saved on it, which.! 
is Bpportioncd t-v ihe magistrate* at Halit'ax. "Ilie more there is Eaved by the naaawr 
Olid ci-ew, tlie Itss ealvag-e will be taken ; but it is -very often the case, tjie t^rewe -will 
not assist to sovt propcrtj' ; and whatever is enved in done exclusively by tho eatablish- 
Bient, in which case the sulvHge is pretty Mgh. There are bnildijiga on tiie island for 
"the slieller of persans cast away on it, with provigioiis for those Vrho may have none ; 
aUo some baildings lor the reception of poHahable g^ods ; thoso hnildiugs, and wliat~ 
■ever is put into them, arc under the eharge of the auperin ten dent. All property saved 
must bi! sunt to Hnlifax by Uie lirst opijortunity. Th« mtutci can keep invuiitorica, 
and continue with Ihe goods, if he tikes, bat has no control over their destination ; 
butj I believe, by petdlioning the Govesrnor of Halifax, he niiglit get pcrmiaaioa to 
take them where he pleases, by paying IJie duty and salvage. 

" When any pro]jerty ia saved on the ii^land, it is eent to Hfllifax, ^-Iwre it ia 
advertised, and sold by order of the Commissioners, aad the pnweeda paid into their 
handle, out of which they pay the King's dues, the salvage ajipirtioned bj the 
magielmteB, tho expenses of tVeight, and other small oharges; and the rcaidne is paid 
■over to the m.aatcr, or other natliorlEed ogcnt, for the benefit of tho underwriters, and . 
nil concerned. Tho Euperinitendent is under the eontrol of the Governor and th^l 
tommiftwoiiDrs, and con take no step without orders trom tJiem. The ahovo and 
bel'ore-raentioned euslom ia an old and lon),''eKtabliBhed mie, and supported by many 
acts of pi'ovineinl legislature, aad more pnrticularly by anact paased the Jth day of _ 
April. 1838, and in the sixth year of his Majesty's reign (William IV.), which docs ,' 
more AiUy explain and set forth the rules for the ^idance of the estahlsliment. 

"Tlie north wde is very safe, and avosscl may approach any part of it within s 
miles and vebbpIh in distreBs might, by standing in on the north side, and near the 
wtat end, where Ihe pi'ineipal eptal)Hshraeiit is, get a sapply of freah water or ftjel, or 
» partial supply of provisions and fresh meat, except in cases of a strong breejio and 
heavy sea nil shore. There is no diificiilty in woi'kirg boats on this side of tho iuiand. 
The south aide ia also very safe to iipproacli in olcnr weather ; hut from the hcavj- sen 
that oonntantly breaks on ii, the commnni cation with a vessel, by boats, ia extremely 
dijfieiilt, except after a spell of iiortiierly winds for a or 4 days, when the sea becomes 
•inoolh, and bonis may work." 

As when a vessel is ou fhore in a toe, it is of the Tihnoit importance to ascerUin 
her true position, in order to save the ship, or the Uvea of those on board, the following 
dtreetions should be attended to : — 

If breakers ore seen to extend In a direction N.W. and S.E., yon arc on the 
N.W. bor. 

If breakers are seen to extend W.S.W. and E.N.E., you are on the N.E. bar. 

If breakers are seen to the uorthword, ahead, and cxteadiug from east to west, Jan 
ore on Iht- soulli side of tho island. 

H'breakei^ are seen to the soathward, ahead, and extending from east to west, you 
fire on tht north side of the island. 

IcF.. — T^I.M. packet-brig, Expreia, fell in with two ialands of ice on Sable Island 
Drink, on the 7tli of July, 1636, in Jo fathoms water; cstamated heights ISO and ISO 
fcc-l ; klitude iZ" IS' no'rth. air 46'. water ■12% 

Tho Sovn Scotia BaTiks extend nearly 70 leanTies, in a westerly direction from Uta 
isle iif Siible. The form and extent of these biinKB will bo beat underatood by a ivfer- 
ence to th<> nuw charts. 

The S.W. extremity of BanqtiertaH, or Bank Qiunv, lies 8 Iob^sg N.N.E. from the 

emt end of the islt of Sable. Tlic southern edge of this bank estcnds in an K.S.K, 

^Ureatioii, 213 mUix, or from longitude 59" 48' to 57" 10' west, and in the puruilel of 

'.j'a J ''"''^''^' '^'^ soundings, snJid, aliclls, and aca eggsi t^e Acrths (totn 'SO to 35 nn^J 

}gl ">"•""»'■ This edgo u »t(^i>to. awA its S.W. pMlapprowiVaVii-ftVCli-uv^Xw 




THE WEST AND yOETHEHN COASTS OF NOVA SCOTIA, ETC. 29 

of the N-E. bar, having a deep guUj- liotween, of 70 to 90 tathoma, and about 3 leaFnea 
in widtli ; nud the watit point al' JiQcquereaa I'eachea witliiD 10 miieg of th« miadle 

ground, wliiuh nine eastwrii-d from the N.W, bar, and ou it is a paIcA of 10 fathoma. 
ctweEB thia palch Bad tHic 'west poiat of the Danquereau is axiotlLer d^ip gully, 
8 mitea wide, with 70 Lo 95 futhonis (uatid^ in it. Gitiat attention should tiD paid to 
the lead when aeat the S.W. point of tnie Imnk, in hazy weather, lest tou should 
cross either of these gulljs witLout sounding in them, and get upon eitlier of the 
bare without knowing you Iia.d left the bank. This hank ia steep-to on uU sides, and 
the body of the bojik are &otu 20 to 40 fAthums, tho latter depth being near 

It ia high water, liill and olianget about 7b. dOm. on tho north side of Sable Island ; 
Sdea rise 4 feet. 
■ 31EM ARKS. — It may le ohderved, generally, that the soundings all along the Nova 
Scotia Coast, between Cape Coiiho on the E.N.E. and Cape Sable to tho W.S.W., are 
very irregulai-, from 25 to 40 and o1) fatlionis i therefore, in fog'gT weather, do iiBt 
aland nearer in shore than 35 fathociB, lest yon fall U])on some of uho ledges. By no 
tteaiiB nmko too bold with the shore in aneh. weather, unlem you are snre of the part 
he coast jou are on ; for you may, otherwise, when bound for Halifo.!!, fall unei- 
tedly into Mohona, or Mooklenburg-h BayB, and thna be caught and endangered by 
, S.£, wiud. 

The weather on tho coast is frequently fo^y in the spring, and some part of the 
.jimnicr, in particular at the distance of 4, Or 6 leagues trom the ahonJB ; but on ap- 
prtiaeliiiig nearer, the weather u tvund more eleetr, and, with the wind &om the land, 
', is perfectly clear and pleasant. 






[. — THE WIST AND NORTHERN COASTS OF NOVA SCOTIA. 
AND THE COAST OF NEW BRUNSWICK, INCLUDING THE 
BAT OF FUNDT, WITH THE MANAN ISLANDS, ETC 

, Vat^lion aUoteed l^ point Waat. 

REMARKS. — "Whcover eKamines and well considera the attnation of the soath- 
weetem shores of NoTa Scotia, the Bay of Fundy, and Manna lelanda, will readily 
pei'ceive the dangers attendant upon the navigation of ita harbourH, its natural expo- 
sure to the Atlantic Ocean, the variablenesa of its tides and winds, and the many 
rocks with which it iii cnviraned. These, therefore, must be expected to inTolve th^ 
mariner in occaHioiiol difficulties, which will ouJi forl:h bin utmost energies, and require 
no common share of attention to surmount; yet, although the Jobs of vessels in diese 
ports t'uliy justify a perilous appt'ehcnuion, there are tew obstacles wliich a moderate 
exei-cise of skill aud rexolution would not have been abia le overcome; and, we fear, 
it is more to the want of tlieso qualiiications in the oavigatorB, than to the dangers of 
the oaTi.gation, that such loasca nave ever occnrrod. 

It is essential (says Mr. Lockwood) to the safety of tJiose who arc Davigating the 
Bay of Fundy, taat it shoold be clearly understood ; and in caeen of necessity, many 
ore tho places of safety to whicli vosBsb might resort, even without the admnta^ of 
iij>ilot ; although no niau would attempt to ju»ti^' the economy of aaving the expense 
pilotage on a uoaat like this, where aturents, ibga, and cluuigea of weather maj 
infound the best Jadgmant. 

In order to leay^n these accidents, if not totally to prevent HUch fatal occurrences in 
fiilure. let the mariner he fully convinced of the necessity of frequently sounding 
with Uic deep-sea h? ad, and sec the expediency of ba^'ing hia anchors and cables fit for 
immediate uso; tliiBcauaot be too strongly impressied upon bin o.-iaiifc^-^W'^tia.-*^*^ 
equipped and perfect in gear, with Ihe^t &ne\^o'eR sVn-^vi ^is. S.-Q- *as^ TsaS.5^ sB- ""^^ 
Athiftik Occaa, have been here wrecked, "in mo&staXa^es.'iiB^i'"^^*" ^"^^ 



80 



BAltlKO DntECnOS-S FOB, 



■ 



tliit such gross neglect cannot Iw too nrncli reprobn tenl j stich serious losees irill, we 
trust, be hereal'tcr jiruvented, mare cspociallj' as it in so dependtnt upon the mai'iaer 
himself, and taii^' be, in tnoBt caaea, remedied by only ijouuding in time, and keepii 
the load bi coiitmunl action. 

TIDES.^Another subject most pftrticularly essential t* tlie mariner, ia a knowledge ' 
or the tides ; tliia wc recommend Beriously to hia attention, aa lie will find them 
explained at the end of this section. 

CAPE SABLE TO BRIEB'S ISLAND. 

Tiie COASTS, ISLANDS, &c.— Befoire wc give a descriptloti pf the main land 
from Cape Sable tO' the entranco of tlie Bay of Fiindy, it maj be proper to noti-ce the 
islands nud rocks which lie adjacent and to the westward of Capt' Subl'U i t.hc^e are the 
Bioiide Rock, the Setil, and Mud Idnnili ; the Tiiihet Inlaada, Ite Gunnet JlucI;, and 
Green Is/and, &c. 

Seal Island Light. — Thia Lighthouse stands on the centml and highest part of 
Seal Island : it ia of an oetagom shapu, built of wiwd, and painted white ; it shows a 
canapieuous tixci ligiht widk Arjvand burners and rchcctO'TE, 98 feet abo^'e high-wat«r 
mark, which may be seen, when approaehing, fi'om every point of the composB, at tlio 
distODce of 18 EniWs. 

The seal ISLAND'S aouthernniost point bears from Cape Sable nem-ly 
W-N-W. i \V., distant 16 miles, and lies in latitude 43° 23' N., and longituiJe 66- W., 
hejiig somewhat mora than 2 milca iu length irom Dorth to soDtli. Its fiouthcrn port 
IS covered with scrubW trees, derated ahoat 30 feet above the sea. A danyerous reef 
extends a. mile south fi'om the south end of the island- To tko S.S.W. of thin port, 
distant 3 miles, is a rucft, uncovered at low water, called the Btoncfe, from a vcaael tJiot 
in 1777 was winscked upon it| round this rock are 7, 9, and 10 fathoms WBter. About 
a mile to the westward of the Blondo arc very heavy and dangoroua overfalls, tuivinz 
a T(!ty alarming up peorance. At ■JJ railea north of these is a ii-i^ti/sAoa/i^cou/id, of 
only m feet, caasiing a violent ripple. The ship Jfaterloo, in passing between tJhe 
Blonde Hock and Seal Island, strucK twice upon a rocky shoal, with, only 18 feet water 
over it. and thereby knocked off her rudder ; this was anpposed to be a jiort of t3ie 
IcdifQ which ruDB off to the southward of Seal Island ; however, large vessels ought 
not to pass between them if it can be avoided. The Blonde Hoclc la parlicul/irip dan- 

f&raTifi, as iho (^blKtido sets so Etrongly towards it ) and from the lowness of Seal 
Bland ynu are ho hkoly to be deceived, eren in fine weather. 

A rock wns discovered by tho eliip Zetland, in November, 1848, on whioh "were only 
3 ffltlioms water; from it Seal Island lighthouse bore N.E. by JJ., 2J miles. 

The tide n.!30 runs -with great rapidity past tLe Seal and Mild Islands, which ocoa- 
eions the £en to ^rcak over the slioala in their ¥101011.7, making them appear more 
eKtensive than perhaps they really are. In sailing therefore net wCienL Seal Island 
nud the Mad Inlands, large veeaeb should always keep a mile otf the latter, by wliich 
tiiey will avoid the overftills io 3 fathoms. Off the western part of Seal Island, 
distant a mile, lie (wo sm'illrocki/ is/'t'Js, called the liefirs Liirib' and the Limli'n Liiithti 
the Di-'viTs Limb is ^-isiblo at all times, and the Limb's Limb is only seen at bnlf-tide 
The smoothest anchorage is midway between these and Seal Island, in 3^ or4falhon 
clear sand. Wild fowl and fish are here in abundance. The fishermen resort to tl 
island for wood tnd water ; the former thevobtainfromwreoks. the latter from a i»nd 
near the centre of tho island. It is hign. water off Seal Island at fih. ; spring 
tides rise 12 feet. 

The Wudl Islands, called also the Noith Seals, arc 5 or 6 low ragg-ed islands, tho 
southernmost of which lies N.E., 2^ miles from the Nortbont Sea! Island. To tbe 
eouthward of the Mud IslandH are overUls of 18 feet; large veEisels, in pasfiintf 
hc-twecii Sealiind Mud Islands, should be coi'eful to borrow withio a mile of Seid Island, 
for those ovt-rl'alis extend fall J of a loilo from the southernmost Mud Islet. To 
islet tbe petrils, or Mother Carey^s chickens, annually resort in great quantities 



* In Julf iS43, the Cbiombia sttnm -vessel, on hor ■pMsnge Irom. BoKtcin In Ttalifas, na i 
•w™aD 'A/.« racfi rfiir/o^ a dense fng. The VOisel hwame ft lo«i wwA-, \ivaft* etc* 
^fti^agore vere fortuyiaiely saved. 



natoh til"''' Toning, flittiiig about in oBtoQJBihiiig uumlers. NcojIt N.W. b j N., dlBtjuit 
2 niilea tVcuti the largt-at ftliid IsiitTid, is. a riilt/f o/rodcs, called tte Soldiers I,ed<je ; it 
ie comtaonlj' mitpvered at Imll-ebb. The course fi'om. q-brcast of Cope Sable to paai 
bifttr*:en Seal and Mud lalaiiJb, is NAV, hy ^^^i jou will meet Tvith Home overtalla in 
this direetioTi, bul no danger. The nortt end of Seal Ifiland is bold-toj "witMii a 
coble's lengfi tliere are from 5 to 7 fatlioiOB, 

'i'liskot Enid Islauds are a cluster of islands lying to the northward of the Mud 
IwluiLdtf, and ta the Eoutli-ivestward of the entrance of the Tuisket IliTer ; some of Ihem 
are of coiisititrabk' diiuwKtions, and there ore mauy xhuah oitd ilaiii/frs among them, 
flo that although there may he iiavig;ahle channels between, no Btranger ehould att'cmpt 
ihi'so paasagea. la the ehauuel which Bcparates the Tuaket and Mud IslatidM is a rucki/ 
tboiil, cQllod bj- Ilea Barres tlie Adeon: it lies N.N.W., distant 4 miles from tlia 
lai'gcst Mnd leland, and 1^ mile H. by W. of the Soldier's Ledgo ; but ilr. Loekwood 
places it IJ mile farther off ; neixTtfielcBa it is genera lly supposed to be the jsamo 
lianfferous shoal, although its position does not seem to have been exactly determined ; 
it oppeacato have from 2 ta 4 fathoms ovtt it, and Ihefefoi'o must bp eoreltilly wateliod 
for, and guardt'd against, by those who should venture throagh this obaanel. 

TUSKET RIVER runs in to the noilh-naetward of thu Tueki't Isluiidn, and is ono 
of sevomi inlets tliat are navigable on this part of (he coast : it has several settlementa 
on its bajiks, hut at present it id little knowa or frcqnented. 

PUBNItO HARDOUE is, according to Mr. Lockwood's account, aa excellent 
&hip-iioil)ow, easy of access, and well eituated for veaaels hound for the Bay of Fuady, 
and distressed for eitlicT shelter or supplies. Its entrance is distant from the south 
end of Setil Island 14 miles, Irom which it hears N.E, g E., tha depths of water 
between themheiu^ Er"om ll>to20 fMhoms, and from thence to 12 aad 1 fathoma ap sO 
far OS the beach, which is the proper place for strangers to anchor. Above this beach, 
OD the western side, ia a, h'lfi/e, which Lceowies partly dry at low water. About 2 or 3 
milei?, on the starboard shore, befar« you arrive at tno entrance to I'abnieo, is St. 
John's Island, under the northern side of which is ^ood shelter in south-easterly gales ; 
and small vdssgIs fiMiijuently lie rouad the hcaeh which Ibcms its eastern pai"t; hat 
coasters couuuouly ptus through tht^ inner channel, within St, John's, Mutton, and 
Bonne Portage Islands, by Cockcrwit, and thence towards Harrington Bay b^ Ehag 
Hirboui- ; but these places mv partly shoal, and totally unfitted for large vessels. 

From the enlraoce to Puhaico, a W. hy N. eourse for 4 leagues will lead elear to Iha 
souUiwai'd of the Tusket Islands ; but in this route you must he very careful to avoid 
the Soldiers's Ledge and the Acteon, both of which have been Already described. 
Having jmsBcd to the westward of tho Mud and Tusket Islands, you will encounter, 
in your paasag-c to the northward, the Gimncl Siick, ■which Ilea N.W, by W., nearly 
6 miles distant from tho Southern Bdd Islnnd, and S. J W., 10 miles from Capo 
Fourchu ; it is- 36 f&et above tho surface of tho water, and always oppoars whitened 
by tlie duna of hiidH. Ahout 2 miles to tile Koittb- west ward of the (Jannet is the 
Opoxsitm'n l,er)jfe, which is visible at balf-tide, and appeora to havo endangered tho 
liv«;3 of many, having bcca formerly represented to he 1 miles W. by 2i. ii-am the 
Gannct. 

GREEN ISLAND UraN.N.E. ; N.. distant 3 miUs from the Gatmet Rock. There 
is n ri'c/raaa out from this island to the south-westward almost f of a mile. Hound 
this reef arc 6 and 5 fathoms water, and between it and tho Gannct Kpck from 12 to 
17 fathoms. East of Green leland, ahoat IJ mile, ia oilso a sutt/nsn Icilt/e ; it lies 
directly ia the fairway of the channel to the little harbour of Jcbogue, wliieh ia shoal 
aud intricate, boina the eoramon resort of tiBhermen and coasters. The lands odjanent 
ate moderately high, and are both well cultivated and seltled. Should a atni.ng'cr 
veultu-e for this harbour, he rauat not only avoid the dangers alreody dcBcrihcd, but 
also A focftif shopl, Cfilted lie liragan, which is situated S.W., southerly, a full mile 
from Jehogae Head, and N.N.E,, !» mile from Green Island. There an.' 6, 10, and 12 
fathoms between the Dragon and Green Island, and 3, 6, and 7 fathoms between it 
aild .lehottie Head. There ia alao a knait of 3 fathoms at the entrance of tho heirhour, 
and Ehi>Qr WBtcr off its eastern aide. 

CAPE FOUKCHU, or the Forked C'npe, so called from tJie bland which fonns it 
having two narrow prongs running out to the southward ; hut the i.tiUi fotwvai. 
between these must not he mistaken far \Mii\.(>vilt\\ib.'t\ici'OT,'w\i\'^"fe'ii ^s. ''S^te ^j^'v^ 
word oi ihem both. This cape, a>ceurdmg to fco WsX. a.\>.'Ja!a'c\V-tf»i \-^'fc 'va. 'Va^iJ^'^'^^ 





BAILING DIRECTIONS FEOM 

43° 4'!' N., and iMgitode GG' 10^ W,, luid form* a remorkoble obiecl in these parln. 
being rocky, high, and barren; it bc*ra Brom Jeboguc Head N.N.W. | N., dJKtjmt 4^ 
tniles. 

Cape Fodilchd IroeT.— This lighthouae, wliich is on the iskiid of Cnp« Fonrchu, 
CTcliibi'ls a bright rcTolving ligbt, at 145 feet above the level of the sea ; it U viEible 
li niinute, and invisible j a minute. The building is painted red nnd ■white, in vcrticiil 
atHiM^. This light has been reported els one of the best on the cooat, &ad n>ftj be wen 
in cleBJ breather 20 luilca. 

YARMOUTH. — VcssgIb intending to mn for Yarmouth Harbour, will find 
it the Bafcat ■wey to pvocoed to tht wcatward of Soiil Island, tie CaQDct Itock, 
and Green Island, ^ring the Gatinet a berth tit about "2 miles ) thL'y ivill ihcD have 
no danger to encoimtor, hut from L'O to 30 futhonw water all the way. Having jMused 
Green Ij*lajni, their coarse towards Yarmouth Hai-bour will be dbout N.N.E. J N. ; in 
tMs passage tliey will meet with the Bagahi't Mock, which dries at low wnler. and ia 
daiJgci'oufi, mnniiiK out shoal full | a mile to the southward ; it bears frum Cnpg 
Jcbogue nearlj N,\V., from which it is distant nlmost 2^ miles, and bcara from Cupu 
Fonrchu S.S. W. i W. , nlmoat 2| miles ; jou muy pass on either side of (his roek, and 
run en N, by E. f E. for tlio harbour's mouth : this ia considered a safe bat small 
harbonr ; the fairway is t<) follow the f fiutenl shdre tintil you reach the eastern pinnt, 
which yoo are to give a berth, and proceed mid-ehannc! : you will readily ptTceive the 
isthnius, with a battery npon it, and under its leo ; to the northward ie the ancborage ; 
the ground ia good, and tho depth of wBt«r from 6 to 6 fathoms. 

Abont a mile above the andiorag-e is the town of Yarmouth, whielh is numeronBly 
peopled, the houses largo, though stragg;liiig, tho grounds adjacent well cultivatea, 
and the circumHtanccB of the iuEtLbitauu guiiecollr good. Ttiuj has latterly become a 
port of eonsidtirabli; trade ; and thet* are several &ie veasebs beloupug to it, which 
mdicutea ilH rising importance. 

, and 

Ainiost 
opposite' to Capo Fourchu is tho Lunh'er Rnvfiu Shoal, and between that and Cape 
Murj is the Trinity hcilge : theso tcre the only dangers in the pasaogc. 

Tira LURCHEH rock Eea nearly W.N."W. from Capo Fourclm, distant 14 miles ; 
it oovcnt ajt^tof about 3 acres of shoal ground, said to have 2| fathoms on itsKhoaleiit 
Hit ; uroiuid the edge of the shallow water are 10, 1 1, and 12 fAthnms, and a little 
farther odf from 20 to ao fathoms. From Cape St. Mary's the Lurcher bears S.W. J W., 
dislajit leagues. 

TiiE TRINITY LEDOE comprehends n smaller BpaeG than the Lurcher, about J 
of an acre, having the toM of three imail rochs showing themselves at low tides; this 
danger bears from Cape Foorcbu N. by W., distant 14 miles, and from Cape St. Mary 
8,W. \ W., 6 railesi the depth of water u> a mile round it i» from 12 Xo IS fathonu. 
The stream nuia very atronfly over these two dangers, but the anchorages in their 
Tieinity arc tolerably good lor a tide. 

VoBsels eoimne round Cape Sable, and intemding to take the Tosket Fasaagea, nwy 
atecr N.W. by N., and proceed through either of tho channels which have been de- 
scribed before, as best «uiLs tlieir convcuienee, or else proceed to the sauthword of Seal 
Island fot about 35 miles. This latter route is tlie sij"efit, and passing at the distsjico 
of 20 miles to the westward of Seal Island ; thus the Bay of Fuudy will be open, and 
their coarse up N,N,W. This will carry Lhem outaidc of tho Lurcher, but tho tide 
will make one point difference in this course, aa it set^ S.E. and N.W. througli the 
channels of the Mud and Tusket Islands, and near tho Manau Ledges, the ebbroDoing 
W.S.W. and the flood E.N.F,., at the ret* of 4 liBots aa hour. 

Prom Seal Island up to C«pe St. Mary the soundings, under SO fathoms, extend 
full 25 and ;tO milea otf tho land westward of Hryer'n Island, and near the Haua 
Ledgca arc 60. 80, and 100 iiithotuH at 3 and 4 niilcs distance, therefore the 
should always be kept going. 



From Cn]>e Fourchu to Cape Mary the main land extends N. } E,, G leagues, i 
from Ciipc Mary to the lighthouse onBry-fcr'alsbndiHN.N.W. J W., 13 miles. Ain 



BBTEll's ISLAND TO CniQNBCTO BAY. 33 

BRYER>S ISLAND, AT THE ENTRANCE TO THE BAY OF FUNDY, 
TO CHIONECTO BAY. 



I'S ISLAJfS liee at the S-AY. entrance of St. Mary's Bay ; it ia SJ miles 
long' and 1| broad ; on its western Bide stands a liKbtliouse, painted white, 55 fbet 
iuga ; it is of an octagon shape, and exhibits a fixed ^gfat, elevated 92 feet above the 
level of the aea, &nd visible 15 miles. In advancing from the westward towards the 
■aland, tbe tide ripples strongly, even in 33 and 45 fathoms, when yon are at the dis- 
tance of 8 or 10 miW off the island. There ia a long and narrow reefrana out S.W. 
bom the sonth-eaatem part of the ialand, fiill 2 miles, some parts of whicb are visible, 
and lie near its extreinitj •, the Black Rock is in the same direction ; to the S.W, is 
ft amdU spot of 3 tathoms, lying about I^ mile from the extremity of the reefa ; between 
the ImoU and the reef, and also around the knoll, there are from 15 to 34 fkthoma ; 
Teaaela^ tberefiirc, going round to the southward of Bryer's Island, must always rafe 
it a wide berth. About 3 miles N.W. J W, ftt>m the northern end of the island, lies 
the If. W, Ledge, of 10 feet : it is small and dangeroug. Nearly' S.W., J of a mile from 
thia, ia Bettotta Ledge ; and between these two ledges and tiie island ore two otken, 
Mud alM to be dangerona, with deep channels between them ; but the exact situations 
of these are not clearly known ; it 'will, therefore, be particularly dangerous for the 
mariner to approach nearer to the northern side of this ialajia tlian 4 w 5 miles. 
Bryer's Island u inhabited, and contains nearly 2000 acres. 

Vessels standing to the northward, should not go wa near to the Nova Sootia shont 
as to shut in tbe light on Bryer's Island, for then they might be in danger of running 
npon some of the lodges about the Gull Bock. 

LONG IBLAND ia separated from Bryer's Island by a narrow channel, called the 
Grand Passage, in which are from 5 to 15 fathoms water ; the island mns in a N.E. 
and S.W. diroction, being nearly 10 miles long, and about \\ mile broad ; its coasts 
are almost straight, and at its farther end is the Petit Passage, dividing it from a 
narrow neck of land which continues so far as the Gut of Annapolis ; thus Bryer's 
Island, Long Island, and this peninsula, form the northern shores of St. Mary's Bay. 

ST. MARY'S BAY.— While from Cape St. Mary, upwards into the bay, the southern 
shore is low, and runs out, with aand^Jiati, in some places almost so for as 1^ mile; 
the opposite, or northern shore, is constitnted of high clifia, having deep water close 
nnder them. Nearly mid-channcI, and full if up the bay, ia a rocky hank, with 4, 5, 
and 6 fathoms over it j whilst on each side of it aro clmnneU of 12 and 15 fathoms, 
muddy ground. 

Far up the ba^and on the southern shores, is the River Sissibou, the entrance to 
which is shoal. This river bos a hard har at the entrance, which nearly dries across 
et low water, spring-tides ; but at high wafer there arc 14 or 15 feet on thia bar, 
•ometimes 1 or 2 feet more. Ships of 300 tons sometimes go here to load timber and 
deals ; as there are two saw-mills, one near the entrance, the other about 2 miles up 
the river. At low water the channel of the river is narrow, so that it is necessary to 
moor head and stem ; but thera is sufficient water for a vessel to load afloat at low 
water. In the summer a vessel may, after loading to about 14 feet inside, take a port 
of her cargo in without the bar, where there is good riding, in C or T fathoms. 

Both sides of the river oro well settled, and there aro several good farms. The 
village on the east side of the river is called Weymouth ; here is an English Charch 
and pBTsonas^-honae. On the west side of the river stands the vilkge of New 
Edinborgh ; here the collector of the Customs resides. 

'At the fiirther end of St. Mary's Bay is an extensive sandy beach, on entering which 
you will lessen your depth from 4, 5, and 6 fathoms to 12 feet, and ahould you advance 
it win become more shallow. Oh the north side, and nearly opposite to Sissibou 
Biver, ia Sandr Cove, where vessels, when it comes on to blow hard, may run aground 
on a bottom of soft mud, and lie sheltered from all 'winda. 

Peter's Island Lights. — South entrance of Grand Passage. — The building ia 
square, painted white, and shows two Jixed lights horizontally elevated 40 feet, and 
visible 10 miles, seen from the northward, between S. by W. and S.S.W, ; from tho 
■southward, between N.E. by F.., and N.N.W. j; W., and is intended to lead vessels 
into Wcatport, or through Grand Passage, 

[Canso to Phil.] ^ 



34 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 




GRAND PASSAGE, — We have already stated tLat this ohaTinel runs in bctw(*n 
Biypr's and Long Islmid^, its Eouthern cntramco bc-oi-ing nortli, diiilaDl: 29 luUea ftom 
Cape Fourtlm, and ?«'. by W., ItJ miles from Cape St. Marj-. In running Ibi' it, from 
sbreost of Ctipe St. Maiy, joa will Laye no impediment wlialercr, bat a dcptb of 
from 14 to 3lt lathoiiis, At the entrauQe of the paasagc arc 18 fathoiria mid-channel, 
and ha-ving ndvuiieed within, you ivill perceive Billy Islet, which may bo left on., 
either fddc, although M. IJts Bhitos says the weatein chanite! is tlie best and iTide.it i 
here, a little to the northward iif tlie islund, is one of t!ie best and safeat hnrbours ia 
the vicini^; from heaco to the northward aro 4, 5, 6, and 7 fathoma ) follow^ing the 
flhore of Biyer's iHland, opTwsite its northern point the water deepens to 13 and 
14 fathoma ; you are then clear of the Grand Psssa^ge, and mav borrow towards Long' 
Island, flteering: north-easterly or N.E. by N. into tie Bay of irundy. 

PETir PASSAGE lies at the farther extremity of Long Island, and b the clmnnel 
"whii^h separates that ialacd from the mnin. It is situiitcd ahcnt 3 leagues, to the 
norlh-eostwurd of the Grand Passago, and is 281) fatlioras wide in its narrowest part 
its shores are bold-tO, and thei-e ai'e from 20 to 30 fathoma water within it ; a N.N.E 
i northerly oourso. from aWeost of Capo St. Maty, will carry you right throagh it. 
Near its northern cntrnnce, on the western side, la Eddy Cove, a convoniont plaet- tat 
Tesacli to anchor in, for here they may ride out of the slriiani of tide, which e-ommonly 
lann so rapidly, that withonl a. fresh leading wind, no ship could possibly stem it. 
Lon^ Inland is inhabited, and ia eomputed to eonLaiii 7000 acres of land. 

ANNAPOLIS GUT, — Purbuitig the coant along aharo from Eryer'e Island ti 
Anoaiwlis Gut, it has very few curvatures ; tbe ahoro is bonnd with liigb rocky diffi^. 
nbove which a range of hills rises giudnally to a eonBidera.bLe hpigklt Ihiiu' summits. 
ftppGnr uHbroken, *xeept at tim Griind aiid Petit Passages, at Simdy Covt, and 
Gulliver's Hole, whei'e they sink down in valleys, and near the Gut, where they ter- 
minate by an olirupt and steep declivity. 'Die mmiaer, in navigatiog this cousi, wil" 
by keeping about a. mile or 1 J niik ttom the land, have 50, 40, and not lesa than 3 
fathoms water all the way ; and when at the eatranec of the Gu(, 1| mile distani 
from the li^hthou.'ge on Point Prim, he will find the latler deijtli. The Gut at 
Araapalis lies in latitude 44° 42' N., and longitude Go* 46' IV. The shores on both 
Bidea of the Gut are uon-bound for several leagues | the gtream of eT)b and fiond seta 
through the Gut with tho veiocity of 5 knota an hour, eaufiing variouH eddies and 
whirlpools ; but the truest tide will be found off the eastern ride, which is bo bold lo 
Dpproaeh that a ship may rub her jib-boom against the cliffs, and yet he in 10 Iktbomg 

WOtt'f. 

Point Prim ruDB off shoal, about 30 fathome, and off tbe Boathem cntmnce ia 
Man-of- War Rack : it hes aboat a cable's length from the land, and bas no channel 
within it. Tho entrnnee to the Gut is very narrow, but liee]i in id- channel, and after 
yon get within it the harbour widens ; and skips can anchor on the east or west aide 
of the hasin, or run iip to Goat's iHtand ;. if the latter, they should ohserva that when 
they got within i a mile of the iislnnd, they must streteh ^ of the way towards 'he 
poii: shore, until ta«y ore past the island, wEiich is ehoal all round, nnd from thence 
they can steer up mid-channel towards the shoi'e, in 4 and 6 fathoms. 

Thorp is B liglithonse on Point Prim, at tho entrance of the Gutof Annapolis, on i 
bright band »ide on catering the barbour. 2-2 feet high ; it is of a u(]uare tihapc. built 
wood, painted red and white vertically, and a fixed light is exhibited at an elevatiou 
onw feet ahovD high water, vieible 13 miles. Caution is requisite in approneliirig the 
Gut, as CinlliveS-'s Hole, '2^ Icaguoa to the weatward, has a similar appi'iirantc, and 
a niiatake would bo ddiicfroua j but tho hghthouae on Prim Poiut, if altendod to, will 
be sufflciciit to diatinguiB.h them. ' 

^ In addition to the above, Mr, Lockwood obser^-es, that " The nbmpt preripioes of thi. 
high lands which form the Out, cause those gUKts of wind wliicli iubJi down so slid' 
donly and so violcatly from the niountaiuB. fhe tide also hurries your tcsm;! tlirough 
with great force. At tho entrance there is no anchorage, except eloso in shore, near 
the oulprweatem point; in some plaees the depth is H'om 40 to SO fathoma, nnd (be 
Bceiiery, in entering the basin, is exceedingly beautiful ; the fanns arc increflsing, 
and becoming more vnlunble nnd rxtenaivoi tLo herring- fishery bas risen to such con- 
ecquence, that the merchants of Halifas and S|, John's give to tbcro a decided pntfei^ 
eticv/or foivJgD nmrketM, There is also a regular packet estiabltnlied from henee 



Jift^i 



i 



^4 






■^ 

of^ 



I 

h^i 



brybb's island to chionecto bat. 35 

the Bay of Fnndy to St John's, in New Brunswick, which ia well regulated, and 
generally makes tne passage in a few hours." 

- ANNAPOLIS TO THE BASIN of MINES.— From the Gut of Annapolis up the 
txiT to Cape Split, the coast continnes straight, and nearly in the same direction, with 
a few rooky cliffe near the Out, or narrows, and many banks of red earth under liigh 
lands, whidi appear very even. 

On Black Rock Point, on the southern shore of the Mines Channel, a lighthouse has 
been erected, exhibiting a fixed li^t. The lighthouse, which is a square building, and 
painted white, stands on Black JKock Point, in about latitude 45° 11' N., and | of a 
mile to the westward of Kennedy's Breakwater, and 2J miles to the eastward of 
Oroin's Breakwater. Small vessels resort to both those places, and the light will 
therefore be a usefiil gnide to vessels bound to them, as well as to Spicer Island au- 
ohorage, or into the Basin of Mines. The light is elevated 45 feet above the level of 
high water, and b visible 12 miles. Spring-tides rise here about &0 feet 

In the channel, or narrows, leading into the Basin of Mines, &om Cape Split to Cape 
Blowmedown, and &om Cape D'Or on the north aide, to Partridge Island, the hmd 
rises almost perpeadicniarly from the shore to a very great height. Between Cape 
Blowmedown and Partridge Island there is a great depth of water ; and the stream 
of the conent, even at the time of neap-tides, runs with considerable force. 
Having passed Cape Blowmedown, a wide space opens to the southward, leading 
to the settlements of Comwallis, Horton, Falmouth, and Windsor, &c.; these 
are now rising into great mercantile consequence, and abound in mines of coal, 

Slaster, and lunestone. While to the eastwmrd the river extends to Cobeqnid Bay, 
aving on its banks the towns of Londonderry, Truro, and Onslow, this latter 
tbrming a direct oommunication with the fiay of jTatamagouche in the Gulf of 
St. Lawrence. 

HoRTOK Bluff LiobT. — The building is square, painted white, and exhibits a 
fixed light, 9fi feet above the level of high water (rise and fiill 40 to 45 feet), visible 
20 miles. 

Pabtbidge IsiU&ND, OK Pabsbokouqh Light, is a fixed light, elevated 30 feet 
above high water, and visible 9 miles. The tower is octagou, painted white. 

Off &pe Split there are considerable whirlpools, which, with spring-tides, are Mry 
dangerout, and frequently run 9 knots an hour. Should a vessel be at anchor between 
Cape Sharp and Partridge Island, and be desirous of proceeding to Windsor River, it 
win be necessai? to get under way 2 hours before low water, in order to get into the 
stream of the Windsor tide on the southern shore ; otherwise, without a commanding 
teeese, a vessel would run the hazard of being carried np with the Cobequid tide, 
which is the main stream, and runs very strong, both with flood and ebb ; while the 
Windsor tide turns off round Cape Blowmedown to the southward, and is then divided 
again, one part continuing its course up to Windsor, and the other forming the Com- 
wallis tide, running np the river of that name. 

TIDES.— It is high water at Cape Chigneoto and Cape D'Or, on the full and change 
days of the moon, at llh. ; spring-tides rise Irom 30 to 40 feet. Off Cape Split, at 
lOih. ; spring-tides rise 40 feet; and on the southsideof the Basin of Mines, at ll^h. ; 
spnng-tides rise about 38 feet. 

In sailing up Windsor Bivcr, tbc bouse on Horton Bluff should be kept in a south 
bearing, and the gap in the Parsborough River north : this will carry you through 
the channel between the fiats, which cannot be passed at low water by a vessel draw- 
ing 15 feet much before half-tide. Off Horton Bluff the ground is loose and slatev, and 
a ship will be likely to drag her anchors with a strong breeze, particularly at full and 
change ; therefore it might, perhaps, be better for men-of-war to moor across the 
stream, and fiill | from the Bluff. 

The banks and fiats appear to be composed of a soft and crumbling sand-stone, 
which is washed down from the a^acent country during the spring, in great quan- 
tities ; and by continual accumulation, increases their height and extent, and conse- 
quently lessens the depth of water over them. 

HAUTE ISLAND.*— This island is situated at the entrance of the Mines Channel 
* A hghthouse is being biuLi qu &Ku.Ui UOxA. 



36 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 



and is not 1| mile in lengti, and about J u mile broHd ; it lienrs from Cupe Chi^i?rt<» 

S.W,, diBtmit + milps ; tht' cliannol on cilber side is good r thiit betwiM!n it anil tbe 
cape has 14, 20, und 32 fathoms wiiter in it, and that between Hnute and JoluHe lleml 
from 50 (o 4Cl fatlifflniB: it forms a promiiiL'nt and very itmarkablo object, ffom th« 
height nnd atcopncss oi' its rocky cliffs, which, in a luoiit siiigulru maimer, Bpem to 
ovci-lianji; ita weslem aide ; tliei'c is, liowtTer, a fair landing' at its eastern I'nd, tiad 
ttnchnruge J a milo off in IS fathoms, with tho low point beni-ing abont N.E, bj X. ; 
here is a strram of fi'esh wat^r running iiiti> th^ ««il, 

CiipD D'Or QTid Cape Chiifuiijto arc liiirli ianda, with Toiy steep cliBs of rocks and 
red earth, nnd deep water cloae under them. Yai» have noiii-l)- Ihr same kind of shoi-e 
to |]ie hfnd tif Chigneeto Bay, where very ejrt.eiimi-e Jlata of mud and j'nV/rsnrirf ai*c left 
dry at low water. The [idea coiuc in a uore, rushing in with great irajiiditj, and uro 
known to rue, at the i-qiainoxes, GO feet perpendicular. 

APPLE RFV'ER LIGHT.— This lif,-hthtinse e>ihihits two fised horizontftl li^tSj 
it standa on Httty Point, on llie north side of the Apple Hiver, in Cnmlieriiind Bay, 
nnd about 3 lengut'H to the eastwurd of Capo Chig-noeto, in about latitude 45^ 28' N. 
It is n sqanve white building', showing', to vessels approach in g it froin the westward, 
Iwo' fixed lights, placed hoi-izontaUy, These lights are iO feet above the level of the 
soQ nt high water, and are visible about 10 miles. The tidi^ rise and fall, at springs, 
53 feet. 

CHIGN^ECTO BAY nuns up E.N.E.; and may he coitsidered to 1h! the north-eastern 
bimiieh of the Bay of Fundy ; it is divided ft-oni the Mines Chnmicl by the peninsnla^ 
of which Cflpe Cliigneelo is the western extremity. Having Bdvancud about 12 or ij 
miles witliin it, you will see a point on the port ot northern shore, running out to sea- 
ward i tliis in ualled Cape Enrage, or Eiii-agred Cape. 

At. about ! I milea beyond Cape Ennige it divides into two branches, the one lending 
to CumTierland Rosin, lind by the River Miwie(pi»sli (u Vortt? Hay, in the Gulf of Si, 
LnWT^nce, and nflw becoming a place of very conaiderable eommeree ; tho other run- 
liintt northfrly, and taking flic naOie of ihu Petit C'oudiau Hiver. These parta. like tha 
Rasiiu of Mines, are fast riiiiog into eoiisec^ucnc<e, aud becoming the eeat of nuinerotis 
Bcltleinents. 

The Cumberland Braucli is navigable to within 13 miles of Verte Bay i and it is 
rpmarkflble that when the riee of the tide in CuHibei-lan d Unsill ia 60 I'eGt. thai ill 



M 



Verle Hay will only rise 8 fi?ct. The river of HisBeqiiaHh, which runs oerosa tbe 
isthmus, u tho present boundaiy between the provinccit of Kova Scotia nui 
BruJiewiuk. 



and New 



A (iffhthousB is oreeted on Cope Eurag^, a square hnilding, painted white; it iihowBj 
a brilliant fixed li^ht, 151 feet abovo the sea, tieeii 13 niiJes. and m nem'ly oppDeibft I 
Applt' Itivor lights on the suuth shore. 



CHIGFECTO BAY TO THE MANiS ISLANDS, AND 
PASSAMAauODDY BAY. 



\ 



TnE NORTH COAST fiP TIIE RAY OF FUNDY. fi-om Cnjie Enrag^ towm* 
Qnneo, in the township of St. Martin's, is at present, but thinly iuhahited, and it con- 
tiDUcs to be ao as Jar as St. Joiin's. The land ia good. !mt much l>rokL-u with stera 
vullcyH 1 the weather it) generally humid, tho winds boiisterouH and chiiugtabk, and 
the iiilcrvak of suusiilne limited and ei'aiie«eenl ; but from (iuaco to St. John's, the 
interior hills rise in easy ineiiualitifs; the raviiies of the tlitta ai'e deep and gloomy, 
aud tho tndcntatiotia frequently have beaches. At Ulack Hiver, whieh is about IJ 
miles west of (Jaaco^ia a safe inlet for a small vessel, ahhougli it ia diy tiam half-tide. 

A ligblhouse i^ erected on a smnll roek lying off Qunco Uead i it is paiiitfd red aud 
white, in horizontal stripes ; t!io light is revDlvtug, and elevated about 70 feel ahow^ j 
high-water mark ; the light ahows twioe full and twice dai'k in a minute, ond can ba 
fteen from any tjuurler where a vessel can approueh at the distanee of lu mUea. 

QL'ACO /,£lfG£. — Tina ie a liangtram graL-elljf shoal, situated about 12 milM, 



CHIGNECTO BAY TO THE MANAN ISLABDK, ETC. 



37 



S.E. } E. JrQm Qunca, and W. by N., distant 11 miles IVom Haute Island; it eKtcnils 

lJJ.W. hy N. and S.E by S.. almiit Ug miloa, anil ia a mile broad ; vessels have £re- 

Iquently grnUTiilcd upou this baiii : tlieri; are «varal irregiiliir/'c(fftp» u/'j-vic^ Ijiiig 

oil' itsN.E. side ; tlie leilgi: sbuwa itaoLf at Imll'-tide, aiid dries t'oi' about lOi) jttixis, 

hftvingbut 12 itpt water over it ivilli yommun tuloa ; 5ft niilc to Ibe N.E., iht' eddi^H, 

uritli tlie flood-tidiis, are stroEg' and numerous, the ship's liGrtd going lleUrij' loUrld the 

keompasa in tlio space of j uii Iwur ; tlit cbL in a true ride, and acta in a W.S.W. dii'ce- 

ttioD towards the IcdjiEo. The soundings we tiaiu 7 tii 1 1 fathoriiH, at ab^jut 3 cableB' 

(lengClL 0.11 the way luuiid, bul ihsy shoal more gi^iduullj ti^tm the N.E. 

r The night tides here, und gt'iiiirallv tlii«iighou.t tlie bay, are highest. At St. John's 

|.llicTare eo duviiig thosumnnjr, but tlie eoatriii-j" dui'tug this ■wintiii- montha, oi- btlwt-en 

' the equinoxes. The murk to eo clear to the southwoid ol' the Quucu Ledge, is Cape 

It'Or W with the south aide ot the Inland lltiutiU. 

ST. JOHira KAJLBOVK.^Ti^e L'utruncG to this harbntu' hears f^om the Gut at' 




'wbite, ill mrtical stripes, aud ia furaiahed with u he^ll, Ui ho iiivuvuibly tuikd iu tliick 
■weather. 

Vessels bound to St. John's, are forbidden by th-eld-ws of ihe proTince to throw any 

, ballast ovciboiild within threu niilea of the south point of Partridge Island. 

Vessels eomhig fi.-om seaward, mid making for this harbour, should, sn soiin <i.t ever 
thoy can web discLii'n iho lighthoase, make their signivl for a pilot ; hut if unable to 
eucceed in reaeliing tho httrhour that tido, thee endeavour to run in between Meugenea 
Island utid the main, g^>iIlg either on Chti south or on the north side of the inland i iu 
doiu.™ which, you will no where have leas than 4, 5, and fi fathonxs water, with a 
bottom of aaail and mud. Here you wiU obUiin tlie bc^tit aii<;liora^e, by bringing the 

[three hiliw in the couutiy to tlie N.E., in a line OTcr Rocky Poiot Island, and the 
house on MeogGnea Island S.E. by S. 

The Beacok Lianr. — Within fai-trldge Island, and upon ft sjni or !iiir, whiuh ex- 
tends about ^ a mile S.S.E. off Sand Point, and which dries at, 4 flib, stands the bcacw^ 

' tower ; u[ioii tlib towi^f a light ifi established, wliicli is eminently useful to the toast- 
iug-trade ot" St. John's : and tci all other ressols havhig pilots ou hoard, as it oaablea 
Them to enter the harbour all hours of the iiigiit. 'I'he lioAi,=ie is painted white utid 
black, in vertical stripea, and eshibilis & fixed white light, 35 feet irum hi)fh-water 
murk, and visible 10 miles. 

The CITT of ST. JOHN stands on an irregular descent, having a southern aspect, 
and, on entering the river, has au imposing uppeu. ran I'u. Pni'triilge laluiid 1* iibout 
2 miles to- the s-outhwaid of the fity, anaweiing the double purpoae of proteetiug the 
harttQur, au4 by its liglitliouBCt gsiiling and dirccUiig tbc niai'ijieif to its eiitrunco; the 
lantern ia 120 ffect above the aca, and the light ia good. The ground, for several miles 
I0 the southward of Paitridgo Island, is muddy, and the depths gnidual, from 7 to 21) 
fathoms, affording excellent anehorago; the pasinge went^'ard ot this island htis iu it 
10 feetj that to the eastward has IG feet, and abreast of tlic eitj' are from 7 to 22 
fathoms. At J of n mile to the northward of the ligbthonse is the beaeou hgbt, fisod 
Qn tti<; ^ge 01 a rac/iif Itdge, forming the west side of the chaaad, and having d-vt-p 
water eloae to it. 

A breatwatpr is erected farther on at the eastern aide of tho chaonel, and below the 

town ; tills gi-catly interecpts the violence of the waves, which southerly gales usually 

occasion. Eveiy poaaibk' ussistance is here given tii ships wanting repair ; they he 

iipiiQ blocks, and undergo a thorough eEoniitiation, witliout ineuning the expuuuei 

I injury, and loss of time oceasioatid by heaving tht;m down. 

The population and commerce of St. John's ui'c rapidly increasing ; and witliin tho 
!haiboui' hi B valuuble fishery, whc:v largi; quatititicb of tialoioD, heiTiiigs, and chad are 
iciired for exportation ; the ship-building has long been canned on here to a great 
extent. Ships of lOtXl tons and upwiu'da have been built here. 

" The River St. John," sByji II. l^cs Bum's, " hfts stufficient depth of water for larfre 
diipa to the fallss whence It continues navigable 80 niilee up the country, for vcMels 
of 100 tons. At Fort Frederick the rise of tlic tide isiS feet, nndat eqaiiioctial spring- 
tides 25 I'eet ; above the falls it aeldooi rises moi'e thuu \ feet. "S Wo. *Mt ''i^^5»»■ 



r 



38 gAILIKQ DIRECTIONS FROM 

risen 12 feet at thu forti the fulls bocome smooth, after which, dnring tlie Epnee of 20 
minutes, tlicj are passable. At times, grpnt freslies, wliinh g'cnerally liappcn between 
the bcgiuuing o! April and the piid of Maji trom the- melting of the tnow, the fulle 
are iih.'iolutt-h' impasNiLble for vessels g»ng up the rivor, for then the tide does not riau 
to theii' lerel." 

Tbo fails aro situatod nearly 2 miles heyond tho City of St. John ; it is a narrow 
channel, 80 yards wide, aud 400 long i this channel ik straight, and hn.-i a riWi/e of 
7-oc^'S ett^tctung iu auch a DiQuueir across it.aj to hold and rttiim tlic liver water Ironi 
niiiDing om into the sea. Aflisr passin^r the falls you enter a gullet, which ta • of a 
niile wide, aud^miliittlong, winding in ditfcrunt coureos, nnd having I(] futhaiBsin the 
Dhaniicl. Next to lliis gullet is a fine extensive- basin, If mile wide, o-nd 8 miles long, 
which enlera the tniiiT! riier. The rivei- bronchos some hundreds of miles up, in aocr- 
pcntine manner, and runs through a conn try which abounds with timber, eool, and 
limeslonc; und tho surround in};; lauds oi* now beconiiug Lig-hly cu]tival«i. There 
is water suilicient tu navigate v<:^§Hels of 60 toun ns high aa Fredericton, and in ail the 
hraiichos of the lakes adjaeont, ex.ecpt in dry wasona. 

A regTilnr stcani-[iaekct eommu nicaliou is kept up between St. John's and Frederic- 
ton j the [M»3eDK^ire embark aad discmhark at ludiau TowD, a little village about « 
mile above the mils. A steain-hoat also runs odm; b week to Bostoa in the United 
States.* 

In the middle of May, or earlier in favourahlo acttsons, the snow and ice in the 
country dissolving, occasion a general overflow in thorivcr, which, in some years, liacs 
BO high Ba to inundate aill the low l-ands, 

Si«iV.tL3 MADE AT PARTRIDGE Ibland. — On the ttppi'oach of vessels to tho harbour 
when the weather is foggy, a gun will be fired fi-om the island, in answer to each 
heard at sea. The tower of the fog-bell is similar to the Ughthouso. 

A flagstaff and yoi'd are erected near the N.E. side of tho liglilliouse. 
Tor 1 squBTe-rigged vomcI n ball close up. 

„ 2 ditto ditto.. a ball half hoiated. 

n 3 ditto dillo.... two hnlle do^. 

„ 4 ditto ditto two halls sopartited. 

„ 8 ditto ditto a pendont of any eolonr. 

„ 6 ditto ditto a pendant under a Imll. 

„ 7 ditto ditto a pendant over a ball, half hoisted. 

„ 8 ditto ditto , a i^endant undei two halts. 

„ 9 ditto ditto a pendant under two balls Bcparated. 

,,10 ditto ditto a (lag of any colour. 

TUc sbo^'e signals are made at the ea.st or west yafd-aim, according to (he dii'ectioD 
in wJiieh lie vessels are at first obeen-ed ; as soon oa thtiir rig cau be distinguisbcd, 
dBsei'iptivo coloura will be hoisted'at the innst-head as follows : — 

For a small armed vessel union jack, with a. wliitc pendimt over. 

For a mcrchuut-tiiiip a blue pendant. 

For n brig" a rtd pendant, 

For B fort'ign vessel, . a wliite-and-lilue pendant. 

For a top-i^l eehooncr, or sloop & whitc-nnd-btue jii^iidiint (wUliout a boll). 

^"/tlmer^"^^^"'^' "' ^'' ^'"^""''' j a red flue, pierced white. 

For iL veaacl on sliorc, in dLilress, \ 
Glionld inimcdiate aid he necessary, > a ball at the mast-head, 
gtins to be taHd ) 

To enter St. John's Harbour on tho east aide of Pjii-ti-idge Island, you should bring 
the slone barrncka in oiic with the Wt'Hk'VUU Chapel ; this luwk will lead you clear 
of the foul ground off I'oi-tridge Iblaud N.IV point, and as soon ae you gt't Corllon 
Chnreh on with the end of tho clifl', starboard your helm, and keep tliis mai'k on for 
about i of a mile, or until yoU brills' ^^^ stouc church (whicll Stands at the uoi'th 
port of the city of St. John}, in one with the outer end of the breakwater, then 

" A Biarina hMpilal has been eBlablisbed at Si. John's, and is Mipiiorteii by a gmall toannito 
tfritr nil preiy reeav! which enter* ibfl port. There ia alio a jimilaf eslabliehment al tlie Port 
orSf. Aatlrew. 







V" 



CHIGNECTO BAT TO THE MANAN iSLANES, ETC. 39 

immediately chango your conrw, ftod run in b^ thU latter mark past fhe Snit beacon 
llghthuusc, leaving it un yoiir port Lund ; passing this, run up tlie middlQ of tlie 
haibour, mid anchor off thti ivliarves. 

Shoiiid tlie tide of ebb biLTe taken place at the beacon, then it woiild be highly ini- 
pro])t'r to a,tt'eiii|>t ^'aittiny the hm'Tiour that tide, but wait fur the next hnlf-tiood to go 
over the bar, as both siJes the eutraiitie to the harbour u,re vomitomfd of jika>-p nicks, 
wltich dry at low water, and the tide of ebt>, eapeciallj in the apriu" of the Tear, when 
the iceanilBnow ary diasolviog',ia ao esuceiiingly mpid and strong, thut till Uic auoliora 
you pohscsa will not be sufflcieat to prevent your ship from, driving. 

It nill seldom or ever happen thnit a stntnger has to enter the hnrlionr of St. Juhn's 
■witliout ft pilot, as they are always on. the look out, a.nd are fiometinirps ni&l with near 
Grand Manon, tend in a fog, by liring a gun oecaHionaily, they will generaUj tlnd 
the ship. 

TmES.— Tlie tides of the River St, John, at fhlt and change, flow until 1 Ih. 44m. ; 
equinoctial spi-ing-tideB rise 2^ to 25 feet, neaps 21 to 23 feet. After the first qunrtpr- 
fluod, the tide below the siurface runs into the hai'bour. During the suuiraer and the 
depth of winter the tide guneraDy fiowa in at half-flood. 

In BQtumn the river is ewollen by rains, and between the middle of April and the 
he^ning of Miiy, hy the mehingof the ice and the great qonntityof sflowthat aceu- 
mulatCB on the hanks of this vEist naiigable riyer. From these causes the woltr stroiunn 
out to seaward coolinuallv ; therefore vessels at that time seldom enter the harbour 
withont a tresh leading ^^'ind. The falls are thea iuipuBt^able, as the tides do nut rise 

their Ifvd. 
[- The body of the river ia Hi feet above loiv-water mark ; consequently, after tho 
tide has irisen to that height, the water descends, or lilei-ally falls up into the liver. 
When tiie ti'de has flowed 12 feet, the t'lilL^ are einooth and uosiiablc for 20 minutes. 
Above the falb the water rigcs 4 feeC, aud at MajarSeld, wnieh is 00 miles in the 
intcrioi', it rises only 1| foot. 

Captain Napier, of H.M. ehip J^ason, says, " The great volume of fresh viuter which 
oonKtnntlv flows down the harhonrof St. John, in Apii! uni! May, causes a continiusl 
ebli-lide dming tlmt i«riod, aometiraea to the dejjth of nearlj' 5 fathoais, under which 
the ftood and ebb-tides lluw regularly ; the maximuni of ita velocity was found to be 
4i knots, and the minimum at 'I knots ! but na the log flouted very deep in. the fre*h 
wattr, iiud ultimately hank into the suit water underneath, it will not he too nineh to 
estimate the maiimuin of 5 knots, and the minimum of 2J knots. The faut of the 
undei-tide beginning at the depth of 5 fathome, was nscertained by the sinking a lead 
down to that depth, when it wits carried the same way as the current on the auiface i 
but when towered holow tiat, it was di'ifted in a tonli'ttry direction." 

BEACONa IN TnE Bat of Pcndy, — Mr. John Murray, branch pilot, has placed 
beacona upon eercml headlands on the New Brunswick side. — On JTatfwat/ Point, 
about 6 miles from Parti-idge Island, between Negro Uend and Musquash Head, a 
white horizontal stripe, about 5 feet broad, and which ehowB about 10 feet long. 
Split Rock, off Musnnnsh Head, ia distinguished by 7 white bolls, G of which arc dia- 
tinclly visibli! at a distance of 10 or 12 miies in clear weather. Oa Miianiinsh Iniifr 
Hock, to the westwai'd of Split BoeJi, a white vertical stripe, which is viailile from tho 
westward, with two of the ballB on Split lloelt ; but oa coming up tho bay, when tho 
stripe is lost sight of.the whole of the balls oa Split PLOck are seen. Goosvberry hhrnd 
hiu the letters ■' G, 1." marked on it, and the top of the pinnacle puintod wliite. The 
white mark can be seen at some distance from the south-west, hat the letters are only 
visible when the Island bears north. — " St. John's Courier,"' Kaui. May., vol. zx., 
page GI3. 

To the W.S.-westward of Meogcnes Island ia Flat Bay, called also Vistirinkum j it 
IS a Smnll harbour, with 5 and 4 hithoms water, used sometimes l>y the conslcrs. From 
hence the Inud runs neatly W.S.W., passing Negro Head, to Cupe Musquash, off tba 
point, of which is Sjiil Rock, lying close to the C»pe, with 8 fathoms water vltj- tjeor 
':) being difilaut fioin Partridge Island 8J miles; the ehore is irun-lKiuiid all tho way, 

d bos deep water clunt' in to the land- 

XrLISQUASH HARBOUR IJos obout a mile to the westward of tho Spht Bock; 
its cntruuee is about J a mile wide, and then? is good anchorago a little way in, with 
A fatlioms water; but failher on, a htir runs across the harbour, over wbichv ""'"' '■V 



40 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 




fttthom. Stnail vcascl».soiinPtinics pass to Uie westward of the islanda, trnd mn up tho 
liver, which, when post tlie l)iU, has 2, S^, fttid 3 fa.thoiii3 water ; liut Uu& luirbour la 
open to the southwacd. 

H.M. ^loop ,-li-iriin, C'aptjiiTi Arahin, sailed frcnn Musquash Harbo-nr at hiph vtaicrt 
and madL' the followinft ci>urses and distances i^Firat, S. by W. ^ W., 30 inaleH: then. 
S.W. * W., 30 mik'a ; ul'tofwnrds S. by W., 30 milcB, and S'.S.E., 30 miies ; tliis Utter 
course and distance took her in aight iil' the Seal Islands, and clcnr of the bay. 

Frnm the tiitranoe to MuBquosti the coast runs W.8.W., westtTly, oewly |0 milosi 
to Point Lepreau ; in this space are -1 or o inlets, but oulv talculniL-d tor snia!] uriift ; 
the first of these is about 1^ mile to the westwiU'd oF Muaqiiash western poiut, and is 
of Bo tmte ivhii-tei'L'r -, in your wny to it, a berth must be given lo the shore, pirticuUrlv 
about Musquash Point, on account of some mcis lying oH' tliat. part; there are chaniiels 
bt'tween lliesc rocks, but tew vesaela will venture tbiongh them. 

About a mile farther ie Chunee HarbouT, which i» a mere flhallow eovo, of 2 fathoms 
fcvater. Little Dipper is more westerly still, and fiitunt^d SJ milce from MuHquuLiU 
FFoint ; ibis alao hoa only IS feet water In it, and acnreelT fit for anythinfj but boats. 
Great Uip]ier is divided from Little Dipper by a flat point of land, noand wliitU uro 
Bcvera! uriiUered vwks ; this harbour can accommodate >^niall cmft, whieh tuimetimes 
mn ill llL-ere for shelter; but it is by no means to be reoomineuded, unlesa in L^aseit of 
Bceessitir : there is a ereck of fresh water nins into it, culled Moose Creek. FiU'ther 
■westward, mid about i miles hom I'oint Leprenii, is Carriage Harbour ; thi.s is open 
to tbe eastward, and affurda andborag-e at its t-'ntrance, in Irom 'I to 3 fiithoiU5[ Ijie 
landnll tht: way Irom Mu^quiish to I'oint Leprvou, i9liigh,l)voken, and ma.'ay sruUered 
rochi lie off it, tlieretbre vessels iu passing should carefully give it a good berth. 

L POINT LEPHCAU LIGHTS. — A lightbouse bos been erected upon this projecting 
plendlaiid, on which two fixed liifbts are exhibited, one above tbe other, diataot 28' 
feet, 'the lower UnU'in i» fixed to the outside of tlio building, and throws ita light 
quite inshore, ixilb to the eastward and westward, into Maces Itiiy, The liebthouse is 
puintcd rtH and white, in hoiizontal atripos 5 feet broad, and Iteara fi*in the ciut«m- 
Biust Wolves E. hy N.. 11 miles. The highest light i» elevated HI feet, and is vi^bla 
15 miles. 

MACES BAY is formed to the westward of Point Lepreau, between it and R«d 
Head; these bcnr fi-oin caeli other N.W. mid S.R., distant full 5 tniles; there are 
niniierous ro/^ke, shoiih, and imkiII I'slels within it, but Its navigation eeems iiisccorc, 
for Mr. Loclcwoud Ginphotically obscrvesr '' Tliia point ought to bo elassfd us one of 
the dnnpera of the Bay of Fundy, for many sicrioua iiceidentH have lutely happened ia 
tlie nn'iyhhourhood of this promoofory." Moccs Hay he calls "a deep and u^lyindent, 
80 mneh »n, that ships bound to the river St. John, dreading- to pass its entrance, get 
frequently ombByed there, and some vuluuhlo vestiols luivetlius bt'en lost. Vet, at the 
head of tbia bay," he -observea, " is a place called Pok Loj^an, where there is good 
eheller. Several rivers appear to fall into this bay : and, perhitps, a better Iciiowled^ 
would tend much to strip it of its fancied duiigcrK." 

In the River l.epreau is ffood anehomge within tlio entrance, in 3 to 4 fathanift. 
Hero are snw-mills, nnd Venweln sOfnetitnen load tliOtr cargoes of denlahere, and shelter 
mnl" Jjo found froai a S.E ^al^. In raaning for it from Point Leproau, leiive all tlic 
chinti-rs of iaMf, called the Brothers, on your Ktorboard hand ; but Maces Kiver i» not 
so good 10 get out of LB UeuvET Harbour when the nind shifts to the westward. 

W. by S. from Point Lepreau, distant 3^ or 4 miles, there is siippoeed to be a Jnn- 
gernu» s/i-iial, but its actual Bituation is not Icnown ; if Hueti should eniel, it must be 
Bunoundvd with very deep watur, for a sipall distance froia tits imaged utuatiou. 
we 2tj| 2N. and 31 fathoniH, nmd, sand, uad gr.ivd. 

REAVER HARBOUR lies 7 miles to the westward of Red Head -, this is an ex- 
cellent place to run for when caught by iin easterly wind In tJic bay, ond annble lo 
fetch St. John's Harbour. It is above a mile wide at the entronre, with 10 fVithonia 
icater on each side, and 20 fatlioms niid-chunaei. In entering, keep the wcateni shoru 
aboard, until yon bring the Goal Rook to hear oast, dLitant about J- a mile, where you 
may anchor in 4 or 5 fathoms, y;ood holding ground. There are no regular pilo-ta,'Dut 
tlie fiBhcrmen on the coast aix; well ■lualilied tor the ta>.k ,■ althougb, in cleiir wrathier, 
tbcy are not absolutely Tlcccssnry. Bring the easternmost Wolf Island to bear soulh., 
Mid steer north fftrtho pptranec ; k«p on the wwt eidc, and tmdior jnat hvfure y«i 




CUIGNECTO BAT TO THE MANAN ISLANDS, ETC. 



41 



come to the Louses, which jou mil nee &b sooa as yon g^et well in. Woiid, proviaioiiB, 
and water, to a. limited extent, may be procured here. High. W8t«r, lull and change, 
at lob. 4£in. ; common tides me IT t'eeC, spi^^ 2G feet. 

ETANG HARROUK lies to the westward of Beaver HarlHniri and runs io to tho 
north-eastward from Cape Ciimpobello ; before it lie aererul ialcinda. Tlicrc arc tUrco 
entPanMs to thia Imrbour, so that veBBtls may go in or out at any time; the 
■western entrance leads to La Tete Hajbour, where anchorage may he obtained, in 10 
to 5 tathomB; bat there is no pasaagc for ahipa round the northern, end of Payne-'s 
Island, The chonnela between Payne's and Bliss Islands ore considered the beet, oa 
^^ they ■will admit veaat'ls working thro'ugh them; bnt the eastern passage reqaires a 
^Hleading wind. A pilot will be necessary, on aooount of the intricacies of the cbiuiuel, 
^^raut one con ofisily he uhtfuiiL''d any whete on the coast. The bay is ex.tetiaivc, seoure, 
^Bnnd well sbelcered. The tides lire the suuie us at Beaver Harbour. 
^H WOLF ISLANDS, — The Wolvea may be passed on either eide, having deep water 
^Hdose to them; but they aflbrd no sheltered ant^homgo, exeept for small vessels in 
^f Bnmmer timie i they are from (JO to lOO feet hi^h. 'IVith light wi iifls, a lee-tide, oi' llui-k 
^^ weather, you. may let go an anchor any where between the Wolves and Beavei- 
1 Harbour, in good holding ground, with a depth of 20 tci 35 fathoms. 

^B The BE&NAir ISLANDS. — Gnuid IManaii is an island situateil at the nortli- 

^^p-wealern entmntc of the Ray of Fuildy ; it is in the province of New Brunswick, mid 

^^ forms a part of Charlotte County, being 11| miles in length, and G in. breadth, gros.sly 

I estimated 37,100 acres. Its northern point is in latitude H^ iV. The north-western 

part of the island is di-itamt from Pasbaraaquody Ilead about fl miles; its norlh- 

, eastern point, or Bishop's Head, bears from Cape Maspeek S.W. by W-f W., nearly 141 

leagues, and W.N.W. i W. from the entrance to the Gut of Annapolis, about M 

leases; and firom Petit Passage N.W.by N., ^2 miles. Its S.W. end, or head, bpui^s 

from the ligbthonse on 71ryei''s Iislnnd N.VV. by N., nearly, from which it is diafant 30 

miles; and N.W. by W. ftira the northern entrajice to Petit PasBase, distant 31 miles. 

Thus sitniiled it commands an OEintemipttd view of evciy veasel that passes to or 

from the Bay of Fmidy ; it is naturally strong, and possesses harbours wlicre the 

^^ largest ships nvayride in perfect aicwmitr : itailiheriea are in groat estimation, its soil 

^^B ia |r|i)ierally good, and itu treeu are rhe nrs, birch, bcceh, and maple, which, in size and 

^^H qnality, are equal (o nl] the purposes for which those woods are commonly used. 

^V On its western aide the clitfs are nearly perjicndicular, rising 600 feel above the 

^V leTCl of the sea; but on this, aide there is only one little inlet along the whole range 

' that con even shelter bottta ; it is commonly called Dark Cove, being situated about 

I 4 milts from the northern part of the Island : there is, indeed, a place called Uradford'a 

Cove, about $ or G milts more to the southward, but this is of no note whatever. 

I There arc soundings al] along the shore, from Bishop's Head Io the S.W. Head, 3,4, 6, 

and ft fathoms close to the land, deojienin^ to 13, 20, 'Jl, and i!9, | a mile off, to ao, 40, 

' and oO fathouus at a mile distance, and atiu deeper as yon increase your distance from. 

^^1 the island. 

^B The Northern, or Bishop's Head, is abrupt and bold ; but on ita eastern side thero 
^^ is anchorsge in a place called Whalo Cove ; thia iBflituated between Swallow's Tuil 
f and the North Point ; here vessels frequently ride during southeily winds, to wait tho 
^_ turn of tide; <lie soundings are from lo to 25 Ihthoms] but it mnat not be resorted to 
^H in northerly gales. 

^^ Loriff Tslnnd Bill/. — This lica to the south-eastward of Whale Cove, and is formed by 
the S wallow's Tail, which is n bold, high, ragged, and bui Ten -looking point ; and Loiij 
Island, which heai^s nearly abuth from it, distant 1^ mile. This buy is easy ofoccessi, 
and possesses all the advantages of a harbour:; the bottom of the bay is generally mud^ 
excepting a I'iii'/e ofroqki atid gracel, which extends from the fa/yc that shows itself 
■within the Swallow'n Tai], and the c/iiafrr o/ sMnA-ni rock's thnt lie J a mile N.N.l';, 
from Long Island Point, and these are o feet ander water at law spring-lidos. 

In the northern pari of the btiy the bottom is a stiff clay, and vessels ill pi-ovjdcd 
with geor have often rode out the Bcvercst gales there; und under Long lalundi 
opiw^ile the beach, ia goiid anchoraye. even locking in the northern end of Long 
Island, with Swallow'ij Tnil; the ground here is a strong mud, mi J you will ride uaJely 
and UBaffected by sea or wind from any quwtcr. 

Farther to the southwaid, and «D the euatcra Goast at dtaxA. U^Ed^^^^'^^gjgg^ 
[Canso to ?jjii,.] O^^^I 



h 



SAILING DIltECTIONS FROM 



lala-ndK : here b pilot will be neceesai^; for though the eraund is gdod Abodt Great 
Duck Islitnd, yet there are dangefH whioh, wheo the tiile hecotneH hig-h, nre com- 
pletely hidden. To the ttoutb-n-estwuril of lliick Islamls arc- the iblniids of Ko^s, tlio 
northern point of which is st^arcely separated tromMQiifio, Cheney's lBlftllll,ft^ll^V^litB 
Uead Isldnd i these are connecti'il together liy a rnindtj and rocky reefof/iml ffrouad^ 
whieh exteflds S. ^ W. to the Diamond Roeka, of wluch we will apeak, hflreitt'ttf. 

On While Head Island vrsides an alile and active pilot, and the cove opposite to hin 
buuac- is commanly a giTnt resort for vessels employed la the fiabcrics ; but with 
easterly winds this is no dt'sinihle [ilacp. At the western side of Koss Island is purt 
of what ia uaUed Grand Harbour; it is a shallow, muddy hrarin i hatvL-asek mayentw 
and lie securely in it- on the rand — a convenicTice somewhat desirable, should you have 
lost your ai:n:1iurti and cahlea on any of the outer ledges. The entrance to this place 
has 4, 6, fi, and 7 fathoms wBter, witli a clayey bottom j the ohaunel is narrow, but 
Bceure Iroin the B-ea. 

A littlff to the wMtward of Whit*- Head Island are the Gretn lalands; ntid to the 
southward of the Ureen Ishinds, ahout a mile, are the throe Kent's lelandi^: these 
lalti't are low and ledgry ; the tajitem, or largest one, is bold to the rocka, wliich aiB 
at &11 limes to bi; sBt'U ; und to the north-westward of tiiese ronks is a Iki^/b, called the 
Ctniitiibk, whicb dries at low wnter. Under the lee of these and the Green IsUnds, 
ooeasional auichorage miiy be obtained in fmia 14 to i fathtiiDs. 

WOOD ISLAND hes off the sonthem part of Grand Manan, and is 1^ mite long \ 
it nans porallel to the sontli-weat bead uf Manan, and forms an eseellciU harbour 
between. The upper part^ of this inlet and the head of it ofibrd moat secure anchorage : 
and t!ie iabiibitanls about Seal Cove atid Hud TItad will funiiwh you with all neeessary 
fitip{jliP6 you may stand in ne^d of, fur these plaeoa arc all wcU settled. 

TuE MANAJX LEUCJES are those inoro distant ishtu, rochs, duA. Jaiii/ers wbtoh 
lio t-o the southward of Ontnd Maaan ; the oater and moni daiti/truiie of these is Ilie 
Old Projirielar, covering a, space of J an acre at low water, and drying at half-ebb; 
but when covered, the tide seta directly over it, at the rate of 4 miles un hour. It 
hc's S. by E., nearly 7 miles from the norlh-oaBlorn part of White Head Island i 
E, J &., G| mik'H from the Oannet lioek j S.E. hy E., 4 leagues from the S.W. head 
«f Manan ; N.N.W, J N., ISi miles from Bryer Jblaud liglilhouse i \V, I S., 39 nuka 
fi'oni the Out of Annapolia; and S.W. ^ S., If) Icagiica ii'ODi the llghtbouse oa 
Partridge Island. 

About 2; miles N.K. J N. from the Old Proprietor is the Clerk's Groanil, a rocka 
■sliual, of 4^ fatiioitis. N.W. !iy N.. I^ mile from the Old Proprietor, in CruKtey » 
Shoal, of 7 ft't-t only ; and weat of the Crawley, 1 J mile, is the ICitiis, of 5 feet. *liie 
Unarimi Bull bcara N. J E. from the Old Proprietor, distant 4 miles; and, although 
it has If Ihthonie over it, it neually has a heavy dangcroua ripple. The mark In ^ 
clear to the eastwaj'd of aU thei^e dangers is, the norl li-eaeterotaost highland of Manan 
well opeu of the Long and l>uck Islands; the mark to lead to the souchwai'd of 
them IS, the south-west head of Mnnan open of best's tllCCe Islands. In easterly 
wiiida the tide-rips arc impaasable. 

There are also other rocks within these : a ranee of which lie eouth of the south- 
west point of Wliile Head Island ; some of these liave deep water between them, and 
occasion a continual tipple ;j miles from the shore, quite home to the long [mint ; theEo 
are called the Tinher, TUreif IHamnmh, liaiu, and many uthci's without names ; some 
of tlieso show themselves, others have only band 4 feet water over them.' 

S.S.E. ^ S., about :J of a mile from the southern point of the three iBlaJlds, is ft 
knoll, called the Kent, whieh ix da/iiferoiis, and ha-s only 7 feet water over it; it bears 
about W.N.W. i W, from the Ilans, and is not included within the BonfineH of the 
mark given to avoid the da.i)gers to the Eouthn'ai*d. vix., the S.W. head open of all th» 



• 



• n.M. ship Alert is *iiid to have diacovtrtd an adilitiimal rock, upon (rliiuh that vciael 
flructc in l^lO,, D>->t notireil in any chiu-t. By that ahip's ai;r<iitnt it is i^aid to lie ti.S.E. \ S., 
difltant or 7 niilea from the S.W . end of Whita llcnil laland ; N, by W., distant 17 miJat, 
from iJryci'a Island lij^hthousi:, and diatant M miles Ihim the wvst Hnd of tho Grand Manan; J 
iind named by tlio fiHiienuen SiiamTi Sork. Wo eannot help nutieingtho discordancy of Ihj 
Aliuve bcminga and iliMlanceH, and are npprehenaive thore is some error in the aeeount ; nl m| 
r*f'; if iJiii Bangor ts nut the I'Jld Propriefor, it mnHt he aitunted iom-pwhcre not far 
tfwM »l.- itJJbi-hia ait tildiLioiiMl atiniulus fur thu ligilnnte ot tha mBiiaBr. 




CUICNECTO BAY TO THE MANAS ISLANDS, ETC. i?i 

islanda. There ia also a dang^ eaid to lie S.E. jj S. fi?oin the Kent Knoll, distant 3 
mil^Sr uud W.S.W, f S., 1^ mile from the Rang ; bnt this is doiibtfuL 

Toe GANNET BOCK, is 40 feet above water, and hat a liffhthmiati u|k>b it, 
painted black and white, in vertical Btriuea, e3diibitii>g a flashiiig light ; thia is a 
bright light revolving- three timeH in a minute, and visible. 12 Biika. A frun is Hred 
to nnawer sigTinla during u. fog. It lica S.W. by S., dietant 3i miles from the s-outhem 
point of the Three Islauda, and S.8.E,, 61 miles from the h.Vt'. head oF the Graud 
Man un, and from the MaehiosSeal Islttnds E. liyS., about I^ miles. It hii9unum.ber of 
tinal! ledfftsanA-aiiiAi'iirocki about it, which 'are always breakinR: thin standa uon- 
apiciious, Ijfing' iu the immediate vicinity of all the suntuii rocks and dang-ers. Nearlj" 
■Vy.S.'W. Iroui the Gannet, dintant IJ- (nilL>,is St. Man/s Led^/e, part of -which is always 
above water ; and to tlie northward of St. Mary's Ledg'e, a mile, is the Lung Lnilge, 
equally viaible ; hetween aud aiBund these are nKiiierniia rncf<y shaiiig. with de*p 
water tetween them, rendering thw part pert'iciilarhi dant/ernun. Other rrffs ata 
Knffpoaed to esiat to the ivestward, and hclwceu the Ganirel Ledg-ca and the Miichiaa 
Sea] IsloniiB; tbeir imoginary situatloa is marked on the chart, but no further 
pm-ticularB of them arc known. 

Between the norlhtrnmost and southemmoBl of the Mrn-r Le<}ges there ia a range of 
diiiiffernim t-ock^ and s/ionfe, manv of them always above water, and which extend west- 
ward fiuni the ligUlbouHG abont J miles i I'mni this range, farther westerly, ahoot 
8 niilea, lies a daiiyeroiis breaker, called the U'lH, This may be avoided by keeping 
iJiMft rt'markuljlo headlands, near the S.W. end of Grand JIanan, open. 

The THliEE MACHIAS SEAL ISLANDS hea W.S.W &om the S.W. head of 
Ma-uan, ditstaat about 9 or 10 miles ; Ihey hare channels between them with IQ, 12, 20, 
and 30 fathoms round them. A aunken ruck is said to Lie to the noLth.-eastwai"d, and 
between them and Mcnati, hut its exact pflsition is nat ascertnined, Marinera nuvi- 
guting tlij» part should keep a good look-out, fo-c report placea many dangers here- 
about, some of which probubly have esiatunei?, and might otbei'wiae he attended with 
conseij^tieiieea the mo^t fatal. 

JXachiat Seal htatid Lighls. — Thea<i BM two fixed wluf* lights, &Uv[it<?d oboot 
48 feet alsove high water, and hear from each other E.S.E. and W.N.W., distant about 
200 feet, by which circumBtance (the two HghthouBes at the same atatioii) they will be 
immediately distingaished from nil other lights upon the coasti they are visible 
15 miles. Both the buildings aro wMte. The following are the hearinga from 
tieta, viz : — 

Oannet Eock light E, by S., 13 miles ( so-uthem bead of Grand Mannn E. by N.^N.; 
northern head of Gnind Wanan N.K. jK, ; N,E. Rock, dietant 2 miles, NE.byN-i 
Littl^i River Head N. by '\\. ; Libee Island lig-bthousc (American) K.W. j W. 

Vesaets alanding t-o the northward between theee lighta and the Gannet Hocli, alionld 
tack or haul off the moment they bring these hghta iti one, b^ they will then not be 
more than | of a mile from tlie Murr Lcdg^, if more than b miles to the east of the 
lights. 

At 3j miles west from the Setil Islands is a ro*'^, on which scvoi'ul vessels have 
atniek. It wiis seen by Captain Johnson, of the ship LicerjmnI, trading to St. John's, 
in \H'6A, [inj \» ackTiowleiiged to exist by the rsyiilar traders and pilots. 

VAaSA.BX&QnODT BAT.— This bay with thp Ch ape neti cook, or River St. 
Croix, divides the Briliah Aiiierican territouiea from thoae of the United States, as 
settled by the rcipeedve ComnuBsioners in 1817, by which Moose, Dudley, and Fred* 
OTick Islands were ceded to the United States, and all tho other islands, with Grand 
Munan, settled to (Jreat Britain ; hut the citizens of the former are to Blljoy Ihb privi- 
lege of navigating- throuj^fh the Stiip Channel, between Deer latand and t'amjio Bcllo. 

The entrances to Pnssnraajjuody Bay eiimprehend a spate of ncnily 12miles. T]>eri> 
arc three pinncipal eliannels or passages into it, namely the W^esti'-rn Passage, Head 
Harbour Paesage. or Ship Channel, and La Tote, or Eastern Paasuge. The Hi-at of 
these, the Weulem Paasagc, ls formed by the land round Qiiody Head anil the 
oppoiiite inland O'l' Carapo Uclki; II cud II arbour Fa ssnge, or Ship ChauncI, liea bi'lvveen 
Campo Bello and Doer Island ; and La T^te. or the Eastern Pnaaage, runs in Iu the 
eastward and northward of both Deer atkd Campo Bello Isiontb: thic v, the po&soge 
most commonly adopted by British ship!'. 



^ 



44 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FOR 



OS the N.E. end of Campo Bella is a remiLrkably large rock, cailed the W7u'le Itorte 
Moch : iere also lies Head Harbour, a Beom*c and sale place, rnnQll, but of easy 
afcct'HS, with G, 7. and 8 fiitiioms water, muddy bottoui. A Ixod lig'ht is now cx- 
hibiled nt the N.E. oud of Carajici Bi^llo, which eiiu.lili'B vi-sa*ls totater Head liiuiioiir 
at all limes. It is a fixed white light, 6-4 feet above the sea. The building i» imiiited 
while, with a red eiossi. It ia nUo a ^uidL> to vessels entering the snoin channel, to 
"Went \%\(M, Mooiie Island, and the inner biij to FasBamnquaidj. 

Hai'bour I>c!ub« lies uu the iv>e!iteTn aide of Couipo licllo, nod ot its S.W. end ia 
Snug Co\e, a good harbour, witb an Engiisli cuHtpni- bouse , Moohi> Iidand in u" thu 
oppusite !iide of the cEmnucS. and belongs lu the United IStatea; but Bcitiih TcsseLa &re 
not allowed to ride there above (i Iiouib al imy ouo time. 

If bound into the ^^'ei>ta^^ Passugc, you will make iot the liplithottse aituftted upon 
Quody Ueud. Tbia stunds on a low point, being the uorth~i>iLi)toni exti'emitY of the 
diatiict of Maino : it exLLbits a Ibicd light, whieU, ia olear weutber, is visible fi'lewnea 
off, the iaiitGL'n being 133 feet above the sea \ attached to it ia an alarni \m\\, used in 
foggy wcniber, wlien it Btiikt^s 10 times in u minute, und itiQ>- ba heard, in flolm 
weather, o milea off. About j a. mile tVoni the bead are l;wo renioikablc Tocki n&med 
the -feaia, which, seen at a distuuec, veiy much rcsomblo a sliip. To tlie eaatward of 
these is B wbirtpool i thci'cfore, ia malung Jbr (be entrance, jou must be careful to 
give them a berth of | of a mile before you haul iu; and alter passing tbem, steer to 
the westward, keeping nearer to tbe south slioie foi" 2j or 13 inilefi ; where you may 
comii- to anchciv i>i i ot & fathotiiH, w'ell shelt^rod, cither by day or ni^ht ; but du nnt 
liriiri'P-d higiier, as a btir stvelchts aeixjas, which dnes at low water. Heie a pilot may 
cm; oblnineil, on tiring a ^un, mid moMng the ustuil fiij^ual, wbo will take the ship to 
Silug C'uvci or Moose Isi&nd, whence aualher pilot may he obtained foe St. Aadi-ew'a, 
or the Itiver St. Croix. 



Loi-go shins Ijound into the bav shoald pass ia tbe eastward of Oampo Betlo, etcer- 

ig iieai'ly N.E. by li. towoi'ds tiio ^^'olvea, which lie about 6 railea to fJic eastward of 

CiimiKi HcIIq; and 60 soon as the passage between Campo Belluand the White Horse 



bears "W.N.W., atwr for it, leaving tlic iVliiit Horse on yoiii' stai'board side, aud kt'ep- 
Lug Campo Bello nearest on board. You will now see harbour Delute, before men- 
tionc^d. and will leave hcv oral islands oti vour atai board side when you havo pnsscd the 
White Harse. In sailing dowu you will open a large bay to the W.S.W., capable of 
containing- 100 euil of the line. The cbafinel here, formed on, tie soutii by Campo 
Itellv. and to the northward by the Spruce and Whito lalaikdts, ia 3 miles wide, and in 
it are 2a futhums water. The lidfuf tiood strikes aerosa from the S.E. land lo the 
^VHitte Inlunda with great strength, aad ia light winds ranat be particnldHy guarded 
against. 1'be water ia deep, and iuKide of While Isloiids jou niay anchor iti 45 fiillioma, 
mud. The ledge, which Wars N.W., distaat u mile iroiu ibt \Vhile Korse, is 12 feet 
below ibe SDriiice at low water. 

Between the Wolves and the island of Campo Bello there is a depth of from 60 to 
100 tikthoms. With the latter beaiiug S.S.K. or S.E. there is a depth of IB and 20 
fathoms, where sliips may anchor sale from aU winds. The course thence to Moose 
Island ia W.ij.W., 1| ieogue. 

If bound from Moose Island up the Kiver St. Croix, as you jiass Bnld Head give it 
n berth of | ft mile, for a h'lige (t/'rofks lies off it. Having passed (his point, the cuurae 
and distance to Oak I'oint, or Dcvil'a Head, will be N. by W., 4 leagues. 'ITie latter 
may he seen fTom. the diBtance of 10 or 12 milcB, 

ST. AN DREW'S. — The town and harbour of St. Andrew's he on the eastern side 
of (ho eiiti'aoee of ibo Suoodik, or St. Croix. The town is pleasant, and the harbour 
tood. Many ships load timber here, which is generally much longer than that of 
Novn Seolia. The niercbants of this town load limber also at other places, viz : — at 
Oftk ISav, in the St. Croix, and at liushiibec, I lid-iiiuanh, and Mngai-iniuwce, op the N,E- 
aide of FiiMumaquody Bay, all thctte iiciug escclhut and very tonvenieuL harboarB, 

The hnrhiiiir of St. .Andrew's has two eiilranees ; the eastern one ia fioirow and in- 
tricatf, with (he depjjost water, 'i'he dangers in entering this pimsugc are, u rerf of 
riif!.s, H ilh II )H.-neori upon it, running out neui'ly | of u mile from Na vv Isliuid, and a 
rtrf of saiifl and lur-'/e «^«f*, with a beacort upon it, ex ti'n ding nearly I'j mile from the 
moolitouse oil the muin-lund. The narrowest part of the eliannel is not a eablo's length 
Itroad. The maik for entering at high woter, is to keep the (own of SL Audrew's (qwn 
and steer direvtl^ ia. 



TUE BAY OF FUNDT. 



45 






The wcstcTD entrance u not bo difficult, but ^ith lees depth of WHtcr, the 'bu' be- 
conitng' ivy at the lost qunrter-ebb. There la a daiiijeroiis reef of atuiies t\iDniiig off 
tiic ■west Olid of Na\ y Island, on which a. beacon, is placed. In entering, joq must 
keep close tw the Boithward gf the two poles on the bar, where at high natcr jou will 
find 18 to 2-i I'cct. It is high wntcr, full and change, at Ifth. oQeh. ; spring-tides rise 
2± to 2ti feet, neap-tides 20 to 22 fet. 

There n a fised harbonr-light nt the eastern entrance to St. Andrew's Harbour : it 
is ncikr the Uloek-house at the cost end of the town, ttsil to be Ivlt on th^ HttirbQurd 
hand on entering the hnibour, 



GENEXt.1L DIRECTIONS AND REMARKS FOR SAILIIS^G TO AND 
WITHIN THE DAY OF FUNDY. 

Ships nflvigatiiig the But of Fundv have to encounter an atmogpliere ttlinost con- 
stantly enTcloped m dense logs, the tines setting with great rapidity over the rocks uid 
ehoals with which it abounds, and a difficultv of obtaining anL'hoiage, an account of the 
depth : so that, imdct' those circuuistailceii, the most unremitting attention is requitdte 
t!) prevent the diKuatroua eoufiequences which tauBt uccebsarily attend a wiiut of know- 
ledge aiid caution, 

Wlien yow ore off Cape Sable with a -westerly wind, and destined for the Bay of 
Fundy, it will be advianblc to make for the coast of the United States, aomcwhcre 
nlwul the Skwltitek Hills, or Petit MauM lighlhouscj as you can p&iw with grenter 
eafety to the westward of Grand Manan, than to the eastwaid, ha\ ing alao, if necessary, 
shelter in Petit Itivcr. MacUnis, PnsHiiniaituodT, Etung, or Denver Hurhour, ^n. 

Between Grand Manan nad (be district of Maine the paaaagc is free from danger; 
Teasels Ijeuting through geti era lly stun d from side tosidL-, purcitulurly dui-ine fogs, the 
depth being' from 12 to l() fatho'inH, witti a bold ehore on each side, and Ihe tide tlirough 
Btrong and regular. Tht "Wolves may be paas.ed on cither side. Laving deep ■water 
close to them ; hut they afford no alielterod aiichorayB, BScept for Email lishiii(f vesBpla 
ill BUiunier time; they are from 4iO to lOl) feet bigli. ^\ ilh light winds, a lee tide, or 
thidt weather, you may let go an anchor anywhere between the 'Wolves and Beaver 
Jlai'bour, in good holding ground, with n depth of 30 gr 23 fothqpsa. Point Leprean 
is bold-to, but dajig^roua in dark weather, aa it projecta 60 far out to senwajd \ but 
from thence to St. John's the eoursa is free from danger, except thouc which lie near 
the land, nnd which have been already deacrihcd. 

When steei-icE- between Grand MaiiBti itnd Bryer's I.slandf, the utmost caution is re- 

Siuiftitc during thick weather, on vessels are frenuciitly dtawn in among the islands nnd 
idges to the southwai'd of Manan, by the flood setting directly npon iheni ! the must 
dangeroua of them is the Old Pr/ijii'ictui; which, at low water, dries tor the apnee cf 
I an aicro. When the wind therefore vecra nt all Id the soutliward, ninke the best of 
yiiui' way to St. John's Hnibour, or you may seciue an aneh-orngc in Grand Pussag'e, 
or &t. Mary's Bay, m it eeldoni hlow^'in that direction above Iti huurs, wilbotit bring- 
ing on a fog 

There iM no difficldlr in eoing through Anllapolis Gut, if yOU have but a eOHWnand- 
ing breeze, although the fide is very rapid, the flood and ebb runuiug o knots an hour, 
ttad the eddies strong. About J through hes the Man~of- tl'-ar Sufk, about a cable's 
length from tlie ea«tera shore ; tbcrelbrc, if you keep mid-channel, you will be sure 
to olear it. 

The prevailing winds here, and throughout the whole coast of Nova Scotia, are from 
"W.S.W. to S.\V,| nearly as steady as trade winds, except dining the summer niontlis, 
when they become rattier mure southerly, uecoin])anicd with but httle iutermittiioii of 
fog, which icquiies a nortli- westerly wind lo disperse. It is therefore re commended 
not to Heave en anehorage without making proper flriangcmenta for leaehiDgunother 
beforo darli, or the aiipeumnee of a fog coming on, whleli, with a S.W. wind, is so 
sadden, that you become enveloped within it unawares j neither should yau keep the 
Eea at night iJ you can possibly avoid it; but you will observe, that whenever the wiiid 
blows directly off the lund, the fog will soon dir^porEc. 



I 




TIDES. — The tides at the entrance, and within the Bay of Pundy, are very rapid, 
but regular, and although the wind against them altera thedi7«cA5LKiatA*0b».-a^^" 



F 



46 



SAILING DIKBCTIONS FROM 



tmd fiomotimej; makes them dangernus, yet it hns liCtU or no -effect upon their caursm. 
Tbc- Sooil-tiile sets fruni Capo Sable lo tlie narLh-weBtTrtLrd, througli tho Seal, Mud, and 
Tuhkot Bald Islands, at the rate of "2 or 3 iniL'S aii liuur; aud in tJie ohauutls among 
tlic islniida it intivcBsca to i and mik-a ; tram LLtiicc;, taking the directifii) of tht main 
land, it flows past Cape St. Nary, utid then N.N.W. tOAvaiiEt Brycr's Isluiid ; it run* 
up St. Mm'3''a Hay but slowly, which adds to its strength alon^' the caslere shui'e; then 
increasinK its i-apidity an the hu.y coiitinttH, it roolies iji b boro into iJie Enaiu of Minvs, 
and u[) Ch)(j;iiei;io Day; eo that here tile water gutni^lime.S' riHtja to the extraui'diiiBrj* 
height of 7^ loot. 

'I'u the ul^avG may be addod th9 additiooai obsei-vationB on tliis bay by Captoiu 
Nnpior, of H.M. siufJaiiw. 

" Between Bryer's Island and the opiioBit« northern coast, and for eotae distance up 
tlie hay iv tho co^rrword, the Gift of tuu Uooid seta etiongly nearly north, so thiit it ■srill 
ho eslremelj dBTigurous for a vessel torua in the uig-bt, ur during thictwuathfr, fitwo 
any paif of the fioothovn tuwmds unj' p^'t of the noi'them const, without making a. 
large allowunef for tlio ntf of the tides, aud keeping- the lead connlantly ^ing-. 'J'be 
J'iiiFii:r, Captuiji Nnpier, was neorly run on shore, having* been drifted by tLiia tide in 
a fog fl^ miles in 3 hours and 10 miiiatos." 

TIDES,— It is high water at the Seal Islands, at 8h. 30iii., full and change, and 
aprinj;- tides lise 12 ftut ; at the TiL-ikoI IsUud, at Wh., Hpriiiga rise H feet i ut Cape 
Jourohw. 8h. 4Jni.. sprinf^ rise 1.1 I'eet ; ut Cape St.. Mury, 9b., springs rise H feot 5 
at ISrjcr's Island, ot fh. liOm., spriogs rise IG fttt ; at Aimnpalis uul, aC lUh.. spring 
lise 16 feet; at Haute I&land, at lOh. -ISni,, spiinga rise 2a toet; at Cape Chigm^ito, at 
IJh., springs list 30 feet; at Cape ll'Or, ut llh., spriugs rise4I feet; at Urtville 
Buy, at 1 Ih., springs rise 3G foot ; at Capo Split, ut lOw. 4.im., spring's rise 40 feet ; at 
Kilkenny River, in tho Rnsio of SlincB, nt 1 111. 30m. , springs risO -ih I'oet ; at Apple 
ttiver, Cliignecto Bay. at 11 h., springii risL" 40 feet ; iit Cnpu EnragPe, at llli. 3-(Jtii., 
tpriiigii Hse 38 li;et j at Cape Mai-niigoain, at llh., spriDca rise jO i'eet j at Cumberland 
Ba-sin, nt 12h., springs rise IJII fei^t ; at the Hiver Petit CQiidiac, at 1 Ih, ^Otn.r springs 
rise 48 feet ; at Ht. John's Uarbonr, at llh. 30ai., springs rose 24 fee-t ; «t the easter 
Btdoaf Manan Island, a I 10h.,epriiig8 me SO feet, neaps 20 teet; and in Passan 
qxiody Bay lOh. 43ni., springs rise iJll feet, neaps 24 feet. 



XII.— COAST OF THE UNITED STATES. 



FROM PASSAMAQUODY BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH. 
Variation one paint West on the Xoiihein Cuast, hat deo-caaing to 8J' at Cape Cod. 

GF.XEILAI. REMARKS. — The most promitieiit elevations of land sitiinled Iw- 

tween the liny of rassnmaqucidy and Cape Elizabeth are, the Skuttock llilla, Mrtiint 
Tesert Uills, and tht- Hills of PcnoliBcot. The Skutlock Hills are five in nuiiihc-r. :ind 
at o distance apptar round: they lie to the noitliward of the Tori of Goldkhoniufih. 
and nrc icadilj cliMiuguishahle from nnj hills to iho eoatwnrd. Mount Desert Hiila 
niflT, in clear weatht-r, be sccti fmm a distauic of l.i (o 20 loaguoa. The I'ctiolwicut 
Hills are visible to the N.W. and N.N.W. orer the Fox Ishinda; and -wbcii you bw 
irithin 4 or 5 lea|^ueB of Mount IJesorC Uilla, the Skuttock Hills will bear about 

SAILING 11IKECT10N8.— Tnftailinsr towards this coast . care mnat be fnttTj to 
avoid the Mount Desert Niirk, which licB 7^ Wf^ups to the soulhwerd of Mount 
Deaert leland, in latitude 43" 54', and longitude CH" 3* 3(1" ; obsfrviii(ir elso to utake a 
proper aliowante for the tide, Ac: for at Mount Desert Kock the strenm nf Hood 
dividtB, to run ea6t«-arU aud westward. When the Skuttoek llillji bear N.iV.K., and 
j-ou are within 4 or J Scngvcs of ihosff of Mount HeBcrt Uand, the ride of Hood will 



«tE^X ^^^^^^^^^OX>r BAY TC. CAPK Kl.t/.V tunu. ^i 

Itai to tlwFofKrthl'^fl™,''-" ■■■"<• "■""■ «.-...-,lv. I.H..M .M..u„i |..„., 
mtt«ptothen^;^^S5?°^J"'r '«;•'• ^^'-^W. ,.I.;.,„ , ,,.u ., ,L,l 

»i.65i«ti,^^:^^''^^3™« '.l«»*"";r''"'" « " ' "«'■'■ "■'«-' 

8 WMikrthr*<^„ '*'*^''*''y •*«■*' Mt;'''"'i"N.>,H ,.,.,. IH...I .\ 1. i.t t, ji. , 

«ta^top^3^y",? °''" *^,"'"' 'i'-'-i-v 'i..;.,i ji„i.,. ,., ,1.,; „.l... 

it SeMTxEhv^p^f '"''**• *''''"'■"''■''' '^'■"' l«l»-l-. w'.i. 1 a«,I„l»,. 

8W iWVT Your direct .:,.,ii>.,r f,,,,,, \t-,„i (j,;,.,!,- ||,„,| i„il.i, l,.„l..„„ i, 

littl B- T ?"*^ ' ""'' ^ "'"'* ''''''•^"■'" '" ""• " " '■ '" '■' M." i.i.i.. 11.,, 

«eTB.ed 40 feet, and visible 11 mil™. 

inthJI?'? ^'^^CHIAS HAYhH«w.v<Tml r..rj.y i„kU Ivijiu 1„ 1.,!., ir . ll.. ni. u.v li.i.ili 

^Jh^ J *^^°i' *^'"- "I'l llftV., h ft„.I I'a 1',.||,„„1M .,!.,...■ I„II„^J.., I., il.K L.lM«(» 

Br^K therefore lesB dun(fm,uti. 'IJ,,. \,»^ nii,H ii, N.,N,U. ' .\., uiul li'us 

Moooruge on the port side, in 0, ^, ;i, »ni| H f,.ri,<iii< >, l.iif i,|„-pi I,, it.,: »i.„il. i.,:.ittuiil. 
1W= i,-^ d''™ iiirther to tho S.W. w fV-.;, r:,l,u.,l. II,.. .„»(.'iii l«,.,...U,i ..1 (ima 
* t^fc.^ Z' ^^'^ '^ ^'"^ " 'Will""""- '",...(,,) ..[, til.. liiil<T i-lii .it l.il,l,j. >»liKh 

Mmrnt* a. fixed li^ht, 52 feet In'ifli, i[t),l vi-JM.: Vl i..il.«. .\ liif,' I'lH i-- l«'|'l »t iliii 
^ntnonse. This is to tho soutli-w,wtw;i,.I nf Cm.h^ Inkii.l, l,,„ri MJii,:l, ii is ili^iuiit 
about 3 miles. 

GREAT MACHIAS HAY. — In Miiliriff iiil» ll,iN l.i.y (n.iij tlic iHBtwunl, V"u will 
obBerve the three low ifllanrin, cillcd tJi.; M;,r^lii,iH Hm.I IhJi.hiIs, Hl,i.1i lnnu l«'iii uilii- 
nonedbefore, and licto thu W.,S,\V. fmm tJ„. H. W. Ji.ii.J -.1 ll.., (iiHiiil Aluiiuii, uiul 
Slesgiiee to the south-L-uxtwurtJ nl' (V.kh IhIiiiiiI. (ir.iil cunitiixi niimt l,u .il.mn.il, 
wheapuBsin^them in tho iiiffht, iC tln^ \m> V\^\\\h <>ii Ih.-in i:iiiiiii>l l.u miu. Kimu 
thew ulandH you may «hu|«; yorjr utitiw; (» llir: .\, \V'., <i\ hKir W. Iiy ^'- 'i"' M"'l,iu-'- 
J.*ave Cross Inland on tho Htarlmiml fmnd, iiud liiivijj;{ tNLv.!.-,! I.iltUj lifflil, r.W\( iimtli j 

m passing Ciws iMlaiid you „j»ht In. wir ' ' " . - v - . .- : :. 

Ji ™"e. in a S.W. diitttion. On tliif: m.i 



ITch-ti'eea, having a house upon it. On the sturboiirii liuiiil iiru m-rrrul Jiitla iiuil 

xoah. You may keep on the jjoit side after ytiu jjusa tlijn liiiuno, until thi> I'ivci- ii|H-ija 

I the noithward, then imi up to Ci-okm HIiit, uiid imtlior in 4 tulhoitiH. Mai-hiiis is 

le chief town of Washington County, in the dintrirt of .Muiue. 

MOOSE-A-PKCK HEAD LIGHT is on .Mistuitt! Mmid, «3 ieet ulmvo the level of 

the sea, and contains a levolving liKht ; itMtinie of revolution is 4 miuuleM, showing in 

that timo two bright faces, and is visible 11) miles. 

MOOSE-A-PECK HEAD to MACIFIAS.— Give the light a berth of a mile, 
leaving it on tho port hand, and slecr N.K. by E., 2J leugues, when jou will N" >"i 
with Libby Island light on your staibooi-d baud ; thon run N.N.E., 3 leogitf' 
will bring j-ou up with Stones Iblaud on jv '-and, having a Tt>ek lyii>i' 



r 




48 SAILING DIRECTIONS PEOM 

I, mile fro-m the ctrntrc of the island ; from this atcer north For Round Island, trom 

which folluw the en^jlfin lUrectionB for Mocluas. 

MOOSE-A.PECK REACH. — When oomiDg from the westward, and paat Ladle 
Island on your port hand, stetr N.F.. by E. for Tibbet'H Island, whiuh you leave on 
your port li(ind : ■when you conio to the east end of this ialnnd, give it a good heith, 
lor at low wattr there la a ^ei^e wfroe/ta that lies a cable's length to tho S.E, of the 
Huid ialauda ; nhcn you pass it, and bring Moose-a-Peck Kcnch open, you may tieet 
east for Mr. Beal'a fiouBc ; but 3'au nmet keep the Bita,rbuar(l band bent on bnurd. I'or 
there is a rtieJt that Ue& about, the middli? fif the sound, which bsB not above 2 feet 
waler on it at low water. You may anchor to the wealward of Mr. Beal's hoiUie- 

IVhcii bound to the eastward over Moose-e-Peck box, wUicb you must not ci-o»s 
before 2 hours' flood, you steer for Kflly'a collee-house, which lies on the port hand as 
you go to the eastward, 011 the N.E. point of Mooso-a-Pcck Kfnch ; when you are 
entering on thf bar, you will bring a biiehy tree right against K.elly''B liouHO, which 
Blanda iin the jioiiit. Your coufso aver the bar in east ; you leave the Virgia'a Breasts, 
one oti your starboard, the other ovi your port hand. But if you are bound to 
Chandler's Kiver, you will leave the Virgin's Breasta on your atarhoord hand, and 
Hogne's Island on tho same hand. There is a mitdiiy bar which lies bftweoii Kogue's 
Island and the main land, but water enough on it at 2 hours' flood. Hogues' Islaad 
has a good haihour at the N.W. of it, sale from easterly winds, and a small distaneo 
from Chundler's liiver. 

When you go over Moose-11-Peck bar, boand to Mochias, yon Icbtg tho Virgin's 
Breasts, bh before mentioned, keeping your course eoHt, and a bare raek, caiieU Pulpit 
Suck, on your starboard hand ; yoU muat keep Libby Island light open to the aoulli- 
ward of this, bare ruck. (N.U. This tare rock, which you leave on your starboafd, Rtuy 
also bo lofi on your jiort, and steer E.S.E. for Liblij- Island light.) 

On Nanh Island, at the eutrauee of Pleasant River, there is a lighthouse, 47 tevt 
above the level of the sea, coiitQinin^ a fixed light of a deep red colour, and risilile 
12 milca, whit)h you Itave on your sfcarbonrd hand going in. 

The foUowiog ai'e ihQ beaiinj^ and lUatnages from Niwh Island light of the 
following rouka and ledges, viz. : — Black Hock (always above waterl, 8.E. by S. J 8., 
aj niiluft; Jdurdun'H Outer I.edgo, which is covered ot high water, S.W. by W. ^ W., 
4 inilea. 

PI-EASANT BAY Uea to the north-eastward of Petit Manan Island, and leads to 
Coluinibin, Addison, and Harrington. The light on Petit Manan will bo very useful, 
both for this and Golds borougti Hai'boui's ; but the navigation horc is so intricate, 
that a piliit is itidiKpe Usably ncucHsary. 

When coming from ihe westward, and bound for Pleasant River, in jiOBsing Petit 
Manun lightliouse, brin^ it lo lifur S.W, by S., and steer N.E. by N., 3 leagues 
distance. In steering this course, if it is clear weather, you will see Captain Wa«s'« 
hou<<e open between the inland and main land; but this passage will not do at low 
water. You niUHt leave this itland (and 11 high dry /vli/f uf rifckit that lies to the 
westward of it) on your starboai'd band ; when you pass the bore ledge, voo will see 
a bare iele, wliieh you leave on youx Htarboard hand; (hen you may haul up for 
Captain Wash's hoasci and anchor, and take a pilot for rUasant River. 

MACUJAS TO GOLl>SBOIlOUGH.~Thc shores from henee to the westward me 
so studded with ii^lunda, and eticunibered with roeks, foriiiing nuuli a cotnpbcati'id m>iX 
intricuto variety of clianuels, that no description can adequately elucidate ihemi wo 
iniisl therefore refer the' mariner to the inspection of his charts, by a reference to 
which he will best be enabled to estimate the course and distanee of the objects of his 
HCnrcli. There are numerous good hai'bours and inlets whei'o vcsseU may be placed in 
safety, but tlicsc commonly ore loo winding and intricate for strangers. 

Tile Skuttook llilli, bcfoie mentioned, form a good landmark for Goldsborongh, as 
they lie to the northward, or N.N.E. of Ihe haihour. Hence, by bringing them in 
that direction, and steering on that course, you will, on approaching thi: harbour, see 
three islands, which lie in ita mouth. In proceediu" ihi-ough the eastern piuMages, 
these are to be left on the [lort hand j (he small islaud without, called tho Petit 
Jlaiian, iii of cn'Urse to bo hft to the atarliourd. The latter, which ia about a Itoguc 
AvBi the Joud, hoN a few bushes, and also a lighthouse upon it ; this is a stone building, 
i'Sfcet high, and oshibiting a fixed light, 4S ftct above tlie levul of tlie eea. From 




PASSAMAQUODY BAT TO CAPE ELIZABETH. 49 

thig lighthouse, Maidton't Ledge, which dries at low Hdea, bears "W. by N., distant 
4 mites ; Jnrison's Ledge, or Eadern Rock, on witch there are 12 feet at low ■water, 
bears east, 4 miles i Hio S.E. RmI', on which are 7 feet, hears S.E. hy S., 4 miles; 
a.ud a '{'i^e, of Ifi feet, hears frpfri it S-B.E-. 2 miles. Petit Manan ia almost con- 
nected with the shore by a bar, which driea with the ehb. Within the entrance 
the harbour is a. mile wide, and jou may anchor in li'om 4 to 6 fathoms, where 
yoiu please. 

BOWBEAR HARBOim.— In coining from the westward, utid hound for Pigeon 
Hill or Bowbcar Harbour, bring Petit MimBn Hght to bear N.E., a.nd run for it, 
giving it a berth of J <jf a mile, and then steer N. ^"'.,4 mika: in steering this course 
you mil leave the Egg Kock on your starboard hand, when y<m will make the wcKtei'ly 
shore, giving it a berth of ^ q mile ; theii steer N.N.E., & mile, when you will be 
opposite Dyer's hoase, where you may aaehor, iu 3 fathoms, aaie from all winds. 

DYER'S BAT. — ^In coming fruta the oastivard, and bound for Dyer's Bay, you 
should give Petit Manan lighthousR a berth, as before; leave it on vour Btorhoord hand, 
and bring the light to bear N.K., :^ of a mile, then steer N. by \V., which will carry 
you. into the mouth of the hay, Icavuig a largo dry !e<lije on your port baud ; when 
abieuat of this ledge, which is bold-to, give it « berth of 14 or 15 fathoms ; tl»en steer 
N. i 'E; 4 or fi miles, where you may utichur, s&fe from all winds, in 4 or S fathoEna, 
muddy bottom. 

GOLDSllOKOUGH HARBOUR hes N.XW. from. Petit Munan. lighthouse, 
fdidtant 2 leagues. When enteriog, you leave an islBtid covered with trees, on the 
btarbourd. and two islands on your port hand; theu steer N.N. W,, l^ mile; the'i jM, J E., 
n miles, will bring you m) to CJoldBborou^h Point, where you may anchor, aafe from 
[all winds, in 3 or 4 futboiiis, muddy huttom. 

I In going from Mount Deecrt to Goldsborough, you must fiteer E. i N"., for Sknttoet 

[faint, about 4 leagues, where there is aji islund, which you will pass on either aide | 

llut it is best to leave it on the port side, and then steer N,E,, about 3 leagues, which 

will carry you up with (ioldshorough Harbour. You will seo three islands, which 

lie in the moath of the harbour; you (nuat leave them on your port haod, and go in 

the eastern passage. In staodiug in for this place, you will see Petit Manan lightheusc, 

l^rhich you leave on your starboard hand. North ('ram Petit Manen.l^of amile distant 

lies 8 ledge, bure at half-tide, which yeu keep within ^ a cable's length of when going 

over the bar, and pa^a on your starboard hand when hound eastward; at whieb, 

Bfi you pa§s the bar, hkuttock IbIhikI will be a Imndspike's length o[>en to the southward 

I of Skuttflek Point ; but to go over this bar requires a pilot. When near the bar, and 

jnp with Petit Mauan Island, keep l^.^.E., | a mile dirttaut, which will clear a iedge, 

having 9 feet at low water, that lies east of the channel going over the bar, J 

of a mile distant. There is a bar, which runs from the shore to this little island, 

I which is about a league from the land., This bar had 3^ fathoms at high water, aikd 

[efeet allow wultr. 

Pjiospect Hashour Light.— On Goat Island, in latitude 44° 2"' N.,and longitude 
67° 57' W., is ajij^ed light, elevated 45 feet, and visible 11 miles. 

MOUNT DESERT ISLAND forma the northern side of the passage to Bear laland, 
I and may be kiiowu by several high hilla upon it, Tliiii island ia about 12 milca lea^ 

:&om north to south, and 10 broad ; it in nearly divided by a stream of water, called 

Boeme's Bound, at the head of which is Eden ; at the cnti'ance of Suame'x Sound are 

two good harbours — N.E. aud S.W. Harbours. 

Bear Island liosnenr the centre of the pogBBgc between Sutfoti's Islsnd and Mount 

Desert; it is a smsll island, covered with epnice-treeB. The light stands upon its 
F -western end, devoted 93 feet above the level of the sea, exhibiting a fiied light, which 
[jiiBy be SCUD, in elpsr weatlier, 14 miles. 

I Baker's Island and Cranherry Island form tho westeiTi Htdo of the entmiiee of the 
t'piuBagQ tn Bear Island, and are eovui^d with apt-uctt-trees- Baker's l.iland light is 

eituateti near the centre of the island, elevciled 105 I'eet above the level of Ihe aea, 
I exhibiting a fixed tight, visible, in clear weather, at the distance of 17 miles. 

MOUNT DESERT EASTERN HARBOUR.— la coming from Ihe weatward, 
[ and. intending to go into Mount Desert, bring Baker's Island lig-ht lo bear north, aud 
I ron for it, leaving it on vour port hand: afVer passing: it, steer N.N.W.,nntil the light 
I cu Bear Island bears W.N. W., and run directly for i|, <" nilin i'7^ t^*'" MTO-Twa^-^iia- 
I [Canso to Phil.] "*^ 



50 BAILING DIKECTIONS FKOM 

will leave Sutton's I§I&nd on jonr port hiiiid. The »horea around this island arc very 
bold, BJid you may neai it withiD >l cable'ti length. 

Jtrinher'a LeA/e, on wbicU in built a atcm-e beacoa, with o cask jilaced on & staff in 
its centre, bears from the eastern end of Sutton'^i Island B. J N., about a mile, wb'ch 
Tou leave ou your starboard band ; j'on ma; ntitr the le^ge within 2 cables' length 
When the Usfit wi liitkoi'it Inland i*entirelv obeeurtxl behind the oust ern point of 
Cranburry Isliind, yon are to the westward, of Bunker's Lcd^ ; and »ho.uld you 
have a hecid wind, jrou may stand to the northwacd until the ligbt on Btjur lahuiil 
beam W. by N. 

In rauaing for IJear laloai] ligbt, Tou ms-y near ]}wili«r'» L«dge, witbin a cable's 
lengcli, leaving it on your Btarboard uan<i ; after paasing the lifht J of a itiile, you 
may anchor in 12 latboms woter, with the light hearing from mist to EJ^.E., good 
holding ground ; or you may run for N.E. Htti'bour, about a mile to the northwarf o( 
UiB light. N.W. by W., J a mile from Bear Island light, lips a ^criye, bore at low 
water, having on its wostfirn edge a spiLr-buay, pnintcd black, which you leave on 
jour starboard hand. This ledge beara from the eoutve *t"N-E, Harbour S. ^ W. 

Sutton's Island lies near the centre of the passage, but the beet water ia to the 
northward of it. li' you irish to go to the westward of it, wlitn between Bunker's 
Ledge and Cranberry Island, steor W. by S., until Sutton's laluud costem pdnt bearp 
N.E. You can then anchor, or run farther in into lladlock'a Harbour, to the sau.th 
of you ! or steer W.N.W., about 3 milcB, for S. W. Harbour. 

Baker's Island and Cranberry Island form the western aide of the entrance of ths 
puea;go to Bear Itjlaoidi and oj'e covered with spruoc- trees. A irf;' cxtcnda troni Baker's 
to Craiiberrj; Islund*, covered at high water, which i» often ini_-itBken by atruogcra for 
the pttssago into Cranhuriy Island liarhour. You must always recollect, that befoPB 
entering Cranberry Island Harbour, the light on Bakcr'a iHland will be entifolyj 
obscured behind Uilj eastern point of Cranberry Island. You may go in on either ■ 
side of Donlcer's Ledge, but strangers »hould leave it an the starboard hand. Between 
Henine Cove and 13ear ItiLund hght, near the north shore, are several roehs and ledijet, 
covered at high water. 

Tee S.W. HAIIUOUR of MOUNT DESERT.— This is one of the beat harbonreon 
the i-uaitt; as many aa 400 vesseln have been at anchor at one time here. To run. in, if 
camdng from the westward, when up with Long Island, steer N'.N.E.,6 uiilea, (leavinjf 
the Two Duck Isianda on your Btarboard, aad the Thro« Calf Islands ou your port 
hand) ; thb will bring jou up midway between the Great Cranberry Island aud 
Mount Desert ; ateer up midway, until you open S.W. Harbour, when you may haul 
in (keeping nearest the starboard hand, on account of a Ifdr/e on the port band, which 
runs off J tt mile), N.W, or W.N.W., and unehor in -i or 6 fathcmiB, muddy bottom, 
safe from all winds. It is high water at 12 o'cloek) tides rise 12 feet. 

Off the S.W. point of Cranberry Island there is a rock, bearing west, distant J of a. 
mile. The eastern passage into S.W. Harbour ia between Bcor Island (on which 
there is a fixed light}, and Sutlon'a Island ; after you have passed these, run imtil jou 
get the hurbour open, then follow the above direotioiiB. 

FKENCHMAN'S BAY, N.E. oP MOUNT DESERT. lies to the westward of 
Ooldsborauc;h, ond w^th its three islands is the western opening between Slcuttoek 
Pomt and Mount Desert Island ; its entranceie wide, and within are Mosquito Harbour, 
Flander's Bay, Taunton and Shilling Rivers, and the town of Sullivan. On the port 
side is Egg' Hock, near which are several ialutsi but of the particulars of tliis extiiiislve 
hay, wo possesa no accurate iafonnatiun. Ou the opiHi.sito xide of the eiitinince tu 
Prcnchnian's Bay, arc the Cranberry Islands ; these are siluatcd on the Boulh-eaatoru 
aide of Mount Desert Island ; and to the S.S.E. of these are the Duek Isianda. 

BLUE HILL SOUND is to the S.W. of Mount Desert, running up lo Union River. 

' If you are bound here, as soon as you are past Long Island, }'on will open a lar^ 
Bound to the N.N.W., which course you are to steer G or " leagues, when you will be 
up with RoberlsoD's Island, the only island near that place that bos a hou^ic upon it. 
The south part of that island is clear of trees, on wluch the house atands. when 
you como near the south part of the island, give it a berth of J of a mile, as there ara 
several tunken rotkt off tae point. When you bring thia island &nm S.W. to N.W., 
voQ may anohor in 6 or 7 futhoms water, muddy Iwttom i but if you ore bound to 

BJve HjJi Baj, ^qa maf ctaad to the northward direct for the Blue Hills, which you 



1 



PASSAMAQUODT BAT TO CAPE ELTZAEETH. 



51 



nsT Bee 10 or 1 ^ leasnica distfint. If bound to Unian 'River, yan elionld take ft pilot 
lit Kobertaon's Island ; a stranger should not go fftrtlieir without one, 

ISLE AV HAUTE. — Tile isle an Haute is remarkable land, composed of hi^h, 
steep cliffti, and makes witli a targe hay on eocli ttide of it ; it has gixHl lnDding on its 
eastern Gnd, amd BHPhoTo^ J a mile off, in IS fat.Jioms, with the low point tlearing 
X.E by N., where is aiao a atream of wnter ninnirg into the sea. The highest part 
of tho island, is in tha middle, and represt-ntfi a, BaddlB- 

8ADDLE RACK LEDGE is a high hlwk rot-k, formed somewhat like a saddle, on 
llie S.E. end of which is erected a ligliLhonse, built of hewn granito, and of that 
ftftioni' ; the light is elevated 51 feet above the level of the sea, eihihiting- a fixed 
light, and may hv seL'ii, in oioar weather, a distance of 12 milea ; you maj" neur it on 
oil sides within a. cable's length. 

About 2 miloa N.W. by W. from the Ug-ht Uos a small sunken ledge, whiei brGoks 
at low tides, with a little motiou of the sea,. 

The HOuthem head of lalc au Haute bears fi-om Saddle Back light S.E. by E. § E., 
2| milefl distjint ; Sea! Island S, by W., about 10 miles; Wooden Bull Island S.W. 
bj S.; Mnrtinicus Island S.W. J W., 13 miles; Brimstone Island W. J N"., 2 miles; 
Little Isle au Haute Harlwur N.E. by E. J E., 8 miles distant ; Eagle Island liglit. 
north, distant about 30 miles ; Fox Island ThoroughfaJ^ N. by W., distant nboat 8 
miles. 

On Eagle Island, in latitnde 44' 24' N., and longitade 08° 46' W., la a fised licht, 
elevated lOU feet, visible 15 milea, as a guide to the N".E. entrance to Penobscot Bay. 

lale au Haute and Doer Island form the eastecti side of Isle au Haute Bay; Brim- 
Btone Find Fnx Island the western side. The bay is abo-ut 6 miles in width., and Saddle 
Bad£ liee near its ceutr?. 

In making Saddle Back, ligbt comipg from sea, bring it to bear N.W. by N. to 
N. by W., and run it close on board, leaving it on your port hand. If you are bound 
up the bay, bring the light to bear south, and ste^r north for Eagle Island light, which 
yon may, to within a cable's length, by leaving it on your port hand. After passing 
Eagle Island light, steer N.N.W^, about fi miles, which eoiirse and distance will bring 
you up to Channel Rock, wlich you leave oii your stafbeafd hand ; giw it a berth &f 
^ of a mile, and steer N. by E., about 6 miles, for Bices Head light ) in runnin? this 
course ycu will pass Cape Rosier, a blgli bluff, wbtch yon leave on your starboard 
hand; when up to Dwes Ht-aii light, you may either go iiit« Cwatine, or itj; to 
Penobscot, by the directions giveu. 

CJianiiel Sock may be known by its being a small rock of a yellowish cost, lying to 
the westward of a small group of ibIquiiIs, and may be seen at all times above wate-r. 

N.B. — In coming from sea, and bound for Isle an HanteBay.you leave the Woodeti 
T)all and Seal Islands on your poi't hand. The Seal Island is the easternmost island, 
and you may near it to within f of a niilo. 

In coming from the westward and intendingto go northward of Martioicus Islond, 
and biund for Saddle Bock Ught, bring it to bear E.N.E., and run tor it. following 
the directions before given. 

Wooden BaU Island beors from Seal Island W.S.W., 2 miles distant ; Wooden Ball 
froim MartinicuB Hock light N.N.E., 2| milea; and Seal Island ftom MartinicuB Bock 
light N.E, by N., about ti milea. 

MARTINICUS ISLAND is at the month of PenoT«eot Bay. On the rock sonth of 
this island (here are two fixed lights, Tfi feet abov-c the level of the sea, attacked to 
a dwelHi]g--houae, iO feet apart, bearing N.N.W. and S.S.E. from each other, and 
visible 12 miles off. 

PENOBSCOT HAY and ItTVER.— This extensive bay is included between Point 
Naskeuk or Sedgwiek Point on the east, and Wliile Head on the west; the diatnnec 
bctneeo these points is about 10 leagues, and it tliorofore inclndes tho Isle au Houtc, 
Deer lelnad, the Pox Island. Long Island, and a numbcT of small isles, rocks, and 
ledges. Through the boy, to the moutb of the river of its name, the western channel 
is by the headland on the west, called Owl'a Head, on which there is a lighthonsp, 
containing a flied light, 147 foet above the IbtoI of the sea, and visible 15 miles ; 
tlience to Camden on the west, and Cape Rosiere on the eoat, to Bagaduce Point, or 
Castine River. 



52 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 




The eastera channel is betwoen lalo au Haute on t1t« west, and tho snialk'r iales on 
the east, thtoug-h a i^honiLcl called Long Reacli. formed by the shore of ScdgAvick on 
one side. &ad Vssr Island on (he Otliei', utiCjl it unitea with the mum chaniiGl between 
Capo lloaicre and Look Island. Above thb, on the caj^t, stunts Fort Caatiiie, near to 
wliich is fhe town of Ciistinc, opposite to reDobsoot. Citstiue ia tLe port of entiy. 
Strangers bound up Peoobscot Hay should always take a pilot. 

'I'liis noble riTer, which emptieB ita waters into the bay. and. wliich ia how decorated 
with nnmei'DUB towDihips, in the nio8t considernhle ia the distiict of Maine, and haa 
its sourccij about 1 ^0 tniloi^ above tho inlet of Csistine. The head of tide und navigation 
ia, however, at Hrnigor, about 30 miles from the came ; but Tfsaels of 30 tons may 
B.pproEiGh within, a mile of this place. At the entrance of the river is a depth of 10 
fathontB. 

From Mount Desert Rock to White Head, which now has a. li^hthonge 70 feet 
above the level of the sea, and visible 4 or 5 Leagues o9', having a. fixed light, and a 
bcLl in fog;gy weather, Etri^mig' three tinier a minute, the hcuriiig and distance are 
W.N.^Vv a^ "-I i^a leagues. On coming in this way, the beat passage in is outaide of 
the Two-Bu.5h Isle nud ihe Muscle Ledges, leSivin^ the island on the port aide, and 
Bteering E.N.E. or N.E, by B., ahont 2 leoguee, when the river ivill be open. You 
may then boar away for eitlier side of Iseboroug, or Long Inland, pvoeeading past 
Belfast Bay and Hrigadier Island, keeping the port shore on board. ^Vbea you puss 
Brigadier Island for Old Fort Point, on which a Used hght is now established, visilule 
la milea, obsprve, hcforo you come to it, that an ei-teniru't! ledge of' rotks lies about J of 
ft niiJe t» the E.SrE. of it, which i* uncovcTcd at baJt'-tidc. Thcwe roeka aro reodily 
diacoverahle when the wind blowM by the breakers, You may pass within a ca.ble^ 
length of Fort Point, ia Emooth water. 

If bound up the river from. Old Fort Point, with tho wind ahead and an ebb-tide, 
you may; make a good harbour in the Ea^t River, at ahoat a kagoe E.N.E. from that 
point. The entrance of this river is on the south, side of Orphan Island ; here you 
may lie eafo from all windji, and anchor in 6 or 7 fathoms, good holding ground. You 
leave Orphan Island, and serer/it tocA'.s wliich are above water, on the port hand. If 
rcquiiitc, you may anchor to the N.W. of the laiand, on the starboard hand, before 
you po-ss throug'h ; hut with the vrind and tide favourable, you may proceed aji to 
Slartdi liavt keeping towards the port shore. Marah liny is 1^ league above Orphaa 
Island. When pa-'sing it keep oearlv in the middle of ihs river, and you will have 
ncithct rocks nor shoak until you arrive at the falls. 

Cystine lighthouse ia OK DiccB Head, ftt the entrance of Castine Harbour, and i^ a 
fised light, IliO feet above Ihe level of the sea, and visible 17 miles- it bears N.W. j W. 
&om Fort Point Ledges, and froiri the eaHtMii end of Long Islani S.E. by E. J E. 
The shore near the lighthouse is bold. 

To sail up to Caathie, &c., by iho S.E. and eastern side of Long Island, bring tho 
li^ht of l>icea ITend Co bear N,E. by N., and run for it, until you. are within \ a mile 
ot iti then steer E. by N. for the neaeon on Ilormar'a Ledge, learing Otter Hock 
beacon on jour port hand a cahle's length distant, and Bull's Head, Noddle's Point, 
and (he beacon atl Hormar's Ledge on the starboard hand, Yoo may near the etar- 
boai'd shore off the entrance of Costinc Harbour wilhin a cable's length, and steer 
E.N.E., which will carry you up the Ship Channel. You may anchor od" the town, 
near the whnrves, in from S lo IW fathoma water. This haibour ia easy of atceua. The 
tide here riaea, on the full and clian.ge, ID or 11 feet ; and it Is high water at Klh. 4 Am. 

On Griiiitel Point, Gilkev Harboar, Long Island, in latitude 44^ 16' N., and longi- 
tude 68' 53' W., is a iixed Uijht, elevated 'iV feet, and visible 1 1 miles. 

Ti> inter PfhitbKot Stnjfrum the .5. If. — On approaching l^Hiile Head, or its light- 
house, be careful not to haul in for it until it bears N.E., as you will thus avoid the 
^-Hi^pt'uo/rfleA* lying without the head. Within th*se ledges, at about a pistol-shot 
from shore, there is a safe passage. In passing tJie head (o tho easlward, you will 
sec a. good harboar to the port hand, i^allcd Scjal llnrhour, in which a vessel oiar lie 
safely with any wind, In going into tbiii hiirbour, give the port ohore a. berth, in 
order Co avoid a aun/ien kdffe, extending about j over, and which always bt^aks, except 
at high water. 

From \\ liite Head to Bireh I&l&nd and Point, the course and distance are N.E., 4 
Bi-Zcs. TMs j'oJand haa a roelt, about ^ a mile tfl the sou th-we»l ward of il, which An»| 



PASSAMAQHODT BAT TO CAPE ELIZABETH. 



53 



111 

■L' 



left on the part hand. Wlien tauliog round the islajid, give it a amall terth, and 
r N.N.E. for the Owl's Htad, leaving the two Owl'a Islands on the starboard side. 

Hertm Nick liijhthom^ has lieeu recently erected on the south point of Groeu Inland, 
e ftouthemraoat of the Fox Islajids. It exhibits a Jired red iiyhl, visible 15 miles, 
ic roof of the lantern ia painted blacl; ; thia light ia iiitcaded to guide vesadls into 
crs Harbour, and IInn-iciLiie Sound. 

OWL'S HEAD HARBOUR makes with a deep cove; to nail in, bring- a roclcy 

liilt wliich will be on jour Btflrboord side, to bear N.E. ; and a ledi/e of rocks that 

outside of that point, to b<^ar E.N.E., aaA anchor in 4 fathoms, mirddy b-ottom. 

Pou will lie open to the wind at 15. by N. and EJ^.E., but safely with all Qth'er ■winds. 

The tide of fieod here seta to the eastward, and the tide of ebb S.W,, throngh the 

^□scle Ledges. 

Owl's Head Light lies at the eaatetn point of the head, at the weatem eido of the 
traute to PenobHcot Bay, end N. by E. trom White Head lightbouse ; it GKhibitB a 
iixed liglit, 110 feet ahove the level of the sea, and visible 15 milyq, 

Oil Beai'chamii Point, Indian Island, Goose River, in latitude 44° 9' N., and longi- 
tude ny 0' W.,is a fixed red li/jht (in the keeper's dwelling, visible 11 miles. 

CAiiDEN^ LiaHTHOuaE is Bituated on the S.E. part of Negro Island, 8 miles to the 
i. J li. tif Owl's Head; it contains a fixed light, 62 feet above tbe level of the sea, on 
irown'u Head, on the north Fox Islfiiid ; and at th-o wt'stern entrance of Fox Island 
1 ia a fixed light, 26 feot aljoVe the ground, and 42 feet above tho level of 
! »ea. 

The Fox Isliinds divide Penobscot Bay from Isle au Haute Bay i there is a passage 
oni one to the other round thu north end of the island. 

CAMDEN HAJtBOUK. — In coming from the westward, and bound for Camden 
arboui-, bring Owl's Head light to bear south, and steer N- ^ E. for Camden light, 
a.ving the Graves and NtE, Rucks on Ihe etarboard hand. The ffz-at-ts ia b Kinail 
'ack rock, above the surface of the water at all times, and you may near it 
ithin a table's length on all sides. When up with the lighthouse, leave it on t!ie 
Dit hand a eable's length, and steer N.W. by N. ^ N. or N.N.W., about ^ a mile, and 
,nchor near the north shore, in 4 or S fathoms, good liolding- grouiid. If you are to 
\e eastward, and bound for Camden Harbour, bring the liglit to bear W.S.W. or 
i.W. by W., to eleoir the N.E. Ledges, which bear from Camden Ught N.E. | N., 
ibout ■; of a mile. 
South of the Pos Islands, and directly before the entrance to Penobscot Bay, lie tie 
artinicus Islands; the iiortliorn ialuiid is distant from Ihe southern point of the 
Bontiiem Fos, full 8 miles ; and in the channel between are 150 and 3<j iathoma. 

_ The Mailinieus lalanda form a cluator i fi'oni off them to [he eastward ia the Seal 

Itch, distant about 5 miles; and about aiidway butwecjn is another rorli : to tile south- 

.stward, nearly 4 mites ti'om the Martlnieus lalanda-, is the Jf'omien liiill Moik: being 

outermost of the group: there ai'c channelB with deep water between them all; 

I the mariner will, by itu^pectiug liis chart, better cumpi'ehcnd their respective 

Itious. To the westward are several detached inlands, principally named the Green 

Blnadfi, Matiniek lalflud, St. George's Islonda, iitid Manheignn Island. Betwe'cn 

areen Islands and Matiniek is e, reef of rockf under water [ but there are deep-water 

channela between all the otlier islaiida. 

MANHEIGAN LIGHT. —On Manheigan Island, emitli of the e'ntranee to St. 
jpeorge's River, ia a revolving ligltt. It has ten lamps and retioctors ; these are so 
fated ou two sides of nu, oblong bquaro, that one side produces a blood-red hght, and 
uie other a. common white Ug-ht. Thoi time of revolution la 2 minutes, lo seoondit, 
Hevation V\b teet above the level of the sea, and visible 19 miles. You can close to 
pie island on either side, taking care Ic go between some dry Udges on the northern 
■ade of it. In ttie island \& a small harbour open to the S.W. 

[ From the high Ug-ht on Capo Cod, Manheigan lale bears Tf.N.E. \ N. (true), distant 
B5 leagues. 

[ GEORGE'S RIVER. Drond Bay, loading to Georfte's and Muscongua Rivers and 
ihe town of Waldobor-ougii, is too iiitrieato for deseription, beings fllU'dwith rocks aud 
■mall islands j its ailuatiou ia between Mosqnito Island and Pcnmailquid Point. There 
faa lighthouse now built ujion Franklin Island, to thu iiorthwniduf Manheigan lElaud; 




54 



SAILINa BIHECTIOFS PHOM 



it BtEndfl on the northern aide of the island, near the ertranee to George's River, and 
has a ateadf fixed light, 54 feet abote the level of the sea, visible 12 milea. 

On Marshall's Pomt,in latitude 43= 53'N., and longitude 69° 13'W".,is oflied light, 
elevated 31 tfcet, and visible 10 milea. 

Directions,— Bring the north Dannlsoove Island, or White Island, to bear W.S. W., 
tikua steer E.N.£. for Franlilia'B lighthouse, which stands at the entrance} Leafe that 
on the starboard eidc, and jou may sail pnst within a cable's length of it, ^Mieii fou 
get abreast of Franklin's Island light (wbidi is on your starhoard hnnd), steor N.E. for 
Otter Island, distant 4 miles, and eontinue on uoid you are within ^ of a mile of it, 
leaving it on your port hand, and steer E.N.E. for C^uldweli'a Island, at the 8.W. end 
of which is a high roaad rocH:, called Goose Soch. "When abreast of this roclc, pass it 
at the distance of a cable's length, Itai'ing it oo Tonr atorboard side, and steer N.E. 
by F'. a.nd N.E.; bat you should kixii Cauld-wBlfs Island b«at on hoard, to avoid a 
sitiikeii h'dije lying in the raiddle of the river. In beating into George's River, be 
carcfiil of a gunJcm roek which bears. E.N.E. from Franklin's lighthouse, distant 3 
leagoea ; also of another ledt/n Ij-ing off the S.E. end of Gay's Island, which extends 
J of tho way across towards the Goose liock. 

Should you fall in with Manheigan light, and bound to George's River, steer NJf.W,, 
lenring Manheigan Island to the starboard, nnttl you g« Franklin's lighthouse to bear 
N.E. by E., when you may run for it, atid sail as before directed. Franklin's li^ 
may aaJfely bo run for when hc-aring from N.E. by N. to E.N.E. 

In runmng from Wliite L-dands for George's River, he carefol to avoid the JVew 
ffarhovr Zeifget, whieh lie E.N.E, distant 3 miles from Penraanquid light, and have 
only 5 feet water over them. When beyond these ledgci, you will see the western 
Egg Rock, which is large and dry, and bears about E.N.E. from Penmanquld Point, 
distant 2 lenguta, and w. by S. from Franklin's liglithouse, 3 milea, which you leave 
on your poit hand ; you will thca discover the eastern Egg Rock, lying nearly 
south fi'oni Franklin's Eight, 3 milea ; tliis must he left to the starboard. These Egg 
Rocks bear from eueh other E.S.E. and W.N.W., distant nhout a league : their np- 
Jjearaoce is very similat; but JoU Will pasa betWeefi them both, and have an excellent 
clear and open channcd. They will be easily diBtiogulshed one from the other by 
their bearings from the lig-htbonae. 

Should you have the wind ahead, and bo compelled to turn to windwErd, you can 
stand on to tho northward, until Fra.nklin'a light comes E.N.E., and to the southward 
undl it bears N.N.E., wilhcut danger. To the movthward of the range of MeCohh's 
Island and the western Egg Island, the ground is fonl and rocky ; and so it is to the 
eastward of the rau go of FrankUn's Island light and tlie eastern £gg Island [MvCobh's 
laland fs that which forma the western entronce to George's River, and bears N.W., 
distant li mile from Franklin's Island light). 

Penmanqiii^ Li^ht,- — On Penmaufjnid Point, on the western side of the entrance to 
George's Kiver, a lighthonae, containing a. Sied light, U erected 3G feet high, and 75 
feet above the level of the seo- Itia u iight to Bristol and 'Waldoborough Rivera, nnd 
hears N.W. * W. from Manheigan light, distant 12 miles. 

JOHN'S BAY HARBOUR.— Pcnmanquid Point forms theeMteni side of the bay, 
and is a low Imre point, hut the shores are bold on all sides. The lighthon.ie is tiituaied 
on the S.E. side of Fenmanqoid, and bears &om the western point E.N.E., about ^ a 
mile. 

■The Coast Pilot Bays, " Ves»e!B westward bound, and falling in with Manheigan 
Island, and wiabitig tom&ke ti harbour in a strong S.W. wind, muet observe the follow- 
ing directiona : — Uring Manheigan light to hear S.E., and steer N.W., distant about 
11 miles, for Penmanquid Point; ana when the light on the said point bears E.N.E., 
distant J a niilo, you are up with the western point of Penrnanquid : lefiVe it on 
TOUT starboard hsnd. ntid give it a berth of j of a mile i then steer for John's Har- 
bour, leaving John's Island (which is small and high, covered with spruco-trecs. located 
near the centre of the bnyj, M'Cunn's Point, on your starboard ; Butford's IiiKnd, 
Stuart's Island, and McFarhng's Point on the port hand. If from the westward, and 
bound into this harbour, bring John's Island to hear N. by E.. and run until you ara 
■within a cohle's- length of it ; then eteer north for High laland Head, which Icavs on 
your [tort hand ; and when abreast of the said head, slecr N. } E., about ' of a nril'C, 
an^ anchor in from 1 to 5 fathoms water, good holding- ground. John's Gay lie« ahont 




PASSAMAQUODr BAT TO CAPE ELIZABETH. 



55 



6 miles to the eastward of Townsend Harbour, and is a fair, open bay, having neither 
Tocka or ghaals at ita eatrance j aud vessels may ran in without fi^ar, by following th^ 
above direutions," 

TOWNSEND HAHBOUR lies about 5 milea to the westward of John's Bay Har- 
bour ; and on the port side of tiio yntmnce is a. lighthouse on Burnt Ittland, showing a 
^iisM light, 61 feet above the level of the seD. To eutcc this harbour, a. pilot ia 
BecessQiy. 

_ To the westward of Goorgt'a River are several other inleta leading np the Bama- 
riseotty River to Nableborough. To the southward lie the Bantam Ledges, atretehing' 

uto the sea 4 or 5 miles ; tbtiic are a ttrtiii/ o/rocka, some nbovc aad same nitdcr water, 
jljing on the Htarboard aidt' of tlo c-ntranee iuto Sheepscut River. 

Oq Hen diick's Head, the east aide of Sheepscut River, is a fixed tight, showo at the 
keeper's dwelling, visible 11 miles. 

SHEEPSCUT RIVER.— In coming for Sbeepacut River from the westward, and 

making the island of Seguin, (upon which a lighthouse is erected, having a fixed 

light, 170 feet above the levei of the aea, and vieible 19 miles), leave the fight on 

the Etorboord bide, giving tbo inland a, berth ai k a mile ; and paitHiiig' to the 

[eastward, bring it to bew S.W., and steer N.E, and N.E. bv N., 3 leagues, which. 

wrill bring yoa to Ebenicook Harbour ; the entmnce of wliicli la narrow, but becomes 

Sroader as you get into it, and lies E. by N. Observe, you cannot get in with 

la N.E, or easterly wind, but must have it goath or westerly. After yon are within 

[the harbour, haiu up N.E. or N.E. by N., there being several aunh'a rorks on the 

rboard aide as you bo to; there you wiU have i fatboma, muddy bottoni, and 

safe from all wiodB, From Seguin lighthouse Pond Island light, at the 

atranee of Kcnnebeek River, bears N. ^ E. 

Bat if bound up Sheepscut River in a large veaael, and coining from the westward, 
fon must go to the sonthward of Seguin laland, steering N".E. or N.E. by E., a league; 
ad when the river beai'a north, or north, a little w^eaterly, run north, and keep the 
Btaiboai'd hand on board. Many roc/m and ktigea, Home above and tioiuc under watec, 
lie to tho eastward of Seguin ; wneu you get up as high as Ebenicook, leavp the Mark 
lalandaon your port, and keep your courso north, a little easterly. Here it is requisite 
to liavc u pilot. The port of >viacasaet is about 5 lenguea up troui the cnti'auce of the 
river. 

KENNEBECK RIVER.— Fond Island Ughtbouse bears N. ^ "W.. 2^ miles fiwm 
■guiu lighthouse, and both show fixed lights. These lights are intended to faeilitate 
,e entrunce to the Keiinebeck River, which is one of the most considerable in the 
itate of Nfaine. In ooming from the westward for Kennebeck River, vou should keep 
of a mile from Seguin lighfr to avoid ,7(icftV £iiifv i^A/f, which bears from the light 
.W,, distant i of a milctend E/lingswood Jtodc, ijiag north., about the same diatonce [ 
':Gr passing tae latter, you should bring Seg'uin light to bear south, and then steer 
orth for Pond laland light ; leaving tliis a cable's lEiigtti on your port hiuid, care 
' ould be taken to haul quicldy round Pond lalajid Point, in order to avoid the Two 
Loaves, two small islets, bearing north, dialont J a nule from Pond Island, upon 
the floMJ sets strongly. Your course, alter passing Fond lehtnd will be nbout 
'. tu the fort on HnnDcwell's Point, which you must give a berth to, and steer on 
lorth for Coi's Head, about a mile ; here also is another fort. Steer thence N.E. to 
'erkin's laland, which leave about a mile, to the starboard, and give it a berth of a 
.ble's length, to avoid iwo hdym that lio nearly abreast of Perkin'a Island, and oear 
le middle of the river ; then proeeed nortli for a mile further, and you vrill find good 
anchorage at Perkin's Flats, in 4, 5, or fathomB water. This is a« far as a vesael, 
condutted by a Htranger to the place, should ever venture to advance, especially with 
heavy ship. 

There is gocwi anchorage any whore between Segoin aud Pond Island, when the 
ent3ier is moderate, in from 9 to 8 fathoms, within \ a mile of Pond lalaud \ but should 
e wind blow with any violence, and you aro fax enough to windward to weather 

lilingBwood Rock and Seguin Ledges, it will sometimes bo adviaable to run for 

'ownaeoid Uurbour. 

If bound into Kennebeck, and tailing to the caatward of Seguin, brine the light on 
•ond Island to bear N.W. by W., and run for it till within a cablets !eng&, then IbUow 




5G 



SAILIFQ PIBECTIOllS FROll 



the preceding directiDnsi There is eaie imcfaorage, TrilJi an DfT-ebore wind, aa^ wliere 
between Small Point mid Seguin, unly taking uare to avoid Jacks Knilfe Ledge, 

Safe anchorag-e may be found from Cox's Ht-ad to Perkui's Island, noarost tUo eoat- 
eni shore. The usual rapidity uf the ti^e between the Segniin and tha entrance to lh« 
KcQuetieck 19 9 or '1 kopts. ThL-rcia also a pasfiage into Che Xcnncbeck fiiver, leavinf^ 
Pond Island on the starboard liniid ; but that, ia not I'ccomintnded, for only 16 fwit 
can bo obmiucd at high water. To the eastward of Seguin yun will hate deep water. 
At the wpHtward, the tidt of Rood sets atrong^lv into Ktw Bleadowfl, and W.N.W. into 
Broitd Sound and u]) to Portland ; iKv ebb-tide is tlie reverse. 

SEGUIN ISLAND rtXD LIGHTHOUSE.— This island ia remarkable when Iwar- 
ing easl or west, being 2 miles from land ; and when it bears norib, shnts in. with it. 
From this ligbthouse PorllaDd light bears '^V. £ S , 20 miles ; the two ligbthfius&s 
OD Cape Elizabetb W.S.W. J W., 20 miles ; and Alder's Ledge S.W- by W. 3 W., 
IS miles. 

There are sei-eral rorSji kilijeg naa Segain, which hear from the light as follow: — 
Five- Fa thorns Ledge S. by W., J of a mile ; EUingswood Hock Eorthj J of a mile ; 
SegTiin Ledges N.N.E.,diMtnnt | a mile, whieh always dry i Jack's Knife Ledyo N.W., 
14 mile, over which are H feet water ; Wood Island Reef N.N.W., distant IJ milo, 
wiiich has 4 feet water on it ; and the Whole's Back N.N.£., distant IJ mile. 

NEW MEADOWS RIVEJl.— At about leagnea E.N.E. from Capic Elizabeth, 
and 2 miles westward of Stnall P*itif, is the moutli af the Meadows River, a lat^e 
inlft, uHbi'diiig good slielfcr during ndreree winds. If you should happen to fall in 
with this bay with the wind at S.E. or S.S.E., and bound to the eastward, yon may 
make a good harbour in the above river. In standing to the northward, you will huvo 
a Inrge round i.sland on yanr atarboai^ hand, covered with sproce-ti-ees, together with 
Iwo large rackf, one called the Brown Cow, and the other the WliUe Btiil, which ore 
some distance from oaeh other. 

Yiiu must leave the Brown Cow on your aforboard, and (be ^Vliito Bull on your 

EDi-t hand, the latter of which tou may go mthin u table's length of, and when you 
BTe passed it must Bleei for Horse Island, thnt lies on the Btarboard, which hL* a 
hoiiB« ii])on it, that you may go within ^ of a mile of. To the wwtwurd of the island 
lies a liinje rock, wlueli is covered ot high water, but bare ot half-tide ; you may en oti 
either side of it when it is in siglit, but the widest passage is to the caatwai'd. When 
juu 3nLve pnesed this rock, steer N. by W. or N.N.W., ivliich courpe ivlll earry you up 
to a Ifij'ge iuland, called Ijcar Island, whieh is covered with spruce and birch-trees. 
When 3'on bare pattaed this island about ^ of a luile, ynu may haul in for the htarbuciril 
shore, and anchor in 5 or 8 falhoms water. This is the b^r place for anclitiring with 
the wind S.S.E. or east ; but be careful of a Icdi/v nf rtiehs that mna to the northward 
of this lulajid, about J a mile off. 

"You may anchor in this buy according as the wind may be ; if it should be tn (he 
eastward, anchor on the east side. If you have lost your anchora and tables, there is 
a lai ge cove on your aturhoard hand, about 2 milee from Bear Island, bearing about 
north, which is sufficient to hold 30 or 40 vessels ; it is land-loekcd all nmnd, so 
that no wind can damage a vcasel after she gct« into it. 

HUSSEY SOUND. ^ — If jou come from the eastward, and make Seguln light, bring 
It to bear east, and uteer westwai'd for (he sound, if you have daylight and a leading 
wind, as you have nothing but island,'! on your starboard hund, llirough which tlie tid« 
of flood Hcls vtTy strniig-ly ; when you get within 2 railcH of llusst') 's Sound, yoii will 
make two islands, witJiout trees, culled Given Islands. Continue your course till 
HuHsey'e Souud bears N.N.E,, then steer in. When poal the two ittlanda, after enter- 
ing thp sound, k'ave three islands on your port, and two lelandi on vour xtitrlxiard iide ; 
the nortlicril island on your starboard is called Smith's Island ; when you have Jiassed 
it about I of a mile, you may haul away E.N.K. till yon shut in the said island to th« 
8.E., then anchor, in B or 9 futhnms, muddy bottom, with Hog Ifiland to the S.W., 
Basket Island to the N.W., Oreat Oabe^e Island to tho N.E., and Smith's Island to 
the S.E. ; here 200 sail of veasels may ride satic from nil winds i and when wind and 
tide servo, you may be out to ma again ill an Iionr. 

HALF-WAY IlOtat ia high and block, aliout 600 feet 3n diameter, elcTatt-d ISfeot 
above tho leve'l of tho soa ; at ftOO feet from the rock, on the N.W., north, N.E,, eaal, 
and ^.i:. ftidea there ore a and 6 talhoms, gtaduaJly dtepohineto 25 fatliftms. Aljof 



PASSAMAQUODr BAT TO CAPE ELIZABETH* 



fir 



& mile from it a j-^t/' est ends ^V. hy S., J of a mile, and it bos 10 &l]ioins within a 
table'M length of it. You niuy neai' thia rock on lUl sides within J uf a mile, and find 
from 15 lu 25 fathoms. From this rock Seguin lielithouse beaw E. 4 X., 13 miles i 
CuTO Elizabeth S.W. by W. J W.. 9 miles ; Cod lloek S.W. by S., about B 
miiea ; Portland lighthouse W. J S., di=(ftnt 8 Dlilee i Green Itilauda W. J X., ahout 
5 miSes; DruDkcn Lcdgca N.N.E., 2J; railea ; Mark Island N. by E. J E., 4| milosj 
Jewill'ij Island N.M'. by N., about 3 miles; and Eugle Islund north, 4* miles. Dnmkea 
Ledges may be aeon at all times, bwaking with little sea. 

Mark Island is smtijl and bai-e, and has a monument erected on it, as a guide for 
TGBdclH into ISroad Sound. Eagle Islnnd iii smnil, high,iuid covered with treesf these 
two iHlands fotm the uust aide of the entrance to Broad Sound ; and Brown Cow and 
Jewill's Ifikhdfl form the west side. Green Islands lie S.W., 1^ mile from Jewill'e 
Ibland. 

Cod Ledge is ^ a mile in circumference, and ha* 2^ fathoms on it at low water, 
gi'ttdually deepening' la 3, 7. 8, and 12 fathoms ; and bears fiuni Portland lighthoiUQ 
K.S.E., about 7 miles, aud from Capo Elizabeth E, by JJ. i N., dialauce 3 nifles [ thia 
ledfj-e breaks with strung S.E. winds. 

CAFE EUZABETH and FORTLAND HARBOVS.— Upou Portland Point, 

which lies ab&ut 4 miles to tho aoi'tliward of Cape Elizabeth, stands a lighthpuse, 
built o£ stone, Olid JO feet high, exclusive of the lantern, which is of the greatest utility on 
thiseoaat. Itslight is Hied, elevated 81 feet, and visible H miles. Tht' sound or harbour 
of Fui'tkud ii huuyed, aiid ihu fblluwing directions arc to bo observed trhcn sailing in. 

On the obucrvatory at Fort Hill ie placed a. telescope, by uieauB of which vces(>ls 
approaching the coast can be diacovered 15 leagues off; their colours or ^ignulj mjiy 
I)f disltnguiiilicd % leagues diatHiit, if' the -weather be clear; mid should nny araiatance 
be wnatfd, they will place tJieir eiwi^'d ovtr tio private signals, aud if they can be 
diBCcmed, infommtion of their Hitualion will be made known to the ownerK. This 
observatory is built ou an eminence, 141 feet abovo high-water mark, \a <{2 feet hish, 
pointed red, Itaviug (he tolescoije at the top ; it bears from Portland lighthouse 
Jf .N.W. i W., distant 4 miles ; and these in a. line will bc ft good TOftrk fol' -cliiU'iug 
Alden's Ledi/e, carrying you J of a mile to the eastward of it. 

VcBsela of a large draught will find the best water by brhiging Portland Ug-ht 
N.W. by N., atjd steering directly for it- 

If you should fall in to tlie eoatward of PortlEmd aiid mako Seguin lig-ht, bring it to 
bear east, and steer west ; which emirBe you ore to eontiuue uatil you make Portland 
light to bear frOfU N.W. to W.N.W., when you may run for it without fear. Re- 
member always to pay a due regard to the fide, the flood Betting strongly between 
all the islnndij to the eastward. 

In eomiiiff fi^m tha soidk-teeetieard, when within J a mile of Cape Elizabeth, llie 
red buoy on Broad Cove Rock may be seen. This buoy bears N.N.E, from the pitch 
of the cape, distant IJ uiile, and lies in 31 feet water. 'Wheu advanced toil, leave it 
to the port hand, at | a cable's length, and steer N. by E. J E.. a mile, which will 
carry you up to the white buoy on I'rundy's Reef, lying' in III feet water; Kive this, 
the same berth as the former. You may ran N. by W. k W., A miles, for Portland 
hghthouse ; and wheu up with the jiotDt upon whicri the liuhthousc stands, give it a 
Biuoll berth, aiid steer N. by W,, Icaviug Bone'n Itiland on the starboard side, till yon 
come to lIooiJG Island, the S.AV. point of which bears north froai the ligbtliouge, 
distant Dtfti-Iy '2 miles. Before you are uji with thia island, Iht hlack buoy on Spiiag- 
Point Ledge may be «oen ; it bears N.W. bj W. from the S.^V. imrt of House Islsud, 
distant } a mile, and Uck in 14 leot water. ^VheIl up with this buoy, you open the 
town ! and, giving it a mnall berth, you louy haul up N.W. fur the wliite buoy oa 
Stonford's jjedgc : the latter lies also in 14 feet water, and is a mile diataut from 
Spring Point Lodge buoy. Giving the white buoy a small berth, you may keep 
Stidway up the river, and salcly anchor off the town At plcOsUl'e. 

It is to be observed, that ail the buoys before mentioned are to be left on the port 

■ hand when coming in. B«sid08 the above, there are alao fivo small buoys lying ujwu 

tico ledges, in White Head Passage, at the N.E. part of llany's Inland ; this pasangc is 

narrow, and seldom useJ by lorg^ vessels. Ijy keeping midway bettveeu the two 

bnoya, the red on the atai'board, aud the white on the port, wheu guing in, you will 

[CASSO TO' PUIL,] "^^ 



58 



SAIMXG DIIIECTIONS FROM 




not have lesa than S rathoms waCor. After passing tlie buojs, keep midwaT in Oif 
pOHHBg't!, and run to the di<)lnDc« of a mile, which will carry you liito Ship Chsimt'l. 
ttie Bame as if you had poised the li^LtKouse. 

Thg fulSoteing directions, Jot Portland Htirlioiir in'll bejfound useful, in case anfi i^ 
the hucii/s kIiuuIiI be removi'd by acctiSeut. 

Cominr fro-m. the south- west ward for Portland Harbonr, give Cape Elizabeth B 
berth of | a mile, and steer N.N.E. until youhrio? Portland lighthonseN-N.W.i thGO, 
if th-e wiBd permitB, himl up H',N.W. ; but should jour ship be large, and the ■wind«t 
N.W, 01" W N .W., continue a N.N.E, course, which wi)l carrj^ yoii suft into HnsKr** 
Sound, allowing it to ho fiood-tide, for Portland entrance is narrow, though, bold 
between tlin lighthouse and Ita.ng'a leland. 

If turning in tbo night into Portland, and atauding to the soDth-weBtword, ymt 
must i;o about as foon as the li^ht beure N.N.W,, and in standing to the eastwnrd, 
Qs soon aa it bears W.N.W., for there is u ledge qfriKks bearing S.E. from (be Ughl 
and Kain's Island, very low, about a mile north-eastorly from it. With a kuding wind 

fo'u may proceed in "without fear, keeping Ulid-chaaiiel ; and trlien abrenjst ol' llie 
ight, steer N. by W. for House Island, which leave on the starboard; and whtn 
passing it, bring it tg bear S.E. by E., and stoer N.W. by W. ur W.N.W., with ibc 
tide of flood. You will then perceiTe a round bushy tree to the northwai'd of the 
town, and also a house with a. red roof and one chimney ; by bringing this tree to lUe 
westward of the house, vou will go fairly up channel, in fi ond 7 fathom.^ ; and when 
abreast of tho fort, which Htaads on a hill, haul away W.S.W., to avoid, the lAaal on 
the Btarhoard hand, wkiiih has not mom than 10 or 12 feet over it at high wRter. 

Be also careful of (wo ietlgeg of rocki, one called Spring-tidt Led(/e, 2 milea N. by 
W. I W. froni the lighthouse ; the other, named Stanford Lcdpe, witha buoy upon it^ 
bearing N. by W. J W., 3 nules, and stretches off from, your port hand 5 b mile : fhi 
lie !o the S.W . of Uonse Island, and ore diT at low water. 11' you arc obliged lo 
in hero, they are much in the way ; and when you are Btnnding to the Bouthwnrd. 
ciirefa) of them. Tho Tnarlis wilt do iu the day, but ore of no use iu the niKht. 
pilot generally olHciatea here. The harbour is opon to N.E. and E.N.E. win&. 

If you are coining in. on a dark night, you may go into Hog Island Road, wbl 
may be done by steering as follows : — Hoving passed the lighthouse, sfeer N. bv 1 
until you pass. Bang's I^und, leavitig it on yow etarbotird hii>id,UTid House laUnd 
on your port, or left hand, and when between both, steer N.E. by E. until you 
reanh the second island on your starboard eida : anchor abreast of this, in 10 or 
a fathoms. If it is day-tiuio you will see a large house on the said island : anchor 
soon as you are abreast of it. 

Vessels honnd to Portland, and falling in to the westward and making Wood lelun. 
must bring it to hear S.W. by W. i W., and steer N.E. by E. i E., 13 miles, whict 
will bring them up with the buoy of Alden's Ledge, 

Cape Elizabeth is 5 milei to the southward of bang's I.^lund ; and there iaa leii 
called the Alden's Meek, bearing E.S.E., 2j miles from the cape, and about 2 Jeagi 
8. S.E. from tho lighlhoosa. It haa only 5^ feet water oyer it; and iu rough weather, 
the eea Ibreaks upun it. 

A red spar-buoj ie ploced on Alderv'i Rock, with & st«ff and flag, ooloared red 1 thi 
ore also two watch-l>noy§ within 1 5 to 20 feet of this buoy. The most dangorous p: 
Brc tipo rockn, 420 fcft apart, bearing E.S.E. and W.N.W. of each olher. On the 
westtm roek are 5J feet, and on the eastern rook 7| feet, at low water; between them 
arc 4 and S fathoms. The huoys lie to the northward of the rocki«, and should hare 
berth given tbom of 2 or 3 cables' length. In running for Portland, bring the b 
S.S.fi., and steer N.N.W., 6J milefl, which will bring you up to the light. 

CAPE ELI2ABETH is distinguished by two hghthonses; they stand 
300 yards from the sea shore, and the same distanco from each other. The N.E. light 
is fixed, and the S.W. one is a revolving light, showing a brilliant light, and obacn 
altemiitcly every 2 minute#. The two Ughta bear Eram each other S.W. J W. 
N,E. § E, Tlio lanterns are 143 feet above the level of the sea at high water. 

From tho N.E. light, Portland light bears N. i E.. 4 mile* ; Wood Inland 
S. W. i W., 9 miles i and Segiim lighthouse E. by N. ^ N., 22 miles. 



14 

-icli 

?u^^ 

ler. 



FCAPE ELIZABETH TO CAPE ANNE. 59 

The following arc the bcftiings and disUiiices from tte nortli-easterly ligkt of the 
shoals and reefc near tlie nunc; — Alden'^ Hocic S.E. by E., 2^ milta ; Hue and Ciy 
Bocica S.E. iS„ SamUeEs; Tavloi's Reef S.S.E. J E., 1^ mOe > Uroad C'live Rock 
N.N.E. S E., 1^ milei outer point of Wfttoh Ledge S.W. i S., 2 milen} aiiii S.E. aide 
of Itichmoudlakiid S.W., Sf lailcii. 

T» (Jie westward, near Riehraond Island, ia a vindmill, wliici ia tie first jou will 
see ia coming irom the eastward. The vari&tion. hero ia about 9^W. 



CAFE ELIZABETH TO CAPE ANNE. 



r From Cape Elizabeth to Wood Inland, on the South side of Saoo Bay, the eonrse and 

I duitiLncG are ubuut S.W., 8 miles ; and theaee to Capo Porpoise, S.W., 9 miles. The 
hatbours formed bf Wood Island and Cape Porj^ioise are to be attempted onlf with a 
pilot. 

On Wood Idand is a Ligiithodse, which mav be known fromthat of Portland by its 

I haTiug a revolving or reiieating light ; this light ia G3 feet above the level of the sea, 

I and may be Been 4 or 6 leuguea off; when it first bcicamca visible, at about the above 

' distance, the eclipse, iu eatjii rovolutipn, will be tatu.1, niLd will thus W reiwiated, until 

youget 7 or 6 rnDea off; then the lig-ht will not totally diaappear. This iskod is Ligh, 

woody, and eveo. 

Wood Island lies 3 luagnt's N.E. of Cajio Porpoise ; in coming from the aoath-weat- 

I ward, you should bi-ing tiiia light (o bear N.N. W. or N. W., and then you may run on 

I autil within a cable's length in aafcty. yon may go into the harbour either to th.e 

eaatnard or westward of the island. There kjc several rucks to the westward of the 

islnndF and also a fc«y bur, which lies to tins S.W., about ^ of a mile distant, together 

witU iieo Wffas, one of which he&te S.E, by S. ftoin the Itjjht, | a mile, having U» fwit 

on U at low water ; and the other ia a duiiijerous ledi/e, called Dniiccbcrr'/, bearing 

S. by Ti. from the light, abuut | of a mile, and breaks at all times. With a. southerly 

^ ifind you may anchor near Btage Island, on which is a monumeoti in wh&t is t^aUcd 

^B Winter Ilarbaiir: tntor the eastern way, and you will Lave rooni ti) turn your vesael, 

^J^Bhich you cannot do if yon go in by the western. Thia nnehorage ia exposed to the 

^H N.E. and E.N.E. winds ; but if youz aiichora and oa.bUi3 ai'o not good, yau may run 

^f into the pool, and lie safe Irom all iviuds.. 

S.4CO is about a leaaue to the N.W., havins a har, with but 9 or HI feet at high 
1 water ; lint a considerable trade is carried on there. 

^L likfiinitnd Island lies about T miles Pf.M. of Suco, and ia fit only for sniall coas-fers ; 
^y t°t' in ftlililig by this island you must be careful of a sunken ledge, called WateU 
' Ledge, which lies off about S.K.froui the N.E. end of the island, J annile; keep, there- 

tlbre, farthiEi' off, for it is not visible, unless when tlio wind blows frtsh. 
CAPE PORPOISE LTGHT.— The lighthouse standa on tho S.W. part of Goat 
Island, and containB a flsied light, elevated 38 feet above the levelof the sea. Porpoise 
Harbour ia not very safe foe large vessels, and should not be attempted unless with a 
fair wind ; a pilot la always neeetiaiiry. 
KENNEBUNK HARBOUR is very shoal, and can only be entered at hig-h watei" ; 
the dopCli on the bar at low water is '2 or 3 feet. Conmiott tidoa riso and foLl B and 9 
rfeet. 

The »ufse and diataiice from Cape Poi^ise ta Cape Neddock lU'e S.W., 13 milea ; 
' l>etween lies Wella Bay ; and close to the northward of Capo Neddock Nubllo is the 
\ Capu Harbour, which is very small. 

The white HILLS area most prominent and important landmark in approaching 




They 

Imjlee otf Cape Elizalji'th, where there arc 80 fatioma water, muddy ground,^ If from 
Fthis spot yon Btt'erN.W. or W.N. W., you will make Agiinienlicua Iliilsi which, when 
flieariug W. by N.. 6 or 7 leagues, appear to be tliroe in numbui', the Bniftliest being to 
the eastward. At the aomo time you will make Wells, or Bonuheg H\l\-i, bcarini; 
I W.N.W. 1 and when on the northern part of Jeffery's Uatik, in ^5 fcthoma, you will 
Isee the hilla of Agamenticua bearing W. hy N, or W.N W. 

BOON ISLAND.— In coming from the eastward for this part of thie ooort.,- 



60 RAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

stould keep a good look-out for Boon Island, upon which stands n UghLboiise of gray 
granite, 118 Feet iiig'h ; aiitl the light being 133 lect above the level oi the eta, may be 
Been froQi the deck of a moderate sized vessel 18 miles. The kecper'ti dncUinga stund 
to the westward of the light tower. A ledge of rockg lie due north from, this inland, 
which utust bu ciLrcl'uUy avaldcd ; there is alao, about a Icagni! to the coHtwitrd of tha 
island, a dangernua reef under water, with only 4 feat upon it, over which the water 
breaks continually' ; the position of tikis reef will b? seen on inspecting' theolmrt : it is 
venf dangerous, and thorcforo should he avoided. This reef liea nboat S.E., 5 or 6 
leagracB from AgamcDticua Hills. VesBiClH, in making- the land hereabout, should be 
careful, especially in thick weather, not to go to the northward of latitude 45°, unteae 
they are well [icquainted, and jiidgu tlicmselves to be to the we&tward of the Good 
Islnnd Ledger, as this has proved fatal to many who were unaciiuaiuU^d. 

In thia direction, and between Jofffcry'K Bank and Piacataqua Harbour, are SO, 70, 
and 75 fathoms-, the ground in geneitd is rand; and the eurrent will be found setting 
strongly to the SQiitb-wesCward. 

YORK LEDGE.— This rock is hare nt J ebb, cYtendiiig E.N.E. nnd W.8. W., about 
400 feet, and is about 300 feet *ide. N.E. o-f the main roeh there is a a/iani runs off 

tof a, mile, halving onlji 2 fathoms upon it at low water. The soundings are gradaol, 
OTtl 5 to 20 fftthoms, I a mile from the rpel?. All iron beacon haa been wccted on 
thia rock ; it is 331 feet high, and about 25 feet above the level of the water ; upon 
the pillars roKts an iron tabidar column, supporting an iron base, of 3'J feet diameter, 
upon which is mseribed " YoRR LEDtiE, 1841." 

The Tricitiq'tlnr Shoal bearsi S. W., 2 miles from this beacon ; it has 4 fathome on it 
at low water, and breaks in a heavy sea. 

Bo«i Island light bears from the beacon £. by N., 5.| miles ; Whale's Bock light 
W. hy S. i S., 5 miles ; White Island light S. by W. \ W., 8^ mlleH. 

YoKK KAJtBOun is small, but safe when once entered ; there are 12 feet at loir 
water, and the tide rises 9 feet. 

The Jslea uf Shoala arc the southernmost plaster or letige of racJts whieh Rurround tho 
eatltilice to Portemouth llurbour ; in cttar weather they may be seen to t!ic eastward 
low Ifi raileB off; but in thick wotiiJitr yon will first diseern the Meeting-house, 
which is built upon one of the isla^nda. If hound to Newhury or I'orisraouth, jou 
should givD tliom a largo berth, goiiir full 3 miles to the southward of them ; lor aljout 
2 miles oiff them ties lanes'* Rock, drying before low water; thiB is abont 2 miles 
S.W. by S. from Stitr Island. 

Wiulb'b Bi\cK LlGHTllOtSB IS Situated oji the enstcm Bide of Portsmouth Har- 
hour ; its height is 58 feet above low-wnter mark. It has two fixed lights, one 10 feet 
below the other, soen aa one light at G miles distance. 

The following are the hearings and distances of places from ^Vliale'a Back light. 
TiK, : — Wpsteni Sister Siioal, N. 89= 41' E., a mile, 1310 feet; Fostem Sister, 
N. 75° 53' E., a mile, 3480 feetj Ordiom'a I'oint, S. 44° 30' W,, a mile, 1820 feet \ 
Phillijp's noeks (12 feel), S. 83' 30' E., a niilo, 300 feet i Kitt'H buoy, S. 23' SO- E., 
S130 feet. Gun Boat Shoal Hes 4 miles southward of I'oirtfimouth tienthouse ; it rune 
E.N.E. and W.S.W., about 2 cables' leng-th, has UJ fathoms on its ehoolest part, 
and bears from "Whale's- Back light S-. by W. J W., aad from Oi'diom'a Point S. \ E. 

POKTSraOtTTH HASIBODEI may bo known by its hi^hlhonse, which Htands 
upon Fort Point, on the western side, and upon which one liglit ia exhibited; thia ia 
a fixed light, and stands TO leet above the level of the sea. In coming from the south- 
westward, cndeiLvour to bring thu Dry Sitlvagep, offCape Anne,to bear S. by E., then 
Bloer N, J AV. or N, by W., which will bring yon to the Isles of Shonla, from whence 
yon may lake a fresh departure. Lot Star Island bear S.S.E., and steer N.N.W. ; 
theiJ turning in fof Portsmouth, bting the li^ht to hear north, but hot to the westward 
of that until yon have passed Ordiom's Point ; and when standing to the eastward, 
tack about ae soon sa the lighthouse bears N. by W. ^ W., until you get within Wo<id 
Island, Be cautious of apprthuctiing too near Ordiorn's Point, for stiiiken rottf lie off 
it more than i a mile, which do not apiwar with off-shore irtndB. In standing to the 
eiistwai'd, be likewise cautious of the Whale's iloek, which lies S.S.W. from Wood 
Island, and is envered at half-tide. 

Wbule's Back will be ojisily distinguished by its lighthouse, whieh mnat be left on 
jffursuriward baud going m. 



CAPE ELIZABETH TO CAPE ANNE. 



61 



At the entrance of the Lapbcntr tlie tid« £~aw^, an fall and cLuige days, at ^ past 11 
o'dock. 

Ships bound to this port, from the eastward, with a tiiming- vrind. muat bo cDiitiniiit 
of York Ledge, on which the Tjeacon is erected. There is aim a. sunken ledr/e, eaLied 
the Triangle, before mentionud, IjiuB S.W., 2 miles from York Ledge bcQoon, which 
is never um^vered, but alwajs- breaks at low water. Some part of York Led^ is 
nncovered at tialt-dde. 

A ledge of rur^lm lies & mile north from Boon Island, of which tcware. There ia alco 
&dange/-otis rerf, beaiing «ajit, a. leagno fi-om Uic ialend, and S.E., 5 or 6 leogucs from 
Agamonticns Hills ; tbeae have been noticed before, 

ISLES OF SHOALS.— White Island, the south -westernmost of those islands, ia 
roehy, extending f of (l mile in length from S.E. to N.W., and o.boiit If mile distant 
from fie Mcpline-houKe of Star Island. A reej eitcuds about J of a. mile from its 

•N.W. end, to which a berth muat be given. 
JV^ite Isfand in distinguished by a Ughthouae, t!ie light, of whioh ia elevated 
87 feet above the level of high water; the lantern contains 15 patent lamps, with 
reflectors, on a. revolving' triangle, which will make one complete revolution in 3J 
m)n^te«, ezthibitinz on one aide a. bright red light, «ti one side a blue, nad on the vtlier 
Bide the natni'al coloui' of the light- 
Each of these lights may be distinctly seen for about 50 Rcconds, at the distance of 
Id miles ; the light will be wholly eclipsed, for about 1 seconds, between ench colonrj 
lliut within the above di.stance the light will not entiroiy diaappear in clear weath«T ; 
■taking the- medium, the greatest power of light will be to the least, as 4(1 to I. The 
bright, or natural light, will be first diseei-nibk, iji clear weather, at the disfanco of 
kbout 7 Ji^ag-iierj ; iind as yoa appronch, the red and blue in succession. The bright 
light will be visible 2 or it milca foi'tlier than the red, and tho red about a similar dis- 
tance farther thna the blue. 

• There is also b bell of SOO ponnds veight suspendect to the tower of the lighthouKe, 
■which will be kept tolling at the mtc of 10 strokes in a mlnnle, by night as well aa by 
flaj, whenever, from fog or any other canae, the light or lighthouee ratiTiot be seen at 
leaflt 4 milea ; at which diittaiic^, it ia calculated the bcU may be heard in moderate 
, weather. 

From White Island lighthouse the benrings and distancea loi various spota are as 

piillow : — to Portsmouth fighthouse N.N.W., 7i miles: Square Hock lies directly in 

fthis range, and is disttuit from White Island lighthonae S t>f <k inil<^ ; to BiKn Island 

flight N.F,. byN., distant 12 miles; to Cnpo Anne S. a W., IflJ miles; to Hta 

CMOTting-honse N.W. by W. { W., !) milefl ; and to Star Meoting-houso N.E., J ol a 

iSiile. Innes'a llock bears S.W. fay S. from this island, distant 2 tnilea, and ia un- 

red at low water ; to the N.W. point of Hoe Island N. by E. ^ E. ; to Cedar 

sland Ledge E.N.E. | E., limile; to Anderson^s Ledge S.E. by E. i E., li mile ; 

nd to Whit* Island Ledge W.S.W., ] of a mile. 

Zo;i(/oiier'j Iihinii lies about | a mile to the northward of White Island, and is abont 
I of a mile in length from N, to S., high at each (<nd, but at high tides tho middle is 
Bometimee covered ; it is surrounded with rochs, some being always above water. The 
Boulh eod hears weat from the Meeting-house, and the north W.N.W, J W., about 
I a mile di^tiint. 

flltir If land, iistingaiahcd by the conapicuoua Meeting-hoiisc before mentioned, ia 
kbout i of a mile In length from S.E. to N. W., and about J a mile in bicudth ; ila 
north end is covered with huildings. The Meeting-honse stands on an emiuence, a 
little to the northward of the middle of the islnnd, fronting the west j the roof of this 
building is- only 12 feet high-, but thence to the top of the steeple, whicli stands oii 
the miildlc of it, 30 feet more j and the whole heighl, from the suri'nce of the water, 
ia about 65 feet : being painted white, it may be ecen from a distanteof 8 orB leuguca. 
It hc^r* from Thatcher's Island hghta. Cape Anno (herciiflei- noticed), N. J E,, diitlant 
6J leag^oB J from Newburj' Port lighthouse N.E. { E., distant 4^- li-aguosi from Ports- 
mouth lighlhouse S.S.K. ^ E., 3 leagues i from the westerti Afjamen ticna II il! S. ^ E. ; 
from Boon Island lighthonae S.W. | S., -1 j leagues: and from Uuon Island Ledge, which 
lies B league cast from Iloon Island, .S.W. hy VV., Hi^ leagues. Oft theeouth end of this 
, jfllond, at about { of a mile from bhore, lies a rocA:, called Ani/ersoa't Aieft^ wbiclvu 




62 SAILING DIRECTIONS FHOH 

uncovered at Imlf-tide, and should, therefore, Lave n good bcrtli in pttfiBin^. From tlio 
MurtiiiK-liouso it boara S.S.K. There is ehto a rock betviccii thu ifilanil ami Londoner'a 
IbIsdiI bearing from llie Moetiog-house K. by W. J W., disluut J of a imle. 

Cedar /j/aiiii IB the small iflkod which lies to tho eastward nf Star Island; it i» only 
i of a mUe from east to west. The east end beara from the Meeting-house E. J N\, 
and the west cad E.N.E. J E, 5 of a mile dJBtant. At J a mile from the S.E. end 
<>f thb inland ia ol rwk, uuco^ored at ludf-tidD, which bears E. by S. from the Meet- 
ing -hoosc. 

Smutty None Islattd ia nearly a mil>B in length from cast to weat, snd about i a mile 
in breadth. It may be known hy a windmill on its uortli part. At the west cod is n 
fine harbour, callecl Haley's Cove, where 15 or 20 ennall ■vessels may lie eafoly in all 
vrinds. There are several buildinp near this place. Between this island nud Ucg 
Island, which lies to the northwurd, there ia a fiiif chnniid, with sufficient depth of 
water for any vessel, by kecpina nearly in mid-ehannel. 'ITie east end ofSmutty Ntwe 
Island beara from (ho Aleeting-noiiBe £.N.E., nearly J| of a mile. 

JSoff Island is a high island, lying to the noiiliward of Smutty Nose Island ; it is 
ahont a mile in kngth from east to west, and ; of a mile &om north to south. Tho 
wcat end lios from the Meetiflg-liouBe N. by W. i W.; andthccftsttad of ditto y.N.E., 
I of a mile distant. 

Duck Ltlanil is the northernmost of the Isles of Slioals. It ia low and rocky. Some 
parts are covered at high wnttT, with roeki projecting in every direction, especially at 
the N. W. end, wliere a hthje i-uns off to tho distance of j a mile ; it is the most dan- 
gerous of the liilca of Shoals, and must be cautioualy avoided. Its east end bears from 
the Mcptiog-hoiiHti nearly N. by E. J E., distant about 1| jujlc- 

NEWBUKY PORT.— The entrance of Newbury Port, or Newbury llarhour, is 
dialinguiahed by twu lighlhouson. stnnding on the northern part of Plum lahind ; it Ut-s 
nearly 1\ leag'iiea S.\V . j S. from Cape Neddock Nubble. If coming rouni Cupe 
Anne, and about i niilt's to (he northward of the Dry S-alvugo Bock, before mentioned, 
bring it to bear S.E., nnd stter N.W.. 4i leagues, which will bring you to Newbury 
Bar. In rwuning from the Bar to the eastward, strangers Khould uol approach near 
Hampton Harbour, as olf lIh mouth he eeTcral Miiihcii rueks. 

Tho Marine Society of Ncwlniiy Port erected, aome time since, at their own cxpcniie, 
several huts, at proper distances from each other and from tliei i^horo, and supplied 
them with fire-works, fuel, etraw, S;c, i but owing to the strung wlnda driving tlic 
■and from their foundiitions, and (he inhuman conitnet of the people who visited the 
ialand in summer, these huts were in a few years totally destroyMO. The miafortuneii 
attending this eencroua and humane attempt in iiivour of tho sbipwrccttd mariner, 
deterred the Marine Society, as well a^i other bodies and individuals, from a like 
benevolent attempt, until tne establishment of tho M&n-iiuaek Humane Soeiiutv, in 
180S- Con-eeiving it ahaolntely necessary that some rehef should be a(if)rdc(\ the 
unfortunate sufferer on so dcaolutc a spot, and in tho mo«t inclement season of tlio 
year, the society Tottd to build throe hut? Oil the island, and have carried their 
generous resolutions iato full effect. The exertions of this benevolent Instilutimi 
will he, in fnture, to preserve these huts in repair, and in perfect supply of materials 
for lire, and other ntccasari<;s for the BUJiport and preservation of life. Ma-ny, nu 
doubt, will owe their lives to the humanity of (his design, and with gi-atefiil fceliDga 
contribute themselves to tho preservation of others. The cspense and trouble will Iw 
tTirial io comparison wilh the noble purposes it may answer ; and tho hope of \Xn 
ansirering these purposes, will bo alone a sufficient remuneration to the generous 
projectors. 

From the report of h Comtiiittee, appointed by the S&eiely, wo have tho following 
description of the huts, and directions to tho mariner whore to find tliein :— 

"Tho houfle for tho keeper of thei Ughta, erected by tlie United States, la about 
2ti rods south from tho lighthauiwa. About 2S4)0 paces, or 1^ mile south from this 
bouse and the hghts, on the inside of tho island, is tlie first hut, lo which the mariner, 
in diiylight. may bo directed by a beueon, ulwut HOU paces to Iho ca.st, with a hand 
pointiiLg to the hut. 

"5300 pttces, or about 1 J mile south from thb, ia the second hut with a similar heu- 
caa, about 400 piieca S.K., pointing to it. 



i 



CAPE ELIZABETH TO CAPE ANNE. 



63 



"1700 pacea, or about tt mileeoTith fromtMs, iua tliird, w^ith a beacon, bearing east, 
600 pacea distant. 

" &D00 paces, Qr a1>out 3 miles fiouth pf this is a haase, occupied by Mr. Spiller and 
family, which is abuut amile from tbe eouth endof tlicuiluncr;andabuiit weal, a mile 
from the £Oii.tli end of the island, ore twn other hoD>i«s, with tamilies. 

"These hiits, togelLcr nilh ike otlict himsefi mcnfionfil, fiitm a chain fro-m ono 
extremity of the island to the other. The unfortunate mariner, whose fate niaj" wreck 
hlni on this share, can, bj* noticinc' the point of the compass from, which the wind 
blows at the time of liis being WTfcked, be governed in his course across the i»liind, 
where he will find hiioBeif under the lee of the higher land, atid piflteott'd in some 
meoEurc from the violence of the (cmpest. Bj keeping along the murgiii of the island, 
where the travelling ia g«od, and before cominK' tjujte to the mamh, either north or 
Boqth, he will be certain of meeting with one of these huts or houses, wlu're be may 
fi.nd tempomry relief To facilitate still farther the means of eonveying immediute 
UBBistance to those unfortunate mariners who may be wrecked on this island, a number 
of gentlemen ■were incorporated for the purpose, and have completed a l>ridge ttnd 
tnrnpike road from Nowburv Port lo Plum Island. This road leads iu a soutli-eoiterly 
direction from Kewburj fort, and the bridge crosses to Plum Tslund netirlf J of 
a. mile to the S.W. of Seal Inland, An ele^nt hotel bos been erected an the eat>t end 
of the bridge, witliin lOO rods of the aco-^hoi-e, a mile south from the Ugfits, and abinit 
J of a mile northerly from the nortliernmost house erected by the Merrimack Huranne 
Society before mentioned. The hotel ia painted white, hiU three white chiniiueys, 
and umy serve as a landmark fur seamen. 

"If a vessel, by stress of weather, should be obliged to run ashore on thi§ island, and 
the master can make any choice of the place, it is- moat eligible to run on as nearly 
opposite thia boufic as poasible, na aBaistanoc and shelter can be more promptly afforded, 
and the communication will bo more direct with Newbury Port. 

"It rarely happens that any life is lost on this beach, in attempting to escape from 
the wreck, when the crew remain on boord until low tide. Unless the vessel is in 
imminent danger of going to pieces immediately, the Beamen should never take to 
their boat." 

Sawplan Sarhour lies about 5 miles north from the southern estremitj- of Salisbury 
Point ; between, at the distance of 3 milca N.by E. ^ EWrom the lights on Piuni Island, 
lies another dani/eroua roch, having only 3^ feet water over it. 

Plum Island is situated between the mouth of Merrimack River on the north, and 
Ipswich Bay on the south ; etid is separated from tie naain land by a narrow sound. 
Its length ia aboot 8^ miles, and its breadth, jrom the sea to the main, not more than 
S(MI pacea. On the north end of the island are two lighthouses, which are constnnlly 
lighted at night, and so constructed as lo be easily moved ; a circumstance requisite 
from the frc^juent shifting of the bar at the mouth of Newbury Port Harbour. This 
bar is probably farmed by the current of the river in its progress out, lueeliiig tho 
drift of the sea and opposino' wiuds, and by that means forming a bank of loose aaud, 
which the strength of the tide is iuBufficient to force out. It extends across from Plum 
Island, and about a mile below the lights, to Salisbury Beach. The channel over it 
is extremely narrow, and terminated on each ride by very dangerous ifioti/s ; that on 
the nortb, called the iV'or^A Breaker, and that on the south, the South JSreiikur. The 
lighthouses are always no situated na to he bi'ought in a range by the mariner coming 
over the bar ; and as, by the vioLunec of winds or tides, the bar abifta, the liffhthouses 
are shifted to conform to it. By keeping the hghta in one, vessels may, by day or 
night, come in with safety, asd find good anchorage in 4 t>r fathonae water, abreast 
or between the two lights. 

That port of the island bounding on the sea, and extending above half ib width, 
consists entirely of yellow sand, perfectly Bmooth on the beacn, but, fortJier from the 
sea, driven by the wind into hillocks, or heaps of fantastic I'orms, and preserved in that 
shape by tlie Bucccssivo growth of grass and ahruba. Ou the back part of the island, 
■where it is washed by the sound, is an extent of salt-mar^h, hounding its whole lenglli. 
At the sDuthernnLogt ettd of the island there ore i^everal houM>s with families, and a 
considerable spot of land in good c-ultiTation. To the northward is a grove of piue- 
trecB. of 1| mde In extent. 

if yoa odvaace uo farther wcelword than for tlie Ughte on Flam Island to bear 6. Wm 




64 



FAILING DIUECTIONS FROM 



no danger is to npprehended from eitlicr of tho rocks nboTO mcutioned ; but. that 
coursd to the bar woald lend to the North Dreaker : you must, ihcri'tbre, briug Ibe 
lights to bear W. bj S,, and anolior in H or 12 fatlioiiis water, should tbe tide not 
permit you to sail in. No vosuel g'oinK in Bbould approet^h the South lirenkcr nearer 
tliuu in 7 fath-omsj or ueiuer tbcNurta breaker, in coming Irooi Ui« caatwu'd, tbiui 
9 fathoms. 

Pilots are alwaja ready when the weather will permit them to go outi but if tbey 
cauuotget to j-ou, keep Che two lightij to a line, audmn for them until within a cablt b 
leng-Ui of tlte oast<;m liglkt ; then haul to the weatword, and anchor between thi[j two 
liguts, iu4 fethoms. A vessel djuwing lU foot water may como in at jliood; olwa^i 
ob^'rving to keep to tbe windward of the bar, milcss the wind be fair. If ihc sea 
hhould be so great that the pilot iCfl-iinot get over, then a. siftnal will be mode by him, 
when you must run direct for his bout, keeping the lights in range, which will carr^ 
yuu over in safety. If your cables and ancliora are not good, yon may bring the 
wL'stfni lightliause S.£. by S., and run N.W. by N. for Soliabury Paint -, but an soon 
Qs you malct! Uiat point, you should haul up N.W'., which will carry you clear of 
Sadge-r'a Itue!i» and tlie Iliiinp Sands. The bar ia eonbtantly shifting;, and Hhould 
not be attempted without a. pilot, nnlesa in casea of great necessity. 

In a course nearly north fi-om tlic lighthouHca on Plum Island, and about | a mile 
distant, oeross the mouth of the Merrirunck Itivor, is the BontJiom extrouiiCy of Salis- 
buiy Beach, tuUod Kalishupy Point. From this point a sand-hank estende on the 
verge of the ocean, without nn inlet or interruption of any coiiaequence, until it 
reocliea Hampton Uivcr. This beach is connected with the main land by a solt-uiarsh, 
of CDiiHidcnible extent, intorbucted by a Yoricty of email riTuletu and creeks, which 
render it impossible for a shipwrecked mariner to reach Che inhabited part of Salis- 
bury. Ktirc, too, the hapless seaman is sometimes deatiaed to suffer the misfor- 
tunes of shipnTcek, and to reach a dcijolate and iuhoapttablc ehorc, only to aggravate 
the horrni-s of Iub death. If he can attain the first and wished-for object, in evading 
thejawHof the angry ocean, yet he finds himsflf u Holitary wanderer on the CDa»t, 
without aheltflr and without Bust^uancej nnd,in hb fiuitlese search for them, tausl 
inevitably perish. 

A* the N.E. storma are eenornUy moal fital to vcaaels on this part of the cooKt. 
Salisbury Bench is not ho freiji^ntly a place of shipwreck as Plum feknd. But to 
gourd ugoiuaC a possibility of accident, which must tjometimes happen to the unskilful 
or inexpcrieacefl navigator, the Muirne Society erected a hut, similar Xa those on 
Plum laland. Here they deposited every thing neeeaBary for the rehef of such as 
miffht need it, and were ut the pniiiE and expense fi-etjuently to inspect it, and renew 
their generosity by replenishing it: but this bos shared the same ftite w*ith those on 
Plum Island \ not so much, however, &am the insuffivienty of its foundation, or the 
violence of the winds, hut from the wontonnesa of individuals and compani*-B who 
ti'etjueiit this ejwl in the warm season ou parties of pleasure. The Merrimuck Humane 
Society has extpudt-d its benevolent views ta tliis part of the const, and erected a hut, 
about j of a mile north from Ijlack Itocks, and about 15(1 paces fiam. the Hea-shore. 
Th-ia hue is cnaiiitaint'd in eoinmodioua repair, and provided witli tverything auitablc 
for thoM3 who may he so unfortunate^ as to need ite shelter. Others, on the 9aiD« 
coast, were to be erected aa speedily aa the fiinds of the Society and the charitiee of 
individuals rendered it possible, ana conveniently furnished and provided for the saow 
laudablo put^Mtse, 

AcroBH the channel. Iron) the Hump Sands to Black Rock Creek, lie uevcn or eight 
pierH, on which ore from 7 to 2^ feet at low water ; they were Hunk in Ihe year 1TT6, 
and still remain. The mark to pass between them is, to bring th« beacon st the west 
end of the town over the south corner of the Korth Meeting-house. 

The Hamp Sands lie S.W, from Salisbury Point, which reader Iho channel very 
narrow und difficalt to strangers. The Bi'dner Ktfrit bear N.W. i N. from the light- 
houses, distant J a mile i they are covered at ■( flood, aud are to be left on the starboard 
hand when going in. The Black Eocks. which are always dry, lie 9 of a mile K. W. 
froDi the lighthoutfca : these, also, must bo lell on the starboard hand. The Half-iide 
ItiM-ks bear W. by S. ^ K. from the Black Rocks, at the distunce of 1 J mile ; they ape 
uncovemd at half-tide, and have a bnny on tbera, which ia to be left on the port ride. 
BeHides these ther-c ftre the North Fodo, which arc only seen at very low tides, and 
whkJt bear V/. by S. from the Black Korks, from whiui they are 1^ mil« distant } 



CAPE ELIZABETH TO CAPE J\KNE. 



G5 



tiiere 1» a bnoy on theni, whifh is io- bo U-ft on the starboaid tiuud, the ehflBiiel lyiog' 
bcHvci'N thfue nnii (he HalF-tide Roc.ka. 'WTien you jmjs the Blnclk Itooks.tt W.bjS. 
J S. coDi'Ee will hring jou into rlie fTianiicl-wiiT -nnd good anchorage ] and even in 
iiightj or dark n-ieatliei-. -when jou jud^c youratlf nt ah»ut | a mile from the BIdx^ 
Kocks, jou may arit'lior in Bafety j but it is always dangerous to run for this port in a 
gale of caslcrly wind. 

Tbc mgiials Tor vessi'Is whtn in sight, and supposed to he bound for Newbnry Port, 
at tJic time when the sea is so great on tkc bar that pilgta cannot get out to their 
naaislanco, art as follow : — 

Wlien a rcsacl comes into the bay, and cannot g^t over the bar at hig-h water, owing: 
to Inaliffieipncj' of the tide, a red squa:-e flag will be hoisted up, with a pendant under 
it i and so soon as these signals are eeen from the vessel in the bayj she must ketp off, 
and try BOtne oth-cr port. 

When the usual wignals for vessela are kept up, the ship mnat lay off and on, withont 
tte bar, keeping to windwiird until signals he made for tier to come in ; and ■wlion it 
is a Buitablo time to eome over the bar, a red square flag will be hoisted half-mast ; 
she may then come in, keeping the lights in a. range or in a [inc. 

When a pendant is hoisted half-mast, the vessel may come in, keeping the lights a 
little open to the northward. 

When a blue burgee is hoisted half-moat, the tcsbcI may come in, keeping the lights 
a little open £q the aonthward. 

Wbesi a. vciSHel is seen in the bay, and does not come in before night com-es on, the 
. following lights will be made, vi/ :— 

For a vessel to keep off, and not attempt to conic in over the bar, daiing the nigliti 
a lanfem will be hoisted to the top uf the flagsrofl'. 

When there is a proper time for a. vcBsel to come in over Ihi: bar, daring the night, 
two lanterns will be hoisted, one at the lop of the flagBtuff, and tho other halt'-mast 
high. The vessel must then lay off and on. at the bar until a light is made in the 
cftstem lighthoui^e, at a window about 8 feet below the lantern. TJic vceBel may then 
come over the bar, keeping the lights in a line ; and when site geta abreast of the 
upper light, tliere Is good nnehorago. 

The signul for vessels in distress is a white aqnare flag, with a large black ball jn 
the centre, hoisted halt-mnfit high. 

If you should make Ca])e Anne lights, and bring tliem, or tliG Dry Salvages, to bear 
S. by El., you may ran with safety N. by W. or S. J W., 7 leagues from Cape Anne 
to Portsmouth. 

In running the above course, you will moke tlie lales of Shoals, if it is any way 
clear, from which ynn lake a new departure. When jTia pass the said islands, yon 
hring Star Island {on which the Meeting-house stands), to bear S.B.E., and IhrO steCr 
U.N.W. Imm the Kald isJnnd, distunt 3 leagues, to Portamonth ; or give Wliite Island 
light a berth of 1| mite, bring it to bear east, then run N. by W. for Portsmoutki light. 
"White ^land is the aouth- western most island. 

There is a very good harbour in the Isle of Shoals, with the wind from north-easterly 
I Tound to souiherlj, and yon may lie lund-loeked with any of ibEm ; but if the wind 
I lauls to the S.W. or W.N.W,, yoH may run in between Smutty Nose island, which 
I has a winUniill on it, and Hog Island, where there is water enongh for a firat-mte 
, man-of-war to anehoF, in 12 tuthoms, muddy bottom. 

IPSWICH. — Tlierc arc two lighthouses on Ipswieh Bench, hearing from e-Bch other 
TV. ^ N. and E. J S. Keeping the two lights in one, will lead over the bar in the best 
I -wat«r, a little to the south of the buoy. Run in close to the beach, a.nd follow it v\<mt^ 
I up, to avoid the niirlhini spit on the sturboaid hand ; ran up ronnd the first high bluff 
I head, whore you will find safe anchorage. There are 8 feet on the bar at low water. 
' The woBtern hght nt tlie entrance of Ipswich Harbour is revolving ; the easterii fixed. 

Asms SQUAM or SQUAM HAHBOUK, in the south part of Ipswich Bay.— The 

f lighthouse of Annis Sq^uam stands on the eafitorn side of the entraoce ; it is a wooden 

' "building, of an octagonal form, about 30 feet high, atid about SO feet above the aurfnce 

of the water nt common high tides. It is painted while, and may he known by ila 

I inland gitnation, mid lieing lower than any other liglithouso berenbout. 

The bar of this harhoor bears from Halbut Point (the N.E. point of Cajja fcwwV 
[Cakso to PUIL.] ^E^ 



wV I 



66 



e.AlLlNG DIRFXTT0B9 mOM 



abont S.W. bj TV., 4 miU-s. lu runninft frmn Ilalbnt Point, be cautioBs of riiiin 
Cuff Lt'Jifi; whitli shows itself until nearly high wfttef, ftnd bears from Sqnnm li^ltt 
N.N.E., a little, iiui'tlierly, about '= of n mite. Passing tilts Wge, ^'ou Ifuvc Ilotleliiu's 
CoTe, "nbicli ie dt>tj>, Brid a li^>^ point of Land, called UbvL^'b. Neck, on joiir port hand. 
"When up with thitt n^cfc. bmiJ S.W, vr S.TV, by W, for Squoni Baj. In sailing iaio 
this httrDoitr, briiiB tlip liffht to bear dne soitlb. ond when af the (lislnncc of n mile 
A'am it,ruB diroclly for thu light, leaving Harailnii'B Roek, mhich liesN.K by E.; E. 
from tht light, distant { of a. mile on voor port hatld. Continue yMif eottft** nina 
yau are "withiii 30 yards of the liglit, then Laal up S.S.W. for tlie Beit Rock, leaving 
the li^btliouBB to tlie port. The buJ, wbieh mna nearly N.E, and S.'W'., leaves tbo 
river aboDl fO fathoms bioad, opposite the light ta the stutboard. 

In ninoinj" up. nu bore directed, yoa wilt leave the Xobstar Soc/ig, which lie 200 yards 
B. by W. from the lighthoase, ana dry at low ■water, on yonr port hand. AVten yon 
aj'c up with the Ear Rooks, which lie iMi the starboard hand, and ore dry till nearly 
high wutei', Bfcer S. by E. J E. nntil yon open the houses, and yon may nnchor in from 
3j to o fathoms, clear sandy bottom ; or ran your vcsst-l on ahori;, on the atarbwird 
sido, iihcnild you happen to lie without anchors and cables. 

"WTien the weather is so boisteroDS that bootN cannot get off, a flag will Tie hoisted 
nenr ttie lighthouse, so Boon aa thero is safficient deptb lor vcasels upon the tur, then 
ruq, us before directed 

On the Lobfiter Kocks ia a numnment, 17 feet hig^, 12 feet in dianiEter at its bone, 
and IS 7 feet out at bifrh wntt^r. The lighthonse an Wigwam Point bears from the 
tnonumeDt N.K. by If, ! N., J of a tnilu. The block buoy placed outside tho ftar 'bears 
N. J E., 1^ mils from tLe monoment ; and a white bdoy on the Haradan Rocks bears 
N. by E. I E., IJ mile ttom the same j and aba a redbu«yoS the Flum. Ilock Ledges^ 
in 3 fathoms, N.N.E., 1 J mile from the lighthoase. 

Sqtinm affoTds a eafe harbom' to those vho know the bar, aod ii of great import- 
ance to those who get into Tptrwich Bay daring an easterly gale. On the bor are IS 
or !7 feet at high water, and feet at low water. Uig^ wnter, full aud change, »t 
11 hours. 

The SalTfljfoa bcsr frena Halhot Poiet E.S.E., distant 2J hiOm ; nnd from Cept 
Anne lighthtmsos, which stand on Thatcher'a Is]atid, N.N.E., distant 3 miles. Between 
them nnd Cape Anne is a (channel, which i? narrow, and chiefiy frequented by em&U 
vessels only, it being shoal, and encunil>ercd with largD stimcs. 

Sandy Bat Pier.. — If from the southward, in pnsKing' outride Straita Month 
Island, he careful of Ax-enjs Rociu, which bear uortli from the wuttern part of StratCa 
Mouth Island, about j of a mile ; mm W. by N. until you bring the Meeting-house to 
beqf S.W. by §., thea ma in for the pier-head ; in approaching which, keep away a 
little, and mn in nntil yoa can see into the pier-bead ; then lull, and rouiid in, Thoae 
constantly in the habit of entering the said pool, when thu wind is csBt^rly, make up 
the head soils, and keep dp the maid sail, whicli enables them to have eomjaand of 
tlie %*eB9el, and avoid iaUing off'afpkiast the wharf built out from tlie beocli. If from 
the northward, after having pns,?ed Andrew's Point, bring tliQ Meeting-house to bear 
S.S.M^., and rua for it. This course will carry yon clear of Jfodye's Ledgi; which yeu 
will leave on your starboard hand. 

The passage through Straits Mouth Gap ia not safe, except at nearly high water, oa 
there are but 3 feet at low water, and rocky bottom. 

At Straits Mouth Harbonr, on an i^hmdi north .side of Cape Atiae, is a fixed light, 
elfrvated 40 feet, and viijible 11 miles. 



CAPE ANNE TO CAPE COD. 

CAPE &HHE I,XaBTB.--Upon Thatchcr'a laland are two lighthooKS, tb» 
lanterns of which are about flO feet above the le\el of the sea, and the lights may be 
seen ? or 8 looffues ofl', which will always sufficieEtly distinguish the coast of Cape 
Anne. Thatclier's Island affords no liarbonir, nor is there any safe aftehOfOg^ neOl- It; 
there is. indeed, a possnge between it and the mnin, through which small veasels may 
pass even at low tide, but the water Ih shool, and the bottom filled witli large stont* 
Aa soon oh Dil- lights are discovered, yon will be certain of yoar Kitnati^n t for bcinjf 
ttro separate lights, they cannot be mistaken, for the single tight of Uottton, or that of 



pass evi 
L Aa soon 

^_ twoscpa 




CAPE AKNE TO OAPH COD. 

■ Capo Cod, or fbv the Plymoath llg'hts, which ore double, and -within a shoi't dislnnce 
fro-m each other j whercoH, the distance between the lights on Thalcher's laliuid isahaut 
} of a mile. The latter can ftu brought to vangc in one ouly in a S, by W. jj W. and 
N. by E. f E. direction ; while (hose of Pium Island (Newbiirj- Port), when lu a liiic, 
boar W, by S. and E. by N. The Plymouth lights camiot Bjipear so a-rmngeil fi-om 
the north until jou are on the slioi-c, itnd from tho sooth onlj whfii noiii-ly in with 
the lund. The Gghta of Cape Anne are therefore of gr^at utility to all vessels in tlieir 

EELSsage in or out, as they at onec serve to point out (he eitiiHtion of the Salvng^es and 
oudoner, andl lor tb point wf dci>artme to Teasela bouud outward. Thatflwr'a l.-^lund 
is in latitude if 38', oiid longitude TO'" 34'. Cupe Anne is of moderate lieiglit, ■with 
trees upon it, and farther remarkable by Piyoon Hill appca.ring like a boat with (ho 
keel upwards. You will «lwa,ya go clear oi'tlic I.ofidoner, or Thatcher's Island Ijidgo, 
by keeping a league off; end in thick weather, or at night, sigTials &anL Fessels will 
bo answered by a cannoti from the ItghthuuBo. 

Tliatcher's Is/iind Ledije — Thii* ledge bears from the body of the island from E.S.E. 
(e 8.S.E., 'OJtteadiiig about 9 miles Irora the island. After getting the west light to 
hear N. \ "W., you u.re to the westward of tho Icdgo ; tbea haul up to tho N. W., to 
bring thu lights to bear N.E. by E., and steer S.W. by W. far tiie eastern point, distant 
7^ niilea from Thalcher's Island i then your course ia W. by S., TJ milea from Uie 
lights on llakcr'a Island. 

CAPE ANNE HAllBOUH.— In sailing from off Cape Anne lights to Cape Anne 
Hnrbour, you will <ipea Braces Covb befoit* eomitig up with tho harbour, which will, 
when ojwn, bear N.N.W. On a small island within tile harbour, named Ten Pounds 
IsJAnd, there is a li^bthoimc, of which the base i& 23 tect above the IbtcI of the »ca, 
and the tower itself 20 feet hig-h i the iight is visible 11 milea. 

On GloucEfitcr Pcint, on tho coat side of Olouceater or Cape Anne Harhonr, in 
latilutb) 42" 31' N., and binptude 70" 89' W., is a fijted hght, elevated 57 feet abora 
meaa eea level, and visible 12 oailes. 

When you eomo from the eastward and make Capo Anno lights in tho night, bring 
thera to bear S.W., and run direct fof them, which eoarse will eaity yon withiti tlM 
Londoner; and when you pass tlio Said rocks, bring the two lights lu one, bearioe 
N. by E. f E., and steer S-S.W. | W. ^ keeping this caurse about a mile, wiU 
carry yon dear of Milk Is IttJid, which la very low, and cannot bo seen on a dark night. 
'Vfhen you judge Toureelf to the irestwardof this islaad, haul tn the westward ui:til 
yonbnng the Tights to bear E.N.E., when yon must steer W.S.W., aboat S miles, 
which courst> will carry you to the eastern pouit : when you pitsji thin point, keep on 
W.S.W., untU you bnng' Norinan'a Woe, which is the highest land on tlio nortii side 
of the harbour, to bear N.N.W., sad t«a in NJJ-W"-, until you shut lUe lights in j 
then N.N.E. will carry you safely In. 

If y«Wt want to go Itiside tllc Sitlvages. keep close on board Hnlbut Poln t, which hfts 
a tree on tho eastern pai't of it, and stcur K.S.K. tor Straits Mouth Islnnil ; but bo 
careful to avoid ^irtrv's Rock, by keeping the lights on tho dry point of Straits Mouth 
Ii«Uii<!i till you get cloiie on board; then haal round the point, and S.S.E. will carry 
you to tlie ughta. To avoid the Londoner, keep tho lights eloae un board the Iwdy of 
the island on which they stand. The, Londoner liee } a mile off 5 it breaks at nil times, 
ia ouite di^r at low water, and hears E.S.E. fi-om the tnlddlc nf Thatcher's Island. 
A lone shniil runs off K.E., ^ a mile fi'Om the Londoner. Detween Thatcher's Island 
and the Londoner are 3 fathoms at low water. From the Salvageii ti> Halbul Point 
and tiatidy Bav lies a large npot of fiat, ground, which at low wateE will take up u 
large yesacl. Oulride the Salvages is very bold. Halhut Point Iwars from the Salvages 
W.N.W., 25 milt's ; and the SaTvages bear firom the lights N.N.E., 3 miles distant. 

The outer harbour of Capo AiinD lins good safe anchorage sig-ainst a northerly or 
cast wind, whcrt job may anchor in 1\ to 65 fnthomsi, low tidcsr muddy bottom, Cli» 
lighthouBO bearing S.E. by E., about 1 or 1' mile. In the S.E harbour there is nlao 
good safe anchoiago with north, obkI, and H.E. n-inds : anchor with the light- bearing 
from N. by E. to N.N.W., in 6 or 7 fiithomB, mnddy bottom, distajit from the light J 
to J a mile. 

There are several sAonis within the harboiir, marked ae follow : — On the ledge off 
the oaatern poiuti is a siior-buoy, in 10 feet ; on Hound Rock is u spar-buo?, witli a 
black head, in 2i fafhoms, S.W. 1 S., 1^ niiie from the light; on Covo ijedge is 11 
spor-buoj, with black head, in '1 IkthomB, W- by S., \_ u. wW 'fe\i\M.'Oo.c\\i.^V-, ^w^Vwsra 



68 



SAILING DIRECTIONS PROM 



Cur Ledge ij a gpar-Mnj, with white tap, in 2 faUiotns, 3. by W. i W., 1^ mile trosa 
the light. 

Tbs Pounos Isi^^nd I.ianT. — ViosstiU bound to Cape Anne Harliour, and falling- in 
to tbi.' eastward of its eodt point, on which a S.'^ed hght is exhibited, lausX give tlwt 
point ft btrth of about, a uiile ; and when the li^ht on Ten. Pouiida Island licars N.N.B., 
you will be to the wpstwurd of a li^dffe oxteiidiiig trom tho point, on which in it epar- 
buoy. in 10 fctt wafer, bearing E. J S. from Ten I'oundi; Hock, and may ateer direct 
for the light. Thin iedfju heurs frotu the light on Ten Pounds Island S. by W. J W., 
and uhoiit ^ or J| of a mile IVom the shore. Running in, on n N.N.E, couiwe, will 
lead cicar hutwceii Ton I'ouuda iHland and Ten Pounds Lcd^ ; thu latttr beard irom 
the light S.W. J W., ^ of n mil*', and has only B feet waler over it at low water, 
apriug-tidGs, being about 10 £illiouis in diiiinetur; in pa^ini; betw(.«ii the island nnd 
ledge-, yoiL will hav« Yd, 14, and lo ttet at low watbr, Hpnngs. On the caat side at 
Ten Pounds Island the g-i'utiiid in fuul, aj)d the passage uinjiile ; but the south, nest, 
and nLii'tli sides ore bold, und muy be appvoncbed to within 60 and AQ fatbome. Giv>t) 
the west end of the bland a beitli of iVoin JO to 70 fatboais, and stLtr N.E., for lUe 
inner haibour. You may anchor at any di.stante fi-om lOU fnthoaiB to J of a mile irom 
the iKhind ; the light will then bear Irona Mouth la S.W. The juichoru^- in ti'um Q to 
3 fatbouiiJF muddy hottoio.; <bia place is piotected rioiii all vriiidii. 

Half-way Hock. — This rock is 180 feet in diameter, ■1(1 feet high, nnd bold-lo, lying 
to the eastward of Marblehead, about 2| niilon from tiio nearcet land ; it is balt'-wny 
bet^eon the lighthouses of Lioston and I'batohcr'a Island, and ie diulinguiDJied by a 
pyramidal bcntmi, the atuiie work of whieb is 15 feet high, willi a bane of ll) fL-ct, 
and above the ittoni! work a spindle, uf L6 fet^t liigh, on wliieh is a coppei' Lalj, 2 feet 
in diameter, Sboiiid a vessel, bound for Cape Annu Harbour, fall ao £it to the uoutli- 
weatward as the Half-way RiK-kj tare must be taken not, Co bring the light on Ten 
Ponndfl Island to bear to tin? eaatward of N.E, by N., until yon are I o^r IJ mile to 
the eastward of the Half-way Rock, in order to avoid the S.E. BrGnkci's, which run 
out from Bnkt'i's le-lund. and whieb bear ftoTii the lights on that Island S.E. J S. to 
S.S.E. I F.., and about 2^ miles distant. On the S.E. part of these breakers is a spar- 
buoy, paiikltd hUck, which bears from Ihv Half-way Kock N,E. by D,, dLiitaikl a male. 
Having passed to the eastward of these breakers, yon may bring the liglit on Ten 
Pounds laknd to boar N.K,, und niu for it, Ou this eourjie, Ten Pounds Ledge will 
he left otl the alni'boai'd, and the Itdgca off Norman's WW Uoek and Freshwater Covo 
on the port nide ; tbus, when jou are as far up as Ten Pounds- Island, you may anchor 
0.1 before dii-ected. 

Tfie hfurings of tilt letxrai ledges oture Ten Pounds lalaitd. — The ledg:o extending' 
froiu tbc cast point heaja from Ton Pounda Island light S, by W. j W., diietont 
about 2 miles, and baa from ti to 10 feet over it at low water. 

A single rofk lies about midway between the east point nnd Norman's Woe Land, 
called tho Humid Jiotk : it haa 12 feet over it at low ebba, and bearu from Iho ligbt 
B.\V. J S„ distant Vg mile. 

A large hig'h roi)}<, of ^0 to 30 fathnms in diameter, stands about 30 JntlloiqB off 
Norman B Woo Taint ; and in a southerly direction, about 100 hthoms &om tiiLs rock, 
is a ledye, of only 7 nnd 8 feet water at low ebbs. 

A leJi/e, of only 3 feel water at low wpring-s, lies about ^ of a inilo fi'om. Prediwater 
Cove, and beai's frotu the lijbt W. J N., distant nearly 2 niiles. 

The Half- way Koek bears from the light on Ten Pounds Island S.W. i W., diittsnt 
8 miles. 

SALEM Harbour.— Tlie entrance to Sulem Harbour is distlngTiiBhed by two 
lighthouses \ they are erected upon Daker's Island, near the middle of tbo entrance, 
and aie about 40 feet asunder, bearing, when in a line, N,W. ^ W^ One li"Ut id 70 
feet, and the other 81 J feet high ; tlie southern light is the highest. Baker » I^^land 
lies on the soath s.idu of the principal e^ntrnnee to Snlem, and 5 miles lu tlie eastward 
of the town. The water near the island is det'p, and there iit no landing plueo. Ita 
north und erist sides are rocky. The bahe of tho liglitliousea isi 45 feet above the level 
of The Bea; the lower lighthouse, which iif to the north is 29 feet high ) the upptu'DOci* 
4li feet ; the latter may be seen 4 and o leagues otf. 

If bound to Kalem, observe when youi g-ct abreast of CQ|ie Anile, and bring the Cup« 
JigbfB to AearA'.jY.W'., nbout 2 milw distant, tosteer W.ti,W., about 3 leagues, then 



CAVE ANNE TO CAPE COD. 



G9 



7. by S-, about 3 or 6 miles, vHcb will carry jou up with, the lights on Buker'^ 

MiSERT Island liea about a mile from Baker's Iskod, and is joined by a iar to 
Little Misery, which makes the north side of the shannf! opiwaite to Baker's Island. 
MiaeivLedgthasS feet liiaat water, and benrHfrom the liphthouaes N.W, by W.J W., 
li mile. The aouth part of Little Misery laUnd. hears ^.W. | N. from the iightg, J 
Ola tnile. 

CAT ISLANlt is about S.W. by W. from Bitker's Island, 2 milPsdiHtant, and about 
a mile from Muiblcheail Neck, and rangts uearly bftwfun tlie tivo. On the N.W. 
end is a lufjh beach, direttlj- oppoaitt (lie point ot i[arhlehend, called Peaches PoinL 
The shore is in«g'ular and roi^kj'. Beyond, ajiJ in a. luie witli the i^lo-ud. aro two 
otliLT heads, of iienrly the same projeetion j and on t.liu Houtliern aide are tliree high 
rocJcs, two of which are councctfd with the island by bum qf:sii»rl, uncovered at low 
wfltei' : the other stands lioldlj up ■witliiu these two, but tfiote southerly. Tho Marino 
Society lias crettcd a apar ou Cat lalnnd, 40 ftot high, to tlic top of wbLch ia aaiiexed 
It cask, of about 130 gallonn, which is a good sea mark, being Buon at sen 20 to 30 lijet 
phovc Ihe land. A bliLck spar-buoy licH off ihtj SrE. end, bearijlg from the Jighta 
B.E. J e. to S.S.F.. I E., 2; miles from the lights. 

BowDircll's LKDOU-On the east end of this Wgo is a tiiangulnr monunietit of 
granite, ^2 fi>ct hij^h, plaetd in 2^ fathoms; it heais flora Baker's Island llghthouaea 
W.N.W.. 1 J mile ■, and is sucn at low spring-tides. 

E.A,GiE Island is about If mile from Peaches Point, aad beii-s from Ihe ligbthouaes 
^V. by 9. 5 S,, H tnile. A Imr runs off from the w-estei-n point of the ialand, in a. 
N.W. direetiou, J a mile, and has a red spar-buoy on the (laaG und of it. It may bo 
flVwdeJ by keeping Giaj'a Itoeks to thf southvtiird •>! ,\Iarblehead Fori. 

If jou fall in to tlio south wai'd ia proceeding foi- the lights, vou sh<iuld, ho booh as 
j"Ou have mode thein, bring and keep the northern or iowerlig-Iitopen (o the eastward 
of the tioLithern, ajid run for iheni, which. vcIU curry you to the eastward, and alear of 
the Soutli Dreakur of Raker's Island, which bears from, tho liglitJ^ S.E. by S., 2^ aules 
iliklaut, and ia rerg di'tujeraue, ' 

If the wind should be weaterly in heating up, utand not to the southward or west- 
ward faj'tliLu' than to abut ono lig-ht in with the other, in order to avoid Elio Soutli 
lii'eakiT ; nor to the noi tbward tai'tlier than to hrin^- Lho liglits to bear W. bj" S. ^ y., 
1)11 ectount of Gale's Ledge, wliieh hcarH from £ll(! lights NrE. by E., Ij mile dialauC. 

In going iuto Salem by the common or sliip channel, between Daker's Ii^lnnd and 
Miaery Ialand, which is about a uiile wide, you may, so soon as you are up with 
Bakv^H lalaad, pass within lOO fathoniaof it, and steer W. by N. for tlie Uitste [wliicb 
ia a trofe'if rock above water), lying near the middle of tlie channel, bencing From 
Baker's lelnDd lighlliouse W. i IV.,diKlant '1\ miles, and IJ mile from tho 8alemNeek. 
Tliis course will carry you elofii- of Hnrdije UiH-ki. which are covered at hig-lt wsler, 
leaving' tliem to the Boulhwtird, and hmcditch's Letlyt to tins noi'thwnrd. If you are 
in the uiid-pasaago between liaker'a Island and the Misery Islea, stcior W. N.W. till 
yoa have po^ed B'lwiSU'ili's Ledge, yr till Cat Island [iipoo which u a-par ia erected, JV 
feet high, with a larg'e cask at the top), comua open to the westward of Eiigie [aland ; 
then haal up west tor the Haste : yuu may there michor in sitlety, in .i fathoms water, 
good ground i but if ynu proceed into Sidem HarhouT, pasts tbc Haste at about i a. 
miio dislant on your port hand, and steer S.W. by \V'., which will oarry you into the 
harbour; olwerve, there ts a imii/c nf rocka runs off from Ihe N.E. endof Winter Inland, 
and that Abbot's Hock lie» iLbreast of it ; to tLTOid which, you muat keep above ^ of a 
mile from the sliorc. 

Abbot's Roekhas 7 feet water on It on a common ebb, and Ilea with Custle Hill and 
house into the eove norlh of Fort Pickering, and Beverley Meeting-house well in with 
Juniiier Poial (or S.E. point of Salem Neck), lit oartful, in keeping otf shore, W 
as'oid Abbot's Rock, that you go not too far, and gut on the Aqud Vitie, which aii) 
*i(»Af)i ru(ks, lying E.S.E. fiojii Foil I'iekcring:, dihtant uearly J^ a mile. 

When coniicig from the Hourhwtird, if }'ou are near Cat Island, you may pass (o the 
eastward or westward of it. If yr.u ni-e to the eastward, give a berth o/ ^ of a mile, 
and alMsr N. by V! . J W., or N.N.W., leavinj;^ the Hrimbles and Engle Island on the 
t'larbuai'd, and C'oney Inland Ltd^e on the port : that GaD»e ^vilj. cui'rv you cleiir of 
~agle Island Bar. Cuiifiiiuo on llie same courac till you have pusaed the llM»tft,*a.'i. 




70 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 



get into tKc conunDn ship chuiiicl : or yav. mny contimii! tlie smne course nntilyonget 
L TlTldcT the norlli ehoi'e, wlici'o tlierv ia good anchorage. If yon are [o the "Westward of 
LCat Ijftnnd, you may pass in tie middle channel Iwtwccn tbat island and Mai'biflu-ai 
BRock, and steer OTcr north for the ship channel J eaviiig Gray's Roek and Coney Island 
Lto the westward. Whon past the Haate, nnd eutierine the ship channel, proccod na 

boioro. 

If in coming from the sonthward and ca»lward yoa should find vourHelf near Half- 
way Rock, upon w'hichiaa tieawm, hring'itto hear S.E., nnd steer N.W. WihcHule, 
nfls-siug near to Black Hock, which is steep-to, nnd bears S.W. (ly S., IJ raili? from 
Baker's laland, lea vln^ that on the port hand, nnd the Biimlilcs and Kagle Island on the 
etnrboard. The BTitublvs are ki'iiJu-h ritrfet, baro at low water ; nenr them is a sj>Br- 
bnoy, painti'd red, which appears out ot" water at half-ebb. By continuing' lie nboro 
conrs* you will leave the Ilasif on the port hand, and enter the conimon saip channd, 
as before directed. The tides here usually rise about 12 feet. 

There are seTeral other cLannels for entei'ii^g S-nLem, but they ought never to be 
allempted without a pdot. 

BEVERLEY and MANCHESTER.— To enter the Hnrbonr of Beverley, follow 
t.the dii-ections for Salew Hirboar, till you bring' the liosto tu bear E.S.E., and run 

■ W-N-W,, about 2 miles, and reach Beverley Bur; this is a spot of eiintl ninniug out 
fi^m the soulhtim or Salcm side of the entrance, and has commonly a hDocoii upon the 
head of it, above ♦ of a mile from the shore. The bar hns very shoal water on the 
enatern or oatward side near It, but g'ood anchorage within. Thcic is good water at 
the head of the bar. Having passed the bur, there is a anndy point from theBevcrJcy, 
or northern ?ide of the entrance ; nnd beyoiid tin's point are the Lobster Rocks, irbicb 
hear fl-om the head of the bar, went a little south, and not | a mile distant, heing above 
water at half-tide, To avoid thiR point, after having well cleared the bar, you will 
steer towards Jtnm-hirrii Sock, ^llicb lifla nlso eommonly a beacon, and ia to be seen 
Bt half-tide, bearing S.W. by S. ft-om the head of the bar, ^ of a mile distMnt. There 
are several fathoms of water within a vessel's length of Ham-horn Rock, Giving this 
a good berth, you will cltar the sandv point, and steer for the Lobsttr Rock beacon, 
hearinji fiBni Knm-horn beacon N.W. by W,, distant about J of a mile. Pas-flUg this 
at Euffieiont dLalanco, yoa will he oppoeite to the wharves, and may anchor in deep 
water, in a very safe and cxeellcnt harbour. 

To enter Manchealer Harbour you ninat bring the Bouthem light to bear S. j E., 
and pun north, a mile dittant, where you maj' anchor on good bottom. 

N,lt. — Eaett-rn Point bears from, Baker's lalnnd lights E, by N, JN., 7j miles distant ^ 
LHalf-way Rock bcarj* from the li^hta S. i E., 2 miles distant. Hardy's Racks bear 
[IVoni the lights W. 3 N., diatant | of a mile. 

In thick weather a gun will bo fired &Qia tb& lightituiise, in answer to any aigual 
wliich (hen may be made. 

MAnnLETIi:AD Rock bears S.W,, J of a mile from the wcfifcm part of Cat Island. 
It is above water, end may be approncbud to a short diutance without danger ; on the 

■ rock in a monument, or beacon, paintwl white at the bottom, and black nt the lop. It 
I is abunt S tcet at the ba^e, and lo lect in height. 

MABBLEnEAD HARBOUR.— Vessels bound to Maihichead, falling to the south. 

I ward, and running for the lights on Bnker's Island, after makiug'them, must keeji the 

tnortb nnd lower hght o|)cn lo the eastward, of the southern light, and rmi thus for 

'UltiU i thift will lend them to the eastward, and clear of the South EireukerBulf lluker'a 

Island, which bears from the lights from S.E. | H. to S.S.E. J E., distant 2J miles. 

Hating modo these lights, and the wind being westerly, when jou get nithin H 
miles of tbera, be earoful ui>t lo stand to the southwai'd and weHtworU so far oa to 
shut the northern light within the aouthern one, on account of tlie South Breaken; 
nor lo the northward farther thnn to bring tie lights to licor AV.S.W. J W.,Dn acumnt 
of Guk's Ledge, which beai-e from the lights N,K. by E., di.stunt IJ '"ile. Drawing 
near tlio lighl.s, you must take care of a ieUffe, called fht' ]\ hnU't line/:, which U-ar* 
from the lights N, by E., distant ; of a mile, and eomes above water nt iiuarler-ebb. 

In ^oing into Marblebcad, and being up with the lights, give the north iioinl of 
Bitkcra Maud a berth of J of a mile. Having the lights in n line, you will be 




CAPS ANNE TO CAPE COD. 



71 



1 



up with the point. When the eontli light ie open of the north light, j'oii liave paBsed 
the north point, leaving Miseiy Island on jour starboard hand, whii:h lit-iira from the 
lights N.W. I N., 4 of a mile ; your course will then bo S.W. by S. or S.SAV'., until 
you bring the Boutb light to boar N.E. bv E. ^ E.. when steer S.W. by W. i W., 
about 3 milts for Mar-blchcad Ilurboui-. T^ua you will li-ave Hardj-'s Rocks, Eaelo 
Island, itnd Gray's Rock, on the Btarboai-d hand ; Pimt'a Head (which is B iiirge liig/i 
rock, bearing S.W. hy W. from the h'glits, g i>( a niile) ; Brimhles, and tlie nortli point 
of Cat Island, on the port hand. The Brirablea bear fi'nm Eogle Island S.S.E. g E., 
distant i a miiej and Graj's Kocb Irom the north point of Cat Island, N.W. by W., 
5 of a iiiilo. 

Falling VP witliHi-e90wtJij)oiftt of Boker'a Island, and it blowing hard from the east- 
ward, if yon cannot avoid it,jou may poas the [joint by keeping it well on hoard, 
say at the difltaneo of from 20 to ;)0 fathoms from t)ie shorn, where you will havofrom 
4 to 5 fathoms water. When up with the S.W. point, eteet W.S.W., which will enrry 
you betwoon the North GooHoberry (wbidl huara S.W. } S. froJii the lights, distant 
J of a mile) and Pope's Head, Itaving the former on your port hand, and Pope's 
Head on your starboard baud, between which you will have from. 'H^ to C fa-thoitiB 
water. Aa soon as you have paascd Pope's 'Ht-ad, haul to the northward, until 
the BOttth lig-ht bears S.E. by E. * E„ then eteei S.W. by W. | W. for Marblehead 
bour. 
Marhlehead Harbour Light. — Eoat eatrance to the harbour S.E. side, in latitude 
,■■ 32'-N., and longitude 70^ 50' W. is a fixed liglit,f elevated 40 feet, and mihle 11 




'* The Booth entrance of the harbour of Marbletead is bold, and may be approached 
ith safety with tilt' Hg'lit on the point of the neclt, on the S.E. side of the harboar, 
bearing from N,N. W, to W. by H., until you arc within J a miJe of it , thtn briuK the 
light to bear W. by S., and niu for it till within '1 cables' lenatli ; tlien steer N.W. 
by W. until the lighthouse bears S.S.W., then steer S.W., and nnehor with the light 
bearing from E. by S. to N.E. by E., from j to 3 a mile diatont, in 6 fiithoma, good 
Iding-grciond and clear bottom, eecure from all hut easterly gales. 
" The tblla^ing itre the bearings of places Irom th« lighthousa. 

Miles. 

" Marble Head Roclc S.E.hyE.JE J 

Hnlf-way Eock - E. by S 2| 

Ca.t Island Rock E. i N | 

Baker's Island light N.E. by E 3 

Hardy's Koeks N.E 2* 

Eagle hkad N.E. J N | 

Gray's Hocks N.E. by E. J E. ..1 

PcachL-s Point .N.byW-i W ,-..1 

Fort Head .r... .. ..North ....,.,... i 

'" The above bearingB are by compasB." — American Const Pilot. 

Veaaela coming fi'om the eastward, and running for Half-woy KocTi, must not bring 
e rock to bear to the southward of W.S. W., to avoid tlie Sooth Breaker, which l>«trs 
fiwm HaEf-way Roek N.E. ^ E., distant a mile. Being up with Ha!f-waj Koek, and 
bound to Moi'bli'hcad, brine' the rock to hear E. by S. 5 S., and ateer W. by N. ^ N. 
for Fort Head, distant 3 mflcs, leaving Cat Island on the sturboard hand, wliicli bears 
from Half-way Rock W.N.W., distant 1| niile, and Marblehead Rock on the port 
hand, which boars from Half-way Itock W. J N„ distant 2 milea. Black Rock bears 
ora Half-way Hock N.W. by W., distant l| mile. Cat laland Eock and Point Neek 
east and woat of ca«h other, dietant about a mile. 

VesselK being up in Boston Bbt, may, by bringing the Boston light to hear B.S.W,, 
run N.N.li. for Marblehead Rock ; they are distant from each other about 10 miles. 
"alf-way Hock and Boston light bHjar from eaoh other S.W. and N.E., distant 12 

Hardy's Rocks are covered at high wttter, and may be seen at quarter-ebb. The 
"Whalo's Back is covered at high water, and may bo been at qnartcr-ebh. Gale's Rocka 
are soon only at low aprin^-tidea. The South Btcakcrs oB' liaker'a Island aro always 
covered. The BriinbleB arc covered at high water, and are seen at half-tide. Bbek 
Itook ia always out of water, but low. Cat Islaud Hock, Half- way Hock, Marhlehjoiul 



wh-. 

run 



r 



74 



SAILING DIRECTIOTTS FROM 



* 



: 





From tho middle of the Lighthonso Ch&Tuiel, stecT W. by N., b mile, to thebeaoon 
on tliB spit, (o wlricJi jou maj' tijipi-oaeb ■within J of a cables Icn^h, teaiing it on the 
8tn.rbon.rd side, while the teiituriciii Rock and black buoy on the shoal ground of St. 
Cieorgc's Island arc left to the port. UaTing this eotered the Narrowa, your pou. 
up to Gallop IsIbiiiI PoiiiL will be NiW. by N., about J of a mile. The beacon 
Kick's Mate Inland may be lett on the port hand, at the distance of a cublc's len^ 
From Niak's Mate steer W. by N., about 3 miles, Em- Cistle Island, through the m 
channel ; thuH you will leave the white spfLr-buoy of Lhe Low^r Middle Uroand u[ ._ 
theBtorboard hand, whLcli buoy is a mile bflowtUe Caatle iBlancL It iesaid the Lower 
Middle Grousd portly dries at law water, and has on its eoetfru pajt a red buoy, and 
on its wettteni pan a black buoy, lyiiiK in 2 fatkonra i both these arc to be leSl to 
the Dorthward in ruaning up ctuwne*. Your course whcu abreast of Castle Islanil 
will ho NJJ.W.. J- 0. mile, to clear the Vppet Middle GfOUtid, wlii*h has a blilitk lltloy 
U]inn it, lying in 2 fathoma water, to be left oa the port side ; but should this bnoy be 
taken np, which ia commonly done in the winter Beagon, steer N.N.W. until the two 
northernmost steeples ia Bostoa come a handspike's leagtb open i a M."VV. by W. 
uoursi> fur "2 miles will take op to the town. 

To tail in diirinfi tlte night, end turn into the hay, — If yan aro coining from Kcawn: 
at night, cndcurour to bring the ligKlhouae Ui bear west, and steer directly for il 
observing to incHne your course a little scmtlierly as yon approach, in order to rive 
berth of. 2 cables' Wagth to the litththoaac ialaad. AVhen you got abreast of tholigy 
steer west, uutil yoc bring it to bear fi'om N".N.E. to N\Fj., and here, if yoa are 
stranger to tho harbour, too had better anchor toe the nig'ht. With the wind betwc 
S.W. and N.W., a vessel may with safety turn into Boston Bay. Ton may stand 
tho Bonthwnjd until you brine th.e licht to baar W.N.W,, and to tlie rorthwa; _, 
until yoa bring it to bear W-S/W., until you ceoie within a league of the Ught : then 
yon mast not stand to the northwajd any &rther than to bring tb-e lieht W, by N,, 
und to the soutliward to bear WJ<.W. Yon may wwhor in the bay vitS safety w? 
the wind is oif eboro. 

BEOAD Sound, boston. — This is tto northern entrance to Boston Harbo 
but by no means n proper channel for largo vtn^sela; those, however, who choosc 
attempt it, will proceed according to the directions hcregivon. In this case, when ji 
find youTKclf advanc-ed bo Hir as the Graves, you will leave them to the port, at I 
distance ofabont H cablos ; then brinft them to" teal's. E.. and run S.W. by W., 4 mile 
which will take you to Longlslaod light, which must be left to the port ; then ptcceed 
by the following dircctioos to the town. 

In this passage, between tho Grares and Long Island, thcrts are eoveral Mge* and 
dangers, particalirly the Dat-iTt Sack, tho Sarrele, .ildridffe's Ladge, and the Ram's 
Ilend Sar, atretclung from the north end of Lovell's Island ; also the Jiurn Bar, run- 
ning froin I>eer Islitod, oa tho opposite eide. The outer roefe are the Deril'a £ack 
ano tho Barrel ; near tlie latter la a black buoy with a white vane, which la moored 
abont 1 fiithoma N.E. from the roek, in 3J fathoniB water, at about 2 milEfl W. by S. 
from the body of the Graves, W.N.W. from the house on GrceT! Islaud, ond w^th Long 
Island Head S.W. J W., distant 2^ miles. The Devil's Back has a red buoy upon it. 
lying in 4 fathoms, and is to be left on the port side : the Ram's Head bar-bnoy is 
blocK, and lies in 1$ feet, to be left to th« port ; and on the N.E. point of the Fawn 
bar is a white bnoy, which ia to be left to the starboard ; this lies in 2| fathoras, with 
Long Island Head Light S.W. j Aldridge's Ledgo lies nearly mid-chann<il between the 
Ram's Head uJid the N.E. end of Fawo Bsf ; there ia a channel of 3 fathoms on each 
side i haviae passed these, you will have entered tho main pasEago to Boston, and 
must proceed as before directed. 

There ia a ohnnnol also between Doer Hat and Wmahip Bar, called Shirley Gut i 
hut it is 80 intricate, narrow, and crooked, that none shuuld attempt it without a pilot. 
Daring the winter, thO upper buoys in Boston Harbour are commonly takcD away, 
" Vessels OtTW.iED bol'nd from Boston lighthouse, who would wish to fall in with 
Cape Cod, the course is &.E. by E. | E., distant 1 1 leagues, thonco 3 leagues to the 
lighthouse; and when It bears S.W., 2 leagues distant, you may thou steer S.S. 
which will carry j-qu out of tlic South Channel. 

" VMeeifi in Bonton Bay. which bear awar for Cape Cod Harbour, muat cndeavont 
fall ia triih Race Point li^thoiue, whicli contouis a revolving light, and run (« 



:o 




CAPH ANNE TO CAPB COD. 



75 



I 

I 
I 



» 



it till within i a niiio; vthsn it hears E.N.B., haul up E.S.K., or as near as the wind 
will {ii^rinit, add unchor, !□ trom I'D to 4 futliQina, in Heniiig Cove, where there in 
gnod shelter with tho wind from N.N.E. to S.E. hy E. Should the wind shift to the 
N.W., Pi-ovitice Tuwu Harbour ia under the lee, to which we refer : ahould you first 
toake Cspe Cod Iig;hl, brizig it to bear £. by N., and run for it till you have touad- 
ingain H or 16 fathoms water; then slecr N.E. uutil the Usht hears E. by S.; then 
run in M.W. fur tlve harbour, The course from Boston lighthouse to Sandwich ia, 
fit-lit, S.iE- by £., 3 leagues to Cohosset Rocks ; thence Id Sandwich, S.S.S., 14 leagues. 

"It ia high water, full and Ghnng-'C, off Race Point, at lOh. iSm. VeascEs tearing 
Cape Cod, bound to Boaton, should calculate the tide, as tht flood nifts Htrongly to the 
S,\V. off Cape Cod, from tlie Race to Chotham i flood sets to the south, ebb to the 
north i soatliem tide fl hours, northern tide 3 kciUTB."— .-iijier/can Coast Pilot, 

Life Boats are atatioocd at the following places : — The Society's old boats at 
EdgarMwn, Martha's Vineyard ; Nantucket, near Tuckornnck ; Chatham, near the 
Lights ; Nauset Beach, Eautham, between Highland light and Cape Cnd ; Plymouth, 
north of the town ; Kcituate, inside the hai'hour ; Coha^set, inside tho harboai' ; Nan- 
toskot Boach and Hull; Lynn, near Swampscut; Marblohcod Harboiii' i Gloucester 
Harbour ; lloclcport, formeriy Sandy Bay ; Anaisquam, aud Plum Island. Improved 
lioata have rewatly been stationed at Nahaat \ Cut River, Marshfiold ; Point Alder- 
ton ; Cohassetj Scituite Neck, south of Minots : Chatham, near the hght; Monomoy 
Point, neur the light ; Cuttihunk, uear (he light ; Gayheiid, near the light ; Plymouth, 
south of the town ; Deer Island, Boston Harbour ; Boston Light ; Swampscut, Lynn ; 
Ipswich, near the light ; Marblekcad ; Scitunto Harbour ; and Duxbury, at Powder 
Point. 

Rockets for throwing a line to wrecks, so as to eatttbllBh a commanication, whereby 
a boat may he more safely hauled tlirougb the aurf, are stationed at Boston Light, 
Point Alderton. Soltuate Netk (south ot Minot'a Ledge), Ipswich Light, Highland 
Li^ht, Cape Cod, and Chatham. 

Three other boats are being; built) under the appropriatitm by the State, for Plum 
laland, one to be under thccaie of the Memmack Huiiiane S-ociety, one at Race Point, 
Cape Cod, and one at WelltleDt, near Ncwcomb's Hollow, for the MaasuehusettB 
Huumne Society. Life proaervera for all the ci-evva arc to be fnrniahed Ironi the sume 
appropriation, so a^ to insure safety, when boarding wrecks from the exposed beaches. 

Minot'b Ledge Light-VKShel, Cohwsitt Jfocfts.— This Teasel is placed in latitude 
42'" 18' N., aud longitude 70° W \V'„ about 8 mileti S.E. | E. from Boston. The vessel 
is painted block, and showB two fixed lights, clcvat{:d 4j and 42 feet ahov<; the ^eft; 
tins vessel wan plnccd here in April, 1851, after tliu hghthouae was destroyed by a 
gale. A fog-bell is attached to the vessel. 

SCITUATE. — About half-way between the harbours of Boston and Plymouth is the 
townsliip of Scituate, having a small harbour nod lighthom^e ; tho latter wait princi- 
pally erected for lu-reig-n vesaels, which were aceuatoiiiod to fall into the dangerous bay 
to uic noiihwaj'd, and upon the Cohotiset Rocks. The lighthouse stands on Cedar 
Point, which, makes the north chop of the harbour, the first tUlf ao caUod t)eing the 
Eijutli chop ; there arc four of these cliffs cstcnding towai'de the norlh, the southern- 
most being the higheat. 

SrtTUATE Li(1ut}iot;be is built upon Cedar Point, aliout 4 miles from CohasBct 
Jlofks, and i^ elevated 40 foet above the level of the sea ; this lighthonse uow shows 
a brilliant riW light, and will he easily diatijiguished from BoBtoQ littht, to tho north- 
wiu-d, which revelvea, and that of Plymouth, «iiich shows two lifflits on tiio same 
building. 

From the body of tho lighthouise, the northerly pai't of Cedar Point, and d Mge, 
called iojfi? irJi^e, extend N.N. W., nearly a mile; so that vessels fulhng in a little 
more than a mile to the northward of tho liyht, may biing the li^ht to bear aouthi 
and by mnkinjf ^uoA. their course north, lliLy \\ill clear the outer Ledges of Co|jilite*t 
Rocks. Kniling j ii mile east of the bodj' of tho light, j-ou will clem- Cedoj' Point, 
Long Ledjje, nod Che first Clifl' Ledge. Ledges extend from ah the. four clifls, but 
Ihtre are none between them ; and by keeping at the distance of J n mile fi-om ahoi'e, 
nil hut the lar^t vessels will go ekmr of every tiling. A S.S.E. coarse fi'oni ihelwdy 
of the light will elear Itrannita Point : consequently, if the light bns a Iwrih ol i u 
mile, there cai) he tio dalngei- steering in that directiou. 



76 



SAILING Directions from 



Then> is n passage within the Cohflssct Uocks, frequented by MAflten i tlm is found 
ty giving Scituale light a berth of J ft mile, and nuiiitng- N.W, byN. to the aoiitherljr 
ontering rock. 

Al abijut 2 miles W. by N. from the lig-ht ia B Meeting-house ; and near the N.W, 
side of t!u' hwhouf is a foi'in-hunHt, with two large harna a little to tlio nortliwnrd. 
To enter tiie hni'bour. the In(m^h of which is nearly i of o mill' wide, bring the Meet- 
ing OP tie farm-house to hear nbout W. hj N. from the middle of the entiunce, and 
run in on that direction for the farm-houBc, until tou have patsed the t>ar, which 18 a 
hnrd bed of sEoiii^s nnil snivel, that ioes not ehil^ ; aiid after you have gnt over the 
bar and come u|)on aanuj ground, haal up, and anchor near t£e beach, on the Houth 
side of the hnrbiur. 

Off Bmndt'e Point there ib a leJffe, with oalyfi feet water on it. It lies with Gumd 
Ledge S. J !•],, 4^ milca ; Brandt's Point 1| mile distant. There is a buoy on Philip'a 
Ledgp, J of a mile iu -whore of it, bearing W.N. W, J W. 

PLYMOUTH HAKHOUR is to the southward of Boaton light, 9 leagnw, and bean 
from Capo Cod W. j S. , distant (5 leagues j it may he known by its two lighthouses, 
standing on a round hummock, called the Gurnet, and on the douthern side Oif tba . 
eqtroncc hf ft high doubk land, calM tlie Mcinumept ; this side is enottmbei'ed witi 
mony shiinls, but the northern aide is fair and safe with all bat easterly winda ; nnd i 
should those blow hard, you may run into the harbour, and anchor witUin Brown '■ , 
I^lnnd. 

Tho harbour of I'lj'inouth ia capaeious, hut shallow, and formed by a long and iia'r- ' 
TO'W neck of land, called SalthouKC Ucach, extending southerly frooi MarshiHcld, and 
ttrniinfltingat ihc Guruct Hcnd, and by a siuallfr hciu-li within, nuuiiiig in an op- 
posite direction , and eonneetod with the main land near Eel River, abiiiit 3 milesi from 
the town. The iiglithouaea on the Gurnet are about (ID feet above the sni'taee of tho 
Bca, and bo situated that they cauuot be brought in a line to the northward, woless by 
those on shore. The lights ore visible 5 leagues off. 

From tliese lighfn the high land of the Monuinent bears S. J W., distant 3 miles ; 
Monument Point S.S.K, 2 leagues ; Soquoiih Head W. -J S., 3 miles j the eastern port 
«f Ih-o«ii'B Island S,S. W., H of a mile : and the Gurnet Rock li by S. i S., i of a 
Tnile; on this rock are bnt 3 feet; it has a white buoy on it. The Gurnet bears from 
3lac^ Point W. j 8., distant 6 leagues. 

In prneecding for Plymouth, so soon as you have shut in the aandy hill with Gnt-uct 
Tlead, you wi 11 bo clear of the G arnet Itotk ; ftftiT which be eautious of hauling ciosc 
to the ricad, as there are many siinheu rod's at some distance irom shore. When yoa 
hnTC brought Saquiwh Head to bear W. by N., steer W. by S. j and if bound for fly- 
mouth, kcqj that w)ursc towards a ln.r}^ red cliff on the main, which is a very good 
mark tor hfldiug clear of Dick's Flat, on which is a stone monument ; then steer more 
southerly for Hca-cU Point, or mn up until you are abreast of Saquash Head, priving 
it a diBtancc of J of a mile; run on W, by S. | S., which will tftrry you char of Dick's 
Flut, directly for Jieoch Point, keqitng wltllin 1 j or 20 yards of the sandy point bb 
you edge iiwuy t<? t!t^ sonthward, untO you hove ahnt in the lights, whore you may 
anchor in 3 or 4 fiithomH; but tho channel is very narrow, having notiiing but aflat all 
tilt! way to Plynioutli, uxeept tliis small ehanuDl, which runs cloao to the neck of land, 
and iu which you will have 4 or 5 fathoms close to the sandy paint. 

If bound into tho Cow Turd, steer as above diretted, which will load clear of Dick's 
Flat and the Muscle Kank. on Itoth of which are atone monuments. Observing to 
keep the Houbo on Gnniet Head .just out^iide of Saciuish Head, until vou have opent>4 j 
the high pines with Clcrk'b Islujids ; then you will clear Muh:Ic Bauk, and may steer 
N.W., until yon liave 3 fathoiru at low water. 

In turning into Plymoalh, stand not to the norlhwnrd into loss thnn 3 fathoniB, as 
it rtltla Hat n long way off ti'oni Gurnet Head to Saquosh; otf hcjlh tlie heodl« a point of 
rocki extend to n considei-able distance from slioro, many of which arc newly uncover- 
ed at low ebbs. There ia uIho sUoul wutcr all the way fmm Saquosh to the Muscle 
IJaiik, BO that yon should nnt titnnd into \i^n depth thiin that above mtatioiicd ; and 
in steering towards the sands to the southward, tack in 'I fathoniB, as it w sliwp-to and 
you may obaervo the ripplos. unletw the water he very smooth. The' nhoiii extends 
tHini ahrciuit of the lights to Beach Point, and the greatest part of it U uncovered at 
Joir ebbs. 



CAPE ANNE TO CAPE COD. 



77 






In ooming' from the southward for Pljtaouth Harbour, do not open the nortliern 

■lit to the weslward, bat keep tliE^n i:i one, bearing N.N.W. J W., which will carry 
you iata fBttiniiiH, by the ciuturam.uat part of Urown'ti Island, kcepinif that caurs« 
until within I a mile 0*' the Gurnet Head, where you will have but 4 fiiihoiasi Saquaah 
Head will then bear W. by N., a little northerly, and the two outermost trcos on the 
bead be in one; thcji steer dii'eetly for tlicm, until tbe lighthoase bears E.N.£., and 
the bouse on Saquiuh N.W., just open «itb the first sandy bencli, where you may 
puchor in fiaqua^h Koad, in 4 tntiiuiiie, good clear bottom ;; but, if bound to I'ly moath, 
to tile Cow Yard, aCccr aa betbrc directed. 

Should you fnll in to the southward of Brown's Island, between that and Monument 
Land, where, in some plaees. you will find 20 iatlioms, ilo noC uttenipt to run tor the 
lights until you have brought them on with each other, bearing N.JJ.W. | W. ; for if 
you do, yoQ will niD on Brown'a Island, or Sand, whc-ra there ia no passage eyen I'ur 
a boat at low wntcr. 

In eoming in from the northward for PLymouth at night, do not bring the lights 
. nifre HOuthcrly than S. by W,, as thus you will avoid the Ifiif/' Pint Lr'U/e, which lies 
I Udrth, 2 J or 3 milt's from the Ciurnet Head. The ahonlcst part of this ledg'e, which ifi 
UtiTOvered at low ebbs, lies about 1 J milo from the shore, with Ilo high jjinca Ie a line 
with tlaptttin'a Hill, which wiU then heat W. by S. ^ It extt^nds N.M.E. and S.S. W., 
uearly a mile, and hoN 4 and 5 tkthoms tloee to it, which deepens grBdiuilly as you run 
to the eastward ft-om it, luiving 10 and 12 fathoms at tb.o distance of a mile. 

By night, with the lights bearing S. bj^ W,, proceed to tho Houthwnrd until they 
ear N.W, or N.W. by W., when yoa will be clear of the rock, and may steer up 
'. by S., until you have the lights bearing E.N.E., whoro it will be prudent to an- 
blior until daylight. 

The tides Sow in Flymoutb ontil o'eloirJc, on the fuU and change. 

Should you make the Gnniet lights in tlie night, during hard Dortherly or N.^l". 
vinik. and cannot get into the harhoBr of I'lynioulh, you, may run for that of Cope 
"<wi, biiiittitig the lights to biair W. hr N., and steering for Race Point light, follow- 
j the direetiouB given tor entering Province Town Hnihonr by tho li^ed light oil 
ong Pijiiit, and eome to anchor. If it should blow so hard that ynu cnnuot turn up 
le harbour, yo-u may anchor off the point, on a. dear bottom. It is bold-toi and, 
ulcas it be very dark, the sandy hills may be Been before you con get on shore. 

CAPE COS is the northei-n port of the peninsula of Barnstable. On tlic book of 

JiC csjn; ii* Pi\ivinoc Tp-wn, dislingTiisbed by its very useful hnrbour, nhich hao dfplli 

nf water for any sliips. On itti cxi.i'cmity, culled Point Race, is a lighthouse eshihit- 

ng u U'volring light, 32 feet ab&ve the mean level of the sea, visible 10 miles j but it 

unuot l«i seen inward-buuiid until it bcara S.S.W. J W. [ and more to the S.E., at 

the C'luy Ponils, is a, larger one. The inlioblfants are chiefly fishermen. 

_ Grip* Ciid Light. — A lighthon*c ia cr*^cfed at the Clay Ponds, on Cape Cod, 
latitodi! 42' 3' noi-th, and longitude 7 0° 3' west. The house is erected on land 
elcvflti'd ulMiut ISO feet, which, wi til the elevation of the lantern, ujakcs- the whole 
lieight 1 SO feet abo^e hiyh-water mark. The light, which was formerly reTolviug, ia 
BOW fixed. 



If inword-boniid 
Bring the light to be 



to Boston, and you want to fall in with tic back nf Cnpe Cod, 
car S. W., 2 leagues distant ; then steer "W-N-W. fur lloaton Ught- 



The lighthouse oa the Kaee Point of Cape Cod stanilB in latitndo 42" 4' north, and 
Jongitude 70° 11' west. It is 32 feet above the mean level of the 6ea. It i:* a 
rci'olving, or repenting, light, on the same principle as thnt of Boston, alieudy 
aoticf'd ; and ia therefore icadily known from tlie ligttt on the high land, whiah may 
Bow, with propriety, he called the high Ught of Cape Cod. 

Cape Cod ia low aandy land j but Itace Point is very bold, and may be known by a 

nnmber of fi^h-huUKi-'a on it. Frum I to 3 miles to the southward of Rate Point is 

I'hat. is called Herring Cove, where yon hate good aiielioriigu | a niilo froni the shoie, 

lie mad being fi'oai east to N.NiE., in 1 or even in 3 fatlinma. 

Loso Point LionT.~-On I.onK Point, nt the entranco of Province Town Ilai-bonr, 

a lightlioufce, containing a ILted light, 36 feet above tho menn level of the eeu. 



78 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 




CAPE GOD HARBOUR {Province Town) ie one of the host harboura ou thu 

const. If hound to Ctus harbour from the narUiward, you ma.^ run within ^ a, mils of 
the lighthouBO on Itaco Point ; ftftur passing it, and it beers cast, atecr S-S.E.i about 
2J miles, when the lightliouso Div lie lugh lauds will bear E. by N. ; then run for it 
1 J niile, which wiil hring you lq the fairway of the harhour; tliea haul up N.N,W„ 
westerly, a good milo, when you niav anchor in 5 to 7 tathoma, with the light on Long 
Point bearing S.W. by S. Large siiips should bring tlie Ugkt on Ita.ce Pttint to bear 
N. by W.. and ateer S'. by E., to poss Wmul End Bar in 1 fnthoma. So soon as the 
light on Long Point bcora N.E. by N., steer N.E., until in & fathoms water; then im- 
ohor, the light on the high landa of Capo Cod bearing from E. J N. to E, J S, 

In mnnlng from Race Poiut to Woo-d End, after paaning tiie black land, or hnm- 
niocloj, you will come up with a low sandy beach, forming the harbour, extending 
betw^n 2 (uid 3 miles to Wood ETid, which iif difficult to be diBtineuisIted in the uiglit; 
it is, howevor^ very hold, and thero a-re 25 fftthoms within. J a. mile of the- share. 

In beating into Capo Cod Harbour, keep the oastera shore on board, until you get 
into 4 or 3 lathonis, standing no farther to the westward than to bring the lif ht to 
bear E. by S., na a long splc of amid runs from the western abore, where, being very 
bold, yoa will have 1 1 fathoms within a stome'e throw of tlic shore. In case it blow's 
so hard that you cannot boat into the harbour, tliere ia good ancborago without, in 
from 10 to 15 fa,thonis. 

The lighthousea of Cape Anne and the high light of Cape Cod bear from each oflicr 
S.8.E. J S. and N.N.W. | N., distant 14 leagues. The variation ia about S° 30' west. 

BILLINGSGATE ISLAND.— This iaknd is small, and situated so far up Bam- 
stable Bay, that it eaniiot be mistakon ; it lies 5 iGagues S.E. by S. from Ilace Point 
light. There is a lighthouse etectod Upon it, fitted up with lamps and reflectors, anA 
bearing a fbfed light. 

The island is 1.1 feet above the level of high-water mark, end the tower and lantern 
are 37 foot high, ao that the light is 40 feet above the mean lev«l of the u^a. From 
the west end of the isbtnd a long lAoo/ extends full 10 milca, in a W. by S. j S. to 
W, by ti. direction from the lignthoniie, and in a N.W. to N.N.W. direction, & or 6 
miles : this shoal ie chiefly composed of hard sand. At 1 ^ or 2 miles distance from 
the light there is about 8 feet water, the Mecling-houae (with a sleeple) at Brewster 
hcuriiig S. by E. ; at the distance of 5 miles from the lighthouse arc from 10 to 12 feet, 
the said Mtt'tiiis-houso bearing S.S.E. ; and at the distance of 7 Biiles from Ihc light- 
house are 2^ fathoms, the Meeting-house bearing S.E. by S. : at these depths of water 
the lighthouse bore fi-om E. by N, to E. by N, J N. In crossing this »lioal ]><unt of 
Hats, you will drop into 4 to 5 fathoms water, at the distance of 40 fatbonts from the 
edge of the shoal, when the lighthouse will bear E.N.E. In iraiming round the shoal, 
approach no nearer ihnti 2^ I'athomii. As soon ag you deepen to 4 fathoms, haul up 
for the light, and anchor. 

YcsBcls drawing 12 feet and upwards ahonld bring tho lighthouse to bear E.N.E. to 
N.E, by E., and steer b from E. by S. to E.S.E., until they get the lighthonsc to 
bear N. by \V., when they will have good anchorage, in 3 to 4 fathoms at low water, 
sotY muddy bottom, and be distant from tho lighthonse \^ to 1| tiiilc, ISrcwittcr 
Rlceting-house ou with a windmill that stands nea.r it, will then bear S. by W. J W.j 
and the north Meeting-bouac, which atanda on a hill at Eostham [no other boilding 
being near it] will bear E. J N. 

The following hearings and diatatices were taken froiu the lighthouse, vis ; — Tho 
high land of the norlh point of the Monnmcn ts W. by N. | N., distant 10 lea^pt ; 
Brewster Mcc ting-house, with steeple, S. by W. to S. ; entrance of Orlcana S.E. J S., 
Omilefli Eastham north Meeting-Uoust; S,E. bv E, J E,, 4 wiles; and Silver Spring 
Harbour of Eajtham E. by K. J S"., 4 miles. Tile above places are all barred fiaraowi, 
omA finis oitend aS shore from 1 to 3 miles, with very shallow water over Ihera. 

WELLFLEET HARBOUR. — There is a rock in the pEL^sage up to Wcllflect, about 
12 feet in length and 8 feet in breadth ; it in named the lUiy RnrH, and there ia not 
more than 1 or 2 feet wnter over it at low tide, while around it are 3 to 1 1 feel at 
low water. When on this roek, Chipniau'H Windmill, the gontherninost mill in Wel- 
ford, is a little open to the northward of n ritck, culled Ulue Unci. a.iid stauding near 
the shore at, Wellfleet, beming N.M.E, \ E. : this rock is cohered itt biKh water. The 
east paint oF thp IJorse-Shoe befirH&ani the lighlbouse on BjUingsgatc Island E.N.^ 



CAPS COD TO CAPE MALABAR. 



79 



distnnt about jf ota mils. Oil the south fiide of this island aatidy^ts extend to tho 
distance 'Of J t^ J of a mile, having ouly &oiu. (i to U feet wafer. 

The Maeting-hoTiae, with a steeple, at Brewster, to the eaHl.wnrd of Barnattible, ia 
the only oDe to be seen i and this is a good mark to posaoTer the longsihool poiat that 
exbendit off' from the lighthouse. 

BAllNSTABLE BAY.— From Centre HiU Point to SouMt Inlet the distance ia 
ai>out 4 miles, and the course S. J E. ; the shore is clean nnd bold, having- from 3^ to 
4 fBtfaoms, Bandy bottom. A bar of sand lies parallel with the shore, near Centre Hill 
Point, wtirh cxtcnda to the southward, nnd turminatca nbout 2 of aiuile to the north- 
ward of Sauset. From the ahorc over tliis bar to a latlioniii water, the distance is 
240 to ^50 fathoms, andthe bar is fro-m 100 to 140 fathoms wide, having over it 9, 10, 
and 11 feet; while between that and the shore are 3 and 3^ fathoms. Frotu the south 
enilaf thebnr, along Hh')re, to the ontraneo of Sandwich, ore 3 futhoins, and the distaaee 
&om 70 to W latbom^i, wndy bottom, mid regular soundings iu npproQchiiig the land. 

Oo the south side of Sauset lalet ia a low rocky point, of 90 fathoma. At J of n 
mile oif ehore are 3 fathoms, and at the distaucG of 1^ or 2 miles, 9 to ID fathoms, 
mndd}' ground. Pasiiiing trom Sandwich ta Barnstable, tho^^ run oif shore 100 and 
ISO fathoms. 

BA&KaTABLE LiQnx ia fixed, and erected on a dwelling-liauee ; itifieloTated 10 feet, 
aadTisible 11 miles. 

BARNSTABLE HARBOUR. — To enter this liftrbouc wheti eotuia^ frtim the 
northward, you must nO't approach aeorer to the bar than 5 fathoms water, until the 
lighthouse on Sandy Neck bears S.M'. J W"., for a long bar strctclies out from the 
point full 3 niik'B in a north-easterly diiection, on the eaatern part of whitb i» a buoy, 
lyiDg in 2 fBthoms, water, the hght bearing- from the buoy N.E. \ E., distant 3 mil^. 
When up to this buoy, haul close round it, leaving it oa your starboard side ; then run 
.bout 2 eablcB' length S.S.VV., to clear the S.W. part of the hur, when atcer S,W. Ly 
~~, J W., IJ mile, or until the lie-lit hears S.W. by S., which will be the cose when 

111 are up to Yarraoutb FluU : then steer direct far the hght Always be careful to 

' o Hio above courses good, for the dood-tido generally' m\s struagly over the Sat^, 

d the ebb runs equally strong to the northward of the bar. Coatitiiio jour course 
for the light, until witlun a cable's length of the hcach, and follow the shore round 
the point. There is safo authorago inaido, abreast of tho light, with all winds ; and 

e light bearicp feora S.W. to N.E., you will have from 5 to 2J fiithoma. 

Vesaels dra-wing S feet water may, at high -water, bring Uie light to boor S.W. J W., 

d run diroctSy for it. High -water, full and change, nt 11 houi-B, The tide rises 
[0 feet ; and tliere are 7 feet on the bar at low water. 




CAPE COD TO GATE MALABAR. 



From Cape Cod Jighthouso tho general tendcney of tlio pliore Is S- by E., ahoiut 
I miles, to Cape Malabar, or tho sandy point of Cbathaio. 

The HuroanG Society in America has furnished the fcllawing deseriptien of tho 
,t horeabout, from Cape Cod to Cape Malabar, toBetber with the plaees and liuts 
ted by them far the preservation and rehef of aucn mariners asmaynmfortunately 
be -wrecked upon this port : — 

" The coTVBtnrc of the shore on the west aide of Province Town and soutli of Race 
Point, is called Herritig Cove, whieh ta 3 miles in length. Tlicre is good anchdring- 
ound here ; and vessels may rido soibly in 4 or S fathoms of water, when the uiiid 
from N.E. to S.E. 

" On Race Point stand about a doien fishin^-bnts, containing flre-placcfl and other 

iDvenicneoa. The distance from these huts to Province Toivn, which lies on Cnpe 

1 Harbouc, is 3 milea. Tho passage is over a sandy beach, witliout grass or iiuy 

er vegetable growing on it, to woods, through -which is a winding rond to the 

ra. It would be difficult, if not impossiljle, fjir n stron^r to find his way thitliGr 

_ ^edoxk. The -woods ore eo full of ponds and entangling awamps, that if'^lhc road 

1l4|>niieBcd, deetruction -would probably be the conaequence of attetupliug to peoetratc 

Ihem in tho night. 

" Not far from Race Point cotnmeaDee a ridge, which extends to the head of Stout's 





80 BAILUrO DiaEOTIONS FfiOM 

Creek. With tiu) fnco to the eiiet, On iim left habd of the ridge, ia the eandy Bhoie; on 
die right is a narrow sundy vailey, beyond which ia naked aand, rtiachiug to Uit h>ll> 
and woods of Proi'iace Town. This ridge is tvqII MiTered with beach-grajta, uid uppetire 
to ow« iU exkteiiDe to thftt vEgetflhle- 

" Beaeh-grnss, during the spring nndi sunimer, growa abont 2i fbet high. If »nr- 
rouudt'd by nalvod beach, the storma of unturan and winter heap ap tho aao-d on oil 
aides, and cause it to lisc neui'ly to tliti tap at' the pliuit. In the cuguing apriiie' tim 
gross Bprouts anew, is again oavored with sand in the winter, and thus a hill, or ridge 
canitiuueij t<j o.'itend, aa long as there ia a sufficient base ta supxxtrt it, or till the cir- 
cumscj'ibing snnd, being a£o covcied with beech-graas, will no longer yield t« the 
force of the winds. 

" On this ridjjo, half-wny hetwean Race Point and tho head of Stout's Creek, the 
trustees of the Humane Society havo creeled a Uut. It etaiids a milu from Pcuked 
Hill, a laudiuitrk well known ttt Ki;u.niGn, and lb about 2J miles Erom Rare Poitit. 
Mariners cast away on this part, of the coast will find shelter here ; and, in N JJ. 
etoitaai should they aft-ike to the Icfward of it, and be uniible to toru tht'ir faces lo 
tliu n-iiidwurd, hv pit-jsiug on lo liuco Point, tliey will ftoon como to the hshing-huta 
before meudoned. 

" At the head of Stout's Creek the tnistees have fcnilt a aeoond but. Stout's Creek 
U a ^tuall branch of Eatit Haibour in Traro. Many yoaj^ ago there was a body of 
salt marali on it ; and it then dceeri'ed the name of a crock. Bnt tho mursh was long 
since destroyed ; and the ereck now scarcely exists, appenring only like a hidbII d^ 
prosaion iu the sand, and t^ing catixoly dry &t halt'-tido. The creek niiu ironi N.W. 
to S.B., and is nearly parallel with the shore oa the ocean, from which it ia at no great 
dislanee. Not far from it the hills of Province Town tertnlTiat*; and, uUould not the 
hat bo found,, by walking round the head of the creek, with the fac-G to the west, thu 
hiUs on the right Land, aod keeping close to the shore of the harbour, iu lesa than an 
hour the shipwrecked aenmnn would come lo province Town. 

" The Humane Society, aoTeral years ago, erected a hut at tho head of Stout's Creek, 
Bnt it was built in a improper manner, hnriug a chimney in it, and was pliiced on s 
spot where no bcach-grous grew. The strong winds blew tho sand from its foundatt'in, 
and the weight of the chituiiey hrougbt it to the gronnd -, bo that iu January 1802, it 
was entirely demolished. This event took place about sii weeka before tlie Sriilua 
WHS cast away. If it had remained, it ia probable that the whole of the unfortiuiate 
tt-ew of that Hhip Would have been saved, as tho; gftiaed tho Eliore & lew rods oaly 
£rom the apot whore the hut had stood. 

" Tho hut now creeled stands on a place covered with beach-grass. To prevent any 
accident hiippenin^ ta it, or to the other hut near Peaked llili. tliQ trmHees hare 
Becnred the attention of several gentlemen in tho neighboarhood. Ur. Thaddens 
Brown, and Captain Thomas Smalley, of Province Town, have on^ged to inspect 
both buts, to soe tliat they iim supplied with straw or Lay in tho autumn, thai tW 
doora and windows am kept shut, and that repairs are nutde when necenaary. The 
Hev. Mr. Damoa, of Truro, has also promised to visit tlie hut at Stout's Creek twice 
or thrice a year ( ond tbe Kiav. Mr. Whitman, of WeMeet, diatinguiahed through th* 
country for hia activity and benevolence, had undertaken, though remote Irom tho 
place, tha same charge. 

" From the head of Stout'a Creek to the termination of the salt-raarah, which Um 
en both sides, UJid at the bead of Kast Harbour IliFeif, tho distance is uboul 3J roik-s. 
A narrow biiach separated this river troui the ocean. It ia not so regular a ridge as 
that before described, as there are on it one or two hillH, whieh tlie neighbouring 
iuLiibitants call inhmda. It may, without much dithcaltVi he cnMScd every whfnt. 
esccpt over thoao elevatiiiriH, By these hilla, even during the nig'ht, the beach may 
bo disting'uished tiom those hoireaftcr to be mentioned. It lies from N.W. to S.E., and 
ie in most ports covered with boach-e'^'^- I'bd bills have a few sbruba aa the decli- 
vitioB next the river. At tho end oi tho marsh the beach Bubsides a little ; and thefe 
is an easy posso^ into a. valley, in whieh ore situated two or three dwelling -boasos. 
The first on the left hand, or south, ia a few roda only &oia the ocean. 

" Tho shore whioh eitonds from this valley to Raco Point, is nnquostionably the 
pare of the ooaat the most ciposed to ehipwreoks. A N.E, slotm, tlio most violent and 
&t»/ ta teamen, as it iv frcqucutly nccomiwaUed with snow, Mows direvtly on Uiv 




CAFE COD TO CAPE MALABAR. 



81 



land; a Btiwng current aete along rtic shore; add tn which, that §hipa, during the 
operation of such a storm, endesTaurto work to the northward, that thoy may got 
into the bny. Slionld they be unable to weather Haec Point, the "wind drives them 
on ehore, and a bhipwreck is inoviluhle. Accordingly, the strand is cvorywhere 
covered with the fragmeuta of veeselB. Huts, therefore, placed within a mile of each 
other, hflve been thought necessary by many judicious pcrgons. To this opinion the 
trosteeB nre disposed to pay due respect; and here al'ter, if the funds of the society in- 
crease, new huts will be built here ibr tko relief of the untbrtunate. 

*' Frora tlu) Talley above mentioned the land rises, and less than a mile from it the 

high, land commences. On the tirBl: elevated spot (tko Clay Ponda)tjtaudatlicyg'htliou.^r, 

The fihoit! here tuma to the Bouth. and the high land extends to the table-land of 

Eosthnm. The hig^h land approaches the ocean with ntcep and lofty banks, which it 

is extwmelj difficult to elinib, efipecially in a storm. In vi&lent teiniieHts, during 

very high tides, the aea breaks against the foot of them, rendering it then unsafe to 

walk on the strand, which lies between them and tbu ocean. Should the seaman 

Buceced in his attempt to aaccnd tlieiu, lie must forbear to penetrate into the country, 

e» houses are generally so remote, that they would escape his rcaearch duriui the 

night } he must pass on to the Tulleja, by which the banks art iutersectod. These 

jSaJleya, which the inhabitants cull hoUuws, ran at right angles with the shore; and 

I the middle, or lowest part of them, a road leads from the dwelling-houses to tho sea. 

■' The firet of these valleya is Dyer's IIollow, 1^ mile sonUi of the lightlouse. It is 

a widu opening, being'npWHrds. of 50-0 fatlioms broad from sammit to aiunmit. In tt 

Btandfl a dwelhng-hoase, J of mile from the beach. 

fe "At 1| mile sovitll of Dyer's Hollow ia a. second Talley, -called Hardin's Hollow. At 

r4he entt^nce of this yalley the eond has gathered, no that at present a Little climhing 

ia necessary. Pasaing over several fences, and taking heed not to enter the wood on 

the right hand, at the distance of J of a mile, a house ia to be found, lliis^ house 

stands on the south aide of the road ; and, not far from it, on the Bouth, is Pamet Kiver, 

which runs from east to west through a, body of salt-marsh. 

" The third valley, ^ a mile south of Hardin's Hollow, is the head of Pamet Hollow. 

_ It may with ease m disttnguislied from the other hollowB mentioned, as it is a wide 

peoing, and leads immodiiitcly aver a beach to the salt-marsh, at the head of Pamet 

iiver. In the midst of the hollow the smid has been raised by a brush fenco, carried 

rosa it from north to south. This must be pms^ed, and the shipivrecked mairiaor will 

cm come to q fence which separates what is csUcd the road from the ntarah. If he 

urns to the left hand or south, at the distoneo of j of a mile, he will discover a house. 

f he tni-ns to the right hand, at the distance of J a mile, he will find tha house whioh 

'Is mentioned ia the foregoing paragraph. 

" The fourth opening, f of a mile south of the head of Pamot, ia Brush Yalley. This 

k hollow is narrow, and climbing is necessary. Entering it, and inclining to the right, 
^of a roik', will bring seamen to the hons*, which ia flitnatcd at the head of Pamet. 
By prooeeding atraight forward, and passing over rising ground, another hooae may 
ho disco-vered, but with more difficHlty. 

■' These three hoUows, lying near together, servo ta dewgnnto each other. Either 
of them may be need, but the bend of Pamet Hollow is tho Bnfeat 

r" South of Bmah Valley, at the distance of 3 miles, there is n fifth opening, called 
Jewcomb's HoUow, east of the head of Herring River, ia Wellfleet. This valley is 
} of a Qtile wide. On the north aide of it, near (he shore, stands a fishing hut. 

"Between the two hst valleys the bank ia veiy high and steup. From the edge of 
^^Jt, west, there in a strip of sand, 100 yards in breadth t then sueeeeda low brushwood 
^HS of a mile wide, and almost impassable ; after which cornea a thick, perplexing forest, 
^^Ei whifili not a house is to be discovered, ScBinen, thci'cfore, though the iliatance 
^Ketneen these two valleys is great, muat not attempt to enter the wood, as, in a n-now- 
^^^torm, they would imdoubtedly perish. This place, bo formidable in description, will, 
however, lose aoniowhat of its terror, n-hen it is observed, that no injjtfluro of a sliip- 
wrt'ck on this pari of tho coast is recollected by the oldest inhabitalits of WellUuct, 

" At ^ a mile south of Meweomb's Hollow is tho sixth valley, called Pcarcc's Hollow. 
It is D small valley. A house stands at the distance of little more tliaa ^ of a mils 
from the beach, W. by S. 

[CASfio TO Phii..] M 




^■bo 

mi 







S3 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FBOM 



" The BOTonth ralloy is Cohoon's HoUow, J a mile south of Pearce's Hollow. It m 
not verr wide. West from the pntranc*, several houses may be fDand &t the dbtanoa 
of a mile. Thia hollow lies E. by N, from "Wellflcet Meeting-hoiiae. 

" At 2 milea isouth of Cohoon's Hollow, tho eighth valley, ii Snow's Hollow. _ It is 
amnller than t3ie last. W&st from the shore, at the distance of J of ft mile, is the 
oouBty roid, which goes round the head of Blackflsh Creek. Piiusing- throng tiua 
valley to tUy fcnice, which scpamtcs the road from the npland and marsh at tho bead 
of the creek, aliouse will imiueditttiily bo foaad, hy taming to tho right hand, at north. 
There are booses on the letl:^ but more remote. 

"The high land gradaally BnbBides here, and IJ mile south, terminates at thenintb 
ralltj, called Fresh Biook HoUoW) in which el hoose is to be f<;>aiid, a mile ^ai ths 
sliorc, west. 

"Tho tenth, SJ milca soath from Freah Brook Hollow, is Plom Valley, nbont 30O 
yards wide. "West h a house, f of b mile distant. 

" Between these two Talleys is the tahle-laild. 

"After this there b no hollow of importanco to Cape Malabar. 

" From Fresh Brook Hollow to tho commeii cement of Naaset Beach, the bank next 
the ocean ia about CO feet high. Thoro aro houses scattered over tho plain op«n 
country ; but noiio of them are nearer thnn a mile to the shore. Id a storm of wmd 
and rain, they miglit be discerned by daylight ; hut in a snow-storm, which nge» 
here with excessive fury, it would he alracBt impossiblu to discoTer them oither l>y 
niglit or day. 

" Not far from this shore, BOQth, the truateeB have erected a third but, on Namet 
Dcaoh. Nausct BEOch begins in latitude 41° 01', and extends south to latitude 41''41', 
It IB divided into two parts, by a breach which the ocean has made through it. Thia 
breach is tho month of Nauset or Stae« HarboiiT ; and, from the opening:, the breach 
c.ttcnda north, 2^ miles, till it joins the main litnd. It is ahoat a farlong wide, and 
fomifi Nauaet harbour, which is of little Talue, its entrance being obHtrueted by a tor. 
This northern pnrt of the bre^ach may he disting^uiahed from the sontliern port hj it« 
being of a leas- ri'gular form : Btarme hftTe made freqnent irmptionj throFgh tho ndge, 
on. which beach-groaa grows. On an elevated part of the breach stands the hut, ubont 
1| mile north of the mouth of NauEct Harboor. Eastham Mecting-houue lies from it 
W-S.W., distant IJ mile. Tho Mwting-hQuse is without a steeple: but it maybedis- 
tin^shed from the dwelling-houses near it hy its situation, which is between two 
Hmull groToa of looust, ono on the south, and onoon the north; that on. tlio south being 
tJirc* timed as long as the otlier. About U mile from tho hut, W. hy N., ftppear tie 
top and arms of a windmill. Tho Rev, Mi. S'haw and Elisha Mayo, Esq., of Kasthsm, 
have engaged to inspect this building. 

" The southfirn part of Nauact Beach, most eomiaonly called Ckatham Boach, and 
by a few persons Pot*numaiiunt Beach, begins at the month of Nonset Harbom', and 
extends 6 or fh milea soath to the moutti of Cimtham Harbour. It is about 130 fathoms 
wide. A regular well-formed ridge, which, in the most elevated pajt of it, is 40 fwt 
hijjh, ruuii (he whole length of it; and, with the exception of a few apots, ia covered 
with heneh-groBS. This beach forms tho harrior of Chatham Harbour, which from 
Strong Island, north, reeeivea tho name of Pleasant Bay. A mile sonthof the entraiiM 
of NauHct Harbour it joins the main land of Orleans, except in very high tides, when 
the sea flows from the nortL-eastem arm of Plcaiaant Bay lufo the harbour of Nauset, 
completely insulating the beach. By those who are acquainted with tlic shallow, it 
may be eafely forded at any time ;. but Btrangera maat not ventm-c to pasa it when 
covered with water, as below the channel is 7 feet deep. On this beach, about hcilf- 
way between the entrances of Nansot and Chatham narhours, the tmstecs haTeel*cted 
a fourtli hut. Tho spot selected is a narrow part of the beach. On the west, the 
water adjoining it is called Baas Hole. Salt Mnrah is north and south of it neit the 
boacli, but is here iut^mipted. Orleans Mceting-hoase lies from it N.W. The ^^ect- 
ing-liotjae in without a steeple, and ia not seen; bat it is veiy nemr a windmill placed 
on an elevated ground, a conspieuouB ohiect to sonrnpn eommg on the coast. It may 
be ftcecBsary to add, that there aro three windmille in Orleans, forming' a sciwi-arcl* j 
that the mill referred to is on the right hand, or N.E. point, and that ths mill in the 




CjltE COD TO CAPE MALABAR. 



83 



I 



I 



middlo point of tti-e scmi-^iircle etands on still liigher g^raimd. The Mcetipg-houHe of 
diathani is situaled from it S.W. Thia Meeting-houae is also withaDt a steeple, and 
is concealed b^ Great Hill, a noted liudmnrk. The hiU appears nath two fiumraits, 
wUieh urc J ot a niilo apttit. The Imt lies eaat i'l-om Sampaon'a Island, in Pleasant 
Buy. Timotliy Biisconi, Ekq., of Orleans, lias undertaken to inspect thia huf. 

"■ Lest seamen should miss this hut, by striking to tli« leeward of it, the tiUBtets 
hnve erected another on the same beach. It stands a mile aorth of tJie moutli of 
Chfttham Hoihoar, east at Uie Meetitie-iiouBC, and ■opposite to the town. 

" Another spot on the same beacli would be a pr&per sihiation for n liut. It ia north 
of tho fourth hut, and east of the Middle of Pocket iBland. Th.G highest part of the 
ridge is near it, eouth. A break in the ridge, over which the sea appears soniotimea 
to hftvo flowed, divides this high part fi-om the northern portion of the beach. 

" On the beacli of Cape Malabar, or the sandy point of Chatham, the trOBtees have 
huDt a sixth hut. Thia heach stretches irom Chatham, 10 miles into the ecu, towards 
Nantucket, aad ia fiwm i to J of a mile in breadth. It is continimlly goiulng south ; 
alxkvc 3 nulee have been added to it during the past 30 yoai's. On the east side of 
the beach is a curve in the shore, called Stewart's Bond, whero vessels mey ftnchor 
with safety, in 3 or 4 fathoms of wateTpWhtn the wind blows from N. to S.W, Noith 
of the Bend there are ecveral bars and shoals. A httlo below the middle of the beach, 
on the west side, is Wreck Coto, which is naTigablo for boats only. Tho hut stands 
200 yards fi'Cuu the 0*ean, S.E. from th& entraoce of Wreck Cotb, | a mile. Between 
the mouth of the cotc and hut is Stewart's Knoll, au elevated part of the beach. Tho 
diatanco of t!io hut from tho commencement of tho beach is G miles, and from its ter- 
miaation i. Great Hilh ia Chatham, beare N. by W,, dietant S mileSj and the south 
end of Morria Island, which is on the west side of the boach, N, by E., distant 4 miles. 
Richard Scars, Esq., of Chatham, baa engaged to visit the two last -men lionc;d huts. 

" At 2 milcH bolow the sixth hut ia a fiahiug-housc, built of tliatch, in the form of 
a wigwam. It atands on the west side of the heach, J of a mile from the ocean. 
Annmilly, in September, it is renewed, and generally remains in tolerable prGservatiou 
during the winte-r. 

"^ Another apot, a few rods from the aea, 4 miles south ijom the commcncemout of 
the bench, and | a milo north of tho head of Wreck Cove, would be a proper situation 
far a hut. A little south of this spot, lit etorms and yery high tides, tho sea breaks 

■ over &om the ocean into Wreck Cove. 
" Capo Malabar Beach may he distiiigmshed from the two beaches before described, 
not only by its greater breadth, but also hy its being of a loss rcgitlaT form. It is not 
BO well covered with grass o^ Chatham Beach. Prom Stewart's Knoll, south, to tho 
extremity, it is. lowest in the middlo, In this valley, and in other places, fresli water 
may be oblaiat'd by digging 2 foet into the stuid. The eame thing ia true of Nausct 

■ ana Chatham Beaches^ 
** The six huts, the situations of which have thus been pointed out, are all of one 
elEe and shape. Bach hut stapds on piles, ie S feet long, S fi^ct wide, and 7 feet high : 
a sliding door is on the south, a sliding shutter on tho west, and a pole, rising Ifl feet 
above the top of the biulding, on the east. Within it is supplied with straw or hay, 
H and ia farther aeuommodatcd with a bench. 

^ " The whole of the coa.st from Cape Cod to Cape Malabar is sandy, and free irom 
rocks. Along the shore, at tho distance of ^ a mile, ia a bar, which ia called the Ovt£r 
Sar, because there are smollet bai-a within it, perpetimlly varying, Tliia Outer Bur is 
seiiarated into many pai-ts by guzzles, or small channels. It extends to Chatham ; 
and, as jt proceeds southward, grarfwaJly opproathee the shore, and becomes more 
ahitUow. Its general depth at high water ia 2 iathoma, and 3 fathoma over the guz- 
slesg and its loast distance from the shore is about a furlong. OfT the mouth of 
Chalhara Harbour there aro bars which reach | of a mile ; and off the entrance of 
Nauset Harbour the bars extend | a mile. I.ajge heavy ships strike on the Outer 
^L Bar, oven at high water, and Ihcir tiagmcnta only reach the shore ; but smaller vessels 
^B- I«isB over it at full sea ; and whoii they touch at low water, they beat over it, as (lie 
tide rises, and BOon come to the land. If a vessel is cast away at low water, it ongLt 
to be left with as; much expedition as possible i because the fury of the waves is tion 



ft 



84 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION OP THE 



oheoked, ia some mosLSurc, }>y the bar ; ani because the verael is generally brolcoii ta 
pieces with tlic risiiiL- fioud. But Biiamcn, shlpwrctikc'd at ^1 sea, ought to itnnaui 
on board till nearly [ow water ; for tlit vessel <Iocb not then Iweftl! to piMM ; WnA, by 
attempting to reach the Imd belbre thf tido ebhs away, they are in ^cnt diin{,'er uf 
being Jruwiied- On thiu nuhject there is one opinion only among judicious miLriitErs. 
It Diajbcj necesBfiry, howevei-, to remind them of o.tiiiUi, of which they hcivt full con- 
viction,, hut whii:b, amidft the a^tation and terrors of a Etonn, the^ too frequently 
roi^et." 

NAUSET BEACH LIGHTS. — On Mauaet Beach three Ughthousca have been. 
erected [ thej are 150 feet upart. Tlip northernmost b in latitude 41° 51' 40' N. 

CHATHjVM lights aro mtualod on tie S.E. port of Uio peninsulii of Cape Cod, 
nbout 7 leagues to the southward of Capo Cod lig'bt. Thoy arc two fJKEd tighls, on 
James's Head, 70 feet above the level of the eea ; they are only of use in running -over 
the ahonis, aa tlio beach has madu out 2 or 3 miles s-incL- they were elected. Its harfao'iir 
is eonvBniont for the fishery, in ivhich they have usunlly 40 vcaaola employed j and 
contains 20 feot at low water. Them ia aJBo a fixed liglit on the sandy point of 
MoDoiuy, b milea to the Buuthword of the Cliatham lighta. 

A LiUHT-VENsEL Oil Shotilfdil Hhttftl, near MoEomoy Point, Thi^ li^ht-vessel ta 
painted black, carrica a HLngle Bxed liglit, eluvatud \& feot above the sea level, in lati- 
tude 41" 3T N., and longLtudo 6!!'" aV west of Greenwich. 

fPollob Rip. — A liffhl-veascl is now moored near tlic Pollok Rip, off Chatham, 
carrying one fixed li^t, and a belL ie soundad in foggy weather. 
as f 
mar 



I 
I 



DESCRIPTION OF THE HANKS SITUATED BETWEEN CAPE SABLE 
AND THE PENINSULA OF CAI'E COD. 



I 
I 



Before wo conolude tliis section, it may be useftil and proper to notice and describe, 
as well us our iiifonnntion wih admit, the Eand-banlis and Bounding wliich the 
mariner, nai-igatine this part of the toast of America, aitiiflted betweea Cupe Snble 
and Cape Cod, ynU, in all probability, fall in with in this paaaa^. Theao are Caalws 
Ledge, Jefl'ery's Hank, and St. Ocoi'gc'jf Bank. 

CASHES LEDGE.—" Report from LrECT. Com. CriAHtEa II, Divifl, U.S.N.. dated 
12th June, 1S49, giving the partioujare of His recent determination of the position of 
Caahea Ledge, off the coast of New England. 

" The dfterminntion Lieut. Com. Davis placca Ammeti's Hack of Caihet Ledrje in 
latitude 'IS' Sfi' N., and longitude 08'' 31' 30' \V. As this diffi.'.rs nearly 12 miles of 
latitude, and 12 miles in longitude h-om ihe last previouB detcnt)inations, this otEciitl 
report IB of the greatest importance to n.avig'atora. 

" Tha U.S. steamer Bih, employed on this survey, remained at anchor on the rodk 
24 hours, during which time the boats were employed in repeated esaminadons of tho 
surface of the rvck. The sea was smooth, the wind west, the weather perfectly clear, 
and the Boathem and western horiKOH well defined. Tlie latitude waa obaerved — 1st, 
by the meridian altitude of the moon by three obBervera, agreeing witliin % a, minute; 
2ud, by a meiidian obBcrvntion of the snii, with four sextants, ajjrceing within amile. 
Tho longitude was determined by tliree cbronomctera ; from MesBra Wilhaui Bond 
and Sou, which were proved to have gone cori-cctly. 

" 'ITio IcBHt water on this rock is 20 feet, although b less depth hoo been reported 
by the liaheraien. The extent of the rouk, having 10 or lotM fathoniB uiwn it, is about 
i a milo in a N.W. byW. andS.E. by E. direction, and vciynai-row i it iasarrouoded 
by deep water at a short distance, part-icularly on the S.E. side, where the depth 
suddenly incrcnst-a to GO fathoniB. . 

" A'tJfc. — This rock has been named Ammtn'i Eoci, in compliment to tho officer 
who discovered it." — Naut. Mag,, vol. iviii., p. 432. 



4 

i 



BANKS BETWEEN CAPB SABLE AND CAPE COD. 85 



^» JEFFEETS B.UfK.— This is an estensivo deep-water bank, of 30, 40. 60, and 
" 80 fulhoBis, 16 lengOM in length N.E. and S.W., and 3 leagnea in breadth ; it is 

E'Deralij represented in the cliarta as commencing close to the southward of Mount 
eaeirt Kack, and extcDdingtn ahdut the longitude of 08° 44' W. Octaide of the bank 
t^ vatei deepens to 70 and SO Cathame, ajid between it, and the ehorca of America 
I are 100, 70, tiO, and 55 fathoms ; im or about it thore is no danger whnteTer. 

I ST. OEORCE'S BANK.— This bank waa very little known until it was regularly 

Burreyed in 1821, by the United States schooner Scietiee, and, the sloop Orbit, imdLT 
the orders of Captain Isaac HaLl. The following description is a copy of his report. 

"There are properly /bur ehanUoa St. George's Bank : the whole of them ore in- 
cluded between the latitudes of 41'' 34' N,, and iV 53' 30" N., and longitudes 67° 1 8' W., 
nnd t>7°09' W. Between them are &oiu 15 to 35 fitthomu of water. 

" The largest, and on wliich is the greatest danger, ia the most southerly and 
weabcrlr. It is soniewhat triang-alar, with a. long and narrow spit running oat fram 
the S.E. angle, Tha tJ-.E, ^oint is in Uititud? 41° 31' N., and longitude B7" 40' W. 
The wt^t point is in 41° 43 , and longitude HT off. The N.E. point ia in latitude 
4r 4S' N., and longitude 67° 47' W. The onatern ride of this sboB.1, althon^h some- 
what iTrogular, runs rtearlj S.S.E. Otld N.N.W.,hD,yiQg on it front 3 feet to 9 fathoms 
at common low wator \ this appears to be what i$ commonly called the Malabar Bank ; 
it ia composed of a great number of sand Bpit--^, very narrow, so that the width of a 
narrow vesael will make several fathoniB difference in the depth of water. The general 
range of the spite is from south-east to north-west. As there are no rocks, tiey are 
eonseqiietitly liable to change, in some measure, their position and ranges. On then- 
eastern edge, even in calm weather, imleias it bo cither high or low water, the tidoa 
ran with great rapidity, aad form considerable breakers, when setting to the west- 
ward, 'lois is accounted for by a knowledge of the fact, thnt directly on the edge of 
this bUoqI there are from 13 to 16 fathoms of water, so thnt the edge fnnna o sort of 
dam^ stopping the foroe of the flood-tide, and over whiuh the cbh taJis down. 

" When there was any considerable wind, weobaerved, tiiattho hreakew were higher 
within the edge to the westward, than ou Ihe edge ; und I have no doubt (saya Captain 
Isaac Hall) that the water there was still shoaler, and that we should have seon the 
sand had it not been for Ihe heavy sen. The breaker* were such, uuleas it was entirely 
calm, that it was impossible to go among them with boats ; nor was it consi<lered safe 
to attcuij)t with vessels. For besides the danger of striking on the hard aand aptls, 
the vessels would have been liable (o have been filled by the breakfni- Even on the 
cas-tcm edge, and at nearly slack water, the ycssclft were, at times, nearly eovercd 
with them. It waa therefore not thought necessury to attempt il, as tJio obiect of the 
nirvey, to ascertain if there was dojiger on the shoals, and the sttantian and extent of 
tihis danger, could be aceompliabed without the risk. Had not the sen been very 
mnootli, and at high water, we should not have been able to have gotten on where we 
jtannd only 3 foct, when reduced to low water. Ilie prevaUiiig wind was to tlic eaat- 
ward : and I have no donhl that tliia place would haive been Sire, with any continu- 
ance of nn oS'-short! wind.* I think there are no rocks about the shoale. We had 
one caHt an the S.W. side, which indicated roeky bottom, in 15 fathoms ; but I believe 
It to har« been soraa shwrp stone that the lead struck upon. 

" The centre of the northern shoal is in latitude 41' 53' 30" north, and longitude 
8T 43* west. It estonds east and west, ahont 4 miles ; the ahooleat part, having 
8 fathoms, ia very narrow, and compOBed of hard sand ; but there is not more thnn 
12 falbojiiH of water for 3 milea (o the southward of the above latitude. On iho north 
ride, at 2 cabke' length fi-om the alionl, the »lo*tp dropped into 33 falUoins. The 
breakers on this shonl are very heavy; and when there should be a Bafflcieut sea to 
endanger a v-essol, thoj" might be seen nome miles, and heard at a conaidernhlo distiineej 
and as the shonlcst part is not more than a cable's length inside, and no danger near 
it, a vessel might avoid it. 

"To the eastward of the last-mentioned shoal, in latitude 41° 51' N., and longitude 



* This Uiada lo i^aufinu ^he asaertion made by the Capo Cad Qalkcrmeii, that put af the shoal 
hu been swn quinj dry, with slu-euUk flitting upon it. 



J 



86 



QENEBAL DBSCRIPTIOW OF THE 



67° 2G' west, is another aynnU shonf, vnih 8 fathoms \vftter, havuig, howflvor, «in- 
fiidoraljio Lrt'aki^rs. There are bat IT fatlioms for 3 miles to thv uoi-thward of it; 
"but Tery near to the eaativard are 31 fatlioniB, and from 20 to 'iO futhoiiiH to tiic aouth 
and weat. 

" The centre of the east ahool is in latitade 41° 47', and longitude 67° 19'. It ia 
about 2 milts long from east to west, end hflS 7 fttthoma water. To the- southward 
th-cro aro but 17 fiitlionia for 2 miles ; but in other directions Uicro ure &om 20 to 
30 ClLthams. 

" Tho above aliools, I a.iii confident, are all which are on St. Ocoree's Unnk ; Oieir 
positions and sizes may be relied on, aa well as the soundingfa which 1 liave hiid Aavn ■, 
theywcre ascertained by a vnst cunibcr of celestial obncrvations, taken witli good and 
w<^ll-itdjuatcd iustruoients, on board the two vesaela, and Tery carefully and fuitLfuUy 
■calculated. The rates of the chronometers -were found by a (vans it instrument prc- 
Tioualv to sailing from Boston, aud oUct out retom; oiid all our DbBeryationa niai- 
culatod lor the small rariatioD that appeared. 

" At anchor, in diStront places, and on different days, wc dctermiaod tlie set and 
Bti-engtli of the tides, uiid, as neurly as passible, thi;ir riae and fall. The rise of them ia 
from 1 to 1^ fathom. I'hej set round the compass every tide, setting 6,15. every full 
moon, and running from 1 to i knots per hour, at a mile's diatanee from the breakers. 
The meitu rate is. however, tnaterially vafitd by the winds. They set strongest ot 
W.S.W. aud E.N.E., and which is, undoubtedly, the strength of the flood and ebb. 
From these causes and variety in the tides, nrises a principBl dancer in approaching 
the Bhoals, When under-way about the shoak, in a few hours' time we found our- 
selves drifted far out of oar reckonings ; and to ascertain our situations, when both 
vessels wci-e under-way, we took continued observatioQs for the longitude by the 
chronometers, and, at the same time, double altitudes for the latitudes ; whteh latter 
were calculated by Brasios's new and certain method. By allowing for the set of 
tides, as Eiscertaiaed at anchor, the oliservations and rcukoaings agreed very nearly; 
SO' that tho latitudes and longitudes of every place may be considered aa certain. 
Should, therefore, any vessel full in with these shoals, a kaowledge of the coarse and 
stfentth of the tidca will prove of the greatest importance; and they ean, by the 
preceding' facts, be oaculated for any day and hour. 

" In proceediag from Cape Cod to the slioala, at 6 leagues from the light, there arc 
86 fathoinsr muddj'- bottom. The water gradually doepeuM to 133 fathoniB, and tliea 
decreases towards the shoala. In latitude 41° 51' north, and longitude 6^° 11' wei^t, 
there arc 90 fathoms ; in latitude 41° 50' and longitude 66^ 'i', there aro 49 &ithonis, 
sand and gravel, on the western edge of the bank ; tlie water then shoals fast i to fhc 
northward of the shoal, ia latitude 41° 69', and lon^tado 67" £2', on the flouth side 
of the norlli channel, there are 60 fathoais. soft mud j in latitude 42' 12', and loagitude 
87- 51", there are 102 fathoms ; in latitude 4!f 10', and lontitude 67" IH', UierB is no 
ground at 175 fathoms. To the eastward we did not ascertain the cxteat of the bank. 
At 2 miles eouthward of the S.E. point of the shoals, there are from 20 to 2Q fatbonu, 
wihich SQuadinga coatinuc 20 miles to the southward and westward. 

" The bottom on the bank, so far as wo csamined it, is of snch a narrow duu-acter, 
that it is dilBeult for a vessel to oseertain her sitnation by it ; wo oftcii found a great 
variety of soundings in a very short diatancc, such as sand of various colours, and 
differently mizcd, coai'se and fine gravel, pebbles of vai'iona coloura, stone, sponge, and 
sliells. Notwithstanding this larietv, some t'oneral charaeter of the soundings may bo 
nscfal. The mariner, therefore, will hnd, to tho westward of the shoals, and at some 
distance from them, the bottom lo be coai'sc sand and gravel of all colours ; to the 
N.W., a mixture of white, black, and yellow sjind ; to the north, block and white 
sand ; to the ^.E,,. chiefly gravel and pebbles ; to the east Sue white and yellow sand; 
and in latitude 41^ 57' north, and longitude GG" 40' wcsti some while moss; to the 
S.E., fine whito aud yellow t^nd ; and to the south, genciully white sand. 

" As the Hhoals. are approached, iu n hatever direction, the soundings become coarse, 
and are frequently niixcd with shells of different kinds. Near the ahool uiueh uf the 
bottom is pebbles ; and to the cast of thc> largest and most dangerous shoal, tliere aro 
stones tho size of hens' eggs, with moss and sponge on eotiic of tliem. 

".yeafCheS.E. point aio from 15 to 20 fathoms ; a prevailing choroctfir of Lhe souad- 





BANKS BETWEEN CAPE SABLE AND CAFE COD. 



87 



ings is green eheUs, chieSf of tbo sp«cies called seo-cgga. If a vessel be far enough 
HoNtli to avoid danger, she ■will Iiqtc no sJiclls. 

' "The reports that rocia have been discovered on theae »boala are undoubtediy 
ifleorrect! at tbe western part of the bank we saw, in strong tide rips, large quanlitiea ■ 
of kelji and Bea-wocdn, whicb, at a diatanec, had the appenraJiW! of rocks, but on 
sounding M'e fonnd good water and a. re^lar and clear bottom. 

" It will bo SEED, by the bottom., that the bolding-gronnd is not good ; but the TE;ssela 
employed in tbe siii'voy, by bavitijr a long scope of cable, froquenlly rode out a pon- 
aidorablc gale of wind for 22 hours, on tke east side of the iHaio ahoiil, and also to 
the irindwftcd of it ; the sea brcatiug very high at the time, we being in 10 ftithoma 
WKtar. 

" It may be worthy of remark, that at ono ca^t of the lead, on examining the arm- 
ing, I found one-third black sand, one-tliird white sand, and oiie-tbird green shellB, in 
distinct dimetiaioiia as they could be drawn." 

Binne thig Bun'sy, in 1&21, the shoal boa been eiuweyed by Captain Charles "Wilkes, 
and othera.in the U.S. brig Porpoise, in the year 1837, and from this, rcpoi't tbe follow- 
ing ia token. 

^L " The shonleat water found on any part of the bank was 2J fathoraH, or 15 feet, re- 
^fduccd to low wator ; and this is only to be foacd in two amnll plnces, viz : ia latitude 
4r 40' la" north, lo-ngitudc tiT 44' 10" west, and latitude 41= 40' 33' north, longitude 
67' 44' 30' west. The whole of the shoal is composed of hard sand apils ; fine Band 
on the Hboaleat placee, and coarser bb the water deepens, until it becomes large pebbles 
without saud. 

" The rise and fall of tide is 7 feet, extremely regular^ the first part of the flood 
setting N.N.W., tho latter part N. by E., and ebb S.S.E. and S. by W. The floed 
runs 4J hours, the ebb 5| hours ; the greatest Telocity 2,-% of a mile ; from | an boor 
to 2 hours in ebanging, going round with the snn north by way of east. The wind 
has but littlo effect onSie velocity. Higi water, fiilt ctad change, at lOh. 30m. Variation 
at 8" IS', weaterly. 

" LITTLE GEORGE'S BANK, having only S fathoms, and which breaks in heavy 
weather. It is in latitude 41" 11' north, and about longitude 68° west, being about 
3.W. by S. from the gicat shoal of George's flank. The fiabermen have given it the 
bovc name. 

" A banlc, which is called upon the chart, "Clark's Bank, has been digcovered inside 
bf George's Shoal, and 10 fathoms water have been found upon it, in latitude 41° 34' 
north, longitude G9* 15' west. 

" Note.— In coming from the southward for George's Bant, yon will get strandings 
latitude 40' 4'nOrth, if on the K.S.W. part of tho bonk. Should you not get BOUBtt- 
linga in latitude 40" SIV north, you may bo certain you are to the eastward of tlic shoal, 
f when you must direct yonr course iiceortiingly to clear it \ when your lirst soundings 
I will lie in 75 to 00 fathoms. When steering to the northward, you will shoal your 
Jwatcr gradually to 20 fathoms, when you will be in latitude il" 20' north, which 
^eplh of water you will have 10 or 12 leagues distant, cither cast or west."— ^wientaM 
Vuatt Pilot. 




SAILING DIEECTIOHS FBOM 



v.— THE COAST OF THE UNITED STATES. 

FJiOM NAMTUC£ET ISLAND TO PmLADELPJOA, fflCLUPINO 
LONG ISLAND SOUND. 



Deacrijitioii o/Nantdcket Islakd and MiRTHA's Vinetard ; Kith the Shnah and 
lataniU adjacent. —Thia win. campretieiiAali the navigation between Monom^ I'aiat 
on the east, and haxxuxd's Bay (in, (he v/aut ; tho soutlierii boundaries of which une 
the islands of Nantucket, Tuckemack, Moskeget, ND-iiiaD^s-la.Qd, Chapquidock, and 
Martha's Vinejard, an estent of full 14 leagues ; these being all connected, or nearly 
00, by uumcroBa ehoal i/ruriitih. Ttic channel betwci^Q these nad the maiD, the eueterii 
entrance to wliit^h is 4 or 6 miles broad, is abto stndded with various other rips and 
ahuala, which arc scattered throughout, and runder its navigation extremely d^cult. 
Other shoaU &aA dangers are situated to the east, S.E., ana south, of Sankaty Ueikd, 
on the outBide of Nantucket iHlaiid, which ■'rill he doBcribed borcafttr. 

To facilitate the nftvi^tion of the iitaer paesagts, which are commonly calltd the 
Sound, numerous lighthonsea have been erected. The lii'st of these is -on the N.E. 
§ido of the channel, and situated on Monomy Point ; this b a fixed light. Abont 12 
miles W.N.W. J W. from the Monomy light ia anothtr, erected upon Point Gammon, 
at Hvannis Harbmur, which eshibits a fixed light at 10 tcot above the level of the 
sea i there i» al^o a fixed li^bt op Il^'uouis brenhn'ater, eotraace of the harl^ur ; and 
another at the entnmce ot liosa Kiver, In 1828 a Ughthonac was alao placed upon 
Kobsqno Point, near Wood's Hole, to the south-westward of the town of Fulmouth ; 
it is situated on the eastern CXtreliifi point of the pansae^, und shows a bciUlant fixed 
light; there arc also two other lightJiouses on the iiofthern side of the chajinel : one 
at Tarpicutin Cove, the other at Cuttehmik, the weslemmost of the Elizabeth Islands ; 
both thcte show fixed lighta. A light- veust^l, sbowiiig two lights, ia now stationed 
near the Sow-and-T'ig Rooks, westward of Cuttthuiit Island. On NaDtucket Islaud 
arc four Ughta; that o-n the N.E. or Sandy Point is a fised light, elevated 70 feet above 
the level oT the sea ; that on Rrant'a Point exhibits a fised Eig:ht ] the inovr light is 
&oni. B. small pyramidal building on tlie south side of tho harbour, standing on high 

ground, some dLstimec fro^m the aliore, and also contains a filed hght ; these are both 
u'bonr- lights, On Sankaty Head is established a floahing hght, elevated loO feet, 
and lisiblo 19 or 20 uiiles ; it shows '1 fliisbes at inton'ils ot S j minute, succeeded by 
a third ttufih at theinteiTalof Sminutes; the fixed li^ht n-ill be visible alwut 12 aul(«, 
beyond which the flashes only will be seen. The hghtbousiG is pointed with, three 
horizontal rings. 

KANTUCRET ISLAND is about 11 miles in length; its two extreme points ineiine 
to the westward, nnd form a tind of bight betwet-n them. Between the west end of 
Nautueket and the east ead of Martha's Vineyal-d, aro the lesser islaods of Moske^t, 
Tnckernuck, and Chapcjoidock, nil of wliich are surrounded with shoals. To thf 
westttard of Moskegot is a swashway of 2J and 3 fathoms, leading to Cujio Poge, tho 
northern poiDt of Chapquidock ; and to (lie N.N.E. of Tuekemuck ia a tpit of eaud, 
which runs out from the island 6 miles; between tho Tuckernack Shoal and Horseshoe 
a li^lvt-vesuol is stationed: at present ehc is moored midway between thorn, near thv 
Cross Hip. 

The lighthouse upon Capo Poge, flie northern point of Chapquidock, is a very 
conepicuous object ; the lantern contains a fixed light, elevated 58 i'cet above tho level 
of the Bva. Between Chapquidock and Murtlia'n \ inej'ard itt a narrow channel Leading 
to Edgar Tawu ', here a new lighthouse has been erected : it is situated upon the ^icr 
at tho west side of the entrance, and cshibita a fixed light, bcarinL' W.S.w,, 3J nuics 
&OU1 Cape Fogo. This is a hurhour-light, and principally intended to direct vessola 
into Edgar Town Harbour. 

MAIITHA'S VINEYAKD is about 6 leagaea in length from east lo west, and 8 
miles n»rtb and south; we have already described tho light at Edgar Town Harbour: 
there iij also a fixed light on the AVcstern Chop, at tho entrance of lloLmcd Hole, a 
place of miLch reaort for veasela going to or from Soaton, and also aa a retreat during 



N^tNTUCKET ISLAND TO PIIILADELPHIA. 69 

winter. Here ib n post-offico, wliero a regular moil is Tniidc up twice a-wock for 
Boeton , &C-, anil conveyed in. & paasago-lwnt acrose tin? channel to Falmouth, whence 
tiuTelkra maj ohtain a apcedy accommodation to the interior of the coimtry. Martha's 
Vinojard, like iVatihickot, ia a great nursery for siumuen, and supplies pilots for tho 
two sounds, as well as all the poirts in thcif vieiiiity j iii stoi'mj^ wcathet' they are at 
sea, and board jour vessel with. uuponLCion dexterity, seldom failing to conduct you 
safely to your destined harbour. Gay Head, which ia the we atern extremity of Moj'tha's 
Viiioyai'd, haa a liglitliouae, the lantern of wliicli is elevated 191 feet above the menu eca 
level of high- water mark; it oxhibita a revolving lie-ht every 4 minutes, andisTisihlo 20 
milBs; IhiswiilefleetuallTdistingQishit from all the adjaceut lights, more particularly 
that on Cape Poge, "wliicti is viuiblu all across tho island. 

SHOALS NEAR NAJTTtlCKET ISLAjHD.— Near the S.E. pouit of Nantucket 
IMand i& the PocHlCK Rip SnOAl ; it commences near tho Tillage of Siasconsct, and 
runs iifi' ill an easterly direction about a mOe, and tliea turns suddenly to the south- 
ward for nboat 1^ milo, where it Tieorly joins the N.E. end of the Old Man's SJiaat, 
having only a naiTon- oiannel of 3^ fiitlionis between them. 

Old MjIn's SHOAxliessouthwardofPocliick Hip, it extends in a S.W. by S. directioii 
about 3 mileti, and then runs W. bj S., 2^ miles farther ; near its Bnuthcrn peint ia a 
swashwny with 3 J fathoms in it; on this shoal arefi'om 8 to lo feet. The east end of it 
boars S. ]5''45'E. (true) from Sanknty Hend, distant 3 miles; and tho west end bears 
from Sankaty Head, 8. 24^ 30' W. (true), diatont (ij nulca. 

" Between the Old Man, Tom Never's Head, and Pochick Hip, there ia a very good 
roadBteod, and with the wind, at N.W., N.KE,, E.S.E., and as for south as S.B.W.,it 
is preferable to any harbour in Vineyard Sound for vessels bound to the northward 
and eastward, particularly in the winter aeason, provided your cablea and anchors he 
g(K)d. With Tom Never'a Head bcarihg E.N.E. | N., Qtid the Southern most land 
W. by N., you will hnvo 5 fslhoras coarse sand." Const Piioi, 

Bass Rip Siioal hes 1| mile to the eastward of Pochick Rip, having a good channel 
between them, with only 10 to 18 fathoms mid-channcli Tliia ia a narrow shoal alwut 
4 miles in longlJi, having only 6 feet near the centre of the bank, with spots of li and 
15 feet near its south end. A humj-haai has been pliiecd at the north end of tho Raas 
Eip in 5 faUioma water, with Sankaty Head lighthouse bearing \V. J S., distant 
abont 3 miles. The boat is painted white, witli " Basa Hip" in large ri;d letters on 
both aides. The north end of tliis shoal bears N. 8i>' E. (true) front Sankaty Head, 
distant 2| miles ; and the south end bears from Sankaty Head S. 31)° 30' E. (true), 
distant 4^ miles. 

OitEATltTP. — Eastward of the Baas Rip, abont 7 miles, lies the Great Ripi it esterids 
in a north and south dij'cction about 9 miles, and neaily 11 milo in breadth within 
the 3-fBthom lines there are several patches of 12 to lo feet, but near the centre is one 

a>ot of only 7 feet, it has been named the Hosk akd Ckown, and beam from Sankaty 
ead light east (trae), distant 11 nantical miles. A buo\j-\wai has been placed at the 
south end of the Great Rip, in 5| fathoms water, with Sankatj? Head lighthouse 
bearing N.W. \ W., distant abont H miles; it ia painted white, with " Great Rip" in 
large red letters painted on hotli sides. 

Pisui^'Q IliP ia about 8 len^uea from Sankaty Head, and has from 5 to 7 fiithoms 
water on it Between this and tho Great liip the ground is uneven; tlicrc are 12, 22, 
and 15 fathoms water. It ia a narrow ahoa! extending in a north and south direction 
about 12 miles. A S.S.E. and W.N.W.nioon makes high water on these shonls. Tho 
tide oF flood sets N.E. by E., and ebbs S.W. by W., 2 or 3 knots aii hour. 

The Fishing Kip. — On tho 2nd of December, ISiS, the ship Mannion, Freeman, 
from Liverpool, when in longitude 69° 29" W., and latitude iV 03' to 41° 1' N., got in 
between two tide-npa, which broke. Mr. F, had been sounding in 21 fathoms, and 
on stealing S. by E. to S. by W., found as little' as 7 fathoms, which of conrae would 
be dangerous in blowing weather ; thia ia an estetision of the Fishing Hip, and much 
farther aoQth than it waesuptJOaed to extend. Ships boand to New York from Eurojw, 
had better keep to the south, of i<y 50' north, after getting to the west of longitude 
69", oa-ull the ground between Nantucket and George'H Bank is of a broken character, 
and not yet well kaown. 

Davis's Bank lies to the aouthward of the Great Rip, it is about 5 miles in length, 
and § 8 mile broad, least water 3| fathoms, but generally 4^ fatliomsi it runa m a 
N.E, by N". direction, nearly 5 miles ; it ia divided near tlie centre by a narrow channel, 
having 12 faihoms in it; thifi bank vciu diacorcrcd during the survey in IMH. 

[Canso to Phil.] ^ I 



1 




SAILINQ DIBECTIONS FBOM 




90 

Beaides the bef ore-men tinned alioaJs off NaBtncket, a number of other dangrrom 
thoal mlclies have been diseovered in their TOinity, by the oflBeera employed ui the 
U.S. Coast Survey, who have accurately determined their jiOsitioDs ; ih^'y are now 

S laced on the chart, to -which we refer the mariner. These dangcra are li«rcafW 
Eserited aa in ihe official notices. 

Thi! SOUTHERN SU0,\1S OF NANTUCKET lie to the Bonfh and BODth-eBstwari 

of tlie islnnd, and liave hitherto Ijeen the dread of marinors, and the fatal eaosc of 
mnny wTetka, These shoals were in former charta laid down very eiToncously ; but 
the U.S. Coast Survey ha» set nil doubts about their real situation at rest. 

The Old South Slioal bears firom SmitDtj Head S. by E., distant 4 leagues. It a 
composed of lajd white Baud, over whieli the sea breaks in the most treniendons 
mnnner, hnriag- on it in niftny places onlv 6 feet ; and the tide meeting it obliquelj-, 
pttBscs- over it in different directions, Tlie coui-so of the tide is N.E. and S.W., 
begiQiiiri^ to run S.W. at 10 o'clock, fell moon, and eontintiea in tliat direction about 
7 noora : it cxteoda froin east to west about a mile, and is in breadth 3 eablea' length. 
It often breaks in 5 fathoms on the east and west cuds of the shoals the rip which 
extends fi-om its west eud has about 7 fathoma water on it. The (ides nm i-oimd (he 
eompiiss in IGj hours j but the southern tide has the longest duration, oiid rona 
strongest. All who pass near th-o South Shoal should, for their own gafety, pay 
purCiculftr attention to the tidea, Bometinies tie current eanjing them over tlic b(>ttOin 
with a greater velocity thati the Te*.sel moves through the water. 

D.WIS'S SOUTH SHOAL.— T'VoiH (^ "^Im.WoJn 0)a*f TTfci."— "Thia<A«,jwrou» 
sioa/waa dis«»Tered and surveyed by I,ieut. Charles H. Davis, U.S. Coast Survey. 
It has on it only 8 feet in places, and benra from the middle of the Old South Shoal Inm 
S. 3' 28' W. to 8. 16'43' E., distant 6^^^ miU-a. It is 2jV miles long from coat to west; 
and ita greatest breudth, frona north to south, ^j of a mile. 

■" Between it and the Old South Shoal there are from i to 18 fathoms water ; but to the 
north and east there arc ridgts of only 20 to 24 feet water, to the extent of about 5 
miles from the new shoals, Lieut, Dans etutes, that deep water intervenes between 
these ritlges, and the iotmdings on the ridges were very irregular. 

■" The tide rip showed that two, and pei'hiips three, lines of shoal groanS ore near 
eai^ other, in parallel directions. The latitude of the centre of the New Shoal ia 
40*57' W north, longitude 69" ill' 40' wcet, and beoTB from Sanksty HcadS. ll''B. 
(true), 19i milca. 

"The tides set regulwlj round the compass, tho main body of the flood m-nninv 
to the eastward, and the ebb to the westward, varying north and south of cast and 
west] but the flood begins to turn to the southward, pausing round to west, and tbe 
ebb to the northward, passing round to east, aboot 1^ hour bi-forc the principal set 
and strengtli are attaiucd. Upon the slioab the tides always run across thuii' line of 
dircetion, and are much raoro rapid, 'whieh makes an approaeh on the side oti wliich 
the tide is setting-, very dQngei\)ua. 'ITie tide is- never etill ; oven at slack water it> 
velocity is about \ a oulc, ajid on the si^eond quarter tlood and ebb its rate is 2 Icnola. 

"At 7 leagues to the westward of the Sooth Shoal, in 2-^ and 30 fathoms, vou will 
have black mud, of a shining, smooth nature, when you will bo in Tuekaiiock ClianneL 

*' To t]io westward of the South Shoal of Nantucket you have no shools, ripg, or 
tides to hurt you until you come near Iha I-and ; but clear sea, good navigation, and 
regular soundlngi. To the eastward abd northward of the South Shoal you will have 
a rapid tide. 

"At 8 or 10 leagues S.E. from the aoath part of St. George's Bank, yon will hara 
the Gulf Stream, where there w eotnmonly a strong E.N.E. current ; and if bound to 
the wt-fitTvard, you will find it advantageous to go near the bank, and in 60UDdin((a, 
un til you ^ut ulireaat cf the Shoals of ^antuickct, where you will have but 30 leagues 
to the Gull Stream, by which you may very much facilitate and expedite yourpnsaaKe.'* 

NANTUCKET LIGHT-VESSEL ia placed at the southern eiUemity of Davis's 
South Shoal, she it 2a0 Ions, painted reiS, with " Nantucket South Shoal " in large 
while letters onea>rbsidc; her two muxts are yellow, with while most-lieads! slie carries 
two tixed lights, one at each mast-head, elevated 44 feet, and vitiiblo 12 or 13 miles. 
The vessel i:« piawd in 13 to 15 futhoms, a long mile to the eoiilhword of the soDtheru 
cKtreuiity of Ifa vis's South Shoal, in hititude 10' *fi' 30" K., and longitude 09° 61' 30" W., 
of Greenwich. 



NANTUCKET ISLAND TO PHILADELPHIA. 



91 



The followine 






bearings and distnnces will be Hnflieient to gnifle vesselB in Bhapiag 
^ttGirconiWHW&eu near the light: — the middle gf Old South Khonl N, by E., 8 eea 
milMi Tom Never'a Head N. 26" W., 19* miles; Block Idaai lj(jlita W^.W., 78 
miles ; and Sandj' Hook ligLt--vcs&el west, 180 miles. 

Vtsaeh 'bouiid to Boston or that vicinitr when the -weather is moderate, niiiv, after 
passing this light, steer E.N.E. for 18 miles, leaving Fiahiii^ llip to starboard ; ajid 
thence a N. by \V. ^ W. course, 38 miles, will bring them off Uie Chatham lights, 

tlTio mariner rnnst bo careful to allow for the set of the cuiTEnta in tlte vicinity of 
these slioals when adopting any of the above courses. Variation 8" 18' W. 
"OKyiCEOFTHE CoAHl" SlTKVET, WASHINGTON, AUGUHT I6th, 1848. — The follolriag 
diaeOveriea and determinations, recently made by the tydrograpll ic party of the coast 
anrvey, empluved on tlie Nantucket Shoaia, under the conimand of Liput. C. H. Davia, 
O.S.N., arc of aufficipnt iinjiortaiii^e to be commuaieated ininiettifltely. They ■will be 
traneterred at the close of the season to the prdimiiiaiy chiirta of the Nacitucket 
Shoals : — 

" Iflt, — A ihoal, 2J to 3 miles long, making off fi-om the sonthem extremity of Great 
Rip, with which it ia eonneetod by & short ridgo of 3J fathoms. TlUg stoal lies in a 
N. by W, and S. by E. direction (mag.), ajid haa only 6 fi;tt on it in severa! places, 

" ITie diBtance between the east end of lh& South Shoal and the new determination 
ia only 62 miles. 'The southern limit of danger on Great Rip ia 13 miles from the 
abore. Veaaela pasBing' to the southward of the Great Rip, or to the eastward cif the 
Old Nanliickt'l South Shoal, should be coret'nl to govern, themselves accordingly. 
The centre of the §hoal bears Itom Sanfcaty Head S.E. | E. (naag.), and S. 62' 30' 
|tme), ia| miles dislaat. 

" 2ad. — A. siiiiill d/fuii/, having only 8 feet water on it in one spot, which bears 
N. i W. (mag.), and N. 11° W. (true), from the ea&tera end of Old Soutk Shoal, 4J 
miles dbtont. 

" 3tA. — A small ajionl, with L4 feet on it, 4 Uttio to nflrttwEird and eaatward of tho 
preceding, bearing N. by E. (mag.), and N. 3" 25' E. (traej, horn Old Sonli Shoal, 
o| miles distant. 

" 4th, — A small ihoal, with 1 3 feet on it, to the eoatward of south end of Bass Rip. 
The middle of the shoal bears from Sanl^tj Head S.E. by E. (mag.), and S. Go' E. 
ftrue), 6 milea distant. 

*' 5th. — A eery small shoal epot, having only 10 feet water on it, nortli of BaBS Rip, 
and a mile dislant from the shool discovered la tiat vicinity in 1847. This spot bears 
fironi Great Point light S.E. a E. (mag.), and S. 62' E. (tme), S mile§ distant. 

" The ground to (he northward and to the north-eastward of the Old Sonth Shoal, 
ie broken, dangerous, and marked by occasional strong tide rips. 

" Cooaters taking the owtside way nre advised to follow down the east side of Baas 
.ip, and poising over the tail of it in 4 fathoms, ta haul round under the 8oalh aide of 
the Old Man, which (it is uUvajs Tisilble) it is best to kotp in sight. Here thoy will 
have a g-ood beating eaaanel of at least 2 miles — that is, from ^ a mile to 2| milts from 
the Old Man. Vessels taking this course with an ebb (or westerly) tide, will clear 
tlio ahonls in a few ihaurs. They will also have more room, and be' more favoured by 
the prevailing weaU-'rly winds than in the Bonnd. 

" A'fiie. — No part of the island of Nantaeket is vifiiblo from Cavis's South Shoal 
in the clearest weather," 

Mc. Blaie'9 Shoai3 were diaeovercd in 1849 by tho officers of tho Unifod States 
Coast Survey ; they are a cluster of small shoals having from 9 to 19 fcot Avatcr over 
them ; their centre is in latitude 4 1' 24' N., and longitude 69' 40' W. The following 
ore the [Wgitiuna given of ten of thtse shoaU : — 

No. 1, 15 feet, hears from Great Point, Nantucket, N. 86' 16' E., distant fl-6 milta [ 

d from Saakaty Head light N. 40' 3j' E., distant 9-3 milea. 

Ho. 2, 18 feet, bears from Great Toint N. SS" 30' E., distant 9'8 miles; and from 
innkflty Head N. 41° 5' E., distant B4 milea. 

Ko. 3, 15 It^t, hears from Great Puint N. 85° 30' E., distant 10-2 miles ; and " 
SdiUiaty Head N. 42' 30' E„ distant «•" milea. ^ 

Ko. 4, 15 feet, boora fioin Great Point M. 80' E., distant 10-4 miles j W ■ 
fiimkaty Head N. iS' 30' E., distant 'Oti miles. ■ 






92 



SAILING DIKECTIONS FHOM 



m. 5, 14 feet, bears from Orcat Point N. 86° ■IS' E., distunt 10-4 
Sfuitaty HeaJ N. 43' 45' K, dlalaiit 9-8 milfs. 

No. e, 9 ftot, Iwaru fmci Grioat Point N. 85° 30' E., digtaot 10-7 
Saniaty Head N. 44'^ 50' E., distant 9-9 mQee. 

No. 7, 58 feet, bears from Great H«id N. 85° IS'E., distant II 
Saniuty Head N. 45° E., distant lO-li miles. 

No. 8, 18 feet, bears from Great Head N. 85° 40' E., diatant 11-2 
Soniaty Head N. 45' 15' E„ diBtant IC's miles. 

No. 9, 18 foct, bears from Great Head N. 85° 15' E., diataut 11-4 
Sojikaty Head N. 40' 15' E., distant lO'l milca. 

No. 10, 12 foct, boors fi'ora. Great Head N. 84° 35" E., distajit 11-8 
Sankaty Heod N. 57° 15' E., distiiiit 0'6 miles. 




miles; 


imd from 


miles; 


and fhtm. 


miles; 


and &Oiin> 


nulca 


and from 


miles 


BUd&ODl 


mill's 


oodfroiin 



BEAHINGS AND DISTANCES. 

Frcrni the mifldlo of Old South Siool, Sankaty Head bears N. 22° W. (tnw), or 
N. by W. 1 W. (mug.), 12^ milt-s. 

From tlio middle of Davis's South: Stionl, diacovercd iu 1848, the middle of Old 
Sonth Shoal btara N. 4' E. (true), ffr N. by E. (mag.), dialant 0J| milea, 

Fro'ni tto middle of Ridge, dlECUvered in lfl47, the centre of Davis's Stool bears 
8.70° W. (true), or W. byS. (mae.), diEtant 4 milea; and tbe middle of tlie Old SoatK 
Bhoal N. 17° W. (true), or N, | W. (mag.), diatant 6 miles. 

From tho 14 -feet sboal eaetward of Baaa Hip, dtscoverod in 1847, Sninkaty Head 
hears N. 64^^ W. {true), or W.N.W. J W. (rnas-). iifitant 4^ mika ; and Great Point 
light M. 40fi' W. (irue), or N.W. J N. (mag.), distant lOf nulee. 

From the 14- feet shoal tfl the uorth of Boaa Itip, difleovfpTcd in 1817. Sankaty Ueod 
hears 8. 201" W. (tme), or S.S.W. i W. (ma#.). distant 4J miles ; and Gtt.ut Point 
light N, 064" W. (true), or N.W. by W. J W. (mug.), distant 5f miles. 

FfoDi the iJ-fGet ehoal ia the Me. Blair's Shoals, discov-erod in 18-19, Santaty Head 
beors S. 40' W. (true), or S.W. £ S. (mug-), distant fl| miles; and Great Pobt light 
S. ST"" W. (true), or W. J S. (mag.), distant II miles. 

Nortli end of Uiiaa Rip bears N. 89° E. (true) from Sanknty Hond, distant 2| miles. 

Buittli end of Siua Kip bears S. dS' Sil' £. (true) thna Sonltuty Head, dintant if 
mili^ti. 

Ettbt end of OlO Man betirs S. 15° 45' E. (true) from Sankaly Ilt'ftd.distoiil 2* miles. 

Wust end of Old Maa tears S. 24' 30' W. (true) from Tom Never'a Head, distant 
4^ miles. 

Bankafy Head light (revolving) is TiBiLle iu clear weather from Davis's Soittli ShooL 

'riiiEa. — Tho main body of the flood runB to the eastward, and that of tlic ebb to th» 
■westward, 

Tho currenta always rtm across the line of the direction of the ahoala, and ai'e UQch 
moi-it raiiiil duriing their poiisag'o. This makea a near approacji pordcularly dangecoui 
on the Bide towwnU wliteli the tidal current is settiitg- 

The current is never still, dunng- the period called sliick wafer, the velocity is rnrely 
leas tliuti J a mile, and Fomelimeti more iban a mile. A cureful attention to tlu)' 
turrtnt is importout in thi-s vitioity, Mcuii lie and tall of tide '■} feet 2 inehee. 

NAM'UCKE'r SOUND.— At (he entrance of thiw sound between Salidy er Monomy 
I'oiiit and the Island uf NaTitucket, nre the shinh called the Siiaii-clrifit, the PuitaeJt, 
tho SUma Jlurse, and the Littlis and Great- Jlt/und S/ioala, which form the eaatem 




lii-umi^ N.N. W., Ibotti luo 'i and 4 ihtltoiiis ; with tho sauio lijjhiB beniiiij,' N, 4 W,, 
tiialaat 8 tnilvn, there lire 14 iti't [ und Willi Saiuij tuint nearly W. J X., dtstout S 



NANTUCKET ISLAND TO PIIILArELFIIIA. 



93 



mfles, you will bo up with a red buoy lying iu 14 feet water: the slioalest part of this 
rip is said lo Iiute only 5 feet over it. 

The Sm'tedjifl surrounds aionomv Point, and extends, eastward ; there ia a -white 
buoy )i[>i)n it, at the distance of a mile to tlie south-ciLat'ward of the point, and beoriug 
fi-om the red baoy of the Pollock W, by 5., dietaiit 3j milos. 

Thp Slone Morsv is next to the PoUoi-'b Rip on. th" southward ; it is aljOUt j a league 
in length from east tu -weati and the cLttUncl between it and the weetem pojt of the 
rip, oallied Butltr's Hole, ia neaily of a similar breadth. 

"Hie Little Saiii'if Shoal \icB to the south-east ward of the Stono Horse, ahont IJ mile, 
ftnd IB distinguished by a white buoy, with a Hmall pole upon it; the leaat water upon 
Ihis fhoul b 7 ftct. From tie buoy, Cliutham liglits btor north, distant 4 leagues ; 
the bliiek buoy ou the Great Round Slionl S.E. by S., 2| milesi and the lig'hthoufie on 
tlw! N.E. Grtd of Nontuctet Island S.W. i W.. 3 leagues. 

The Great Jiound Shoal lice to the S-S.Eastward of the Little Roynd Shoai, nnd ia 
distinguished by a black buoy, which bears from the white bu^- on ih* Little Uouiid 
Bhoal 8.E. by h., 2i miles; and IbG hghlhouai' on th« 2i.E. point of Nantucket 
"W.S.W,, 10 milca i Uie least water OTer the Great Round Shoal ia 5 feet. 

The Ilaiidh'rehief lies to the west of Monomy Point, and has u white buoy on ita 
fi.E. poiut which bears ftoni Monomy Poitit, S.S.W. t W., distant 2 miles ; from 
Nantucket N,E. light N. by E., 3 leases ; and from the red buoy on Pollock lUp 
TV. i S., 7 tnilcs. The Point iJi/iof Xanluctet cxfcnda to the northward and eastward, 
Snulesi its least water is 8 feet. Un iLi N.E. end ia a red buoy, lying in 14 foet 
■water, from which Siaakaty Head licarg S. by E., 3 leagues; Nantucket N.E. light 
B.W. by W. i W.. 2 miles ; and a bUckhuoy on the HorBCshofl Shoal N.W. by W. i W,, 
dititant 10m Joe. 

T]io Saracithoe ia a shoat lying' nearly in the middle of the Sound, asd L9 idi'vidcd 
into two parts Vy a swusli, tlArough which veesels from Ilytumis, or the northern 
iliore, commonly pnsa when bound to the Bouth-wcativord, lunving the blocJt buoy 
above nientionifi on the htarhoai'd side. From this buoy the lig-ht at the cutranco to 
Hyantiis Hflvbour bears north, distant 3 leagues; tho white buoy of the Handkertliief 
E. j N., SJ leuguips J Capo I'oge lighthouae S.W. by W., 10 milcB ; and the rod buuy 
of tho Kip of Nantucket S.E. by E. ^ E,, 10 miles. 

The Bishop and Clerks, the noith'WPst&m danger, i§ a larr/e square rock, having 3 
feet over it at tow water j its situation is now pointed out by a beaeou, which beata 
B. by E. &am the hghtliouse on Gammoii Point, diatout 3 or 3 milea. 

In a Bouth-wcatcdy dirvction from Ilyannie harbour-light, distant fi milt^, is a buoy, 
laid upon tho outer extremity of a niirroio spit which stretches out from SuccnTincsaett 
Poiiit ! vessels in iiusaing throug^h the north channel should avoid being di'ifted iu to 
Uie north- weit ward, fcotwcen thia spit nnd the Bishop and Clerics, 

Tho nuilye Fence lies to tho north-eastward of IIolmcB Hole ; its weatern end is 2 
miles N. by E. frooi Holmes Hole lighthouse, and on ita eastern end ia a black buoy j 
it ia about -t nnies long and I a mUa brood, haviiLg 4 fcut water on ic& shoalest part. 
Between the shoal and Uolmc-s Hole are- from S to 12 fathums. 

L'lIbinmE'iiieu S/iaaHif^s dti'ottly north of the Hedge Fence, and nma almost pamllvl 
to it ; the channel between them hating 10 fathomij. There aro only 4 aai C foet upon 
either of theee ahonls at low water. 

The Succfiunesaett Shoal light-vessel lies in 6 fathoms, with Capo Poge lighthoueo 
B. by W., West Chop \V. by 8., Nohsqae Point W. J N".,aud the N.W. end of Uomi- 
fihoe Shoul E. J S. This ItgLt-vessel nhows one lixed bright light. 

The Muliili: Oruiiiid is a Uonj mrroie s/iool, liaving uiion its north-eastern end B 
bl^ck buoy, iu 1(> feet water ; tho Hhbol is narrow, ami winds round, in n. puiullel 
(tiroclt'ni, with the wesleni side of Martha'a Vineyard, having, as you advance towards 
the touth, only 2s fatlioms over it. The buoy on the cost ead bears from Tarpaulin 
Ctneli^ht east, distant 2.^ leajifucs ; Holmes light S.E. by E. ; and the black buoy of 
the Hi'dgo Fence K. ^ S-, difitaiit 12 leagues. 

Near the north end of the Cross Rip a. floating-iight ia moored, in 7 fathoms water) 
2lll> fathujj)3 south of the liglil aru 11 feet water. Driug Nantucket light to hear 
E-S.E., and run W.N.W., which will em*ry a. vesacl lo the light-bout, and UieoLt: to 
' Holmes Hole. 





94 SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 



DIRECTIONS FOIl SAILING FROM THE SOUTH END OF CAPE COD 

TO HOLMES HOLE, 

Bring Chatham lights lo bear N.Tf.W., tLen by Btecring S.S.E,, 3 leagues, r«« 
Till croBft the Pollock lUp, in 3 or 4 fttthoma water, leaving ilie red baoy of the Kip 
to tlic westAVBrd ; mid if the weather be clear, jou will see the lighthouse on HaJidy 
Point, Nantucket lalaiid, and also tlint on. Monomy Point, botii bcuring fixed lights, 
being distant from the former 5 leagues; bring this lighthouse io bear S.W, i W., 
Btccr right for it in this direction, and you will pas3 between the Great and Littta 
Hound, SliQok, on the for tner of which is a liliick buoy,iuid on the latter awbite biwya 
with a sniiill iiole at ita end, hearing N.W. by N. and S.E. by S. from each other, 
distant 2| miles. Great Konud Sboal partly dries at low water ; but there are 7 fwit 
water over Little lloand Shoal. The ahoaleat water on Pollock Rip is 6 feet. A 
light-vesael is now Gtatioiicd near the Pollock Kip, shoiving a &£ed ligbt, and soud^^ 
BCt'll in i'oggy wtather. 

When you are witliin 3 miles of Nantucket N.E. lightlLOuee, 6teer W. 5 S., till yoa 

Sat past the Point lUp, on the N.E. point of which ia the red buoy ; bring the lighWi 
oitfae to bcDT Boath, and thea you will come in uight of the lightsi which stnud apoi 
the wealem side of Nantucket Harbour, towards which vo« may ailvoncc by steenii| 
S. by W. J W. i in proceeding to Holmes Hole bring the lighthouse to bear E.S.E,_ 
and Htecr W.N.W,, taking care to mako your course good lor llolnies Hole ligbt^'! 
distant 8 leagues ; observmg while iiinnin^ from NanCackct light to Holmett Hole, tv, 
leave 011 year port hand the light of Cape Pogc, ■which must bear W. | S., to cledd] 
the Crass Rip, on the N.E. port uf wLich is a white buoy, lying in Id feet water. Tho 
ahoalest water on this rip is 12 t'cet. 

To go tlirouffh the North Ship Channel, bring Chatham lights to bear N.N.W., and 
Bteer b.S.E. 3 liKigues, when you will paaa the Poiloek Rip, itt3 or 4 fathoms water { 
then run W. ^ B., about fi miles, for Butler's Hole, in 15 fatkoma water: you will sco 
a white buoy to the northward [ run W.S.W. for the south part of the 1 lundkcrcliief, 
which has a white buoy at its east cndi you will now find youraeU'ia 3 fulhops wuter, 
flne sandy ground. Crossing tlie Handkerchief on a W.S.W. course, in 3 and 4 lathoma 
waltr, yon may run west for tlio black buoy of the Horat!sho<3 ; tht distancu being 10 
miles; leave that on the starboard sjde, and continue your conrse west far Holmes 
Hole liglilhouse, the diBtauco being 4^ leagues; and as you enter tJie Kwoahway in tho 
Hoi-seshoc, Hyonnia light will bear N.N.E., Cape Poge light W.S.W., and Holmes 
Hole Ught wiist, The Handkerehiff is partly dry at low water, 

Thoro is a channel of 9 feet to the nocthwiod. of the above, which may he found by 
bringing Chatham lights to bear N.W., when in 7 fathoms, and running S.S.W, for 
Monomy light, till the IJglt bears S.W., then steer for it, until you cross from 3 to T 
fatliornSi; yoa will then be within 3 cables' length o( the light, where you may aikcborj 
and wait for 2J hours flood, when, if bound to the westward, conliiiue tlie shore on. 
hoard, round the point, crowing a njiit between Monomy Point and Egg I=IjiikI, in 2 
fathoms, and aleerN.W. until the lighthottBe cornea east, when you should mn W.N.W. 
for Hyannia light, or haul into Stage Harbour Bay, aud anchor ; lying safe from all 
■winda but thoae IVoui the S.W. 

While paasinfj Chatham in thick weathoT, you sliDuld approQoh no nearer tlian 5 
fathoms ; and in order to cross the Pollock Hip, edge off and on from 5 to ' fiilhonis, 
which will carry you over the Pollock, in 3 fathoms. Bring Chatham lishts to bear 
N. by W., on which bearing you will keep them till you have crossed the I'olluc'It 
liip, in a fathoms, and dfcpen to 7 fatlioais,- then ateor 9.W. by 8.. which will ennyi 
yoii across Ilullor's Hole, to 5 aud 4 lathoms ; a W.S.W. course will then take you ti>' 
the northward «f the l.itllo Round Shoal, aud up to Titekanuck Chaimul, when you 
will be near to llio S.E. end of the lloiscshoe, where you have 9 fatliome, and by 
Btccring W. by fJ. will rcoch Cape Pogc liglit. Prom the Stone Mor»o to the ea«t 
<end of the Horincahoe, tbe distance is '■H^ Icagttca, 

To go througli the Moakegel Clhanncl, voa should bring the light on Cape Poffe to 
imr N. b}- W., and sttct S. by E., wbieh will carry j-uu to the caatward of SkilT* 
'aJaad, which you uuiy ajijiruaeU wilhiii j u. miVc ot "without dan,gor, • 








nu 

' thL 
I fet: 



NANTUCKET ISLAND TO mi LA-DELPHI A. 95 

To go tlirong'h ih-c swash of the Horseshoe, wt.en hound to t)iB Trostward, after 
passing the Stone Horeo, and you liavc deepened your water to 6 fathoma, steer west, 
until jou bring Cape Pogc Lght to bear W.S.W., tlien steer directly fork through 
the switshway of the Horwahoo, until you deepDn your water to 12 fathonm, whim 
Bteer for the East Chop of Holmes Hole. 

To go to the northwnrd of the Hoi-seshoe, bring Hyannie lighthoaae to bear E.N.E,, 
&Dd Scauoimet Point W.N.W., when you will see the northernmost diy shoal of th'e 
Htirseshae. Bring' Cape Pog* light S.S.W., and run for it. In beating to windward, 
come no nearer the northom shore than 3 fathoms, and when you have pasHcd the 
dry spot of ihe Horaeahoo, «tccr S.W. by S. until yon get the West Chop to oear west. 

To go thronjth the South or Ship Channel, etcer from Chatham lights S.S.E., unlil 
yon have jiassed the Polloek Eip, in 3 or 4 fathoms ; then, if the weather be clear, you 
will make Nantuelipt Point liglut; eontinue yoiiv course S.S.E., S. by E., tind south, 
nnti] you get the lighthouse to bear west ; then steer directly for it, "until it is not more 
than 3 miles off i run on N.W. until the lighthouse bears S.W. hy W. j then stL'er 
W. by S. until the hghthouee cornea E.S.E. i rnn on W.N.W., ipaking VQUI 
eonrae good Cor Holmes Hole light, ae bcibre directed ; when, should you wifih to 
anchor, steer S.W, till the light coTnes N.W. by N., and anchor in 4 or & fathoms 
water, soft mud, and out of the tide. 

11' bound to Nantucket Harbour, and the light at the south side of (he harbour cnnnot 
be liGVO, then bring the hght which standi upon Draat'a Point S. by E.t but by no 
toenns to the southward of that, and run tor it, until you ore within a cable's length 
:of it : run on to the eastward for the end of th>e point, and pass it as tie&r as you 
'{liease. 

NANTUCKET BAR. — There ia a new channel over this sboal, which has been 
properly huoyed, and found to ha considerably deeper, Btraighter> and easier of accesa 
than that formerly uaed. The present dii-eetions for entering are, to bring the south 
light, which is a pyxamidieal huildinc, standing on high ground, at Hrtftiedistnncefroin 
the ehore, and containing a Uxod light, in one with the light on Srant's Point, at the 
>uter buoy, and then ojten the south light a handspike's length to the westward, wfaon 
oil mny tun throvgh the chanitel from the outer buoy to the ehoeling of the water on 
" rant's Paint. 

With ordinary tides, there are on the bar of Nantucket Harbour about 8 feet water, 

fipa 7 or 7^, springs 9 to S|: feet. 

HTAN'rna Harlouh.— Vegsels coming from the caatward, and bearing up for this 
arboiir, may pass into the north ehnnnel, as before directed, leaving- the cluster of 
oeks, called the Hishop and Clcrlta,* on jour port a-ido, not approaching them, nearer 
than 4 fathoms. These rocks form a, danf/erom leilffe, the greuter part being always 
dry, and bearing S. by E., distant 3 miles from the Lightbouae. When ymi have 
biought the light to bear N. by W., your course in will be W.N.W.; keep in 4 fathoms 
till the light comes N.N.E., then stocr N.W, or N.W. by N., and keeping in li faihoras, 
will carry you clear of fl dangerona renf, extending from the lighthouse to the preat 
rock, which should be left on the starboard. When you ore abreast of this rock the 
light will bear S.E. | E. \ now steer K.N.W. to the anchorage, which ia witliin a mile 
of the ehore,. in 3 fathoms, soft ground. No vessel should apiirC'Sch nearer than f of a 
mile from the light, as there are aome sunken rocks 5 a mile from the land. 

An extensive breakwater has licen conBtmcted nt tlkC cxpoufio of the U.S. gOvciTimtint, 

ins rendering the harbour of Hyaunis perfectly safe tor TCSBtla of nil cl oases. A 
fixed light i^ now established on this breakwntcr at the entrance to the bai'bnur. 

Holmes Hole. — Vessels proceeding towards Holmes Hole, in the channel between 
the Horseahoc and Hedge Fence, will find to the northward of the Horseshoe 10 
fcthoms water, a mile distant from the ajKitM on the Horseshoe which are dry at low 
Wtteri the distnncu hence to HoJmoa Hole is 3\ leagues, and the courses vary from 
l.W. by W. to W.N.W. | W. Haring pas^si-d the black buoy upon the Hedge Fence, 
and leaving it on the starboard aide, a W.N.W. course will lead along that shoal in 
the direction of Nobsqne lighthouse, until the lighthouse on the West Cnop of Holmes 
Hole bears S.W. by W., when that is the case, yon may haul in for the harbour. 

Edg.ir Towx,~-Thc hnrtxiui' of Edgar Town lies between Mortlia'a Vineyard and 

The bfiOGOQ on the Biahi^p and Clerks ia only a jxilt', witii « BmaiX cssk at the ta^- 



1 




96 SATLINO DIRECTIONS FROM 



^ 



Capo Pogc. "When proceeding for this plnce, you will pass williin a. mile of Cnpo 
P»^, anil steer soutli. alonj thu low siufly hcaeh on tlie west side, in 9 fallionis waUT, 
until j'ou ftrrive o.t ita southernmost part, then run easterly aliout a mile, until you 
bring the town, whiph U in a bay to the woaLwar)!, fairly open ; having done to, steer 
directly S.S.W, into Iho liarboui', until you aiP within ^ a. mile of tJio town, leaving a 
block buoy on yonr atarhDoril side, aiid anchoi-in 4 or 5 fethoms watei. Wt have 
alrendy stated Uiat tbcii' is a ligkthonse on the pier-head, os a guide and lcadin>;-TnBrk 
t« this havbour ; the tide runs strongly within it, but yet the anehonigc is good. 

If you o-ro bound ffom Holmes Hole to Eilgaa- Town, you niay tring the East Clhop 
H. W, by W>, and run S.E. by E., for 2 IcitgucH, wbith will carry you over the fljitij, 
in 3 fathoms water ; Icov-o the black buoy to thi.' starboard, und you ivill presently 
drop into 4 fathoma ; then steer S.S.W., about 4 miles, and it will brinff you up to the 
entmncc of tho hai-bouc, from which to the wharf the cnoTBe is W.N.W., a mile. 

"Vessels bound eastward, and intending to enter this liarbour, which la a port of 
entry, should bi'ing- the borViour-light Houth, and Cape Po(;e light S.E., then atecr 
8,S.E., and thoy will pnaa the Long Flat, in 1 fathoms, until the harboar-lif^dit Ixjors 
S.W. by S. J then steering 8.S.W., they will have (J and (i| fathoms water ; until llie 
lig-ht bears wcat ; now run W. by S., and pass ihs lighthouse at thf dlBfunce of about 
a. cable's length to tho starboard, whtob will cany you up to the wborvc-a, 

VeaselB bnitnd westwanl, after passing near Cope Poge, in 4 or a fathoms, should 
bring the liarbour- light to hear S,W. by S., and steer S.S.W., until the harbour-light 
eoniM west; then steer "W. by S., and piBs the lichthonac, as before directed. If 
deHirous of anehoniig in the outer harbour, they will follow the above diivtitions until 
the harbour-light bears W. by S., and Cajie Pogo Ug-ht N,E. J E., when thcjean 
anchor, in 4, 4^, or o fathoma, good holding ground. 

"When you arc leaving Holmes Hole, and bound out to the eftstwurd, yon should 
keep the lighthouso on tite West Chop open to the northward of the Kaat Chop, until 
you have pajsed Scinash Meadow Shoal, which, us before stoted, has a red buoy with 
a pole upon its N i.. end ; this buoy must be Icfl on the starboard Bidej jcur cOHTac 
Will then be E. by 3., in 10 or 12 futhoms: continue in this direction until you get 
beyond Capo I'ofre. With Hood-tide you must steer E.S.H. k £■-. for tho stream sets 
strongly to tile northward between Ciapo Toffo and Tuckaauck Island. The cbb-tidc 
Bets aootherly, for wliith a proper allowance niuBt bo made. 

In clear wuathcr you will sec Nantucket N.E. lighthouse at the distance of ISniilcB; 
bring it to bear E.S.E. ^ £., and steer this eourae, so as to pass it at the distance of 
about a league, whence you may bring it to bbar west, atid Btecc east, taking care to 
make this eoursc good, aud it vriU earrj- you over the ahoala in the SJi!]] or Houth 
Channel; and when yoa have cleared lliese, you will have from 10 to 14 fathoma 
wiitcr, and may proceed northward towards Cape Cod lighthouse, which will be about 
12 Icaguea off. 

Or you may mn through the chnnnel between the Great and Little Round Shoals, 
leaving the black buoy- of the Great Round Shoalon the starboard. In proeeieding 
thus, you will poas the lighthouse ns already directed bringing it to boflr S.W, J W. ; 
when, bj- makuig- good a N.E. * E. course, mill go between the Little and (ircat 
Round bhortls; the former having u white buoy, with a small pole,u])on ita south side; 
tliis you will lauve on the prti-t, and the block bimy on the Htarboardi they beor 
N.W. by N. and H.E. by S. of each other, distant Sj milcH. In ihe pnssage you will 
have 2^,3, 4, and o fathoms, until you have crossed tho Pollock Rip, known by ita 
red buoy and light-veasel, in 3 or 1 fathonis, leaving the buoy on the ]»ort bandi 
continue a N.E. J E. coarse, until you deejwu your writer to 12 or 14 fathoma, whence 
you will adopt that diroetiou most convenicul to your destination. 

If coming tji Jrom sea, tn the west of Martha't I'inet/iird, yon will make for Gay 
Head, its wostvrnraMt point, w[»n which is erected a lighthouse ; the lantern exhibiun 
revolving hgh(, 101 tect above the mean Icvelof the »ea, being intended lodistingtunh it 
from other lights in tho vicinity; but more particularly that situated npon Capo Poee, 
which is a fi.ied light, and Irenueiitly to l>e seen over Martha's VincvOfd. To Uia 
southward of Gay Hood is No Man's Land, an island 2 miles long, and about n mile 
wide; within the possaifo betwoeu No Man's Land and Martha's Vineyard, wliioh is 
3 raileu wide, lies a meFiy re//, called the Old 2/iin, which ifl dangerous, and thertforc 
ffjffflf 6e fviairled againjst when making (he land from the soiilh-enntwi»ni ; bat thii 
iaiaiid 28 liiffh, and scrvi* as a. buacon to point out the pntranee to Vineyard Sound. 



NANTUCKET ISLAND TO PHILADELPHIA. 



97 



Should & yeasel moke the land, or be driven by atreaa of we-ather to the Houtiiward of 
Nantucket and Mart.ha'§ VineyiLrd, she may pass through the swashway between 
tlem. : this will best be done by bringing Cape roge liKhthoiiae to bear N. by W., and 
nioning directly for it, which will carry you through in S or 4 fathoms, leaving 
Muskfget Islajid about 2 miles to the starltoac^, and Skift Snndy Inland 1| mile to 
the port; you wiJl theq roimd Cape Poge, and mnj thcDoc take shelter in Edgifir Town 
Harbour, aa before directed, or proceed to the westward for Htilmea Hole. 

But should you. be driven towards Squibuocket Point, you may, ■with an emterlj 
wind, poBs-on eitlier side of the Old Man's Reef, and between No Man's Loud and 
Martha's Vineyard; in doing this, tie better channel will be between the reef and the 
northern store,iii3JO'r4fathom9; runoingalong thebrachup to Gay Head lig-hthonso, 
aud rounding that to the eastward, you will enter a fair sandy hay, in which the 
anchoragB is good with south and aoutteasterly winds, in horn 5 to 10 fiitlioiDfl water. 

Gay Head iH higU knd, and remorkably strented with vftrioM coloijrs, yellow, red, 
and white ; forming the Bouthem point of entrance into Vineyard Sound. On the 
northern side ore tho Elizabeth Islands, from the outermost or weatcni islaud, called 
Cuttehunk, where a lighthonse is erected, showing a fixed light, a Udge of rocks i-una 
out, some above and some under water ; they are eallcd the Sotc and Pig», and bear 
N.W. by W. J W., 2J lea.guea from Gay Head lighlhouse ; tlieso rocka extend above 
2 miles from the Island of Cuttehunk ; a light-ve&sel, showing two fixed lights, is 
sUtioued off the S.W. point of these rocks i the first of the flood seta strongly over 
them to the northward. The Elizabeth Islands form the southern bonndnrr to Buzzard's 
Bay. On the fourth island, called Nashawn, is another ligiithouso, standing at a little 
openmg, called Tarpaulin Cave; thia ahui bears a fixed light, and fBrtiieron, at Noba^ue 
Point, near Wood's Hole, is a third lighthouse, all bearing fixed liglits, 

Tf'Aen rvnningfrom Gay JJead light into Vineyard Sound, if it should be necessary 
to make a harboiir on the northern side, brin^ it to beAT 8.W., end niii N.E., about S 
leagues, wliich will carry you up to Tarpaidin Cove, where yon mar anchor in from 
1 B to 4: iaUboms j in the former depth the bottom will be fine sand, the lig'htjioiue 
bearing from W. by N, to S.W. On onteruig the soued with a southerly wiud, the 
southern shora wUl be the beat. 

When coin.i'Hjr_/coin sea, TOO may run for Gay Head light when it bears irom N.N.E. 
to E.S.E., giving it a bertk of about 2 miles, to clear the Devil's Dridge, wliich bears 
from the hght N.W. by N., 1 J mile distaut. As measuring the distance in the night 
would be nncertaiti, you should keep your lead going g ana if, when t^o light bears 
S.E.hyE. or S.E., you fall into 7 or S fathonas, haul up north till you deepen to 10 or 
12; then, if it be tlood-tide, steer N.E. ; but, if ebb, N.E. by E., 3 leagues; E.N.E. 
wiil be the course of the sound, which wiD carry vou to the northwnrd of the Middle 
Ground, when you will see tie lighthouse on the West Chop of Holmes Hole Harbour, 
wliicli jou may run in for ; but remember to keep a mile distant from the shore, till 
you open the East Chop a cable's length; with a flood-tide steer direct for it, but with 
an ebb, keep one point open, until you open a windmill on tie west side of tlie harboni", 
about a cable's length; then run up in the middle of tie river, till you get in. the depth 
of 4 or 3 fathoms, when you may anchor on good ground: the usual mark for ancianng 
ie^the "West Chop bearing from N.N.W. to N.W, ty N. ; but if you intend to reinain 
here for any time, the best anohorage is weU up tno liorbour, and close to the shore, 
where ressela moor S.E. and N.W., in 4 and 6 fathoms. In going in, you should not 
keep moro tlinn 2 nviloa without the West Chop, as you mfly otherwise touch on tho 
Hctige Fence, which lies oa before directed. 

If you make tie Chop in tic night, the Uglit Imaring B.E„ yO'O will be clear of tho 
Middle Ground, and may steer for tie east aide of the Chop till you get into 4 or 3 
fathoms on the flat near it, and then steer S.E. by E., taking care not to approach the 
land nearer than in 3 fathoms : bat if, in nmning S.E. by E., the Water should dee^kea 
to 6 or 7 fiithoms, haul up S- by W. or 8.S.W, to 4 or 3 fathoms, oh liefore directed. 

If cermiiiif into the Sound in the nij/fl(, with a strong north-westerly wind, haul to the 
northward until you have smooth water nudtr Eliinhcth Manda, where you may 
anchor in from 14 to 10 fathoms. With the wind to the soutiward, it will lie beat to 
run through the South Channel, by tlie Vineyard side. W^hcn Gay Head hears S.S.E. 
your course is N.E. by E. J E. or E.N.E. ; hut observe to approach this island no 
ne&rcr than to the depth of ^ fatbams, until you are abreast of Lumbart's Cove, in 
which ia good ancborago with southerly and csateriy winds. ThisnlsLCQnia.'^'^i'ttaisswi. 

[Cahso to Phil-] ^ 



98 



BAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 



by s high mod-hank, called Necimkiy Cliff, on its eastern side ; the best anchoring is 
in the nuddli) of the cove, in from 5 to 3 fathoms, sand^ groand. The Middle Ground 
li&B about 2 milos outside tho cove, and has 12 feet water over it. 

Should you intend to prnceed hence for Holmes Hole, the course from opposite 
Neeunkey Point will be about E. by N., keejiing sufficiently nrar th* land to clear the 
Middle Ground. You may I'un along by the lend, iji from 7 to 4 fathortiB, iintil you 
approach nearly to the West Chop, in the depth of 3 fathoma. fl'itfi this deptli j-ou 
may round the Ohop in the name nianner as vrhen running down ti-Din the nurCh side 
of Hio Middle C round. Along' the she'll, between Nocunlwy Point and the WesC Chop, 
there is good anchorage, in from 6 to 1 fathoms water. 

From Gay Head to Taqiaulin Cove, the course and distance are ff.E. hyN., 3 leagues; 
and the course from Tarpaulin Cove to Holmes Holo is E. J N., 2| leagues distant. 
In Tarpaulin Cove you may anohor in from 4 to 2i l'ath()mK, lying- safely -with the 
wind tjetwoiL'n N.E. by £. and south ; but it will be better bo anchor in 'A fathouu, far 
there you will bo out of tho force of the tide. 

la steering from Tarpaului Cove t« Holmes Hole, allowance muat be mad-o tar the 
tide, as the ebb will tend to set you to the southward, and the flood to the northward. 
With thv East Chop open, yuu may atand in fur thu bcirbour, as before directed. 

NoBSQUE LicnT. — The U^hthanso erected upon Nobsque Point has greatly 
boneittted the nnvigution of Vmcyard Sound, both to the eastward and westward; tlie 
liyhthoufie stands near tlio eastern extremity of the passage called Wood^s Hole, and 
it9 proper line of ditectiou for vessels entering along tbe Elizabeth Isbiads is N.E. 
br E. J E. Having advanced to the east end of the Middle Ground, hy keeping 
>iob8qne Point Hg-ht open of tho East f!li op of Holmes Hole, you will eleor the ahoala, 
called the Old Town Flats, &c., and may proceed as already directed.* 

BUZZARD'S BAY.— New Bedfokd.— The beat way to New Bedford, even for 
vessels irom Ihe westward, is through Quick'a Hole : this channel is forrood between 
two of the Elizabeth Islands, named Naalinwu and Pasque, that is, the second and 
third of the larger ialnnda. New Bedford Harbour is on the western side of Buazard's 
Bay; and Clark's Point, the western point of its entrance, ia distil igiiished hy » liffht- 
hoofic, the lantom of which Is elevated S" feet above the level of the ava, ana exhihita 
H fixed light, There is ii block buoy upon Wilkee'ij Ledge; and also a black buoy upon 
Lone Rock, from which Clark's lighthouse bears N.N.E. i Outer IJumplinj Rock 
8. by W. i W. ; Round Hill S.W. J S, ; white buoy at Hussey's Koeks S.W. bv W., 
dia.tant a. mile ; and the «ntrance of AponeganEct lliver N. W. Between this rect and 
the Husaey Roolc is the entrance to Aponegansct Hiver, From ClarVa Point light the 
North Ledge bears S. hy E. ; the Middle Ledge S. by W. J W., Oi>eat Ledge S. J W. ; 
Wilkes's Ledge S. by W„ and West Island Ledge buoy S.E. by E,; Old Dertholomew 
Koek E. 28' N., distant J of a mile; Quick's Holo 8.9" E.; Dumpling Rocks lighthouso 
8.S.W., nearly ; White Koek S. 25' W. ; and the Round Hilk S. 'iET W. 

Vessels bound to New Bedford should endeavour to bring the lighthouso on Gay 
Head to bear S. J W., and stcer N, J E,, until thcv come to thy channel, named Quick's 
Hole. Be careful in entering that you avoid tne spit which extends from the port 

• PrLOTAQE-^Dy iia act passed. Ffbruary 241h, 1320, for regulating tbo compenaatioa lo bo 
givfin ia pLot3 foTooaduudag vessels Ihtoiigh the Vincyaril 9vaad,Bad over the Naotijckel 
Bhoida. it was cuactud, that any person who ahull faithfully and skilfully pilot any vcmoIs 
through the Vineyard Siiuud, over Nantucket Shoals, to her port of destinatioii in Boslou Bay, 
or lo the eastward ihtircof, shall bo uulitled tu receive tho foUuwini; ralea of pilotage, vis, ;— 
From tho Irt day of Navember unto tho .?lBt of March, iueluasve, for a vesuel not drawing raim 
than 1 1 feet water, 3 dollars and 50 cents per foot ; if drawing over 1 1 fMt, end not more thss 
14 foot, 1 dollius pcT foot; if drawiu),' over 14 feet, 4 doUan and fiO oants per foot; from ths 
lit dsy of April to the 3(st dD7 of Ootober, iaolusivo, fur a youcl not drawing more than 11 
&et TiU«r, 2 doUma and SO iconts per foot; if drawing' over IL, and not more than 14 foet, 
3 doUare pur foot; if drawing over 14 foet, 3 dollars and 50 ccaU per fuot; with an odditiom 
of d dollara if such person B.hall be landed at anj' place to the oaatwu-d of Capo Ann, and not 
MstvFard of PorWmouth j or of lO dollara if landod lo the eastward of PurtBinouth. 

Tho provisions of this act shall not aitend lo any case where sn agrcemeut, m writing, ihsll 
bo mode between the mostur or owiut of a vessel, and the person who may undertake tu sot 
as pilot of aueb vessel, filing aaiy nlhor rnlo of pilnlapi or compensation for such afrvicei. But 
DoUiin;^ ooalained ia this ttot flrmll in anyway affcetanylaw respecting pilatimo proriotuly 




I 



NANTtrCEET ISLAND TO PHILADELPHIA. 99 

a\0K. Sail in oa neoi mid-ehanuel db posbibLc ; ot k^p the Eterboard hand moat on 
board, when jou will have frotn 5 to (i fathoms ; then hnul straight into the Holo, 
keeping the port hand best on board, following tlm bend nf th9 shore. You will keep 
Gay Head light ojicn about a F>hip's Ii^nglk hy the S.E. point of Nasfaawn, till tou are 
at least a mile north of the Hole, which will carry you to the eastward of a h-tfyii of 
roe!cs that He tliat diijtancu trpm it, "witti only 6 to 12 feet on ticna, to the we-atward 
of which is a good chiinnel, and 5 futliomaall ronnd; then atcer N". | W. till tou Btriko 
hazd bottom, in 6 fathoma water, on the S.E. corner of the Great Ledge, wnich is on 
the western aide of the cltannel ; then N,E. by N., about J of a mile, till in a* and fl 
fcthomB, toajh hottom ; hero the Hght will bear ahout N.N. W. ; thea steer N. hy W., 
and run into the river, 

JDiriiction^ for laidng into A'ew Bedford, Jy C. H. P. Sodgers, Lieutenant, U.S. 
Narj/, Hound Hill Chansil. — "RunnLDgin from th« soutnwEird nod westward, 
Ixavifiy brought Mi^liaum Point to bear W. by S., bring White Ruuk a sliip'H length 




. range with Palnict'a Inland light i then stt«r for the bcacoa on Egg 
H.hyE., nearly 3 aiilts, until Palmer's Island light is in range with the Mill chimney of 
"Wamsntta factory (N. by W.J W). Steer for them and you will pass Butler's Flat, in the 
l»esf wal«r. When up with the aouthem end of Palmer's lalnad steer for the ends of 
Fairhavien whoryes Bntil you arc halfway between them and Palmer's Island light, 
then steer fgr ihu most norlUern Spire in New Bedibrd, and anehornear the town. ISf.B. 
Wstnsutta factory is a large stone building with a very tali cliimney on its eastern 
side ! it is in the northern part of the town, and may be seen over Foirhavon bridge. 

Channel between Nokth and Oiceat Ledceb. — " Run in thi-oug-h tliis channel, 
keeping Palmer's Island light a baudspikc's lougtb ojwn to the eastward of ClDik** 
FoLDt hght, and you will pass clear of all dangei'a in the bc^t water. When a mile 
nndaqunrlcT from Ciark's Point Ugbt, steer for the beacon on Egg Island Flats, until 
Palmer'e Ifilan J light and the chimney of Wainsutta fuctorv arti in range, when you 
will he near Butkr's Flat, And may poss ap to New Bcdfoti, as in the direotions for 
Itoond Uiil Channel. 

Fob TirB Eabterw Channel — "Biingthe tall white beaeon on Fort Point in rango 
Tfith the very high dark siJire ia Fairbaveu, and steer for them (N. | W.), until 
near Butler's Flat. Having brought Palmer's Island light and the Wamsutta 
chimney in range, run up to the town, as ia tie dircctioiis for the otliisr channelfl." 

On the wcHteTii side, in Quick's Hole, is a. sandy cove, having good anchorage, with 
3 and 4 dthoDia ; and about 3 Icaguca E.N.E. from the eutronoe to Quick's Hole, ia 
Wood's Hole, lying at the eust end of the islands, sJid forming auothor good chaanel 
between Nashawn Lilond and the main. 

Itird'e Lslniid lighthouse lies on the northern shore of Buzzard's Bay, and near the 
Cast side of SippLuan or Sip|ilgTin Ilarboiir, in tlit Township of RocheBtcr; and about 
10 mile» E.N.E. from Clark s Point lighthoose. The ialuud is amoll, and does not contain 
above 3 acres of laud, elevated about ^ feet above the level of the sea. The light and 
dwelling-houBC arc bnilt of stone, nud white- woahed. The liglithouso exbtbita a light 
revolving every 3^ mitiutea ; it ia elevated 35 feet, and visible tO niiles. There ia also 
n _/fj;''(/ light on the Wing's Neek, shown on the keeper's dwelling, near the Lead of 
Bujaard's Bay. There are seroral buoys now placed in Buzzard's Bay, vjz: — a yeUow 
iinoy on the S.E. port of (he North Ledge, in 2^ fathoms water ; a red buoy lying on 
very 9boftl watl:r, in the centre of the middle ground ; a white buoy op the Sli, part 
of the Oreat Ledge, in S fathoms water ; another on the S. W. part ; and a black buoy 
on the a.W. port of Wilkoa's Ledge : all theso are on the western side of the bay. 
On the eastern side is a white buoy, on West's Ledge, in 2!| fathoms water ; hut 
these are all laJicn up !u winter, except the one on West's Ledge, The following 
bearings and distances are from Birda Island Ughthouse: — South Point of West 
ialaai S.W. f W., distant 6 miles ; West Island Ledge S.W. i W.. distant 9 miles-, 
the north entrance to Quick's Hole S.W. by S., l<r miles ; Wood's Hole aoutli, 9 
milDs; and the enlranoe lo Monument River E.N.E. i N., distant 5^ miles. 

MATTAPOISETT ia a fiue harbour, easy of access, situated on the north side of 
Snzzard'H Bclv. On the east side of Mnttapoisott Harbour, about a mile S.E. of the 
village, is Neds Point, on which a lighthouse l.h erected, showing a fixed hght, 43 feet 
aboic the IovgI of tho een) the tuwui' ia white- woalied. 



p 




» 



100 SAILING nniECTIONS FROM 

Before comiiig up witli We»t Island, brina Bird Island lightlivEisc N.E. by X^ and 
ran for it, until Ned's Point light bcara N.N.W. J W., iheu Laal up N.W. i N. In 
nuinisg- thit< conrso yoa will pass a buoy, painted white, witli two block utripra lound ' 
it, lying in 2^ fathomis, near the middle of Nje'a Ledge; this ledge ia about J of a niila 
over, and has only B feet water on anae parts of it. Continuitig' tKis course jrou will 
fOSB a buOT oil TQUr port ]isad, painted 'while, ^itlk three black atripes, lying (>i) thQ 
6.E. port of Ma.ttapoiaett Ledgi', in 15 i'ect watL>r^ caiitioue the abuve course, luid you 
will pass two buojs, ane OIL voar starboard and the other on your port hand; the 
latter lies on the east aide af the SmMjig Lcd|>e, in 3 fnthamst and tho ftMincT is oa 
the side of tho Snow Hock, in 2^ fathoms; this rock hoa onlv 8^ feet water on it; keep 
midway until you pass them ; then eteer N.W. by W. imtil Ned'a 1*01111 lighthouse 
'\xgx3 eaat, when you may ondior, in 3 fatbonia water, ^ood gri^wid. 

There aire two other liaoys, not named above ; one Ues about N.K. from the Snow 
Rock, in 3 fathoms, by the side of the Dantow Rock ; the other on the extremity of 
Ked's P«int, in 2 fethoma. 

The Bounding^ across the western cntrancD of Buzzard's Ba^, between the Sow and 
Piga and the Hen and Chickens, and to aome distance witliin, are very iiTCgnlop, 
TaTTing irom 5 to 10 and 15 fathama, the bottom mostly hard. A S.E. moon makes 
high water in the bay ; and the of era^ rate of the stream is about 1 ^ mile on hour. 

In entering Biurard's Bay iVom the westward, yon may bring Cuttehank light to 
licar eiutt, 3 miles distant ; and then steer N.K. by N., which courKe will caiTy a veasel 
to good anchorage, in Gj to T fathoms, about a mile from the Dumpling Hock light, 
with it bearings N.N.E, or N.E, by N. 'Xhia is as far as a stranger eLould veotnre 
without a pilot, who can always be had by making a signal. 

About 2 leagues N.N.W. ^ W. from the passage at Quick's Hole, and 3| milea 
S.5,"W. from tM lighthouse at Clark's f oint, neariy 8 naiks N. by E, f E. fnDm the 
Cuttehnnk light, is Round Hill Point, off wliich nre let'eral roeky iskts, called the 
7>w»n;>/i>ijFj, npon which a lighthouso was erected in 182S; from Huh lichthonse tho 
pfl^saffe leading: to Nobeqoe Point bears E. by S.. distant 10| miles ; Pane Ibland 
y. i W. ; the Sow and Pigs S.S.W., 8i milcB; and Mishom Pobt S.W. J W., 2 miles. 
1'bcre is a rocic ij"infi off the northern end of ^Puno, distant a mile, with 9 feet water 
oner it ; between this and Wilkuf^'s Ledge la a clear channel. Moat marinera that are 
well acq aain ted with Buzzard's Bay, frequent the western channel, giving the Old 
Cock and Chickons a good berth; the only dangor to be avoided is the r»ci otf Mishma 
Point, whieh bears S.W. hy S. from it, distant a mile, over which are only B feet wateri 
and the ledge to tho southward of the [loint, on which are 3 fathonia with common 
ebbs. Having rounded Misboai Point, aCcer directly for tbe UumpUng hgh^ll.ouw, 
paesingat about 2 cables' length of iti the straight oonnse from hence to Clark'e Point 
is N.N.E. I but to avoid the Middle Ledge, on which lies the red buoy, it will ho 
prudent to steer N.E. by N., abont a mile, and then haul np N.N.E., as you will th\ii 
leave the ledge to the port. 

If coming front Hhoik Island to SuszartTi Say, yon will have to round Seaconnet 
Point, off which ore severai rocks : these require a berth of at least a mile, and year 
course will bo E. J S. j make good this eourse, and tho Hen and Chicken Kochs will 
be avoided. Your aounding^ wiU generally bo from 8 to 7 fnthoms, mostly hard 
ground, until you deepen your water to Ifi or 18 fathoms, when the bottom will be 
(toFt ; Cuttchunk ligbtliouec will be distant mure than a mile, and Clnrk'e Point light 
will hour N.N.E. ; then run up directly towards the Dnmpling li^ht, giving them a 
Bufflcient berth ; or stand on that eoufse until you get into 7 fathoms, soft ground, 
TShich will be between Mishom and Round Hill Pcint, and anchor. 

Should it happen when you have stood well in from Seaconnet Point towards 
Cuttehunk, that the light on tho Uamplini;, or that on Clark's Point cannot bo Been, 
but Guy Heod light is visible, then stand E. i S. until j'ou shut it in behind the west j 
end of CuttehunlE ; then yon must immediately change it t« N.N.E. Should neither 
light be discovered, your soundings will be your only guide, and these most bo pw- 
tioularly attended to. 

Adiiititmnl Jicmarlci. — To the S.E. of the Dnmpling Rock light, \ to | of a tnilo 
distant, is a sand-spit, with only T feet water on it. Uotween this spit ana tbe rocks, 
J'licro arc 5 fathoms water. 
/Sf ffit'fe SocAt, on witifih b whit£ buoy lies, is about 40 feet 8.S.E. fi-om Qunaoy^ 





■ 
* 



NANTUCKET ISLAND TO FHn.APELPHIA. 101 

Hooks, fi"omwh.icliHoiinil Hills bear S.S.W.; While Rockssonth,diBtfliit 'by estimation 
halfaniili?! Clark's Point lighthouse N.E. by N.; buoy at IbeLoneEoclrN.E.byE.iand 
tJio entrance of AppODCganset Kirer N.N.W., rlppears tolisi(leral>ly high above watar, 
and tiie twu tocIlb to the westward of it, called Hujrged ItiMiks, are always to be seen. 

A small rock to the S.W, of tlie North Ledgt (ubout | a mile distant from tlie huoy) 
with ntily 7 feet water on it, and another small rock to the N.E. of the same ledge 
(about J a mile distant from tlie buoy) with 10 foct water on it, were recently discovered 
by Captain Mosher. On the former he struck with the brig Commodore Decator, and 
on the latter with, the brig- Elizahctli. 

PacktI. Rock, on wliich a buoy is placed, b aBmallannkenrock, onwlucliarc4feet 
water, and lies J a mile or upwards W. by N. from Black Hook. The passage for ooaating 
TBsselfi, bound froni New Bedford up the bay, ia between Packet and Black liAcks. 

BLOCK ISLAND. — Mariners approaching the shores of America from, the AtLatttic, 
and bonnd to Nantucketi Khode lalaiid, Long Island, and New York, will reodilT 
perceive that their proper track will be between the shoal groutids of George's Bank 
and Nantucket Slioals on one side, end the Gulf Sti'eam on the other; and that It will 
not be prndent to go to the northward of 40^ 40' north when approttcbing- the soutbom 
shoals of Nantnclict, the position of whi-ch we have given in page 89. The esdateuce 
of the Gulf Stream may always "be readily aaoertnined, it being ioToriably wttrmcr 
than the temperature of the oceantc waters, the difference frequently amounting to 10 
and 12 degrees, while in winter the amount is much greater. By Ihia it will readily 
be ku-own when the stream has been passed, and when you arc advancing within the 
vicinity of land. It mast also bo remembered, that when you are approaching the 
sboak of Nantucket, the stream runs rapidly, lint yet regiilarly, to the N.E. and S.W. 
As yoa near the shoals to the southward, in 30 vr 25 fatiioniB, yoti will have a bottom 
of fine black-and-white sand ; white to the eastward, at a similar depth, the ground 
will be coarse sand, shells, and gravel. Near the shoal the water appears very light 
coloured, the bottom being black-and-white sand, with pieces of green sheUs. At 9 
leagues to the westward uf the shoaLs, in between 30 and 40 fathoms, there will be 
black innd, of a Bmootl and shining quality ,a sure indication of the Tuckemuck Channel. 
Bhoold you fall into the opening between IJleck IbIojiiI and Martbo's Vineyard, yon 
wilt, in the parallel of 40° 15' north latitude, stud longitude IV west, have 70 iathoms, 
jnud and oaze, wliich quality of sounding will e-ontinue until yon decrease your depth 
io 25 fathoma. When Block Island bcaJ-s north, distant o or 6 leagues, you will not 
eee the land cither to tlic northward or to the eastward, but advaueing- nearer, you 
■will most probably dincover Montfluk Point ligUthousej the laBd od which it sbuids 
makes in a long low point. 

Block Island Lirhth. — Two towers, eihibiting fixed lights, ate establi«lied on 
tlie N.W. point of Block laland; they bear north and south of eaeh other, at ibe height 
of 5<l feet aboTe the level of the sen; tlieyaro 30 feet apart, and point out the direction 
of the reof which stretches out from the nortbe'm part of the i»land- 

From the imint extending into the sea, in nearly a N. ^ E. direction, is a skoal, 
makina it dangerous to pass with a vessel within 2 miles of the lights. From this 
abool Montttuk Point lighthouse bears S.W. by W. ^ W., and Judith Poiot ligbthouso 
N.E. by N. The two lights cannot be made separate when to the northwaril, Hnleaa 
in H position to make Judith lighthouaQ N .E., when they appear like the lights of a 
steam vessel. 

VeftBcls making Block Island from the southward, may give it il berth of a. good 
mile on its east and we*t sides. The two hghts on the N.W. point are io near together, 
that they appear Uko one light until within 2 or 3 miles of Ihem. 

In approacliing the noath eiide of Block Island from the southward, the water ahoals 
p-adually. When the island bears from N.W, to N, by W. the bottom b mud ; this 
is commonly called Block laland Channel. This island appears high and roand as you 
come from the southward; and if from the S,E. it ia like a saddle, low in tlic middle, 
and high at each end, thoii);>h liighest to the southwai'd. Your course from Block 
. Island to Gay Head ia nearly E.N.E, J E., pad the distance 11 lenguea. 

The oharls will be the beat guide for the aoimdings. To the eouthwajd of No Man's 
Island there is a coarse sand, like gjavcl-stones, in 20 and 25 fathoma ; and 8 S.W. 
from it, in 2S or 30 fathoms, coarse red saud. E.S.E. ^m Block Island, in what is 
termed Block Island Channel, are 30 and 40 fathoms, with oozy bottom; but shoaling 
tha water to S5 or 20 futliams, you wilt find coarse saud. 



p 



102 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FEOH 



K 



NEWPORT or RHODE ISLAND HARBOUR.— If yon are bound tg New^mrt 

or Rhode laland Hncbonr, you touBt Bteev from Gay Heaa lighth-ouse to Conaniiicut 
lighthouse about W.N.W., the distance being 8 IcflffUeB. If yoat wind be ecant, aodi 
tb,e tide at flood, you will do wfU to keep a good look out. and avoid the Soio and PioM 
and Hen and Chieken Hocks, on the former of w>u<;h a l%ht^ vessel i^a now luoored | 
for Tou will bti drifted inEonaibly tavardb Buzzard's Buy, which, aa hiu bceu alreodj: 
said, is foul in many ports. 

Conannicut tigbthouso stands on tlie aanth end of Conannicat Island, called th4 
Beaver Tail; and Benton's Ledge estenda nearly ^ of a mile from the south on d of 
Ilhodc Liluud, bctw^een which is the entrance into lUiode iHlaud, or Newport Harbour. 
The li/fhl on Beaver Tail ia a, Jired light, elevated 96 feet, aod yiaible Vi milc^; a fo^ 
whifltle in kept at ihia light. From the S.E. part of Black Inland lo Uie lighlJiauao^ 
the coufds ifi^.N.E. \ £., and the distance 8 leagues ; about midway between tbeio. 
are 2-1 fathoma water. If yon ffdl in on the west side of Block Island, with the body 
of the isliind bearing E.N.E., uid liuvclJic depth of 8 or 10 jathome water, yourcourB» 
to Fuint Judith mU be N.E. by E,, and the diatmice 6 Ica^ca. This puint appetuf 
like a horse's head, and is bold : between Block Island and the point are from 2a to 9] 
fathoma water. In proceeding for Rhode Island Harbour, Conoanicut, or Buaver Tail 
light, tile lighthouse b to bo left on the port tandi give it a hcctb, to avoid the Newttia' 
Rock.whieh lies duo south from it, about SOO yard^. Care must also be taken to avoi^'' 
tliu Brtnton Ledge (pif which a light- vessel ia now moored), and other rocks which | 
HiHith from Costle Ildl, Bomc of which apiJcar aburo water, and extend nearly 3 of _ 
mile to the S.S.W-i there are also other rocfcs on the same §ide, whioh must be guarded 
against. Upon tha western eidc, off the Fort Poiiit. about 3 niiK'a from flic lighthauso, 
are some rtivks above wattr ; they are uaUed the Dumplings, iiam. which the towu of 
Newport bears cast. 

Goat lifland tics directly before the town, and has both a fort and a Li^^hthonge upon 
it; asAoafrnnsoutiioin eauh cad of the island, having n buoy p.lueodftttht'ireitreniitiea. 
The lighthouse is erected uii the ond at thu btieakM-iittfr, nud shott^ a. fixed light, 33 
Jbct above tho sea, bearing N. 00' E. from Beuvcr Tail lig:ht. 

In eailiu^ In from tke eastward, (o clear lireatou'a Reef, you miut bring the Beam'' 
Tail light to bear W.N. W. i run towards it until jou perceive the light at Goat IslanA 
bcnring N.E. J E. ; Hteer on for tliiB light until yon get it to bear eaat or E.S.E., ftt. 
the BaniB timo keeping the Beaver Tail Ught S.W. by W., in 7 to S fathoms, 
gi'ound. 

In coming from tho west, nfter passing Point Judith, with it« revolving hght, steer 
N.F., by N. until you draw up with Beaver Tail light, lo which giving a berth, niD on 
for Goat Island hght, and anehor. Brentou Point, with the aoulh cad of Goat Uland, 
form tlie BDwtltei-n piiifiage into Newport. Your eonrso up the luirhour will bo about 
N.C. in mid-chunuel, fot' 3 miles, lea^'tng the Dumplings on the jiort side ; then tatX 
snd E. by S. to the nucliarage before Newport. Care must be token to avoid the roekt 
near Castle Point, on. your Htorboard liide, some of which ore above water. 

The best anchorage \a nearer to Goat lulaud than to Rhode Island, as. the other puttt 
of the harbour aro grassy, which frequently ehokes tho anchors. lUiode Iiilnad IN 
navigable all around, by keeping in the middle of the ehannel. It is high water at 
Newport ut 7h. -iiin, ispring-tidue rise 6 ft-ct, hoapb a to 4 fifpt, 

N.iiLAGANSiiT Bay lies between Conannicut Island and tho muin. The course in ia 
about N. i E., tiikiog care to avoid tho Whale Rock ; you may pass it on either side, 
and anc.iior where you thiuk most convenient. * 

The Town ȴ Pbovidgnce is situated about 2a milea to the northward of Newnorti 
and about Si leagues from the sea, being thi- bead □avLgn.tion of Naraganset Bay. Shi 
which draw from. 13 to 18 feet water, mav snil up and down the ehannel, which 
mnrked out by stakes, pyramids, and spindles erected ut ttic luiluts of slionls and ban 
lyiu^ ia tlle river. The Gommt>rce and manufuctures of Providence ore very cxtenaivai 
and it has a railway to Denton, with another (o Stonington. 

In tho pni<>iage betwwn Conanntcut Island and the main, on n little island, oalled 
Dutch, or Duck lalaod, is a hurbour-light, wliich standn on the Bouthent part of the 
laland, aim ut 3 milcij to the northward of Beaver Toil ligbthouiic. There is also* 
Axed light at Wickfurd, on tho main, shown at the keepers dwelling, and visible 19 

■ddyauciijg JiulJier up the SiaragiiaBet Day, yon will have Prudence leland.a mtmiw 




.NTT7C 



^mmmmmmmp 



DP 



id irregiiUrly formed island, on the starbourd sHn ; and tlie town of East Grecnwic-h, in 
an DljeaiDg. on the port. On Sandy Point, Pnidence Island, a fixed light ha§ recently 
been established. 

Prudence Island has & sJiaal stl'etchii!^ along- its western side, with some sinaU tsUit 

upon it I this must be giyen a bcrdi to, and pnsEcd in 5 and 4 fatloniB, mid-channel ; 

having at the northern end of the island a spar-buoy on Providence Point ; tht uhiuincl 

here tnrnB to the north-eastward j and here, upoa a narrow pflint of land, called 

Warwick Neck, is jinother faod harboni-Ught ; both thia and Wickford light ore to be 

left on the port hand in running for Provideui-'B j but if ^ing to East Greenwich, yoa 

will leave it on your atarboard, and the spar-buoy off Long Point on the port : thia 

, buoy ties aliout Ij milo from tlit; lig'kthouBOi and the opening leadiu^ to Greenwich in 

■^a league wide. The passaae towni-d* Providence Lb Iwtween Prudence Iplwod wild 

^H^arwick Neck, within whicu ore 3 fathoms. On i^ayat Point, on tb« Etarhoard side 

^^K th« entrance to Providence Hivcr, is a fixed light, visible 10 miles. 

^H) To tho north-eastward of Prudence Island {a Warren and £i-istol; and to the ncrth- 

^^nrd of Hho-de Island ia a branch of the river running into Mount Hope Bay and 

Tawnton River. 
^^t Beacons and Biwiji at Netcjiort Sarhour. — A spindle on Saddle Bock, eastward of 
^^Boee laland, on cither side af which there hi a pa&snge. 

^^^ A spindle with a ball, on a rock at the aonth end of Hose Island, which you leave to 
the northward. 
A red buoy with a cross, on Dyer'a Reef, south port of Coster's Hnrhour, which you 
lave on your atarboard band. 

'. Another red buoy is placed on the ledge of the Bishop's Hoek, called the Triangle 
It, on cither side of which yon may pass, giving the buoy a berth. 
One rod epitr-huoy at the south, aad anotbei at the aortb ead of the Gull Rocks, 
Bth of which you pass to the eastward. 

A Bpnr-buoy on Providence Point, which is the north end of Prudence Island, to the 
orthwai-d of which is the main channel. 

POINT JUDITH bears S.W, by W., and is distant 2 le^nes from Beaver TaU 
lighthouse. Upon it a atone edifice has been erected, exhibiting: a revolving light, to 
distinguish it from tho Beaver Tail and other lights in its vioinity. Tliie light revolvee 
every 2 i minutee, and being elevated 67 feet, is visible 12 milea. It may also be 
readily known &om that on 'Watch Hill, by the former light not being wholly obsuured 
~ fiasa you get within 3 leagues of iL 




DIRECTION'S FOE VESSELS FROM SEA. 

When approaching the Coast betuscen Black Island and Delaurafe Say. — 

Fi-om tite U.S. Cmt*t Surv-ey. 

The OuLF Stream, by its high temperature, gives the first warning of an approach 
1 the coast in latitude-. 38 1° N. i it it nearly 3G0 naotioal miles from the laud, measuring 

L a parallel of latitude. Afer pttseing through it the temperature begins to fall ; 

ere is aUo a fall of temperature in striking aoandinga, which shows tho time to uso 
the d«ep-aea lead. 

The colour of the water cbangca with the dcpthj from 150 to 50 fathoms it changes 
from dork blue to light blue, and fi-om 50 to 30 fathoms and less from a. Eight blue to 
a light green. 

SoCNDlNGS. — Up to the 20- fathom carve or line thej follow the general form of tlio' 
shore, and between SO and 100 iiithoma the water suddenly deepens. Tlie 20-fathom 
line ia 31 milea from Cape May, in an E. by S. direction, hut leaa than 7 niileij from 
Montauk Point. A depth of 20 fathoms ofT the east point of Long Island ia therefore 
too near the land, unless with a commanding wind j while 20 fatboma olTCape May is 
at a safe distance from the sbore. 

The latitude of a ship's place is usually better knowTi than the lon^tude, but tho 
latter ia moat important on opproaehins this coast, and can be determined approsimately 
from the latitude, in connexion with tne distance, curves, or bncs of depth. 

East of the entrance to the Delaware, the bottom, in 100 fiithoms, la mostly dark 
ray sand mixed with broken shells. To the north of thia parallel it is mostly greeu 
Dd blue mud uLxed with sand. 



104 . SAILING DinKCTIONS FROM 



Eastwni-d of Holawaro Ba}-, the bottom, between 100 and 40 falhomfl, is most fre- 
quently saiiil and hi-olten bIlcIIb ; iiieide of 40 (athoniB, gray or yellow santl with blnek 
epecks. Ndrlh of tlits pivallel the bottom is as often mud os sand, the mud bti/ig mtre 
frequent going to the N.E. until ofl' Blouk lalitud, wLere tlie bottom, from 100 tu UO 
lilLomj, is mostly green mud or ooze, known aa the Block Island somidings. Green 
mad or aazc ciumot be found within !>$ miles of BIqcIc Island, and seldom to tiie 
west of tb*! mcridinn of Montauk Point in lesa tbun '<iQ fathoma water. 

Between 40 and 20 fathoma off the coaat of Long Island and New Jersey, the 
character of the bottcm ehun^es so often between those depths, tliat constant rcfert-nce 
must be made to the descriptions on tlm chart 

In general the wotor shoala regularly and more or less graduHllj", &om 100 or 80 
fathoras to the share, but there are Bome remarkable exceptions. 

The 5-lathom bank off tie Delaware has 13 feet on it. A light-l>oat is stationed 
3 milM to the 8.W. by S. of this bank, which vessels from sen will leave on the 
Btarboard hand when bound into Delaware Bay, and on the port haud when bound to 
the nopthwtttd. In an E.S.E. | S. direction tram Barnegat Inlet, the 20 curve or line 
extends as far out as -15 miles. 

There aro other banks from 3 to 4 miles N. by W. and north of this 13-foet bonkt 
least water 3^ fathoms ; another southward 3 miles, aud another directlf eastward of 
Townscnd Inlet, both with 4 fathoms. 

The Mutj-Holeb. — The diatinguishing mark for New York Bay ia a aeries of mnd- 
JioleB, extending La a south-east direction fi-ona Sandy Uook, and forming a TPry 
remarkable gorge. These holes arc designated oa ti.e charla by their depths. Be- 
ginning with the three largest ones, and distijjguialiing them by Uieir depth of water, 
we have, 

'The 31-fiithom tnu^-kole, witii 22 fathoms ontsidle, 29 miles distant &om Bandy 
Hook, and bearing S.E. J S. ; its length is 8 niilea, and width 1 J mile. Tins ia iho 
mud-hole commonly known to narigators. To the southward aud eastward! i>f this, 
39 miles fi-om Sandy Hook, and bearing S.E, J S., ia 

The ind 5'-/iithoni mud-hole with 27 Mhorna outside in a N.E. direction, but only 
21 fntliorns in a soutkerly direetiaa ; its length cast and west is 5 miles. To the eeut- 
ward of this is 

Tlie i^'fiithoin hoh, -m'ih 25 and 29 fathoms outside. This is tho largest one, its 
length being 8| miles from north to south, its widtli 2^ miles. It bcara from Sandy 
Hook S.E. \ E., distant 51 miles. To tho southward, eastward, and eajslward and 
southward of this, there are three others, tho 35, ^0, and 145-fathom holes, distant 
from Sundy Hook respectively, 83, 74, and 89 miles, and beqring S.E. \ S., E.S.G., 
and S.E. by E. ; tho first one has 27 fathoms outside, the second 35 and 38. and the 
most rsniarkable one 63 fathoms. Nearer to Saitdy Hook and of less importaneo, are 

The 23, 21, nnd Zi-fathom holes, at distances of 11, 12|, and 17^ miles; and with 
16, 13, and 17 fathoms uutscde. The least distance from Bandy Hook, where a line of 
100 fathoms will find hottom, ina direction passing over these mud-holes, is 100 miltw. 

Vessels BOtND to New Yoek. — From the tadward. — Striking soundings in more 
tban 3o fathoms, sreoo mud, steer direct for Sandy Houk, milking Naresink or the 
Light-boat. Striking soandings in less- than 3(> fathoms, green mud, steer to the 
northward of west, shoaling the water very gradually on tnat course. If beating 
agniost a weaterly wind, in the night or thick weather, do not stand into lesa than 18 
fathoms on the northwardly tack, till nearly up with Fire Island Inlet. The chart 
siiivWB, that after passing inside of 25 fathoms, the soundings decrease very elowly 
going west, and verv rapidly going north or on Long Island shore ; this distinction 
should be carefully borne in mind. 

JVote'.— If TesaelH from the east, bound to New York, fall in sight of Sankaty light, 
they are too near Davis's South Shoal, and will keep to the southward till they pote it. 

From the sotithward and nastioard, shape the course for Navcsink lights, obseirvinK 
the precaution with the lead, given in the general direction^-. 

Frmn the gotil/nnnrd, hound to New York, uotliing ia miinefl by running into lew 

than lo fathoms wat^c. To the north of Barnegat, less than 15 fnthomjs is un^tafe, 10 

or 12 fnthom.9 being found within a mile and a ijuarter of tlic beach. If in 15 fathoma. 

ju the night or thick weather, the lead nhnuld be kept in hand, and tho bottom ex- 

maiiaedi gruvcliy bottom indicates too ncu lui approach to the land. 







I 

■ 



ITASTUCKET ISLAND TO PHILADEL 

Tb Ytinfar Ntie Ytn-k Rai-hnur fi'dm the l^kl-boai. — Wken up with the light-boat, 
if without a pilot, steer N.W. by VV . J W., and alter Bhonling- the wa.tor to 8 fathoms, 
tuio up tho range for the okannel to be enterud according to the du-egtiona for Now 
■York Daj ojid Harbour. 

Vessels bound Tu Dblawabb Bat. — From the ttartkward arttl easttcard. — Vesaela 
etrikinf tho Block Island soundinga in leaa than 30 futhnras, will steec S.W. ^ W. or 
8.W. I W., and will find nearly tlie ea-me deyth of 30 fathoms for a distance of 90 
miles, till abreast of fiamegat Inlet; after passing- inside of 12 fatboiUB, the lead moBt 
be: conBtantly used, to avoid the Five-FHthom Bank. 

Fremi the nadward, and southward and eastieard. — Pfo instruBtions- aro neoessary in 
addition to those given in Che General Uirectione and SociDdings. 

To rtiM fm- Delmcare Boif frojic Ught-hont on Fife-Fathuin. JIaiik. — When ap with 
the light-boat aad ^tbout a piloti if iateuding t-Q enter the bitv by the Maiii Ship 
Channel, steer W. by S., until the water deepens from 7 to 10 faflionis ; then take up 
the direetioDs for Delaware Bay and River, hereafter ^ven. If bound into Cape May 
Channel, steer W. by N. | N". ia 5 fikthoms, and \\ miie from the ahore, then refer to 
the Delaware chart and oircctions. 

PILOTS. — Nete ForS and Nkw Jers-eyPi'/ofa generally hoard vcasels from the south- 
ward, befween the Capca of Dulai^'are and Bamcgat, frDm It* to 30 milea from Ghore j 
and veBtiela tr-om the ca^twai'd, between Nantnckct; Shoals and Fire Island, from 10 to 
15 miles from. shore. Boats having pilotaon hoatd are atwa^-a found near Sandy Hook. 
Vesaela approacliing New York Hathour ia the night or m thick weather, without a 
pilot, will lie in 12 or 15 fe.tho ma, unless thq weather ifl threatening Jrom the eastward, 
when it is most prudent to avoid a. lee shore. 

DeliHPa/'e ami Cape May Pilnts cmise about 30 miles &oni the capes. Vessels 
nearing Delaware Bay in the night, will, arter passing iiiaide of the light-boat, which, 
is loft to the northward, ruiihy the chart for the channel, sounding 111 or 14 fathoms, 
dark grey sand, and he by with Henlopen ligliU west or W. by N., distant 3 miles. 
In thick weather it is most xafe for the stranger to keep outride of the Five-Fathom 
Bank, in not less than 12 fathoms, coarse grey or yc-llow sandj a pebbly bottom ehowa 
too near an approach to the FiTO-Fathom Bank. 

DiKEcTiOKs TO Vessels boond Coabtwibe.— From Delaware Bay to Martha's 
Vineyard Sound, bring Cape May light to hear W.S.W., and ateer N.B., to clear the 
Five-Fathom Bank, running inside ; and then N.E. by E. for Montauk tight ; sleer 
east toukms- Bloek laland, and E.N.E. to the Vineyard ; these conrsos ore roversodfor 
^iug- to the Eouthward and westward. 

bound to DeSawarc Bay, after pasainE Sandy Hook, steer south or S. J W., according 
to your distance from lund, to clear Bamegat Shoab, and when clear of fiarnegat 
steer 6.S.W. J W. or S.S.W. ^ W., pai-allcl lo the shore, for the hght-hoal or Capa 
May, North of Bamegnt wliore the shore is bold, and the bottom very irregularly 
htoken, 8 or 9 fnthoms may be had near the beach ; it is best to keep tn not lesa than 
13 fathoms i aooth of Bamegat 9 or lO fathoma is aal'e till up with the Fivc-Pathom 
Bank off Hereford Inlet The land may he kept in eight fi-om Sandy Hook to Cape 
May. These directions are reveracd going north. 

Note. — Mafiters of coast ing-vcHsels familiar with the ground, will ran along shore in 
from 7 to 10 fathoms, feeling the bars of the different intets in passing with tho lead, 
and keeping off in 10 fathoms, to avoid the shoals and broken ground off Abaecom and 
Great Egg Harboni. 

SounDiNGa NEAR THE CoABT. — From Sandy Hook towards the south, the bottom 
cliange.s from fine Bund to coarao grey sand ; on approacluiig Bamegat it booomea 
e:)^velly, and off th« month of that inlet it is gravCl, pebbles, and in some places ah&lls. 
The soundings aUo cbangc li'om 10 to 7 fathoms at tlie same distance from the shore. 
After passing liamegul. tlio bottom changes from gravel to jeilowand grey sand with. 

Jellow apcks, foand off Old Inkt, Little Egg Harbour. Oil' Great Egg Harbour, tho 
Dttora, m from 8 to 10 fathoms, is fine grey sand ; lo the soutli of this yellow aand is 
y.in met with, and is carried up lo Hereford Inlet. South of this lulet and abreaet 
Cape May, the bottom is white or grey sand. 

There is a spot of nrnd ofl' Cold Spring Inlet, wbieh is a very good mark- Between 

ttie Five-Futhom Bank and Bamegat, the bottom is broken and the soundings uneven. 

DANGEua.— Or» the lee shore.— To tho westward of Fire Island Inlet, the ahoel 

ground forming the bars gC the intet, extends from J to 1 J mile fnna. shore. 

[Casso to Phil.] * 



106 



SAILIKQ DIEECTIONS FEOM 



• 



On the Jcree; «borc there are skoBla OS Baraegat ctnd the ialete (o the south of ttt 
extendinj from 1 to 1^ mile from shore ; they are to be avoided by nsing the Wnd. 

If the light-boatsouthof Five-PatHicnn Bank should be off its stnttDD, vc-asels nmaing 
from Delaware Bay will pass clear of the baak an<! oif JI/cFWeV fS/iunl, hy keeping the 
hearing nf Henlopen Ugbt to the northward of W. ^ S. ; and those boand to the noilli- 
WArd will puss outsidB of tho bonli:, by kcepiiig in more than 12 fnthoing. 

TIDE TABLE FOR THE PRINCIPAL P0IKT9 BETWEEN BLOCK ISLAND 
AND THE DELAT.UIB. 



BriTION. 


fOlCI Judltbr 


UuDbok. 


rlrc talBnd. 


HADdj HDOI 






High wHliT, fall * ch. 


!li. Mm. 


Sb. ISd. 


7h. ISm. 


Tb. item. 


8h. li^m. 


«ti. Mrm. 


Me^p riaq&fnllpprippB 
Ditm D>i.-Li.|LB, 


35 


1-a 


2-S ft. 

I'ft 


3-8 


a-on. 

4-3 


4'6.lt. 
S-o 



The tides ma about 6j houfB efuch W1I7 ; th6 time af slack Water v&ries &(>m IS to 
30 minutes. 

LONG ISLAND SOUND.— The entrance to Long Island Sonnd is to the west- 
■wsrd of BliMb Island, and betwoen it and Montauk Point, the eo«tL"rn end of Lobk 
Island^ and th<:'n between the eastern end of Long Island and W'stch UJll Islana 
on th(^ northern shore, bein^ here about 4| k-agU'Ca bronJ : it thence oxi'onda ftitl 
3(1 icftgots in a westerly direction. Its southern side is bounded thrciuglioct br Jjoag, 
Island, the land of which is gencrallj low and Icytl, some few tistngs cxccpt-ea, Hio 
Landmark Uilla are situated about ]2kagues to the west ward of Mwitauk Point; and 
Semsted Hill, towardg the eastern end, is 319 feet ahope the level of the sea, 

I^Mff Tslaiid SoHnd maj" be considered a kind of inland sea, eommcneini^ nt OuH 
Island, und extending west-ward to Simd'a Point Lig-ht, being from 3 to 25 milca broad, 
dividing Jjong Island from tho State of Connecticut, nnd affording a good and eata 
inland naiigttiion to New York ; being fumiBhed with the following excellent Ugbt- 
houses and numerous harbours. 

Montauk Point LiijhOuioBt is on the east end of Long IsUud, and bears W. by S., 
distant 7 leagues from the S.W. point of Block laUnd ; tuid from weat point of Fiahci'a 
Igland S.S.E.. distant 8 kaguea. 'ITie kntem showa a fixed light, being ckvated 160 
foet above the level of the aea, and is riBihlo 8 or 7 lengnea ofl'in elear weather. 

Little Oitll Itlniul is situuted ut the entrance of Long Island Sound, end has a light- 
house built upon it, Tliis ia eonsidered tho key to tho sound. The luntem contains 
& Rxed light, 74 feet above the luvel of the eeik, and visible 13 milea, A fog whiatlo 
IB kept nt this lighthoufie. 

Walch mil Lii/hi IB situated at the entrance of Fisher's Island Sound, and is 
erected upon Wateh TTill ; the lantern Ib elevated 6-3 feet above the Level of tho sea, 
and bears a revolving light, visible 12 miles. 

S/on«ifffn» Lii/hlhonae. — Thia eihibita a filed light, and is erected npon the exlieina 
point of land at Stonington. It bears from "Watch Hill ligbthouae N.W. J W., dutAtit 
4 miles; from Cotom&et ItoetB N. by W. | \V„ ^ miles; from Latimate's Reef N.E. J E., 
3J miles; and from Wainphrasa Rock Shoal E. J N., \ of a niile- 

Eel Grnss LiijhtressBl, on the shoal off Stonington, Hhow* one fis«d light, is painted 
block, and has a fo({ bell on board. 

Nefc Landcin Liffhi is situated at the entrance of the harbour, on the weetern side 
as vou enter. The lantern IB elevated 80 feet above the level of the bcb, and eontfuns 
id iijtcd light, visible 14 aiilos, bearing N. by E. from Little Gull light, totaat »boui 
6j; milcB. 

A Jixeil lii/ht is now eshibited on Morgon Point, a little to tho westward of Ram 
Iftlatid, uiid tieftriy midway l*tween Stonington and Now London llghte. 

North Ontnjiling Tglnnd Lii/lit, Fisher's Island Sound. — This is a fixed red lif/hl, etn- 
TBtcd 70 feet, and visible 13 milea. 

BARTLET'8 KEEP LIGHT-VESSEL is moored near the reef, about 4 mil™ 
northward of the Little Gull hght, This vessel has one mast, shows 0, fixed light, uid 
(wrries a hell and fog whistle. 
•Sbj^nnd Z^Alhousc is built Upon L)-tide Point, at the w«steni ddc of the entrance 



I 



NANTUCKET ISLAND TO PHILADELPHIA. lOT 

to Connecticut lliver, and estiliita a fised light, benriug N.W. J W. from the Gull 
light, distant 11 miles; and from that ou the ■wealsm end of I'lum Island N.W, J N., 
ei miiea. It it ele-valwl 80 feet above (Uc level of the sea, and is visible 14 miles. 
6ii_vl}i'<nak is not a ^oud horb-uur, and cannot nt any time, or od any o«caj«!on, he 
recomniended ; conscqutntly, it should uc-ver be attemptfd, cscept by thoee who are 
well auMiuaiiitpd with the coast: it will tlierelbre always he advisable to give Saybrook 
light n btrth wt" 3 or ■! miloH, (tud Stt'i'r O" W. by S. for Fnlkner's Island. Tlie bar of 
tws river, on its outer edge, ostends nearly 21 miles to tilie aouth-coshvard of the 
lightlioutso, and has ffom 9 to 12 feet over it. 

PaUyiier's Ixhnd LiglUhouse.—Uhcre ure two Falkner's Ishmda, upon the larger ono 
of which is built b. lighthouse, conlainLiig n Kxcd light, (he lantern oi whioli is elevated 
88' fi'et abovo tlic lovcl of the nca, and ia visible 1^ milea. These iedanda arc, on. the 
southern side, bold-to ; but to the south- east wai-^ of tlie liglil you will have 3 and 4 
fathoms. 

N'etc Kaveu Zii/hthntise is erected upon Five Miles Point, at the eastern euti^npie 
of tho harbour, aad eouaequcotly will ha on the starboard ^Ede aa you. eiitci". The 
lanleni is 9a feet above Iho Icvtl of the B-ta, and eshibila a fixed light, viBiblo 15 miles. 
It beai* W.N.W. J W., I Ig miles fram Faltner'a Islsud light 

fUratfnrd Liffhthou^e is situated Upon Sttatford Point, aiid stows & revolvinKlight ; the 
revolution beinD'auoh as to cxhihlt the light once every To seconds, and visible Vl railes. 
]t boors from New Ifavtn Ligbthousc W.S.W. | S., distant II) miles -, from Old Field 
Point lighthouse N.byE., dialant 11 miles; and &OEa Bbick Itocli lighthouse east, 
di!<|juit4 miles. 

Stratford Shsialis rnrticTiUrlT dangeifins to the navigation of Long Ishind Sound- 
It ben™ sboat S. i W. from Stnitfocd I'oiut light j N. by E. irom Old Field Poiat 
light ; and E. by N. i N. frooi Eaton's N'eck light, distant 5 looEuea. There are but 
2 fnliioBfls over it at low WBter. On tlie soutb side of (he shoal is a white spar-buoy, 
and on the northern t>idc a blaek spar-huoy, both of which Ul* iu 19 feet water. You 
can go on t'ither side of it in itafety : the northern chaancl htia from 3 to 1 1 fathoms, 
Bud tho soutliero from 12 to 24 lalhoms. The length of this shoal is about a 
league N. by E. and S. by W. ; the sliallowcat part is near Oie middle of the ahoal, 
where thei-e are only fl feet water ; luid the centre of the ahoal is nearly in tho niidJie 
of the sound. A hght-veasel is now stalioued oif the Stratford Shoal, or Middle 
Ground, nearlv midway between the levolving light on Strattbrd I'oiiit and the fixed 
light on Old field Point, Loug Island. This vessel carries 2 fixed li^hu, one od the 
fore: the other an tho uDinmiLst, and has a fog boll. 

BrtiU/eiiort Llyht is abodt 2 miles S.W. by W. of the town ; it is a fiied red light, 
ctcrated 23 feet, and visible H miles, 

Blitck Bock JIarUiar Lighthauti}. — Thig is 2 miles to tho weafwai-d of the bar of 

Bridgeport, and erected upon the south point of Fairweathcr'a Island, nt the entrance 

w to Blaek Ruck Harbour. It exhibits a fixed light, elevated 32 feut, and visible 12 miles. 

Norwul/i ur SkeJlkUC Island Litihlhmise. — Vessels pomiag from the Gnstward will, 
after steering about 12 leagues W. by S. from Falkner'ji Island light, make the light 
on Eaton's Ncek ; leaving ikis on the port aide, Ihty will then perceive the light 
which stands on Norwnlk Island to the atarlxJai'd : this is erected upon the S.W. part 
of the island, and sliowa a liRht of a revolving khid ; one side of eaeh revolution pro- 
doues a blood-red liglit, while the other shows a white ligkt, which will sufficiently 
distill gt)is.h it froni all olhora in Irfing Island Sound. It revolves uvcry 2J muintes, 
is elevated iO ftet, and visible 1] milca. 

Prom the west end of Sheffield Island a reef strefches out nearly a mile in a 
■W, by .S. dii-eption ; a buo^ ia placed Oil the estrcnie end, and is to be left on the 
Btarbourd hand when entering. There is another leiiffc about a mile 8.\V. hy W. from 
the hght, baring a blaek spar-haoy, lo be left on theatarboard ; but this latter might 
bo pushed on cither side. 

" At W. by S. from Norwalk light, 3 miles distant, is Long Neck Point ; tliere is 
\ good nnchoroge to the eastward ol it when the light brars euat from you ; but when 
TOU ore to the west of Long Neek I'oiut, you shouldbe careful of ■fniith's Reef, which lies 
S.W., one mile from it, and also of a reef, called Ilio Ciititit, which is also S.W. from Long 
Neck Poitit, 2| miles, and Botith from Shijipan Point, | of a mile, on both which thei'e 
arc buoys, and tiii'y are bold-to until you are close to the rocHis," Cuaat PilaC. 

OaBSiiwiCH Lioniiic«:aE,^About 10^ milra W.S-W. t W. from Sliefflcld. Uhuii 



I 



108 



8AILIK3 DIEBCTIONS PROM 



lig;hthoiise is aflsed light, erected npon one of the CoptiiinB' blaiids, between the town- 
afflps of Greenwich, and Rye. It is elevated &2 feet and viflible 12 mileH. The Iwunn; 
of this lighthouse from that upon Eaton's Nock is W.N.W. \ W., and the dietantift I 
11* miles. ] 

Tliroi/'a Neck Lighlkoiiee. — Upon the taatem part of Throg's Nock ia a ligbtlionM. J 
The tower ig 40 feet above the boae, and its lantern oiihibita a. fixed light. 

The above ligiithouses are aU sitooted on the northern shore ; those which follow 
are built upon Long IsUnd, and upon the eonlhem shore of the sound. 

On Sanda Point is a Lig-hthouiic, coalaining a lantern, 41 feet above the level of thff 
sea, and BhowLng a fixed light, visible 15 miles. Ther« are two rock», called Ih* 
Ganffwatf Mocht, bearing W. 28° S. from Sands Point Lighthooae, diatnnt a milsy 
hftvtag a blttok spar-buoy floating i>crpendioularly njM)!! them, in Hf feet water ; lbi» 
must be left oo the port side ; and Success Roct, wliifh bears N.W. by N. from tliv 
east bluS* of Cow Bay, distant ^ a mile, on which a spindle is erected. Between theW 
two is El Ghmnncl witi 2^ iiathoina water. | 

ExtmtiuH Iit)ci-3 Liffht. — This ia to the northward of Sands Point j the light is red^ 
elevated 54 foot, and visible 12 miles. Here are a fog bell and whistle. 

Between Hart Telaod and Sacds Point Light, distant acarl^v a mile from the latter, 
lies Ch'iimel JivcJi, oo which ia a spar-buoy ; thia muat be left to the southward ia | 
poBsin^,' ; and about J of a mUe di.'ilant from the Channel Rock lies the S. W. lUick, \ 
sometimes dry at low water : it has a white spar-buoy npon it, and must be left to tba t 
eonthwflj-d iix piissiiig. 

Eaton'e Nech Liijhi stnnda upon an eminence 73 feet high ; the lEg'lit is 138 1 
above tha mean level of the bob ; it is a single 6;<ed light, visible IT miles, and tliO' J 
ligbthoiue is pointed black and white, in etripce, ibom the tap to the bottom of tha 
bnilding. 

Old fcid Foint Lii?hihowu. — A lighthonse haa been erected upon this point in 
Long lalaud, ahowing a £xed light, elevuted 67 feet, visible 13 miles, niid bearing I 
8. by W., di».tant lf)| tnilcs from the lighchouae on Stratford Point, and nearly cast I 
JVom Eaton's Neck light, from which lotter it in dintant 13 miles ; the Stratford Slioal i 
or Middle Ground lica no&rly midway between this lighthouse and that on Strnlford ' 
Point. 

Plumh Inland Li-nM. — There ia now established a rcvolTino; lieht njwo the S.W, part 
of Plumb Island, elevated 63 feet, and visible 12 iniles. This light is of great ntility 
loi vessels that are bound lo the eafit^nrd. or roond Montauk Point, when it mar nrt | 
be safe to go through the Race. Tou will leave the tight on your port side, sleering 
&.K. by £. until the Gull light appeal's N.E. by £.. then shape a course at yonr plea- 
sure. When piiHsing the light you will open Oardner'a Bay, which is the iiasaoga 
into Sag Hai'baur ; and you will also lca<^e OynterpOnd's Point on your starboard side, 
off the eastern end of which is a shoal, extending one-third over toward the ciOUth end 
of Plumb Itiliiad. 

Marki/QT imchonng in Plumh Iiiand Rvads, — Mount Profipect, or the Hieb White 
Saud-hills of Fisher's Island, touching the Gull lighthouse N. G2'£., and the N.E. part 
of Long Island in one with tlioS.E. part of Plumb Island.bearingweat. or the esut bluff 
points of Oardner'a Island in one with the low beach which cxtcndii from the oortb, 
side of the island, S. 15' E. With these marks you will have from 7 to b fathoms, toft ' 
mud, and quite out of the tide, being not more than ^ of a mile from ihe vJlore of 
Plumb Island, where there is very convenient and good watering. 

On Cedar I»iund, at thfr enti-uDcc of Sw Hatlwitr, Long Island, there ia a Jliai 
light on the keeper's dwelling, elevated G4 ieet, and visible 10 miles. 

Bearings and diatancee taken from Montauk Point. 

The south part of JMoek Inland bears E. by N, firom Mantank Point lightho , 

distant 20 miles t and npon the northern part of the inland are two lightli(»uac«,befbitt 
described. 

The Eastern Rips lie E. by N., distant 1 j mile from the ligbthoosc ; the Northcnt j 
Rips lie N.E. J E„ dJHtnnt 3 miles from the lighthoaac : these rips may be cr 
without fear or danger, in fi, T, 8, and 9 fathoms. 

Sliagwong Reef Has a apear placed upon it, and bears from the li^hllionso K. W. \ N.^ 

distant 3J niilcs ; the reef ranges N. by E. and S. by W., about J of a mile in lenf^h t 

tirore hcing u channel between the reef and Long Island, about Ij nulc widcg and 3 

ajid 4 Utthonm water, except one smnll patch of 12 foet. 



NANTUCKET ISLAiTD TO rHILADELPHIA. 



109 



Friflhee's LeJge ie only ft place of hn.rd rocky bottom, before you rcacli the liglit- 
hoase, hmiiig from B to io iiithomfl over it, and not duiigeruus lor vessels; you may 
kc^p aloDg from tLe westn'iurd at the distance of f of a imle from the Ehoro, and baol 
round the point of Montauk. 

Cerbcriis Shoal 'bears N.N.W. | W., diKtant 7 miles £ram Montaok Light, having 
only 13J feet water in one spot, rooky bottom, 

Tlic enat end of Fiaher's Island boars N. i W. from Montauk Point lighthonac, dis- 
tant 13 miles. 

Watcli Bill Point Li/fkthouse bears Iiearly north frora MonfBuk Point, distant 11 
mileai there is a ree/ extends from. Tisher's Island to Watch Hill Point, leaving a 
passage between the east end of the reef and Watch Hill Point, about ^ a mile broad. 

The lC«cc BoeV has on iron spear ttpon it, and bears S.W. by W., distant ^of amilB 
from the west point of Fisher's Island, and &om Montauk Point N.~W., dutaitt \&^ 
miles. 

'ITie Gull Islands bear S.W. by W. from the Race Eock, distant 4 miles. The % ht- 
hoitae standing on the Weat Chop of Kew London Harbour bears N.N.W,|N.| dis- 
tant o miles from the spoar on the Race Rock ; and the Gull iBland Lightboase bears 
S.W. by W. trom the west point of Fiaher'a Island, distant 4 miles, 

Bortlet'e Reef buoy bears N.W, by W. J W., distant 4 miieB from the Race Rock. 
Near this reef a light- vessel, with one mast and a bell, is now placed. 

Little Goshen Reef bnoy bears N.E. by E., distant about 2 miles ftom B art let's bu^. 

New London Haihonr iight bears from thie buoy on Goshen Reef N.N.E. \ E., 
distant abont t^ mile. 

The S.W. Ledge bnoy bears N. by W. from the Race Rock, distant i\ miles. 

The East Chop of New Londoa Harbom- beora N. by E. i E. from the S,W. Ledge, 
distant ^ of n mile ; and the lighthoosG bears from the bnoy on the S.W. Ledgo 
N.W. by N,, distant | of a mile. 

OEHTEEAL DIEECTIONS FOK SATLIHG FKOM OTTWPOHT, IN RHODE ISLAND, 
THROUGH LONG ISLAND SOtlSD TO HUNT'S HABBOUE. 

In sailing from Newport to a pi"oper berth off Point Judith, your coarse and distance 
■will be S.W., a liltie Bonitherly, for 2\ leagues ; and from thenco towards the I,ittle 
Gull Island lighthouse, W, by B., S leagues, and W, ^ N., 1| league ; thus, whoq yon 

Spt aboat 7 miles to thu S.W. of Point Judith, vou will bring the two ligbthouaes at 
IP north end of Bioek Island to bear sonth, bemo; in a line with eath othiT. ond eon- 
acqnenitly in the direction of the reef which runs tiom the northern part of the island. 
Procee<!mg thence, about 6 leagues, you will leave Watch Hill Point Hghthnuse and 
Fisher'a Island on your northern eidc, but be careful to rtvoid the rocky reef which ex- 
tends from the B-.W. end of the island, ontaido which you will sec the Race Ruck, 
distinguifihed by an iron polo or spear ; tlie Little Gull lalaod will be on yom- port 
side : having passed these you will fairly hiive entered the Sound. The distance from 
the Race Rock to the Little GuU light ia 3| miles; but nearly in aline between Fisher's 
Island and the Little GnU, ia the Valianlfa, or Middle Jince Snck, having only l"! foet 
over it 8t bulf-fiood, ond niHat ther-ofor*; be caretBJly avoided ; the marks given for 
tfiie Hanffcr, by the American officers, are as follow : — The New London lighthouHO in 
one with two eoogpicnons treoa. which stand on the declivity of a hill at the back of 
Ntw London, being remarkable for a gap on its summit, N- 4^ W. ; tho weatewi side 
of the southern Dumpling;, within Finhcr s Island, just touching the northern point of 
that island, N. 41° E.; the cuatEre bluif of the Great Gull Island moncwilh tho wesLem 
lower extreme of the Little Gull Island, or the Gull lighthouse a smiill suit's bn'odth 
open to tho eastward of the osstem part of the Great Gul), S. Hi' W. ; the north part 
ofXonK Island just ahut in with the N.W. point of Plum Island. S. 7e°W.! GuU light 
SJ$SP W. i and Mount Prospect, or the high white saddle hills on Fisher's island, 

K.'eo" E 

In proceeding ft^m the Gull Island ligiht up the Sonnd, steer W.i N, for abont 8 
leagues, and it will biing you up within a mile to tho southward of Falkncr's Island 
liglithousei obaeiTein ruiiBing the above course to give the Lotit; Saml Sfioal a berth i 
it Ilea south- went ward of Saybrook, '2^ miles from tbo land, and is a. narrow ahool 4 
suLm in length. From thence a 6.W. by W. % W. countu, for 3 leagues, will carry 



110 SAILIKG DIRECTIONS PHOM 

you lo a bpiili off 013 Field ligtthouae ; here steer W, i N., 6 leegaes, and liariii^ ' 

Jiwscil £nUm'ti Nttk lighthouse, a W, 'by S. i S. course will take you up toi Saiiiib 
oiDt light ; then leave thia liglit on jour port aide, and llie Execution liock» light* 
liouse on yoor slorboard. If when uj> t-o Falkner's Island you should prefer goln)^ to 
the Tiofthworil of the Middle Ground, stetr W. J S. to Str'fltl'oTd light, 2ft tnUes. und 
giving it a berth of J a mile, in 3^ lathoma water, steer S. 66" IV. for SqdiIs Poiot 
lighthouse. 

" If a ship coold have a fair departure from the middle of tlie Race, and h obliged 
io run in a aofk nicht oi* thick weather, the beat course 'would be wcat, 15 Icagoes, 
to-wards Stratford light, aa it would afiljitl the largest run on any one course, and if 
made good, will carrj' jou IJ mile south of SEmlford Point light in fi fathoma water, 
and i miles tiorlli of thu Middle Ground ; od thiif course you will leave Saybrgok, 
Pdkner's Island, and New Haven liglita on your Btarboard hand, and Plumb Island 
on your port hand ; you. will pose 3 milea south of Falkner'a Island, in 17 fhthoma 
■water. "Ticn up with Strntfoird light, and it bears north, llmilo distant, your course 
to Sands Point light ia W.S.AV., 11 leagues. 

" Should you wish to anchor undc-r Falhner'B Island, (bcre is g'ood holding ground 
on the ct=L ir west side in 2^ or 3 fathoms, but tlie beat place with t!ie wind ftxiiu tha 
"wesit, is close to the N.E. jwint of the island, the lighthouse bearing S-W. by S., in 2^ 
fathoniB. North fi'oni the island a narrow nboal puts off J of a mdc, end is bold toj 
but JOU are to the north of it when the centre of Gooae Island bears S. W. by W., and 
when the light bepi'a S.E.by E- you may run for it and qjichor." Amenean C'otrifil Pilut, 

The courso fi"om Satida Point lig^kt to Hart Island is S.W., and the distanco about 
2Jj Riiles; to the west of this there is good anchorage for vessels of any slitc. If a shi^i 
in making these; couracs good. Bbould Ik; under the netcsKitj of turuiiiff to windward, 
they must be careful Co aioid tico rocka, one called the Gaiiff^ciit/ Rixk, the other the 
Succeae Rock : the foiiucr bconi W. 38° S. froni Sands Point ughthou^e, diatant a milo, 
having a black spar-hnoy floating perpendicularly, in 19 feet wnttr, upon it; lite other 
bearing 'S.'W. hy N. from the east blulf of Cow Bay, dislant J a mile, on which an 
imn spindle ia erected. On Gangway Itock, wliich tapers to a point, there are only 
6 ftet water, making it very dan rerous ; btit Success Rock is dry at low waler: between 
tbu two is a chau nel with 2J faUionui in it ) they bear front eack other N, 40' "W. tind 
8. 40" E., being distant i of a mile. 

The course from Hatt Isbind to Tht^&'s Point light is 8.S.W.,abont a league; 
taking cnrc (o avoid the Ste/ifiin^ Siories, wnicb lie on your port band, and have a black 
Bpar-bnov upon them, in 19 feet water; they arc stecp-to, while the auundiogs on your 
ttarboard aide are regular to 3 fathoms, lii passing Throg'a Point light, do' not haul 
np until you have jiasMid it at least ^ of a mile; anl when the light lieurs N.W., steer 
■wtat. which will carry you in mid-chnnnel. A shoal extends S.S.E. from Throg'a 
Point 17 feet; but, by following the above directions, that vrill be easily avoided. 
From Tlu'og'a Point to Hunt's Harbour the courae is weat, observing to keep in niid- 
channel. 

Nearly in a line between Old Field and Stratford Points, and nearly in the middls 
of thf cluinnel, is the Middle Ground, or Stratford Shoal, alrcndy described. A Ught- 
TesSicl and two buo^s, north and aouth of each other, point out its situation ; that an 
the BonlU xide ia a white apai'-buoy, that on the north is a black one. ~Yuu ran paaa 
on either side of the shoal, for on the north aie &oni 3 to 11 fathomB, and on the sostit 
trom 12 In 21 falliums. 

From Old Field Foiat light to Eaton's Ncc^k light, tbe bearing and distance are 
'W. JN.. 13 miles; Crane Neck is '2 miles to the wealward of Old Field Point, and the 
land belweeii it and liutoii's Neck forms Smithitown Buy, in which the water Hhoola 
enidiinllv from 1^ to H lathonia. There is a repf running frotu the northern port of if 
Enlon's tJcek, In the distance of J a mile, near the edge of which are li and 5 futhoma. 
Fi'om Eaton's Neck the northern aandy point of Lloyd's Nctk h^aia W. J S., distant 

4 miles [ between them lies the deep bay of Huntington, whei-c a ship of ony etzeai*; 
obioiu onehoro^c, oidy keeping the caslern slioro on board ) the onti'ance is easy, m 
the gi'ound good. 

Within Lloyd's Harbour on the went, and Cow Hnrbour on the enat. are from 4 lo 

5 fathoin* waler, with a bottom of mud. Hi^i-e N.E. winds, blouinj^ freah, frcqueniL; 
KlPell the rise of the tidta, which com ntonlj- average from " lo 12 feet. On ihewwtcrn 

s/e/e o/Lloj-d'eKixk, ie Oyiler Bay, the entrance to which is nnrrow j when going in 



: 



KAKTtJCKET ISLAND TO PHILADELPHIA. 



Ill 



here, keep nearer Lloyd's Neck until yoohaTepassed thetailof the Middle, tliis being 
a sandy fiat, which ruai from Hoff laland. on the western aide, to the diBtaoM of ISO 
iathome ; whca t'nirly tvitluD it, tiiG liay is cleur, and the ancho-rage good tliroug'lioiit. 

From. Lloyd's Bay to Met ini cook Point, the coarse and distanee are W.S.W. J W., 
7 mile*; and from \Ietiiiieuok Point to Sands Point light, the course is nearly W.S.W., 
ond the dietacce 5 niilcB; between these two last pointa ia Hcmpated Bay, in which in 
good anchorage, kM'piiig the EitBtem shore on board. At J of a mile to die northward 
or Sanda Point lightnouse are the Elocution Kocks. 

Block Island to Gardner's Bay, wsJi Bireetiang for vntenng the mremt Har- 
hoiirt OH the northern share of Long Island iSor'i!*/.— Verwtls proceeiiug from the S.W, 
end of Block Islaud towai'de Montauk Lighlhouse Point, anoiild steer ohotit W. 5 S., 
tlie distance being '1 J IfOgBes; between tlie islotirt and point the water is deep, from 
12 to 18 fatliomB, one part esceptcd^ where about the centre of the thanncl is occu- 

5icd by a fluhilig-hank, of 6 or 7 iathome: it is oomnionly called the S.W. Ledge ; and 
Itring Wowing weather with a heavy aea, the water brealca over it. Aa yon approach 
Montauk Point you will lessen the depth of yooi' water to 9, 7, and 5 fathoms ; and a 
tandy Jlnt runs ont from the poiot, on tile outer edge o^f which are 4 and 5 fatliomo, 
rocky groiind. Ont^ide of this Hat ore several ripplings, but thcae arc not in the wa,j 
of shipping-, ha Ting B, 7, 8, and 9 fathoms over them. 

Shagwoiig HocL — Tills lies S{ miles N.W. irom Montauk Point, and extends nearly 
j of a mile N. by E. and S. by W. It is liangeroua, having only 6 to 8 feet water 
over it. 

The C-rberus Rock lies a.\mas{ midway between LotJe Islond and Fisher's Island, 
snd boB Ki^ feet over its HhnlLo west part. Frotri this nhoal. Mount Prospect, or the high 
SBDd-hiilH at the west part of Fisher's Island, bears N. by W. ^ W., distant 5^ miles; 
the GuU lighthouse N.W. by W. J W., 6 miles ; the norUi bluff part of Gardner's 
Island W.S.W., 7^ mileB; and Montnnk Point hghthouBo H.S.E. J E., 7 milea. The 
north and eaut sides of the rock are steep, having from 10 to lo fathoms within h a. 
cable's length of the shoalest jiart ; it extends N. by E. and S. W W., about J of a 
mile. On the south and west sides the water doenctis gradually from 5 to lH fntliomB. 
The tidea generally show the situation of the reef by the rippling they moke in paae- 
ing over it. 

When jiNweediflg from the eastward towards Gnrdner'B Island, yon shanld keep tho 
two bluffs, or higL partu of the land, sitaated to the westward of Montauk Point, open 
of each other until WUUs's Poiut, on the oast fiide of Fort t'ond Bay, comes open of 
Moutauk False Point, which will carry you safely through, in Irom 'J to 3 f&thoEns. 

Fort Pond Bay is averyconvenientplace for both wooding and watering; tho ground 
ia clean and good ; your anchorage, in whatever depth, most convenient. In a large 
elkip, bring WiiliaV Point to bear N.E. or N.E.by N., when yon will have, in the cen- 
tre of the bay, about 7 fathoms wntcr. There ia a pond of fresh water on the shore, 
at the further end of the buy. 

The tides set very strongly npou and ronnd Montauk Point; the flood mnning N.E., 
and ebb the contrarv. At the Shogwong Reef tho flood sets W. by S. When yon 
have rounded MoulBuk Point, in day-time, nnd are hound to Gardner's Bay, steer 
N, by W. until you clearly see the points that form Fort Pond Bay, and dlisco-ver Ihe 
Ted clifi" on the western point open of^ WiUie's, or the eaitern point 5 tlien steer W. hy B, 
for tiie hluh' end of O&rdner'a laland, and pass between Shagwong and the Cerbonia 
Beefs. 

But if ronnding the MoDtauk Point in the night, during a westerly gaie, when the 
land or light is visible, tlieo anchor when yon get the light to bear S.W. by S., in 8 
«r 9 felhoma, coarse sandy (jround. Having brought Montauk Point to the Kouthward 
of west,, it' the wentlier i.s thick, and you are unable to osoertatn vour distance from the 
point, then tlie lead will be your beat guide : run so liigh as IVlN.W. until you have 
gained 9 fathoms, then haul off: sgain ta \'<i fathoms; and, should yuu suddenly shoal 
from Hi to fi futhums, steer off N. hy E, nntil you get 1 1 and 12 mlhoms j only keep 
your lead conatantly in action, which will effectually prevent your getting on to any 
of the reefs. 

GARDKF.tt's Island. — The N.E. part of Gardner's Island lies 10 miles W.N. W. from 
Montauk Point. With westerly winds there is good riding off thiti part of the ialajid, 
which is sandy ] the morkfi for anchoring arc, Ibo high hrnds of Plum UUsuL ^.'^ - 



112 SAILING DIRECTIONS BROM 

and the §ouai part of Gardner's Islruid ia sight, Ijcaring from eontli to S, by W., in 10 
OF 12 fathumij water, on a bottom of mud ana saad. 

GARDNER'S BAY is formed by the north pnd of Gnrdner's Island imd the Boath 
end of J'lum. Island. 11" you are bound throug-h the Sound towards New York, your 
mssagv from Gardner'^ Island is between the wcat end of Plum leland and 0,viiter 
Pood, throngh which channel yoitwill 3iave from 4 to 20 fathoms -water. When going 
into the tay, you may g-o ■within n cable's len^h of Gardner's Island, wliere you will 
have 10 faUioms water. You should be riareiul not to go too near Oitll Hofk, which 
IB a single black rock between I'lum Tslnnd and Great Gull, and called " Old Silas," 
lu there is u rocliT H])at IJ mile from it, oa which there are 3 I'athoois at lov water. 
It lie§ with the following marks and boarinEs : — a house on Plum leland, (standing 
about % of the way between the middle and the N.E. end), on which the northernmogt 
of the two trce^ ^hich appear hevond the honse; the nattncnd of Plnm Island bearing 
N. by "W. \ W. or N.N. W. ; and tlio southemratiBt end of Plum Island on with the 
N.E. point of IjOng Island. In order l« avoid this rock, when going into or comitig 
out ot^ Gardner's Bay, be aura to keep the fisuth point of Plnm Island opca of the W.E. 
point of Long Island, whibt the house on Plum lalnnd is on with the norttacmniost 
of the two trees before mentioned. There are several trees ; hut these appear, when 
viewed at a dialance, to he only two. Thia sloal is called the Bedford See/. 

The passage between Plum Island c^nd thf; Gnll Kocke is not to be attempted, a> 
there are tereral eunkca rocks, and some which appear, rendering the passage dan^roua, 
In Oardner'a Bay you may anchoir ia what depth of water you please, in from S to 
fathoma. 

On the south-west side of Gardner's Island there la very good ridinp. If yon are to 
the eastward of this inland with an easterly wind, and wish to take Blielter onder the 
S.W. side, give the N.W, end of the island a large berth, and, es you open (he west 
ride of the bland, haul roiuid the N.W. point, and anchor where you please. The 
soundings are regular. 

From the weat point of Fiahor'a Island a dangnrotia reef runs off about a roils 
W.S.W., which yon must be -wtj carefnl to avoid. In entering Gardner's Bay, be- 
tween LoDg lalaudand Plum Island, and between Plum iGlanaond Fi&hi^r'i» lelaud, 
tie tide sets with great rapidity j and, in calm woather, the ripple (or roee) is heard 
at a great distance: it has the appearance of shoal gronnd, although tliere is no less 
than 20 lathoms water. 

Now Loridon lig-littoqito kept a sftirH brcodtJi open of Plum Island, will lead you up 
into the middle of Gardner's Bay, in the deepest water, and out of the tide. 

NEW LONDON. — In proceeding from Gardner's Island to New Iriindon, yon most 
leave Plntn Island and the Gull on your port, and Fisher's Island on your itarbMLrd 
aide. Between them the passage is called the Horse Race, where there ia a Btrong 
tide; if flood, settiug W.N.W., and if ebb, E.S.E, The sea breaks when there ia any 
wind, especially if it blows against tho tide j the Ruee then appear.i^ like a retf, bat 
there is no danger, except those before described. Your soundings will sometimoa be 
b ibtboms, at other times lb or IS. 

The pale on the Race Rock Ib to be left to the eastward of you ; you may paaa it 
within the distance of 10 fathoms, in 4 fathoms water. Suing through the Rate, tho 
best course for a stranger, is to bring the lighthouse on the Weat Chop of New London 
Hoihour to bear north i keep it bo, or from N. by E. J E. to N. by W. | W. nnlil 
within a miie of it : then run mid^jhannel iato the harbour, leaving the light on the 
western aide. Abreast of the town yon may luichor to 4 or 5 ^thorns water, ulaysy 
ground. 

To tail into Xew London JTarhauT, bring the light on Gull Island to bear W.N.W., 
keeping it in ttiat direction until you come within 2 miles of it. and after having poMcd 
the Race Rock, steer N. J W. Iri coniiag in or going out of New London, bring tba 
Onll light to bear S.S.W., and N-ew London hght N.N.F.., leaving the latter on your 
I>ort hand in going in, If winter time, you should keep well tfl the womtward, p«T- 
ticnlarly w^ben the wind is to the north-eastward, and stormy, and endcaiour to gain 
anchorage otf filack Point. 

The best anehorage to break off a N.E. gale, is about WJJ.W., J5 miles from the 
Ooll^ haul up, with a N.E. wind, N.W. , and run into 10 fathoms water, with a bottom 
of mud. tuid anchor immediately i yon will then G.nd yourself between Uhick Point 
and Hatcbet'e Heef: Uub will prore the beat place you cau ride in with a north-easterly 




L 



TfANTUOKBT ISLAND TO rjULADKLPniAS 

ifBle and tliick weather, when you cannot get intu the Imi'bour of New London i 
Saybi-ook light will thou bear W. by N. or W.N.W. 

There me tlu'BO dangers to be avoided, the situations of ■whioll are distinguished by 
wMto buoys, viz : — Baitk-fs Ikpf, on which is o. liglit-veesel, orA also a buoy in 3 
fathoms at high wnterj Liltlo Oosheii lieet, hnviag a huoyiu tlio same depth, at about 
15 f'athonia to thti eastward of which are land 5 latlioins ; a.nd the S.W, Lcdtn;, having 
its huoy oil ila eastern eide of the clin.ni:el, in 3 fathoms at high water, upon the west 
Hide of tilt lodge: the latter mnv bo a|i]>r(iai!hed suri'ly. Tliore are rucj'a on both sides 
of the entraac« to Ifew Louaoa Harbour, ptirticularly the SAV. Li?Jge and tho 
Biaxik Iteef or Ledge, on the eastern sidt, at | of a niib Doia bolh the eastern and 
wosteru shores ; the town ia aituated 2 miles above tlio lighthouse, and on the 
opposite Kide ifi the town af Groton, Coiniog through the Race, bi-ina; New London. 
Jiguthoueo to hear north, and sleer for it, until you have rmsscd the S.W. Ludge, then 
ruu for Ibe middle of the entrance, and in sljioding U]t the river, keep rather oil' (ho 
Gi'oton aide, 'i'licre aie icefa off I'owdLT lalonl aod the whit;; t'Otk, to clear which 
you should bring the nu'otiiig-houKO in New Londou well opeu of Fort Toiat. Com- 
mon fipnng-tidcii rise 3^ teet; fipi'itig's 5 foet. 

F\iHhe.r Direelions for New Lon-dan Harhow. — A vessel boond for New loDdon, 
havuig brought the Gull light to bear W. by N., or the light on Watch Hill Point 
N.E., may st*er so as to bring New London li^hthoiise open of Fi&her'a Island, and 
when the apiro of New London Churi^h, beariag; N. 8^ W., cornea iu one with the 
cap an Pole Hill, steeling willi it in that directiou will take you between the ftaca 
llgck and ValjpJlt Itock i or you may brjug New London liglithouse a sail'n btfadtll 
op&n lo the eastward of the charcL nuire, bearing N. 5" E., which will lead you to tlie 
westward of the Valiant Kock, and betwoon it and tho Little Gull lightliouae : thea 
procoud for the harbour as before directed. 

If the wealhei; be thick, and the channel aiould not bo seen, when bound tlirougb 
the Koce, then steer for tbei Gull iiglithouse, and keep it to the northward of wetit, 
until New London hi^hthouee comes N. 3 E., whtu steer directly towards it, and 
leave the Gull | a mile to the westward. "When the Gull lighthouse bearaS. by W.,ateer 
N.N.E. for the HoadH, nuking a proper allowance for the tidea, which are eommonly 
very strong. 

In coming out of New London, and bonnd westward, when you have left the harljour, 
bring the light to boar N.N.E., and ateorS. S.W. (ill yoo come info 15 fathoiiiH, iu order 
to clear the reefn on your Htarboaid hand. The hght-vesael now moored neal' ISartlet'a 
Keef will be of great service to vessels entering or leavijigNew London Ilarbuiir, 

By &. notice, dated Boston, May 10th, 18a2, it appeare that a vessel when leaving 
New London Hai'boijr struck on a. rock, tbe lighthouse then beaiiiig N.N,W., distant 
one mile. 

Sayhrook. — Nearlyweat from New London light, distant 11 miles, and N.W, bvW. 
% W. from the Little Gall light, 1 1 miles, is the Tiglithouse of Saybrook ; it slanda at 
the woytem aide of the harbour ; but this plnee is environed with an extensive aautlif 
bar, and can only be crossed by those well acquainted with its navigation i tio vessel 
must attempt entering, either by day or night, without being- furnished with n proper 
f ilot : it will therefore be advisitble to pass tbe light at ttuj distance of 3 or 4 miles, 
and steer onward for Falkner'a lighthouse. 

About 2j miles to the westward of Saybrook lighthouse in Cornfield Point, from 
which a long spit runs off to the westward. There is also a naiTow tiiiiik. nearly parallel 
to the coaat between them, i miles in length, named Loiii/ •^anii fihral, the middle 
of which is about I5 mile to the Buulhword uf Cornfield I'oint, on which is a depth of 
from 9 to G feet water ; a near aippioach to this will probably prove dangerous, as tlio 
edge is very steep, and it may hereafter became eonneeted, ot the N.E., with the bar 
<if the CorinectioQl River ; tlie tide sete i-ight ncroes it lo the N.W. and S.E. From tlia 
east end of the bank Saybrook UghthouBe bcais N. by E,. dlelant 2 miles. Vesaela 
bound up the So(jiid should leftve Long Sund Shoal on their Btorboatd bond. 

Fclhier'a Itluuil lijihlhmiap Los alreadv been desevihed j it bcara W. J 8. from S4vrbrook 
lighthouse, distant 4J leagues ; you will give the island a berth of S or 4 miles, and if 
boand neross the Sonnd, your couree will he W.S.W. | S. towards OldHelda Point. 

NEWIIA'V'EN.— 7/* hmmd t„ Newhiven, pvo Ffllkncr's Island a berth of n mile, 

then steer W. by N. until Newhaven light is nortli of you, in. Gj fathoms ; then steec 

[Canso to Phil.J " 



114 



SAJLtKG DIBECTIONS FROM 



north-weatwurd, giving Ihaliglit a berth of J J mile, to avoid the 8.W. Ledg«, on which 
a black buoy is placed, lying 8.S.W. ^ W.,, a mile from the lighthouse etandiii^ npoa 
Iho caslern point, whJch you leave on your efaiboard hand ; and when the U^hl htara | 
N.E., yon mny steer up N.E, hy N, for the Fort, to the north of the Palliftaflts, leariof i 
the -white buciyoii Adam'« Fall on your starboard bond. When von are aearly ubreoiiJ 
of the Fort, give it a berth of J of q mile, luid steer np N. J W. for the end of the lop^ • 
"Wharf, leaving Block Ledge, which is ^ of a mile M.W. of the Fort) on yoiu Abarboard 
hand. 

There is a spindle on the Quick's Ilocfc, -which beare from the light R. J E., dis- 
tant ^ at a mile. The buoy on. Adam's FsU bears from the spindle NAV*., diatant 
J A mile. The buoy oa the S.W, Ledge Iwoni from the spiadle W.S.W., dietuit t a 
milo, 

ViMfh eflming ffom the enitte/ird may poM between the buoy on the S.W. J^gi 
and the Bplndle, in 3 fathoms water, by keeping midiTQy between the sboaJs, vid 
lenving tlie white buoy of Adam's- Fall about J a cable's length to the eastward, steenng 
ou for the end of tha wharf. On this Bhore, in the- channel way, yon will have 3, 4, 
and 3 fathoms water, muddy bottom : by bringing ttie lighthouse to bear 8.E.. yon 
can anchor in Morris's Cove, near the eastern ^orc, in 2 fnthomi;, mad ; the courKe up 
the channel i^'ith a leading wind will be north. In ruuniog for the pier, give the Fort 
Bock a berth. 

Vesmli bound in from the ioe*itrnrd will leftTe both the bnoys on the Btarboard, and 
may safely pass within 20 rod§ of them; in bealiiig in, your soundtiigs will be 
li*oiu 4 to 2 fathoma. Stand in no further than 2 fathoms on the west sliore, far tha 
ground is hard, but after yoB get a muddy l«)ttom, being then in the channel sonndingB, 
teep the lead going, Xa keep clear of the hard gronnd on the western shore. 

Black Rocs Harroer. — Of tliia harbour it has beon observed, that from iu ecntricnl 
situation, it neCes^arilv- becomes One of great importance to vessels navigating the 
Sound at all seasons of the year, more oBpeciftlly during' the winter jtionths ; next to 
the Itorbonr of New London it is the most safe and convenient on the whole coast of 
Connectitut, admitting vessels of a large draught of water at all times of the tide. 
During the iucleincnciea of winter, when the ainmiunication with New York it 
obalructed by ice, numtroufi vessels, of all «zea, are not anfreqTicntly comptlk-d ta 
seek a harbour hero for weeks together, where they ride secure from tha dril'tiug ice 
and violence of evciy wind, in the immediate neighboorhood of a floarishing com- 
mercia] village, capable of fHniishiug every necessary repair, stores, OT retruthntcntt 
that may he required, and on as gooa teiins aa in any of the larger sea ports. 

"W^c have alreody given a deaerlption of tiie lighthouse ; bcsidea which there ia now 
a small beacon- light erected upon (he Cows, about a mile S. J W. from the oclasL-nal 
Btonc edifice. This harbour ia to the weptwovd of Newtield Bay, end formed by Fair- 
weather Liland on the cost, and a reef, called the CiiiDj, on tlie west; the lighthouae ia 
Bt the southern part of the island; it is a safe and ooavenient harbour, easy of access 
but RO situated that no direet or unvarying conrse eou be given to the mariner, so u 
to enable bim to steer forihe entrance, that being entirely dependent upon thediataneo 
the ship may bo &om the light at the time you first midie it ; therefore you most 
exercise your judgement, by varying the btanng of Uie light as you draw in lowajda 
it, which nifty he done vt'ry readily bv observing the following rules : — In coming fhtm 
the westward, if you arc desirous of entering the harbour, so as to steer clear of the 
Cowa, you must bring tlie light to bear N. by ^V^, and then rUn directly towards It, 
nnlil you are witliin Uie distance of J of a mite, whence you may stretch westward in 
a flpe beating ehaniicl, with f>'liil1 5 to 3 fathoms in it, and good ground; on approaching 
tlio light, whioh Btanda on the cast Hide of tlio harbour, Utc depth gr&dually shoals to 
about 2 fathoms. The raouth of the horbouT, although not wide, ia easily token, and 
the light brought due east will bring you tntA the harbour. 

On the easternmost of the Cowa Kocks is. a beacon-light ; from this point a roek 
extenda 83 fathoma, over which arc 8 feet at high water, making iu the whole a distance 
of 203 fatlioras. The li^ht from hente bears N. hy E, \ E. Having pasised this rtxrk 
or point, the harbour will be fairly open from aortli to \V.?J.W. The ground for some 
diHtanco to the south of the rock is hard, but witli tbc lead constantly kept going it 
will hr soon found to deepen. 

In Keirficld Bnij, wliith b to the enatwai-d of the Island of Fairweather, (hcr« ia 
jfoini ami saf/f anchomge diuing all winds from W.S.W., by the nortb, to N.NJ£., 




NANTUCKET ISLAND TO PHILADELPHIA. 



115 



n 



i 



I 



quite up to Bridgeport Harbour, a dbfanoc of 2 milos. Tho ghoro on the eastern aide 
of the tight le bold to, hnying 3 fathoma close aboard the light, BJid oontinuiug aa 
nndJ jou get quite down to the south, point of the inland. 

This bayj to the leeward of the light, between that and Bridgeport, is one of the 
legt bays for anchorage on tbo northom shores of Long Island Sound, and has from 
4 to 3 fathomji -water, the. light hearing West. In COUltsis heM from the eastward, after 
passing Stratford Point light, the courae to Black Heck light "will be W. bj N., and 
yon can keep in aonndiiiga , an the atarlward Bide, of not less than 4 tathoraa, and to 
the part not more than 8 fathoms. 

Bridgeport HiRHonit. — Havinj stated that the entrnnoe to Bridgeport Harbour 
IE distant from Fairireitthcr Island about 2 miloa, we should observe that this ia a 
shoal harbour, but has been lately buoyed, as follows ; — 

On Marelhand's Flat is a buoy; on Allen's Flat is another, bearing S. | W. from the 
outer beacon, distant a milo \ and on S'tony Bar is a third buoy, bearing S.B. from the 
beacon, distant 150 yards. 

Veesek bound into Bridgeport Harbour must leave the outer buoy on the port side, 
and Bteer for the beacon, leaving the buoy on Stony Baj to the starboard, and Allen's 
!Flats to the port. The heacons on 'Well's Point bear aliout N.E. from the outer beacon, 
which stAuds Upon the Weat Flats, distant nearly 350 yards. 

No stranger ought to attempt thia harbont -without the assistance of a pilot. 

LONG ISLAND, SoutH Side, — From Montant Point this island extends about 
W. by S., 34 leag-uca. In proceeding along the soufli aide of the island, the land is 
generally low and level, exce-pting a fijw hills lying about 10 miles to the westward of 
Kontouk Point ajid the Hempstcd Hills, wtiich are 319 feet above the level of the sea. 
Along the south coast of the island a Jl<it extends about J a mile from, the shore ; the 
east end of this flat is sand; middle and west port, sand and stones. When Montauk 
Point light bears nortli, 7 or 8 miles, your course along' the EOuth shore of Loog 
Island n-Ul ha W.S.W., 22 leagues, and west, 12 leagues; at about 12 nilles distant &om. 
the island you will find &oni 12 to 18 fatlioms water, and from that distance to 2I> 
IcagncB the WAtcr deepens to 80 fatlioms} in tJiu latter depth you -will have oazy ground 
and sand, -with blue specks oo it. About 4 loagues off the cast end of the island yoo. 
will have coarse sand and small stJlnes; and at the satae dist&nce &oin the ioiddle and 
-west end, there is small wLito stuid and gravel, with black specks. 

There are a few inlets on the south side of the island. The iirst one of any importance 
is Fire Island; here is a lighthouse, which hears from Sandy HookE. by N., 12 leanest 
it is elevated W feet ubove the level of the sea, ia visible A leagiies, and revolves in 1^ 
minute. Firo Island inlet ia navigable for vessls drawing 9 feet water ; it ia auhject 
b> change, and those who are acquainted with its entrance are guided by ttio breakers 
when entering. The shoal off Fire Island ligLtliauBe extends about a mile fram tlie 
shore, and a mile from where the lighthouse stands ; it is bold-to on the eastern side, 
havnig t) fathoms close to it. 

Gliijo, Crow, and Hag Island Jnhtt are all barred harbonra, haviog very little water. 
Socktiiray Inlet is abont 9 miles N.E. of Sandy Hook. This bar is subject to change, 
and extends 'i miles from the shore: the depth on the bar ia about 12 tcet at low water. 

Should yon make Block Island, when it bears north of you, distant 1 or 5 leaeues, 
yoa cannot see any land to the norlhwaj-d or eaatward ; but aa you near the isload, 
you -will ace Montauk Point to the westward, making a long low point, running out 
eoatward, on which is the lighthouse \ steering from hence about "W.S.W., Long laland 
will, wJion at a distance, appear broken, hke islands; and when you bring Pii'e Island 
light to bear north, in 10 fat.homft, a W. by S. eour&o will carry you up to Sandy Hook 
light. Tho quality of the bottom is varioua, viz: — yellow, rod, brown, blue, and gi'ey 
sand, within short distances. 

Yon will SCO the Highlands of Naveaink before jou come in sight of Sandy Hook. 
On the Highlands, wkieh is the mcKjt remarkable land on that slmre, two lighthomiea 
• are erected. 

Should you happen to nmke the land to the eouthword, and fall in with Cope May, 
(on which us a lighthouse, exhibiting a revolving Ught once in 3 minutes), the greatest 
caution is necesaajT, to avoid the shoula neai- ^e tape, as well as the 5-fathom bank 
Wing in the parnllol of the cape, and 15^ milcfi to the eastward of it. having otilj 12 
feet water on ite ahoolest par£ In thi:^ weather, come no nearer this ^ort at t 



1 




116 SJilLlNG DIEECTIONS FROM 

cooBt than 20 or 19 fatbomfi; but when to the Boj'thwiu'd of 39° N., jon niBy MiTely 
appraacli to l3 oi' 14 tatUoms. There is a light-veEscl moored near tlio fi-falbom 
Ijauki at lOJ miles distant from the land, which allows two lights, ori geparatt; niiislB, 
and al)cll is lolled in foggy weather. On Ihe south sidi? of Barncgiite Inlel ia a lijied 
li^ht; it stands in latitude 39' 4li' nortli. The slioaJa off Baiiiegate do not raich 3 
tniiee fraoi t\\e knd. 

The BoundingB ore very rcguUr all along the eoDet of New Jersey, when snilin^ (rnni 
Barnegate towaids Sandy Hook i when to the southward of the hghta on tlif Uighluuds, 

EDU must uot open the northern or fixed light tothe westward of the southern revolving 
g^ht, BA it would hring' you t«o near the Jei-sey shore. 

"When the light-vessel on tlie fi-fa.thotn bani bear's S. W., 6 or 7 mileB, von may Htecr 
N.E., about 12 or 1^ IcagucH, Ihis will hrino; you up to abreast of Little !Kgg llarbouri 
and about i leagues from the land, in 15 fatlioms ; from theacc a N. br E. courite, about 
20 leagues, will bring you up to near the lighl-vcs»el off Sandy Hook. 

"As- a iiumlier of veasels haye bepn lost, bound to Ifcw York, fi-oin hcnTing-to witli 
^eir heads on Bhore, we cannot too atixingly utm on the ship-mosler the neutsaity, tf 
ha M iu duuitt nj hU posilton, of heavinrf-ta tcith his head uffahore," — Coast PHoi. 

HE'W TORK K&IL&OVB. — Tlio entranc* to New York Harlmur lies between 
Sandy Poiut -on the south, and tho S.W, part of Loog lalaod on the north. The 
former ia distinguished by its hghthouao j while from the latter a larffc sand-bank 
extendii, which very much narrows the ehannel entrance. A sort of bur may be usid 
to stretch quite across it; and the greatest dqitha ovur tliis wiil he found by two buoys, 
the BDuthern one white, and the iiurthem oqe black, between wliich U (lie ouatoniary 
paiJBnge of 3| and 3 fatlioms water ; they ara placed about 2^ miles E3I.E. oud EiObt 
frffm [lie lighUiouee. 

CITY 0¥ NEW YORK.— The Bituotion of this city has been mesthaippilyselMWd, 
and eomprehends the enh-ance to the Hudaob'a River, with its branching canals, by 
means of which, a water commani cation has been extended to Lakea Krie, Huron, 
Micliiagan, and Superior: thus forming the most stupeiidoua ropo-silory of fresh water 
on the face of the globes while the canal, joining Lakt^ Erie to the Ohio, cHtablishca an 
internal navigation from New York to the Ohio, Missouri, Mississippi, Pitsburg, 
Cinuinnatti, St, Loub, New Orleans, and Gulf of Mexico, — o. lino of uflparallelcd 
length, utility, and mngnificence. 

The following lights ore near the cutrouco, and within the harbour of New York. 

The LIGHT-SHIP ia about 360 tons burthen, ahoiring two ligbts, and t« anchored 
off Sandy Hook. The foremost light is 50 feet, and the after one GO feet: she U 
pro^'ided with a bcl!,SnO pounds weight, which iarung in thick weather; sbe is moored 
in ISrathums, with Ijaiidy Hwl< light be«riug W,byN., 61 miles, and the Highlaadi 
lighthouHoa W.S.W., distant 7 miles. 

The highlands LIGHTS.— On the Highlands of Navesini are two hghthmiMa, 
100 yardfi apart, bearing N. 2.3' W. and S. "iS," E. from each other ; the southcm light 
IB a revolving one, end without doubt tho best light on the coast of the United Stnt«« i 
the northern light is flxedi oud txith lig'hts are about 248 feet above the sea, and 
risible 2*2 miles. 

SANDY HOOK LIGHT is a fixed light, situated on tiie northern part of Sandy 
Hook, and elevated OU I'eot above the sea; visible generally about 4^ leagues, sometimoa 
at a much greater distance. 

HOOK BEACONS,— Two beaeons ore erected an the Hook, both of which im 
lighted at night. Tlie westcmmust ranges for the bui^ of the S.W. spiti and thv 
eflstcmmoHt ranges for Uio buoy of the Upper Middle. 

FORT TOMKINS LIGHT, Staten /*/DJirf.— There is a light near to Fort Tomkins, 
whieli marks out the western point of the narrows ; it is a tixed light, 8"J feet ubuve 
the level of the eea, and visible 14 miles. 

ROBIN'S REEF LIGHT stands 3| miles northward oC Fort Tomkina light, and 
tuarks the western edge of the channel up to the city. 

PRINCE'S BAY LIGHT.— This light stouds near tic S.W. part of Staten Island. 

on the west aide of Pi-ince's Bay; it ia a fixed light, and Sandy Hook lighthouse bi>ar* 

from it S. 71" E., distant 10 miles. The lighthouse is erected on a hill, 77 feet above 

■tffA water, derated 106 ftclj and -risible li5 miles ; the building is TO feet bum 

ita boMc. 



I 




ITL BEACON. — A ffiUnite boiWOtl, 25 feet high, has been enacted On the PT.W. 
point af tlie Romei- Bank, and feet a.Lovo the wnter. It watt intended aa a gnidu for 
the Swash Chainiel; but bfiiig placed at the "wroTig end of Ibe hLohI, vcssoltj bound ill 
will infallibly get on shore if they run for iti It Beara from the liglit at tkc narrows 
B. 15' E., and from Sandy Hook N. 10' W. 

TnE Eastern Chamnel lies between the Homer and Long Island, This passage 
has bocD Iiuoj'ihI off by ten. buoyis; those on the poit hand, ^hen coming in, ure blaek- 
Bod-white, in horiaontal stripes ; tlioa-e on tlio utarboord hand ore red -and-blatk ; tlio 
depth of water is from SJ to 6 fatlioms. The tide sets fiiii- tliwiugh the ehauuGlj and 
it IB high water, full and chungG, at 7h. 3.5m. 

The Falsk Hook Channel ia the choimcl which runs along the shores of Sandy 
Hook, hayiaz the S'alte S<i<rk Bank, the Oil Sjtot, acd the OiUer MiddU Gri?imd^ oa 
its eastern side. Vessels of not too heavy a draught of water, when coming from the 
Bonthward, may keep along the New Jersey shore up to Sandy Hook lig'lit; and when 
it bears w-est, steer about N, by E., until the water deepens in ttie Main Ship 
Channel, and pi'ocoed, qb directed hereafter, for New York. 

If bound into Prince's Bay, wkfii within Bandy Hook Bay, bring the ligtt 
to bear W.N.W., and ran for it, anchoring as near the shore as you tliiak proper. 
There is a shnal Ivinf sOUtb-enstwBTd of the light, on which a buoy ia placed, to bo 
left on your port hand gjoing in. E.S.E. g E. from the lig-ht will take you uti the north 
point of the shoal. Never bring the light to hear to the northward of W.N.XV. 

False Hook. — At 1 j mile eaat, northerly, fram Snndy Hook hght, is h Braall spot, 
with only 12 feet on it at low water. It is the remains of the Old Folgc Hook. 

Oil Si-ot. — E.S.E. , l^ mile from Sandy Hook light, ia tie Oil Spot, having onlv 
10 feet oa it ui one place. It ia of a triougultu' ataape, about ^ a mile ia cjttcDt on each 
aide. 

F BEARINGS FROM PRINCE'S BAY LIOHTUOUSE. ^M 

Toint of the Navcsbk HUls 3. di" E. ^M 

Sftudy Hook hgbthoose B. 71° E. ' V 

gptLT'bvoy ort the north side of the Round, or 3tliddle Shoal, at the entraTico of 
Prince's Lay, S. 86' E. 

Navesink Hills extend N.W. and S.E., nearly S.W from Sandy Hook to Ronton 
Bay, and is very commonly the first land the mariner dtscovers. Mount MiteheU, 
vluch is the loftiest of these hills, is 282 feet high ; Tomkin's H ill, on Staten Island, 
is 307 feet hi^h ; and llcuip^tcd Hill, on Long letlond, is. 319 feet high. 

The following are the hearings, couracB, and dietancBH of the can-buoya now pliced 
in the harhoor of New York ; — 

The black buoy on the bar bears £, by N. from the lighthouse, distant 3^ miles, and 
ranges with th? lighthouse and Moant PLeasaat, in Jersey. 

The while buoy on the bar bears E. ^ S. from the light, diatant If laile, and south 
from the black buoy, diatant l^ mile, uud ranges with the west beacon and block- 
house. The cbannel is between these buoys. 

The black buoy on the S.W. spit bears Tf.W. byTV. fromthe lighthouse, distant 2{ 
loileij, and ranges with the west hcoeon and lighthouae. 

The while buoy of the Knoll or Nob, beatB N.W. J N. from the lighthouse, distont 
4^11 miles. 

The bhick buoy of the Middle bears N. lfi° W. from the lighthouse, diatant 5 miles, 
and ranges with the east beacon and lighthouse. 

The white buoy of the Woat Bank bearB N. 15' W. from the lighthoase, diatant M 
miles, and ranges with Sn.ako Hill, in New Jersey, and the bluff of Staten Islnndi, 
where the telegi'oph now stands, and where thu lightliouse is erected. 

In December, 1847, the following buoys were ploeed in Gcdiiey's Channel. These 
buoye are painted of eolonr Himilar to those of like buoys in the Deluwftre. They ore 
in black-and-white vertical stripes, these being the colours which are henceforth 
Bpecialiy to moi'k buovs placed in the said channel ; those just placed in Gedney'a 
(Channel ure (minhort^d on the head as Ibllow .— G.I., Q.2., 0.3., No. 1 being the 
southernmost or outermost. 



p 



118 SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 

Bf order of Coagressr iLere Bxe to be tlie following "buoys laid do'wn : — 

between the Ocean and the City of Nem York, 



5 bloclc Hpar-buojB between, tie out«r bar and the black can-hiioy of the spit. 

4 ditto b&twc«n the can-biiav of the apit, iind the cim-buDr of the 

Middle. 

3 ditto between the enn-baoy of tbe Middle and Coney iHland, 

4 ditto on the ahoal opposite Gowanies buoy. 

1 ditto on the S.E. port of the nuDs of Flinn's Knoll, in 3 Ikthomd 

■wa.l&r, bearing aorth fi'oin Sandy Hook lighthouse. Vessels 
commg In fi'om sea, going' up the Ship ChanDcl, mUBt leave it 
on Che Bturboiml band ; and tboaq bouni througb the Swaab 
Cboiincli on the port hand. 




On the teest aide i^ the Main Channel. 



1 block Epar-buoy on the north aide of the Round, or Middle ShoBd, opposite to 

Prinoc's Bay. 

4 white epar-buoye between the white can-buoy of the bar and the point of 8(U)dy 

Hook. 
6 ditto between the can-bnoy of the Knoll and the cas-bnoy of the 

West Bank. 

4 ditto betmi^en th^ can-buoy of the West Buik &nd Stateil Island. 

3 ditto between the point of Robin's Reef and Bcdlow'a Island. 

N.B. Ab yoa pasa the can-buoy of the Kno!l, yon make the new ligLthouae la 
Frinco'a Bay, beanng west from tho KnoU buoy. 



% 



In the Eatt Riwr and Long Island Sound. 

1 white apar-booy on tbe Middle Ground, opposite to Buahwick Creek, where th« 

dry dock is located, 

1 blade ditto .... an the Gaveraor's Table, Rlackwell'a Island. 

1 ditto on Lawrence's Reef, Houth horn West Chester Cre«k, BUT 

Long Island. 

In Bailing up Ship Channel, tho white baoys oja to be toft on the port, aiid the 
black buoys on Iho atarboard side. None of these buoys are in less than 10 feet 

wate-r. 




AHTUCKET ISLAND TO PHILADEUUIA. 



119 



)ntECTI0ir8 FOR laTTEHING THE BrFFERENT CKAiinfELS OF 

NEW TOEi: HiRBOTm. 

IVom the Chart of the Safbour.- — U.S. Coast Survey. 

"Vessels from ihe eastward of Jones's Beach (New Inlet) bound in to Sandy Hook, 
■lioald keep in 10 fathoms water, froin -wlienee the eourse is west, until they moke 
Bajidy Hciok light, which can generally be bccd, iti fair weather, 10 miles. 

"GEDNEVS CHANNEI,.— Leaat water 23 feet. Bring the lightiiouse on Sandy 
Hook to range with the black buoy, and tke beacon on Homer to bear W.N W. Steer 
"W.N. W. with the ebb, and W. hy N. with the flood-tide, until you drop into 6 fathoms 
'Water, when the lighthouse will range with a clump of trees on the Highlands, with 
the eastcnj side cnt down squaro ; you then Ucec for the east beacon on tho Hook, 
keeping it a littlG on the port bow imtU yon get mid-ahannel way, when yau steer for 
the buoy of the N.W. Spit. 

"NORTH CHANNEL.— Least water 20 feet. After Tnakinff the lighthouse, bring 
it in range with Mount Fleaaant; it will then bear W. by S.^ ana run on iu that coarse 
till near the black buoy on the bar ; thence steer west, keeping: nearer to Sandy 
Hook, until up with this S.W. Spit huoy, which ia black ; tho niork for the S.W, Spit 

■buoy is, the west beacon and hgnthooee in one. 
■ "SOUTH CHANNEL. — Least water 21 feet. When off the taTCrn at Long 
Branch, give the Jersey shore a berth of 3 miles ; you are then in &om 8 to 10 fathoms 
water ; steer north, a little easterly, until up with the white buoy, which is in mid- 
channel, then run for it. Stfeer N,W. if ebfc, and N.W. by W, if flood, until in the 
main-ehaanel way, when you can run for the Hook, giving it the same berth as 
bcftiro directed. 

" If hound through the Swash Channel, which r-equiroB §Qinc local knowledge, bring 
the white house, on Staten Island, on with the gap of States Island Hills, w£ch ia in 
a N.W. course : this will bring you up with the black buoy on the Upper Middle j 
fi^ini ihcncc keep the middle of the narrows open, and steer for tho light on Robin's 
Kecf. From thence (a the city you keep the battery opea with the wcstem side 

■of Governor's IijUnd. 
'; Tee S.W. SPIT CHANNEL WAY After getting round the buoy of the S.W. 
Spit, Btcer N. by E. until up with the black bnoy of tlieUppcr Middle, where Sandy 
uook light aad the east beacon will range ) &om whence ateer ae before directed for 
the city* 

"A white house- on with the western end of Pigeon Hill, carriea yon in tho beat water, 
nndl up with the while buoy of the Knoll : you then bring the house on with a single 
[tree on the hill, until up with the black buoy of the Upper MiddlCr 

■■■ To avoid the West Bank, keep Rohiii's Iteef lighthouse open with the bluff of 
Itaten Islnnd. 

Vessels ea.ught off Rockawsy Bar can steer S.W. far the Sandy Hook light, and 
Lave not Leas than 15 feet water. 
^^ " Vessers drawing not over 1 8 feet water, may enter the bar anywhere between the 
^Ktwo buoys, and run for the east beacon. 

^1 " The above <]epth8 are at low water ; and the oowees and beatings ^ro by compnsB, 

^■^ " Longitude of Now York City Hall, west of Greenwich Observatory, 74'' W 45". 

^■Variation of the magnetic needle at Sandy Hook, January, 1B44, 6° 51' west." 

H DIRECTIONS.— After making the HighluncU orNaTeBink,runin boldly to within 

^'S miles of the beach, and in steenug along to the northward, observe to keep in about 

8 I'uthoms water, until you got the Hook fighthouae to hear W. | N. ; then if you have 

a round hill, culled Mount Pleasant, some distance in Jerfley, in one with the land, 

about i of a mile to the southward of tlio lighthouse, you are la a fairway to pass the 

bar (Mount Pleasant when in one with Ulock lishthouae leads to the black, or northern 

barbuny) ; eteering in about W. by N. until you are ove»it, you will have 3J fathntas 

at low water on tho bar, and when over, 4^ and 5 fathoms. Pass the Hook liglithontie 

aboaC i a mile, at w hie b distance you will liave>3 and 6 tathome; wliea you nave lbs 



I 



no 



SAILING DIHECTIONS PROM 



point of tlie Hook, on wliich the beacon etnnda, blearing S.S.E., you may then liaul to 
th'fi eouFhvrorti, rouad tbo Uouk, and come to an anchor fiom 1 lo 2 miJes distant, the 
Hook bearing from east to N.E., in about SlothoiiWp good lioldiog ground. ^VIlc^ you 
make Lnng Islond you should kec-p samenhiit a good ofilng, to avoid the Ea&t Bank, 
oLsert^ng the heforf-ttientiiiiied Itadiiig-Jiinrka for the bar. 

Wiion proeeediiig np to New Ifgrk, i^Iien oif the S.W. Spithuoy, KiviDg it a hpttt 
of nhout B oable's length on yuurstarlioard hand, your course up wdl Be N. byE. J E., 
<i miles (you wi!l now have tlit narrows opun), leaving the black bnoy on the .Middle 
on your starboard, and the white haoys onthtKnollnnd West Bank on yourport hand. 
Between the buoy on the West Haak and Staten Island there is a s/ioiil, diy at low 
ivatcr i to avoid it, keep SiinlcL' Hill, tlie westcrnmoHt uf two bummockaon the .rersey 
ohore, oiicn of tlio bluJi' of Blnten lEl^iiid. Steering" N. by W., about -1 milca, will carry 
you through the narrows, to within u mile of Itobin's Heef light; from thence to tlie 
city of New York the oouibg up is nearly N.E. by N., ahoat 3^ miles. 

OhacTTP : the above are mid-clidnnel courses, without any refLTcnce to the eficcti of 
the tidox, which should ha taken into accuurir, as tlie Uimd-tide sets strong tu the 
westward when below the norrowB, aud the ebb to tbe eastward. 

Iv THK NiGllT. — When you arc abreast of the S.W. Spit, the two lights on the 
Highlaada will range, when you may stter N. hy E. 1 E. until you make the upper 
buoy of the Middle, when the east beacon and 8-andy Hook lights will be in one; aAer 
passing the Upper Middle yon will deepen your watir to G ffltboms, when you uiay 
steer north, a little westerly, through the naiTows towards Kobin'a Hc'ei' light; from 
tJw-'neo to the eily, mid you will tictpen your water to 7, 8, 10, end 12 fathoms. 

Exclusive of the daagers bi'fore described, thei-o is nothing further to obBtmct the 
navigation to New York, the cnai^t hciag very steep nenr the pisint of Governor's Itflund, 
and the rocks near tho hattory point do not extrad above irfil yards from shore. There 
is good aafhoMge in 8fatlioiusjabwQstof theold church; but in ti fathoms the ground 
la bad. 

It is high water, on the full and change days, at Sajidy Hook, at Th. 29a). ; bnt the 
atrenm of tide continues to act in, nt the rale of 2 knots, until Sh. At New York, at 
Oov^mor'B Island, Sh. 19m. ; siiringB riso 5 feet 8 iuuheB, noapa 3 feet 8 inches. 

The vei'tical rise of the spriiig-tide is about 5£ feet^ bat it in Bomctimes checked by 
the wtjstoi'ly or north-westerly xviiids, so as tolower the water on the bar to 3^ futhouia. 
Easterly or north .easterly winds have frequently raised it to 5 latlioms. 

The flood sota s-trongly to the westward (rum the S.W. Spit until above the Upper 
iliddie, whencu it rana up in the ehunnel- course to the Dorrowe, 

The tide, during the hut quarter-ebb, aets from Noi'th of Hudson's River around 
Foi-t Point, iliid Eowa up the East River, at the rato of 3 knots ; whtnc*, with a likft 
■CBlocity, it returns S hours before the North Itiver high-water time. ThU tkflbrds 
great convenience to ehipH in Hliifting their berth from one river to tbc other. Ships 
nf war m&y, during; the summer seoaon, ride in citherriver, in tbe stream) in the winter 
they hanl-to, or moor between the whai'ves. The ticdve-frtt Mye off the town, and 
the miiiken urrecks nnd chsvatix-de-friie, are shown hy tho ripple of the tide. 

The beat passage up the East Itiver is to the northward of Governor's Island, keeping 
mid-channci until you are imat the rouky flata off Long Island, oppoaitc the Care4.'ning- 
jiud and (he S.E. reef of New York Island, which runs oat 150 lathoma in a 9oath«-ly 
diroetion from Red Bank; from this the Long Island shore is bold to Biishwiok Creek, 
where it shoals a little way off I'at Point. 

" In order tp clear tho York Island Shore-flat, opposite Bushwick Creek, borrow towards 
the creek, keeping the water-mill on Waliabout-hny on or open westward of ItrookSeat 
Chuj'ch spire on a hill to the weatward; you may sail close under tho bold rocky ciifib 
on. the Western shore. 

Blind Hock nnd Govemnr'a Table Roqk extend StW.. 600 litthoma, on a ran«r from 
Blaekivell Island, which form tlio two channels of tho river, Tho channel on the we*t 
side of tho iwhind is clear, and deep, n bout's length from the ahorea. There is a sunken 
I'ucA' two-thirds of the way up the eastern channel, about 30 fathoms from tho starboard 
shore. 

Before you enter into either of tbe Blackwell Island Channels, if flood, h-t the tide 

be /uwrSj- fppat; il ebb-tide, endeavour, by stemming: the stream, which con tinuce swift 

and/ a guarUT of an hour before tho turn of the tide, to reach Hurl Ciale at low wntw 



wnmmsmnnmmm^^mt 



1 



slocli \ the most dctdrable tiiim to get th.rough. As you ran up botweon Flood Rock, 
"wMoh ia steep-to, ajid the point of Long Island, liear up more easterly, keeping mid- 
clmnnot. Tha leaat drain of tide will hIiuw Iho Hog's Bank dangers on your port, and ^ 
"tlie Pot Rock on your starboard, by the uncommon rippling and boiling- appearance of fl 
'the -water. H 

There )$ ?ufGcieit depth for large skips until you come up with Margh I^lc, ■where 
it shoflla, and forma a bar across the channel, with onljf 4 fathoms at the top of hi^h 
inttbr ; and about oii^-third of the way over team, the isle there is a single roeh, witb^l 
no more thim 10 feet water. V 

To retiai'Ti tlirough Hurl Goto, high water slack is the most conrenient time, as the 
tide is fayoui'able down to fTew York; there ia, however, Bufficient depth at low water 
for any ship in the Gate. Should the pilot have miscakulated the tide, and thi^ ship, 
with a BtroTig favourable tide and a leading breeze, have advanced near the Gate, j;oii 
must attend the true set of the atreuni, in which jou may easily keep the ship with, 
lofty sails, low sails being liable to be becalmed by the land. Tlio principal ebb-atream 

Ikaas rciujid Mill Rock, which is vury hold, whence it turns short to the southward b 
Flagalaff Point, in the western Blaokweli Island Channel. The passage between Mil 
Kock ftuii Scott's Cap is detp, but very narrow ; the nouthernmoat passage, betweea 
Flood Itoek and Lon^ I;iLaud, is med an the flood only, when the stream leada fair; 
through. 
It ha^ Veen asserted that Hud Gate aad the noiTDw passasx) leading' into Long' 
Ifilond Sound, may be passed, even by frigates, at the time of slack water; and that 
smallsiiijJsand^'eKsols, with a commanding' breeze, may sail throngh at all times with 
the tide. On the flood, when bound into the Sound, you will pBEW to the sonthward of 
H the Flood Rock, whieh. is, the sotithoromoHt of three remarknble rocks lying in thafl 
V passage. On the ebb, ^ ou will go to the northward of the Mill Rock, the stream set- V 
tiag la that direcdun, and forming eddicu in the Flood Pa.iBB|^, which icn.dei's it, at 
that time, umafe. The Pot, on which there are 10 feet at low water, shows itself 

■ distinctly by the whirlpools | aad ali^o the Paw, which is part of the Hog's Bank. ^ 
A Hont, or ope iTLting- vessel is now moored over the Put Ruck, Hurl Gale Clianneh^J 
She disjilays a u'/ictii Jioi at tUi? mast-head by dny, and a red lighi during the night. 
It b very uesirahlfr that large sleamcra, while passing throagh the Gate, should sLuckcn 
H their apted, as the great swell caused by their unusual rapid progrc^ea thi'ough tha 
H channel, will greatly interfere with the operating-Teesel. This vessel is I'l feet long, 
^M &nd !2S feet widI^, with bow and stern tcnnina.tii>g in a paint. The sides are wrought- 
H iron cylinders, pointed red. The fioat is mooted with four anchors, one at each quarter. 
H It is aho fumuhed with one of Froncie's metallic hfe-hoats as a tender. !iQtic9f^ 

■ Attgmt, 1S51. ,■ 
H From MiU'sh Island, eastward, the Sound is navlgahio hy the largest ships. Tlis^ 
H Btrenjn continues moderate for about 3 leagues to Throg Point, where the New York 
H tide meets the Sound tide in a contrRry direclioD, causing u complete s(aeiiHtion. 
H Th'E Sliip Giannel is to the northward of the Two Brothers lalandB and Holletis, or 
H Hikers Island, observing to keep nearer to the main nntii past Lawrence Reel', whi'Ch 
H extends i of the channel over from the east point of Flushing Bay, and thence keep- 
H ing clear of the northern shore until you have doubled Throg Point Peninsula, 
H your course to City Island will bo neiirly N. by E., J a league. Do not borrow CojS 
H wards the western side of the peninsula, on ncconnt of the Mud Flat, wtiich extcnd^^ 
H from it towards the City Island an chorago, The Stepping Stones, which partly dij at 
H low water, leave a sufficieiU channel to work up or down. The Executioner's Rocks, 
H vhieh are dry at half-tide, lie N.E., jast 2 milca irom Hart Island, and north, About a 
H mile fi-ora Sands Point lig-hthouse i Uie channel which mns to the southward of them 
H ismost frequented. 

H Between Hart Island and Sands Point light, nearly a mile dista.nt from the latteri 

H lies the Channel Rock, on which is a black Hpnr-huoy, to he left to the sonthward in 
H aasEing. About \ of a mi!c trom Channel Rock is the S.W. Rock, sometimes dj-Y at 
^1 low water ; it has a whito spai'-buoy upon It, and must be left to the southward who^-^ 
H passine. Hereabout the Sirnud widens ; and the bays of Long Island Sound, whicl^| 
H Dave- already been described, aHbrd variety of anehoragcs. ^| 

H If you are heating to windward, oil' the Houk, waiting for a pilot, or for a wind^| 

H either by night or by day, in standiuK lo the northward, nnd yoii suppose the light^f 

■ house to bear west Irooi you, you will be near enough to Long Island, l^'hen yoj^| 
H [Ca»80 io Phil.] ^. ^^| 



r 



122 SAILING DIHEOTIONS fROM 

approach Long Inland the M-cndin^ ath fijic vhite sand -, but on tlie Jer«&y «hore the 
somidingB are conTBec and durker. There is -what is called a Hook oluianel in ibii 
passage, in which the soondingH are mnd and sand- 

HAEBOTTH-MASTEB'S EEGUXATIOSS FOK THE PORT OF SEW YORK. 

1. No veesel Bball be moored in the atretun ncBrer tlian | of the distance from the 
'wluirvea to Long Island; tior shall any vessel lie at siD^le anchor within that diiitano* 
more than ont' da-y. 

2. Any vessel which shaH fool another, moored properly in tlie iCrpELm, shall bs 
liable for all damogeH, 

3. All -vGHBi'tH lying at the wharres or pi-ora, or in the basiDS or slips, shull, onleflB 
fibhemlBe directcu, lie with Cbcir heads up uic dock ; have tiieif loiver ond topsail Tarda 
well topped by thest.arbwird lii'ts; their moveable Ibrc-aiid-aft spars and siiritsiiil yard* 
ri^ed in ; et«i'n davita, outiiggera, and boomkins uashipped ; and the aiiehors takeii 
tip, with the cruWD in^ upon the forecastle. And any vessel which shall, throaeji 
failing to comply with this regulation, be the means ut' dnmago to another, shall be 
liiible for tlie [lt)m4go- 

4. All TesKcIs at the end of a wharf or pier, bIibII lutul either way to aeeommodato 
Tessek soing in at ooming ont. 

6. All vosseta not discharging orrecGiTin^ their cargoes, Bholl make room forveSBel* 
needinr immediate accommodatiun; tlione "wbhing- to diBcfaaj*^ to have the- prcfcreQoo 
of burth to thoap loading-. Veasela returning, or nutting into port iu'disitrc*.*, alwayB 
to be finit accomtuudatcu- Ab to the fact of vessels being bonajide employed in ttieM 
particulars, the harbonr-mastep ie sole jndge. 

6- All veasele shall have on board a ship-k coper, or person to take care of them ; and 
if any vcasel ehaU be required to remore, and no pcraon be found on board for that 
pnrpoae, the barboar-master -sKaU cause the same to be removed at the expense of the 
master, owner, or conaignee, who Bhall be liable for all damages occasioned by meli 
VeeseL 

7. No Teanel shall be moored or fastened in anch a place or manner as shall, in aaj 
way, obatmct or interfere with the steam or steam ferry-boats, at any fenj of (lua 
city. 

B. No ballast shall be thrown overboard, on tbi's aide of Sandy Hook, below loi»- 
wat«r mark ) and in tht horbonr, all ballast must be landed above hijfh-water mark. 

9. No perBon shali encumber any of tLe whanes, pierg, or docks, with spars, boata. 
goods, or other things. 

10. No vessel loaded, or in part, with loose hay or straw, shall be permitted to U« 
or DOme within SO yards ef any wharf, pier, or slip, while having on boaid any fire or 
Ughto, candles or lamp; and veasela having gunpowder on board, shall diHcharge the 
same beJbre coming within that distance. 

11. No See ahall be kept on board any vessel at any of tho whurvesp piers, aUpa, ot 
basins of this city ; but all such busincsa sbsll hn done on JloatiiiL'-stagea or buutA, or 
Oil the wharves, at least G feet from the edge of the wharf, and with a bucket of water 
always ready. 

All persons failiDg to comply with the foregoing regnlationB, are liable to a penaltj 
of 60 dollars for each oiflence, and for ali damages, with costs of snit. 

HARBOER-MAaTEB'a FuBa. — On all vesselB of the United States, and on all foreien 
vessels, nemiitted bv law to ent«F on the same lerma as vesacla belonging to toA 
United States, whicn ehall enter, and load or onload, or make fast to any wharf, 11 
cent per ton, according to the tonnage in the TCBsel'a register or papers. , 

lu all Other vossela double that rate, ' 

The fees are payable in 48 hours after orriTal, on penalty of paying doable the 
■mtnitBt, and coeta of snit. 

Ftir ftdjnsting' any difference reapeeting the situntion or position of any sloop or , 
Bchuoner engaged in the ccasting trade, on the application of ttie person ha^'iDg cliargc 
of BiiGh vessel, 2 dollars to be paid by the party in fanlt. I 



NBW TOBK TO THE DELATVAKE AND PHILADELPHIA. 123 



FROM NEW YORK TO THE DEIAWABE AND PHILADELPHIA. 

niOM fie foot of the Highlands of Navosink, Bouttward, the coaat is low and 
level tubb-Iiind-i then follows QconsideniblespMe' of wwdLand, whichliaBaremarkablo 
appoarancc, and terminQCea about (i leagues S. by W. ft'om the Nitvesiiik lighthouses. 
After tills begins jin estensive IttBoon, fronted by a nurrow alip of low laud,! tMs 
epening in the coast is commonly called Ba.niegate Sound. The land continues iii the 
Bamo dirwition, S. by W., fiill 16 leaguea, or to the elbow of an island, called Barnegate 
X>ong RfQcli. Along the shore, the boundiugs are observed to decri^aso regularly from 
12 to o and -1 fathoma. About 1-1 leagues to the Bouth.wai'd of New York Harbour ia 
tlie Uarnegate Iniet ; o. shoal bar extends outward fi'om it* cntrajice, al>out 2 raiiee ; 
this ia formed of mud, sheik, ftnA gravel. Its outer edge \s eteep-to and you can sail 
njoilg it in G fflthoms, within a short distance of the outer hreiUcera ; bat the mariner, 
during night or daik weather, will do well not to come into less than 10 fathoma. Ite 
suuudinga to tlie northward of the above depth are fine white Baud, with very hard 
'bottom. 

Bamegate may ensily be reoogniaed in the day-time, oven when the breaiera are not 
Been, by a, groTc of wood 3 or 4 miles in length, directly within the inlet, commonly 
calltd the Little Swamp j with, the north end of this land abreast, yon will be to tho 
north wwd of Barncgate. Should you, with a vessel fcoro the southward, not drawing- 
more than 10 feet water, have hauled in shore for the above woodland, yon m&j, with 
the wind off the land, keep within a table's length of the coast, until up with tha 
Highlands, and proceed iav the Harbour of New York, Us before du'ected. 

There is a hghthouse on the southern side- of Bamogate entrance, which ezhibita a. 
fixed light, at oi. feet above the level of the sea, and risible IS miles. 

Between tlie elbow of Barnegat* Beach and Cape, the coast bends westerly, then 
southerly, and then westerU- again, until it reaches Cape May, which is the norttem 
point of entrance to tho Detwara, a distance of 20 leagues ; tne' land is generally low 
and broken, being composed of several ialcta and inlets | the latter have their entrances 
commonly obafructed by a. sandy bar, eKtendine, in Boitic instances, a conaidcrttble 
way off. Like the Eaundinga to the northward, uie depths gradually decrease ea yoQ 
near the l^ud. 

In 39° 30' north latitude ia Poet Tockehton, formerly called Little Egg Harbour; 
it is formed by several low islets and salt maiahesi and cua only be recommended ia 
eaeos of emergency, the nnmerons ahoals about its entrance being very dang<^rou§ : 
yet during wmler, when it frequently hajipens that vessels cannot enter New York 
or the Delaware through the violence of N. W. winds, sooner than be driven out into 
llie Gulf Stream, it may be uscfiil to know there ia a hai-boor at hand, if they can only 
^l tfcere in safety. 

For Iliia humane puri>ose it has lately been supvej-ed and regularly buoyed. The 
ahools appear to foim three sepamte chanDcIs, the Sod, the Middle Chaimel, and tJio 
South Channel ; of these the Sod, which hea next to the shore, on the north side, 

Speara to be tho best; this lies in a S.W. direction, the Middle Channel W.N.W., and 
a South Channel in a N.iN.W. direction. 

Little Egg Harbour Light.— JN'oiiCH. — On or about the let of June, 18fl5, afiieA 
white light, varied bv flaihea, will be substitubed for the pKSont fixed red light at 
Tucker's Beach lighlhonfie [ the light will be elevated 50 feet above the li-vel of the 
Bea, will illuminate the entire sen horixon and the approaches to Little Egg Hurboui-, 
andbe visible from a height of \a feet, 12 J nuutical mUca. Thotowor is wlutci tatituda 
39" 30' 17" N., longitude 74°1G'48" W. Philadelphm, Fthritary \lth, 1955. , 

On the northt-ru side isTucker's Beach, with aremarkable house having two chimnies, ; 
ajid a. cluster of three single trees to the N.E,, and a small honae lo the S.W. Wbea 
you have a,d%'anccd bo far aa this pttrt, you POme up liear the buoys whieh now mark 
the Bcverftl paj^sagea. They are all flpar-buoya, and arc laid down as follow :— Ono 
buoy at the middle of the Sod Channel, a httle outside of the bur or breakers ; one at 
the iniiei- part of tlic suiue chaniiel, oflf Sod op Small Point, and upon the northern 
Bide of tho main channel info the harbour : the latter bears S.W, from the former or 
outer buoy, and both lie in 2* fathoms watei-. One buoy on the side of the harbour 
oppo&ite to Sod Point, and bearing from the buoy off that point W.N.W. ; one buoj 
aX the middle of the east main chaonel, B. little outBide q( yi.c Vrai en. 'owaiSscfci'^^i'i- 



124 



SAILING DIRECTIONS FEOM 



I 



&thomH; onebna^at the point of the Round Shoal, in S^ fethoms, upon tils' north 
side of the Soutb Channel, bearing Iroiii the O'Uter buoy of the Es»t Channel W.g.W. 

Sod ClfANNEL. — Directifins.—CooBters bonnd to the northward, wiU ffonerally 
lUalie this harbour when caught by 6. uorth-easteP, after having posscd to the north-, 
ward of it, and befiirc being able to make Sandy Hook. In runuuig (iown v'itbin sight] 
wf the land, pass the boording-hciuae near the point of Long Beach, giving- thebreakeral 
oil' the old inlet a berth of | a aule, and keeping In 2'! feet water, until the boarding] 
hoiJHe on Tucker's Island bears. N.W. by W, 

The hoarding-hoUHe oa TuclieT's Islnnd is diatingniBhed Jrom that on Long B'Gaxb 
\>j having tbr&e Email trcee cloae to the northward of it, and a thick undergrowth on 
the hillocks on the northern estt^mity of the islanil ; whereas thie eand-hills in ' " 
neighbourhood of the boarding-house on Long Beach are biire. 

Being in 24 fcict water, flno blncli sand, with the boarding-house on Tuck^t^d lil&DJ 
bearing N.W. by W., steer W. by S. for tho outer buoy ueor the middle of the entrancal 
of Sod Channel. 

While abreast of Tucker's Island, and before reaching the outer bnoj, there will not 
be much tide, and the least water will be 10 feet at low water. A^'hen up with the] 
out«r buoy, the S.W. point of Tucker's laitind being Olffl feet distant to tlrn westward,] 
steer S.\V. | S. for the middle btioy, keeping on the outside. Strong tides will ber«1 
he met: th-e fiood-tidc setting over the shoal of the point of Sod, and the ebb aettin^l 
over towurds the Round Shoal, for which allowance must be made. Turn the middle | 
buoy in Lil feet water, and steer for the inner buoy. With a, scant wind and ebl>-tide, 1 
vcs&ola will be obliged to anchor here, or even before reaching this point. Witli a] 
change of tide a better anchorage will hi? found farther up, between Anchorage lelanjj 
ond the marsh to the northward. This part of the harbour, from the N.W. eitremity] 
of Anchi^ragc Islund to Ilattield'a Store, is I^ mile long, and | of a mile broad. 

Vessels oomlng from the southward, and wishing to enter by the Sod Channel, will I 
brine the hDarding-hauHO on Tucker's Island to heal' N. | W., and steer for It, l^^'ingl 
the Round Shoal a berth. When the hillock on the south end of tie island beaa'a 
W. I N,, haul up W. by S^ for the outer buoy, ttud afterwai'da follow the dircctioitfl 
given before. 

SotiTii Channel, — Vessels coming from the sonihword will give the Brigfuidna 
Shoals u good berth, keeping in 4 lathonia w&tcr, until the aonthernmoist hotiae on 
BrigiLutiiie Beach bears N.W. by N., then steer N, by W. i W. if the weather bei 
clear. Hatfield's Store, on the marsh, will be sodh alimid ■l^niiloa distant; keen oa 
thia eoiirse until tie northern houiw on the Brigaiitine Heath bearfl N.W. by W. J W,, 
when you will be between the breakers on the South Point, on the Kound Shoal, and 
those on the beaub; then haul up N.E. J N., and continue on Uvat couritc | of a roUe, 
until the northern house on Brignntine IJeacb bears west, and the S.E. point of tho 
sand- hi] lock, on tho south end of fucter'a Isjoiid, heaj-s N. | W.; haul in then J). J W., 
and steer for the liillock until nearly up with the middle buoy, after whidi, proceed aa 
before dii'eeted. — Airierican Coimi Pilot. 

In Little Egg Harbour there are about 15 feet at high water. 

AB5ECUM INLET lies about 7^ milea south-westward of Little Eg-^ llarbonr. 
From eofit to E. by S., about 3 milcx from thia inlet, ia a slioal, with scveml knolls, oC 
only 10 feet, having 4 or 5 fathoms between them. On tliis shoa! vessels hava 
been eometiines lost. In entering this harboui',yau ahould bring the hotise which stands 
on Che starboard hand point to bear N.W., and run for it ou (hut bearing, until withia 
J of a mile of it ; then alter your course to north till you get to the martJi : here yoa 
can anchor, in from 6 to 3 fathoms. The depth of water on the bar is about 9 feet at 
low water, and tho rise is about 5 feet. 

Great Eoo Island lies about S miles to the south- west ward of Abseeom, and has. 
only 13 feet water in it at high water epnngs. Inbud of Great Egg Harbour ia a 
grove, called the Great Swamp Trees, hy which thb place may be reaifily known. 

Should you make the land about Absecum, when abreast of this part, in from 6 to 

15 fathoma, your soundings will be white-and-blaek sand, with oetaiaional bits of shells j 

you will discover your exact situation by the Great Swamp Trees, before nientionodi 

and having passed Great ligg HarlMur.at the distance of about 4 or 5 miles, you may 

pursue B S.W. by S. coni'Be, which will carry you lowai'da Cape May. 

• j& raaning tbaa Str the Cepe, yoa wiU poaa Ave inieta; Ihese^re Coraona, Townsend, 



I! 



DELAWARE BAT AND KIVER TO PHILADEIPBIA. 



125 



6^ 

w 

of 

mil 



erefordf Turtle Gut, and Coldepring i each, of which iaa a. har at its entrance, Bud 
only fit for smaJl cratt. 

Hereford Inlet is frequented 'by the pilot-Tea sela, there being no other shelter for 
them tn the northward, until they rencli AlwecTim or Egg Harhmir. 

When soiling between New Youk and the Delaware, with a north-weHtorly wind, and 
generally clear weather, licep no farther off tliaa 10 fathania \ the nearer la shore the 
Htronger is the current, whith avcrsgea one mile an hour, the flood setting W. hy B., 

id the ehb E. by N. ; but you. will have do tide fiu'ther off than 8 or 9 fathomH, 

If you ore turning with n westerly wind, do not stand farther off tlinn 18 or 20 
.thoma; tut you may venture inshore into 6 fa thoniB, until yon arrive off the entrance- 
of Hereford Inlet, or about 2 leagTiea to the north-east ward of Cape May, 

Fi\-e-Fathom Bank. — Near the S.W. end »f this bank a light- vessel is moored, in 
fathoms water j it has two masts, with a lantern on each, and is provided with a. 
_.. ge bell, which is Bounded in fog-gy weather, one stroke every minute. The shoal 
part of Che bank above mentioned eatenda N. by E. J E. and S. by W. \ W'., J of a 
mile, and ia ^ a miie in breadth, and bold on ita C4^.tcm cdg^, as there arc 7 fathoma 
\ ft mile to the eastward of the shoal water. The bank, which is 9 miles long and 
ftbont \\ broad, has 3 to d fathoms on it, and mns in a. north and sooth direction. 

Veasela coming from the northward should not run for the light-ship while bcaring^ 
■om it between N. 14° E. and N. 41" E. S.E., J of a mile iiom the light-ship, are 
5 fkthonia water. There is- a passage innide of this ahoiil, by taking your Boimdinga 
fraia the land, in fi or T fathoms n but Btrangcrs in large shipi^ should not Etttempt it. 

M'Cb.Ie.1 SlIoAl,. — This shoal, -which baa only 17 feet water on it, Hes 7 miles S.E.J S. 
txova Cape May lightlouse. W. by N., distant 1^ mile from M'Crios Shoal, there are 
ISfeetonasnmll spot. Another shoal lie« 1& miles E.S.E. fi-om C'Bp« Henlopen light- 
house, with. 4i fiithoms upon it. The three above-mentioned shoals were examined by 
Lieutenant BncbtJ, U.S-N., in 1814. S.E., IJ mile from Con^.^ Hall, there is a 
akeal, a mile in extent, on which there are only 6 feet water; it is called Old Eph. 
TLete- arc 3^ fathoma inside of it. 

DEXiAW&a£ BAy Aol UTEB. to PHXIiASELfBIA.— The entrauci: to the 
Delaware is between the capes of May and Henlopen, bearing from each other S.W. 
br S. and N.E. hy N., distant 10 miles. Both eapee arc distinguished by a hghthouae. 
There is a large upace covered by overfalls, o9' Cape May, esti^ndin^ ti miles aouthword 
of the hghthouse, with only fi'ora 5 to Ifi feet on tlenr. There is a narrow channel 
between theso ahoals and the cape, leading into the river. The ieoxh channel is to the 
southward of these overfalls, between them and Cape Henlopen, and ta full 4 mil-ea 

H| The BllEAKWATER.— The Government of the United States have constructed 

P^Kn extensive breakwater -within Cape Henlopen, similar to the one in Plymouth Sound, 

r fbrming a safe ortificiat harbour within the cape. To the westward of this is another 

\ Mmilar work, abtrnt 500 yards in length, and built so oa to protect the harbour from 

the ice, and called the lee Brenkwalar. On the west end of the main breakwater there 

is a flsccd light. The harbour thus formed by these breakwaters is of the greatest 

importance to vessels entering the Delaware, os there are not anv natarnl harbonrs 

between Cape Hpnlojien and Philadelphia, a distance of about 24 icag-ues. 

Pilots. — Vesacla off the Delaware, upon difijtlaying a jack at the forc-topmaat-head, 

irill iwwfdiately obtain a pilot. Those who are Co oe depended upon are furnished 

■with a certificate from the Board of Wwdens at Philadelphia. Tho riak in entering 

J will be much IcBscned if such signal is made so aoon as yon discern the lighthouse, at 

h irhicha code of signals has been established, upon seeing which tho pilots will alwa^ 

meet tbc vessels off tlie lighthouse: whereas mariners frequently neglect to make their 

signals -antil they get ahroast of the ligbtbouae, and then they must lay-to, occasioning 

tmnecessary delay, and somelimes incurring^ danger. It 19 ta bo observed, tlia,t tha 

^^silotA are generally to bo found cruizing about, and when they are not, this caution is 

^^b importance. 



126 




SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM 



DAKGESa OUTSIDE THE CJPE8. 

Five-fathom Bank lien E. ty S., 15J luilee from C^pe May li^ 

13 feet. 
Xc.Crie* Shoal liea 6.E, i B., 7 milea fiisin Cape Maj ligH 

IT feet. 

Eph't Sfioal lica E.S.E. ^ E., 3 miles from Cape May ligUtiio 
milo from Congress Hull ; IcoBt water 5 feet. 

Oeer/aUn, — Southern edge N,E. J E., Gl miles Irom Cape Hen 
S. by W. i W., 5j milca from Cape May ligbtbouHe : brukea g 
of Qtpc May, and 4J miliiB of Cape lluiilopcn lijjtithouBe, wit 
water : in many places brcakera and strung tide-ripn- 

Jlen and CliKfiena SJinal lies in a. S.E, direction from Cape 
and LB 3 mileB in length, north Bad soiith, least water upon I 
pcint lies S.E. J S. ; northern point fJ".N-E. from Henlopen liglj 

^L DANOE&g msIDB lES CAPES. 

RohhJ or K.E. Sftoal lies W. by S. \ S-, 2J miles from Cape \ 
water 3 feet. 

Crow Shoal south point lies W. J N.. 1| mile from Capo 
extends 4 ruilca nortli, aearly parelkL to the ahore ; leaat wate-rl 

The Shenra euHtem point liea X. by W. J W., 3 milea £roia f 
least water 6 feet. 

Broufa Skoal eouthern edg« lies W. by N., 7J mileia from 
least wuler U feet. 

Briindt/wmf Shoal soutlicni edge lies W.Jf.W. J W., 7 mDes I 
bouse ; least water I fouC 

V LIGET-20ATS. 

Light-boat near I^ce-Falkom Sank bears E.S.B. from Cape 

14 milea; hears S.W. by W. | W. from aboal part of btink, diat 
lights on Heparate masts [after O'Qe highofit]], eleTBtion Irnm 40 
from 7 to 10 loilea. 

Lipht-hoat tn<ar Srandi/tcine Shnat (No. 1], moored a short dial 
south point of tho ehool, haa two lientH on eejiora-te maate (tlte I 
olsTatioa from 40 to 00 feet, aud \isible from 7 to 10 miles. 

^k, LIGHTHOUSES. 

Cape Henliipen liffhthou^e, in latitude 38^ 16' 36' N., and loDjfita 
Greenwich, bears a fixed light, elevated 160 feet, anil visible IS'B 

Cape Mny Hi/hth^itii, in latitade 3S' oo' 48* N., and longitnd^ 
Greenwich, showa a liglit which revolves onoe in -3 minutes, is ela 
TJsible 1-1-4 miles. 

Beaeon-iiffht on Cape Httilopen is a ftied light, elevated 40 
miles. 

Beacon-light on Breakwaler is 130 feet from west end of the WQ 
elevated W feet, and TUnble ISS miles. 



•^kl 




BDOTJ? BETWEEN THE CAPES ANB BEASTDrWTNE 

(o. 1 buoy. At the oatrancc of ihe Coostera' Channel ts a spar 
io. 3 do. Through channel to Broakwatcr is a spar bnoy, col 
(o. 3 do. Mummy's Shoal Spit is a. spar booy TFith cross atrii 



t>cw» arm of wood, with upper part of pUto I fiwt wide and 14 in 



DELAWAKB BAT AND BIYBB TO PHllADELFHIA. 



127 



No. 4 bnoy. Crow Shoal Spit la a spnr buoy* -with cross stripes, red and black. 

Ho, S do. HicordB duLbQel is aapar buoy, perpendicular stripce, tvliitii aai black. 

No. 6 do, l>itto ditto ditto. 

No. T do. Tail of Shears is a can buoy, painted black, t- 

No, 8 do. Buoy of the Brown la a. hkok baoj". 

No. 9 do. Nortb point of Braudjwine Sboal is red. 

"Ve&sela entering, teep to thG]>ortof all the red buoys, and to etarboar-d of the black, 
and either side (if cross stjiped red find black. Qlack-&ad-vhite perpendicular stripes 
mark a chaaneL buo^ in best "water. 



BUOra BETWEEN BRANDTWINE SHOAL ATTD BOMBAY HOOK. 

No, 10 buoy is placed on the 14-feet bank. 

No, 11 do, Soutb point of Joe Flogger is a apar buoy, rcd-and-black horizontaJ 
Btripea. 

On Miah Maul is a con-bnoy, red. 

On the west side of Blake's Channel is a spar-baoy, black. 
Ditto ditto ditto bluuk. 

E^t ditto ditto red. 

West ditto ditto tlack. 

North point of Joe Flogger ditto red. 

Ctobb Ledge 

On the middle. 

On the Ship John §boal la a can-booj. 



Ko. 12 do. 
No. 13 do. 
No. U do. 

No. 15 do. 
No. 16 da. 

No. 17 do. 
No. 18 do. 
No. 18 do. 
No, 20 do. 



I 



SAILING- DIREOTIONa TO ENTER THE BAY FROM THE 
EASTWARD THROUGH THE MAIN SHIP CHANNEL. 



■The light-boat near 5-fathojn bank bearing- north, distant 1 mile, steer for Henlopen 
lighthoiue W, bj S., the soundings on tbc line varying from 7 to 9 fathoms. When 
t&y deepen to 10 fathoms or over, Heniopen lighthouse 3| miles distant, steer N.W., 
to bring Henlopen lighthouse and tho beacon on the tape in one, being careful, par- 
tictilarly in light "winda, and on the flood, which stta to the woat-ward, not to ctosb 
DQuoh to the wpst of the range, the Shetirs being' near. Steer ap the bay on this range 
(tlio lighthouse and beacon in one), which paaaeB to the eastward of the buoy or 
the Brown; soundings shoaling gradually from 15 to 8 fathoms until light-boat. 
No, 1, uGar Brandjwine Shoal, bears N.N, W., when atccr for it, passing to Ine west- 
ward as near as poaaible, 

Soiiiiil into Srcaktcater Harhour from the southipard, — Pass the Hen and Chickens 
at ft safe dUtanco 2 miles fiom the Bhore, then haul in to the shore, keeping aa close to 
Cape Henlopen, which is bold and convenient. 

JVwji the fytitititrd. —^iixig Henlopen lighthouse toi hear W. by S., and stand iii ; 
enter the harlxmr at eillier end, or between the Break-water and Ice Breakwater, 
according to the wind and tide, and to the berth solected. Do not anchor in the gap, 
as the best anchorage is close to tlie Main-work Qn^water ligbthonae, bearing' 
K.byW. The holding groand la excellent in every part of the haihour. 

Chilina and anchora can be procured on the Breakwater, And Bliip'tl stores generally 
at the town of Lc-wcs. 



- 



• On>K SuJeo q£ anchor fast lo head of buoy. 

t Copper xQnafft 12 iodiee wide, UtUra T.Si 



128 



SAILIHG DIBECnONS FROM 



TO ESTER THE BAT BT THE COASTEBS' OR CAPE MAT CHANNEL, 

Run along tbo land in about 5 fattLOnu. or 1^ mile- tram the ahorc, parsing outaide 
of Ejih'a Shaal; wbeij Cinigreas Hull hears norih. bring Uie buoy ofl'Cajie Maj-,No. 1, 
ahead, and ateev for it W. bj N. J N.j leaving it ciose on the stniboard hniid ia puasiii)^. 
If wisbing to paaa through Kicord'b Channel Emm buoy No. 1, Bteer N.W, f W, for 
buoy No. 4 on the Bouthem siiit of Crow Shoal, leBvirig it on the starboard hand at a 
short distanDOi then steer K.N.W., westerly, for buoy No. 5 Ln the middle of Kicord's 
■Cbmincl, ■which, pass on either hajid, and haul up N.W. J W., weaterly, for buoy No. 6 
in westtfrn entrance of Rl cord's dannel, which, imss on either band, and steer W.|N., 
enteidng the Main Ship Channel between the baoyof the Erown and the tig'ht-boat 
near Dtandjwine &boaJ. 



TO PASS THROUGH THE THROUGH CHASNEL TO BEEAZWATEE. 

When abrooHt of buoj No. I, stand W. g N, towards buoy No. 3 on the 8.E, spit of 
Huviriiff'i Sliixil, k<.''cpLug it open oa the poit bow & |>OLnt, and gradually hauling up for 
it; when up wilb No. 3, leave it on the starbuurd huiid, and steer S.W. by S. for No. 
2 on the soulbem edge of the Hound or E.N.E. Shoal, 'wbteb lenvc cloeo on board 
■on tbo atajboai'd hand, and continue ou S.W. by S. for Break water. 

If intending to cross the Flats, after paasitlg tlie buoy No. 1 on (he starboard bond, 
haul along thii land, noith, until ahrcoit of Town Bank, when steer N.W. by W. | W. 
0(1 tht! flood, aiid N.W. j W. on tlie ehb, which crosstB in 9 feet, and brings out near 
light-boat No. 2 in Main Ship Channel. 

Prom light-boa.t No. 1 to light-boat No. 2, near the Cioaa Ledge, your course an the 
flood-tide IB N.W.by N.JNti. anduH tbiicl>b K,N.W,,theili«tBDLe lli ipiles, eyuudijigs 
irom 4^^ to 8 fotboius. 

Yon leave the buoy on the north end of the Bmndywine Shoal to the eastward, ftod 
the one on the ti-fcet bank to theweatward, the form.ei' being 1|, and tha Latter & 
milea from the hght-boaC. 

The tides btg' influeneed very much in dii-ection and strength by th« vinds, but u 
the chonaeL is well defined by th* two light-boatH. which aro moored in line with it in 
connection with the buoys, tuere can be no dilfitulty in clear weather. 

Voa make E^jf lelaud light bearing about north, aoon after leaying the Orttndywine; 
it ia upon a dwelling-bouBC, elevated about 40 feet, and visihto 12 miles. 

N.W. by W., IJ mile from tho buoy on the 14-faot shoal, xn the soutbern extrctnity 
of Joe Flogger or Folgar Sboal, a iiarrnte riilr/e nuining N.N. W., 1 5 miles, nearly ixy 
in places, and fbrming for that distance the west aide of the Main ChanneL 

In beating up do not stand to the westward into less thaa 4 liithoms. In thick 
veather, Joe Flogger may be safely tracked along it!i whole extent, hauling on to 4 
, fatliotiis, hard, and deepening off to 5 and & tatliODLH, soft. 

The I'Cdge, or No. 2 Light-boat, ahows a single light, el&vated 42 feet, viaibU T miles, 
and is moored about mid-ebanncl, between Juc Plogger and tha buoy on tbo lower end. 
of Croii Lifdi/e, which ia a narrow ridge of hard sand on the cast side of the channel, 
4} Diil^^ in length, and nearly dry in piacex. Leave the light-boat to the westward, 
close on board, and the course then to the Middle in N.W. by N. J N. on the flood, and 
N.N.W. OQ the ebb-lide, dialanoe 5 milfs, soundings from TJ to 5 futhoms. These 
courses carry you alioat mid-cliannel, between the Flogger and Cn»«i Ledge. 

From the buoy of tie Middle to Bombay Hook Bar, the Thrum C^p (the lower of tw& 
email insulated clumps of treea on the wt'stern ahore) bearing S.W., lie course ii 
N.W. I W. on the flood, and N.W. by N. on ihe ebb, diBlaat 'J miles, wundinga Srma. 
5 tu ii^ fathonia, Booibay Hook Uor is vei*}' bold ; Ibe soundings in the chaanol off it 
aro 6 to SJ fatJioms; it should not be approacbed nearer than 5 fatbomu. 

Cohan&cy light, on tb^ Jef^ey shore, is in sight from the buoy of tlie Middle, bearing 
X.N.W. ; it is upon a dwelling-houB-c, elevated 40 feet, and visible 12 miles, 

Mahon light is also upon a dwelLiJig-boUBt', elevated 30 ft*t, visLblo )0 miles, and is 
ia sight bearing W. by S.^S.; Egg Laktid UijUt boars t. \»^ S.^^^ 



DELAWARE BAY AND RIVER TO PHILADELPHIA. 



129 



When ncflrly up ■with the northern -end of Joe Flogpcr, Bofcbaj' Hook light will bo 
madejnst open of Bombay Hook Point, and bearing N.W. ; iffc elevated 40 feet, and 
Ti$iblc 12 mije?. "When up with. Bpmboy Hdgk Point, Reedj Island liglit will be 
raade, bearing N.W, bj N., elevnted 05 feet, and visible 14 miles. 

The ehannel wcstwnrd of Jos Floggcr cannot bo coraidcfed ivnikLle imtil it ba 
buoyed. 

The following directions are |;iTeD because it baa sometimea been entcitd by mistoke, 
and Donsidemble embarrBssmeut esperiented in working back to get iuto'ibe Main 
-Cbannel ng^in. 

Tliia eUaniiel is ns tliroct as the Main Clinnnel, fhongli not bo wido. The touthem 
<streinitj' of Joe Flogger Shoal, as already observed, bciira N.W. by N., 1 § mile tiviu 
tfaebuoyonthc 11-feet bank: entering with that buoj bearing east, 1 J mile, sterr 
N-W. by N. 5 N., which course will carry yon along tlie woateni side of tlip shool itt 
Dot less than 4 fattoms, ontii Mahon liglitliDuso hears W, by N., wlien yoa will Bfrike 
the MiiidJc Ground, 1|- milo long, least water 13 feet : having paaaed it you drop into 
4 falhoina again. Wlien, tlie buoy of the Middle (Main Channel) bears E. bv N. | N., 
and Mahon light W. by S. ^ S., steer N.W. by N. i N., and you will pata through 
mto the Main Channel a little below the Thrum Cap, in not leas lian Sg fathoms. 

The following directiona will also Eerve for this channel; and with n head tide, rnore 
saiely than tio foregoing. Entering as before dii'ectcd, track the west side of the 
chaiiD^L along, shoahug to 3|, and deepeping- to 4 atid ^ fathoms, until Mahon light 
bears W.N.W.,when yon take yonr soundmga ftora Joe Flogger cautioosly, (not 
shoaling 1o leaa than 3 iathoms, ftr tho shoal is Tory bold], and cnnT 3^ to 4| lathoma 
through between it and the Middle Ground. "When, past the Middle Ground, track 
^^ the west eide of the channel a!ongf oa before. 

^f The name of Blake's Channel has been eiven to the channel west of Joe Floggcr, 
which wa.s nia.de known in the progress of the U.S. Coast Sarvoy. 

The ahoala from which the hnoys of the Middle and I4-feet Bonk have taken their 
names, Ao not now exist. 

Rrw.mlks. — Bombay Hook Rottda ia an anchorage mBch used by vessels wnitinff 
wind and tide. Bring Bombay Hook Point to bear S. by E., fha light W. by N., and 
AOchiH ill iiroTn 3 to 4 fathoms, sticky bottom. 



No. 20| 


; hue 


No. 21 


' do. 


No. 22 


do. 


No. 23 


do. 


No. 24 


do. 


No. 25 


do. 


No. 28 


do. 


No. 27 


do. 


No. 28 


do. 


No. 29 


do. 


No. 30 


do. 


No. 31 


do. 


No. 32 


do. 


No. 33 


do. 


No. 34 


do. 


No. 35 


do. 


No. 36 


do. 


No. 24^ do. 



BTTOYS BETWEEN EOMBAT HOOK AND PHILADELPHIA. 

baoy is a epar-bnoy placed on Saker''a ShoaL 
Off the south end of Rcody Island. 
On the Pea Patch. 
Middli: Otround. (South end). 

Do. (North end). 

In channel cast of Pea Patch. Spar-buoy, hlaeV. 
On Bulkhead Shoal, do. black. 

On fkb HatabuFgh. 

On Cherry Island Flats. Spar-buoy, red and block, horizontal stripes. 
On Marcus Hook Bar. Spar-buoy, red. 
Chee-ter Island. (Easit end). 

Do. CWeat end). _ _ 

Little Tinicum Island. 
Tho Bur. (West aide). 
Do. (East side). 

The Horse Shoe. Spar-buoy, black. 
Windmill laliind. (South). Spar-buoy, rod. 
In channel west of Middle Ground. 



[CAN3Q TQ PniL,^ 



% 



130 8jiILI2JG DIEEGTIOHS. 

TROM BOMBAY HOOK TO PHILADELPHIA. 



IHRECTIONS.-'WTien up with Bomlaj Hook Point, Eecdj liffht will be made benr- 
ing N.W, bj N., elerated 5o feet, Eind ■viaibie 14 mileB. From Bombay limik Rar lo 
ListOQ's {ilie tree bearing south), the ooutbo is N.W. i N„ ttistaut 13 mUea; BoundingB, 
ttii far aa Bombay Hook iigrhl, B to 4^ fathoniBj anu between the lialitujid Liston'B 
'S^ to 3^ tathoms, being tliu lecut wa.ter in any part of tho cbaunel betn'ecii Cap 
lienlopen nod the Pea Patch. 

From Listoii's fthe tree bearing sonth), to give Stony Point Bar a berth, steer fo 
Tort Pen piers, a little to the wostward of Recdv labiinl light. ! J milo, or antil Bar- 
ner'a house, on the Ui'lnwore fihort, (yellow, with two single poplars near it), bcATS 
S.W. by W., soundings i fathoniB; tben yoiir course is N. bj-E. J E.,4 milea to Salem, 
or Elsmborougb Point, on tho Jersey shore ; soundings up to the raiddle of Reedy 
Islandi 4 to 5 fathoms, then doepciiing lo 7 or 8 fathums. lliwe aie two ctannelfl to 
pons the Pea Patch ; for the Eaatern, or Goose Channel, tra^k the Salom Fiata aloiig, 
which oomracnce at ELtinborougb Point, hauling on and off, ahooling to SJ, and 
deepening^ to 5 and G fatlioras. 

When up with the north end of the Peiv Patch, talto your soundings from the New 
Jersey shore, hauling on the flat to 3., and deepening to 4 fathoms, trBoking tho iia.1 
nlong until Neweastlo Spire bears N. J E., when you. arc clear of the norlh-caitem 
end of BuUchoad Shoal, and may haul out iato the middle of tho mtct. The chuniiel, 
westward of the Pea Patch, is divided by a middle ground, commencing about mid- 
way Iwtwcen the Pea Patt'h and Delaware shore, and following tbe bend of the river 
about 1^ mile ; least water upoii it 10 feet. 

Tho channel westwnrd of this middle is nnrrow ; leaat wafer 20 feet. To take it, 
mn from Elsinhorowgh Point for the Pea Patch, until up with Heedy Point, from which 
tho shore trcnilB suddenly lo N.W. \ then truck the flata on the Delaware ihore along, 
passing between the cast and weat biioyn, &ad neoi the west buoy, np tu tiw Hambnrg 
tiiioy. Tho clianncl cast of the Middle is not bo diiHuult ; least water 13 feet. When 
up with Keedlj Point, toko your sonadings from the Pea Patch side, and track th« 
flats up to tho past buoy, oiid then the Middle to the Hamburg buoy. 

From Newcastle to Morcua Hook the general coarse of tiiu river ia N.E. by W., It J 
miles I the best water oii' the eastern shore, until past Cherry I^iland Flats, a middle 
fnimnd oH' Cliriadan Creek, about 2^ miles long ; least water 11 I'ect. Having paascd 
tlie flats, the best watfir ia off tho western shore j keeping it pretty well on board, you 
ckar Marcus Hook Bar, which hes olf that place, From Marcus Hook lo Chester tJte 
course is about N.E. by E., 3j miles i the best water off the western shore. \\"hcn a 
luile above Chester, you are up with tho buoy on the spit, which raakcs down tte 
river from Tinicum IsJnad, whicli you leave to the westward. The trend of the ri' 
Is then ntorly east of the bar below Fort Miftlin, upon whieh there ara two buoys. _ 
Class the bar between the two buoys, and atoer for Port Miftlin, paasiiig to tie' 
northward of tho old pier, wliieb lies olF that work. The river then trends eoatwaid 
again up to the Horse Shoe, upon whivh there is a buoy, which i» to be left to tho 
northward. Having poaaed tho Horse Shoe, the trend of the river b nearly north up 
lu K.aighn'8 Point ; the best water ia on the northern shore, until tho eonul hjwin, on 
llie Peiisylvonian side, bears W. by N. ; steer across the river and keep the western 
shore aboard up to the city, 

Jttmarlcs. — The hoi'bour of Kccdy is much used, particularly in winter, while the iee 

la rntiuing. A t)iia!l mwl spit makes south Irom the lower end of the island. J a mile; 

being oltar of tliis, yom- eourso ia nortli i anchor off the piera, in 4 to ti fathoms, mud. 

The directions for the iJLlaware are chiefly from those given by the officers employed 

on the U-S- Const Survey. 

CITT OF PBILADEIiPBU. ie situictod on tho westoni bonk of the Delaware, at 

the narrowest pait of the isthniua wliiLdi divides the Delaware and Schuylkil Kivew, 

b tin;!; both bealtliy and pleawmnt, and a plaoe of great opult-nce; ita commerce Is very 

e^ti-u^vOf and its whai'ves arc most «aiii.iu<HliuuHly cumiCructcd, the principal one l>«i]tg 

iW f{v( wide, with fluffioicnt wotcr for sliiji* of &0Q lona lo Vio a.Vii^'^u^ft »1 it. Tho 

tnuv-heuam are iiumeToxm; and lltt-pc are cummociioiiB AuuVft ^m iBbi^'wii&ao^-, 'ib* 



the II 
ti^ 




BEARINGS AND DISTANCES 



131 



streets are Lroad, tind well lighted ; aiiid the markets ore abundantlj' supplied, partioa- 

[Inrly on WedncadajEt luid SaturdayB, 

! i'he houses are cidefly built of brick, plain, and three stories high ; but the publio 
pdifieps are chiefly of Htimo, handsomely ornamented. The ITnited States Banlc, the 
National Miut, and the teu htidges dasCTse notice. Literaiy and benevcilent institutiuna 



Etre uumerouB. 



I A great namber of fine ships belong to this port ; and the navigation of the river 
can be entered by a man-of-war, as far up as the city itself, vrliile sloops and smalior 
vtascls may prooocd much farther up. 

SET OF THE TIDES WITIIIN THE CAPES, 

The firnt quarter flood sets W.N.W. ; second to laat quarter N.N.W. Fii^st quarter 
tlib E.S.E. ; second to last qu.artc-r tbb S.S.E. Willi spriug^-tidea the vertical rise is 
from 6 to 7 feet, neap-tides 4? to 5 feet i but they are varied by the winds. 

It IB high water on the hill and change daya of the moon, ns follows : — ^At Cape May 
Sh. ISm. ! at Cape Hentopeu Sh. Om. ; at Bomhaj Hook lOh. Om. ; at Ileiidy Island 
nil. Om. i at N'ottcastle llli. IGm. ; at Cheater it, Om. ; and at Philadelphia Ih. 22ni. 
I'hc viuiation oil' the mouth of the Delaware is ahont 2J^ weaterly. 



liE,\RINGS AND DISTANCES OF THE PRINCII'AL PLACES ON THE 

COAST OF AMliKICA, BETWEEN CAPE CANSO 

AND FHILADELPHIA. 



Jfim's !>J Flacra. Magnrtic Bririhgi^ 

I'wMD Cranberry Isiand light to Dover Island 8.W. J S 

Dover Island to the Bhoals off White Head Island. . W. by S-i 8., , . . , . 

White Head lahuid to S.W.broakerB off Gousu Island W,bvS 

8.W. breakers to Beaver Island light W, 4"S 

Beaver lahind to Jcdore Ledgus W, by S- 

Jedore Ledges to Sambro' lif-htbouso W. | 8 

Sambro" lighthouae to Cape Sable -..,..,,..,-..,. W.S.W. | W 

Snitibro' light to Cross Island light . . , West 

Coffin's Island hght W. by S 

Le Hcve Kock M'.S.W. & W. by S. 

Lo Heve Rock to Western Head, Liverpool Bny. . . . W.S.W 

Western Head to Little Ilopf Island . . S.W. by S 

Little Hope Islund to Hagged Island Hocks W S.W. i S. - , . . . . 

liagged Island liotks to Slielburnc lighthouse .... W, J N. .......... 

nruzil Koclt S.W. by W 

ShelhuDic light to Cupe Negro S.W^. 

Biiiztl Rock S.%r. i S 

Brazil R<K!k to Seal Is.latid W. by N. J N. 

Capo Kuero N I'",. J N. 

Seal Island lloek to Lurcher Rock N.N.W. J W 

Lurcher Rock to Brier Island hght N. by B. f E 

Brier Island hgbt to the entrance of Anuapolia .... N.E. f E , 

Aunapolis entrance lo Capo Chlgneelo E.N.E. J N 

Brier Island light to Partridge Island light- .,..,., N.N.E. J E 

the Wolves . . , N. * W 

Nortli end of Grand Manan Island to the Wolves . . N.N.E 

The Wolves to Passiimaquody Head liKhtlioiiae S.W. by W. I W. . . 

Paseamaquody Head t« the entraocc ot Kinvo.^\\». .^S.t.X"^. 



MilfS. 



122 



BEARINGS AND DISTANCES. 



yamti of Flatet, lta</iitlK Bnaringi. Jfi 

From Pftasmnaqnody Head to Cross Island Machiaa 8.W. 1' 

South end of Great Manan Island to Mount Desert 

Rock S.W.by W. i W... 

Mount DcBort Bock Ui Mortiiuciia iBlouds . , 
Martinicu.^ Islands to Hncliias Seal Islands. . 
Mochiaa Seal Islands to Great Manan Island 

Martiiitcua Islands to Matinick Island 

the lele of Haute .... 

Islo of Haute to Long Island 

Long laliHid to Mount DeBcrt Hotk 

Matinick Island to Manhcigan Island 

Manheigan lalaad to Scguin Island liglit. . . . 

Segoin Island light to Cujig Eli/tilietlt 

Cape Elizalw?tli to Alden's Ledge 

Alden's Ledge to Portland liglithouse 

Cape Elizabiith to Cap§ Anne 

Thatebor's Island lights to PortHmonth liglit 
Portamonth to Newbury Har'boar entrance . . 

Newbury to Annlsqnam light 

Cape Anne to Boston light. 

Boston Co Marble Head HarboTir liglit 

Cape Anne to Cape Cod light 

Boston to Cape Cod light 

Boston lighthouse to go clear of Cnpe Cod . . 
Cape Cod light to go clear to the south'ward 

Nantucket south shoals 

CB.pe Cod to St. George's 

Cape Anne tO' Ammons Rock, Cashes Ledge 
Monomy Point to Sandy Point lighthouso . 
Sandy Point iighthouse'to Bt^bt Point bgkthoiiso. 
Cape- Poge lightlioaBe 

through the Ship Channel . 



W. iS. 

.. E.N.E... 
.. E.K.E . 
. . W. by N. 

, . N.E. by E. i E I| 

. . E.N.E H 

. S.S.E.f E ij 

.. S.W.|Tir __ 14 

. . W. i N 

. . W. by 8 

.. E.S.E 

. , N.N.W 

. , 5.S.W. I W. 

. . N. i W 

. . S.S.W. i W 13 



8. 
S 

N. by E. i E 

5.E 



■^'^'^:-:::. 



S.S.; 

S.E. bj 
E. byS 



E. .. 
•iS. 



S.S.E., eoalerty 

E.S.E 

E. iN 

S.S.W 

S.8.W.JW. .. 



w-N.w-iw n 



11 

IS 

1 



n 



Holme'e iTolo to Oay Head , . W.S.W. | 8 1 

Gay Head to Block laland W. J 8 

Block IsUnd to Hlode Island N.E. J N 

Point Judith N.E.by N.... 

Gurdner'a laland West 

, Monfjink Point "W, by S 

BJiode Island lighthouse to the Harboor of Khode 

Island N.E 

Montauk Point to Gardner's Island W, by N. { N. 

Block laland to the east end of Fisher's Island .... W.N.W 

Watch Point W.N.W- i N. 1 

Watch Point to the lighthouse of New London ... . W, by N lOJ 

Block Island to the went end of Fisher's Island .... >V. by N 2t 

Latimer Rock, from the east part of the harbour of 

FishEr'B Island North , .... 1 

S.W. end of Fieber's laland to New London light. . N.N.W, 

Point Judith to Flsher'B Island , W. J S. 

Ditto to go throusb the Race ............ W, by S 

Tlio Race to Eaton's Neck hglithouae W. J 8. 

Eaton's Neck to Sand's Point W.S.W. J W ■ I 

Sand'a Point to Hart Island S.W. , . 

Hart Island to Throg Point S.S.W. . 

Throg Point to Hunt's Point, near Hell Gftta ...... W, i S . . 

Plum Island to Old Fidd Point W, by S. 

Old Field Point to Huntingdon Harbour West U 

MontaukPoint to Sandy Rook HehlloUBe W.S.W. i W 108 



Sandy Hook to Barniffat Inlet S, by W, 



Bentigat lulet to the light-voBBel off C^poMaj -. K.W.b^ & <| 

UgJit-veaacl to Cape Hcnlopcn ^ •\^ ..,,,,-... 



REMARKS ON THE DEVIATION OR LOCAL 
ATTRAOTION. 



* 



It may not be impropor to o^MiTe in tliiB plftce, that the needle 5s subject to a, laral 
nKracili'o«,re»tiltiiig'principnllj' from tlte mosses of iron on hoard aliip, by which it will 
be drawn moi'c or Igm from the magTietic meridian, according as the diMtuibiiig cause 
is Hituated with regard to the neoilte ; this eficct is called tlia iiherraiian of the needle. 
Itor farther pHrticulars oji this subj&ct, see pages 207 and 208, eleventh, twelfth, thir- 
teenth, fourteenth, and Bfteciith editions of Norte's Epitome on Navigation, in which 
piccUent work will bu found the following Table (see page 20S), thereby showing the 
allowancea that iu¥ made fur the aberration of the needk', at the same timo proving the 
cxtraordinaiy changes of the variation, according to the direction of the ship's head. 



Ship's Head by 
Compass. 


i^ariittiojiE. 


Ship's H^ad by 
CatHpasi. 


Varialiotin. 


North, 
». N. B. 

N.B. 
E.N. K 

East. 
E.8.E. 

S. E. 
S. S.E. 


24 SOW, 
23 21 

22 23 
21 U 
31 30 

21 44 

22 23 

25 21 


Scmh. 
S. S. W. 

S.W. 

w. s. w. 

WeEt. 
W. N. W. 

N.W. 
N. N. W. 


o t 

•2i 30 W. 

as 33 

2fi 37 
S7 16 
27 srj 
27 16 
36 37 
25 39 



Henco the varial:ion3 to bo nllowod are opiJoaite the coursca stf^eredj tiius, if the 
Labip's head ia E.N.E., the ntriatioii to be allowed is 21" 44' west i but if W.S.W., ILe 
Toriatian to be allowed ia 37" 16' west All the courses giten in thia work will to 
Bnlgect to this correction.